I't

I \-

/ fc-'

T-~\

1-;::.©^

IU^^i--W--^-.^

;-i

X

IJ

^>— n. i^C*""ill

^rrrf'

t '^4

■-m^nm^-;^^fjl^

i»finpS

■»tV>»''^«'-M."-- ..v.,.

i.

f —g ■■* >Al

&*«^

:^!^JFV^^;»br^^^=gJ^fe^^

^-«k; A«^j.J»y,>.,!fci.,M^ jiw.

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

GENERAL

CATALOGUE

NUMBER

VOL 38

No. 3

1941-42

COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND

1941

JULY

S|M|T|W|TfFr5

6 13 20 27

7 14 21 28

1

8

15

22

29

2 9

16 23

3

10

17

24

30131

J-

4 11 18 25

5 12 19 26

AUGUST

s|m|T|w[tTfT5

3 10

17

4 5 1112113

7

14

20121

18119

24!25J26|27|28

1

8

15

22

2

9

16 23 29J30

SEPTEMBER

S!M|T|W|T|F|S

1

7| 8 14115 21122

2

9 16 23

3

10 17 24

28|29|30|.-.

4 5 11112 13 18ll9l20 25126 27

OCTOBER

S!M|TtW|T|P|S

1

51 61 7 8 12|13!14 15 19120121 122

26|27|28|29

2! 3

9110

16ll7

23 30

24 31

4 11

18 25

NOVEMBER

S1M|T|W|T|P|S

2 31 41 51 6

9 10)11 12 13

16(17|18|19|20

23124125126127

801

7

14 21 28

1

8

15

22

29

DECEMBER

STMITIW

7 14

1

8 15116

2 9

2122(23

3 10

17 24

28I29I30I31

TTFTS

4 11 18 25

5 12 19 26

6 13

20 27

CALENDAR FOR 1941-1942

1942

JANUARY

SIMITIWITfFT^

4 11 18 25

5

12 19 26

6 13 20 27

7 14 21 28

1

8

15

22

29

L

2 9

16 23 30

3 10 17 24 31

FEBRUARY

S!M|T|W[TTfTS

1

8 15 22

2

9

16

3 10 17

23 24

4 11 18 25

5

12 19 26

6 13 20 27

7 14 21 28

MARCH

SIMITIWITIFfS

1

8 15 22

2 9

16

31 4

10 17 23124

11 18

51 6 7

12113 1920

25|26!27

29130!31|....X.~.|.

14 21 28

APRIL

S!M|T|W|T|FTg

5! 6 12113

19 26

20 27

.-. 1 7 8 1415 2122 28129

2

9 16 23 30i

3 10 17 24

4 11 18 25

MAY

S|M|T|W|T|P1S

3 4

10

17 24

5 12

3lL

11 18 25126

6

13

19120 27

1 71 8 1415 2122 28 29

2

9

16

23

30

JUNE

S|M|T|WlTfFT5

7 14

21 28129

1

8 15 22

2 9

16 23 30

3 10

17 24

4 11

18 25

5 12 19 26

6 13 20 27

JULY

S|M|T|W|T|F|S

5 12 19 26

6 13 20 27

7 14 21 28

1

8 1516

22 29

23 30

3 10 17 24 31

4 11 18 25

AUGUST

SIMlTIWITfy

2

9 16 23 30

3

10 17 24 31

4 11 18 25

5 12

19 26

6 13 20 27

7 14 21 28

1

8 15 22

29

SEPTEMBER

SIMITIWITTFpg

6 13 20

27

7 14 21

1

8

15

22

2

9

16 23

3 10

17 24

28f29J30l^..|

4 11 18 25

5 12 19 26

OCTOBER

S M T WTIPIS
1[ 11 18 25	5 12 19 26	6 7 1314 20 21 27 28	1 8 15 22 29	2 9 16 23 30	3 10 17 24 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W|T|PIS
1 8 15 22 29	2 9 16 23 30	3 10 17 24	4 11 18 25	5 12 19 26	6 13 20 27	7 14 21 28
DECEMBER
SIM	TW|T|F!S

6

13 20

27

7 14 21 28

1

8

15

22

29

2 9

16

23..,

30131

3 10 17 24

4 11 18

25

5 12 19 26

1943

JANUARY

S|M|T|W|T|F|S

8

10 17

— . 24 31

4 11 18 25

5 12 19 26

1314

20

27

21

28

1

8 15 22 29

2

9 16 23 30

FEBRUARY

s|M|T|w|tfFr5

7 14 21

28

1

8

15

22

2 9

16 23

31 4 1011

17 24

18 25

5 6 12113

19 26

20 27

MARCH

S|M|T|W|TTfTS

7 14 21 28

1

8 15 22 29

2 9

16 23

3

10 17

30I3I

4 11 18 25

5

12 19 26

6 13 20 27

APRIL

S|M|T|W|TTfT^

4

11

18 25

6

12 19 26

6

13 20

27

7 14 21

28

1

8

15

22

29

2 9

16 28 30

3

10 17 24

MAY

SIM|T|W|T|F|S

2

9

16 23

3

10 17

4 11 18

2425

3031

6

12

6 13

1920 2627

7 14

1

15

21122

JUNE

S|M|T|W|T|F|^

J 1 6[ 7 8 1311415 2021122 27128129

2 9\

16 23 30

81 4

10 17 24

11

18 25

1^

I 15 1* 2«

OFFICIAL PUBLICATION

of the UNIVERSITY of MARYLAND

CATALOGUE NUMBER

1941 - 1942

Containing general information concerning the University.

Announcements for tJie Scholastic Year 1941-1942

and Records of 1940-1941.

FactSy conditions, and personnel herein set forth are as

existing at the time of publication, March, 1941,

Issued Monthly by The University of Maryland, College Park, Md. Entered as Second Class Matter Under Act of Congress of July 16, 1894.

CALENDAR FOR 1941-1942

1941	1942	1943
JULY	JANUARY	JULY	JANUARY
SIM T|W|T	F|S	S M|T W|T|F|S	S M TW|T|F|S	SIM T|WT F|S
... 1	.^.i.	1	2	3	4	5					1	2	3				1	2	3	4				1	2
6	7	8	9	10	11	12	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	3 4	5	6 7	8	9
13	14	15	16	17	18	19	11	12	13	14	15	16	17	12	13	14	15	16	17	18	10	11	12	13il4ll5	16
20121	22	23 ,'24	25	26	18	19	20	21	22	23	24	19	20	21	22	23	24	25	17	18	19	20	21 22I23
27 28	29	3031	y	—	25	26	27	28	29	30	31	26	27	28	29	30	31	—	24 31	25	26	27	28 29130 1
AUGUST	FEBRUARY	AUGUST	FEBRUARY
S M	rTfWiTTFTS	S!M|T|W|T|F|S	S M|TW|T|F|S	SIM	T WjTIFIS
_|		1 2	1	2	3	4	5| 6 7				1 1.	1	—	1	2	3 4	5 6
31 4 5	6 7	8 9	8	9	10	11	12113 14	2	3	4	5	6 7	8	7	8	9	10 11	1213
10	1112	13 14115116	15	16	17	18	19 20 21	9	10	11	12	1314	15	14	15	16	17	18	19120
17	18 19	20l2lt22'23	22 23	24	25	26	27	28	16	17	18	19	20i21	22	2l!22	23	24	25	26	27
24!25 26 27 28 29J30 81 -- LLUL				—	—	23 30	24 31	25	26	27	28	29	28	—	—	—	—	—
SEPTEMBER	MARCH	SEPTEMBER	MARCH
S M|T|W1T|F|S	S|M TIWTIFfS	SI	M TV/|T!F|S	SIM T|W|T FjS
	1 2	3	41 5 6	1	2	31 4	51 6	7		1	2	3 4	5		1	2	3	4	5	6
7	8 9	10	1111213	8	9	1011	12	13	14	6 7	8	9	1011	12	7	8	9	10111112 13
14	15 16	17	18119 20	15	16	1718	19	20	21	13 14	15	16	1718	19	14115	16	1718119 20
21'22!23l24l25	26 27	22	23124125126	27	28	20121	22123 24 25	26	21	22	23	24	25	26	27
28|29!30 . ....U.	1	29130131 L...I. .„.	•«••••	27 28 29I30L...UI		28	29130131		^...	—
OCTOBER	APRIL	OCTOBER	APRIL
S!M|TW!T|P|S	SIM T|W!T F|S	S1	M T|WiT|F!S	S|M T|WT|F|S
	-j	1 8	21 31 4			1 8	2 9	3 10	4 11	1	"5	6 7	1 8	2 9	3 10	1	5	6	7	1 2 8 9	3
5 6	9 10	11	5 6	7	10
12|13	14	15	1617	18	12113	14	15	16	17	18	11	12	1314	15	16	17	11	12	13	14	15 16	17
19120121122	23 24	25	19 20	21	22123	24	25	18	19	20	21	22	23	24	18	19	20	21	22 23	24
26 27128 29	30 31	••••■*	26|27l28I29|30			25f26	27	28 29130 31	25|	26	27	28	29 30	....
NOVEMBER	MAY	NOVEMBER	MAY	¥TS
S|M T|WIT|P|S	S|M|T WTIFIS	SIM T|W|T F|S	S M TIWjTI
1			1	I			1	2	1	2	3	4	5 61	7		1				1
21 3 4	5 6	7	8	3 4	5 6	7	8	9	8	9	10	11	12	131	14	2	3	4	5	6	7	?
9110 11	1213	14	15	1011	1213	14	15	16	15 16	17	18	19	20]	21	9	10	11	12	13	14	15
16I17I18I	19 20	21!	22	1718	19 20 211	22	23	22	23124125	26	27	28	16	17	18	19	20	21	21
23124 25I26J27 28l	29	24 25 26)27)28129	30	29	30			1 1		231	24	25	26	27	28	29
oU| — 1 .^..]^^	31| --- 1 1					■..~.	.....L.-.I		30)	31UI	-~..	.^^
DECEMBER	JUNE	DECEMBER	JUNB
S!M T1W|T!P|S	SIM T!WIT|F|S	Si	M T WT F|S	S|M T|W|T|F|S
-^	1	2	8 4	5	6		1	2	3	4	5	6			1	2	3	4	5		1	2	81 4	i
7	8	9	1011	12	13	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	6 7	8	9	10	11	r.
14	15!	16	1718	19	20	14 15	16	17	18	19	20	13	14	15 161	17	18	19	13ll4	15	16	17	18	V
21 22'23'24l25	26	27	21122!	23	24	25	26127	20	21 22 23	24	25	26	2021	22 23	24	25	2f
28 29 30 31J -	1	28129	30	...^.	~..M	4^	27 28f29l30(3l|	^	^«~	27128	29130	~~..	.	..<'

OFFICIAL PUBLICATION

of the UNIVERSITY of MARYLAND

CATALOGUE NUMBER

1941 - 1942

Coiitaming general information concerning the University.

Announcements for the Scholastic Year 19.U-1942

and Records of 19^0-19^1.

FactSy conditions^ and personnel herein set forth are as

existing at the time of publication y March y 1941,

Issued Monthly by The University of Maryland, College Park, Md. Entered as Second Class Matter Under Act of Congress of July 16, 1894.

Table of Contents

\

Page

University Calendar _ _....* _ 4

Officers of Administration 8

Officers of Instruction * > .._ _..... 9

Boards and Committees (College Park) _ _ 21

Section I — General Information „ 47

Historical Statement - - 47

Administrative Organization _ _ 48

Location - - 49

Grounds and Buildings _ „ 49

Princess Anne College _ „ _ _ 50

Libraries - - 51

Admission _ _ _ 51

Requirement in Military Instruction _ „ 55

Requirements in Physical Education for Women - „ 55

Health Service - » 56

Regulations, Grades, Degrees _ _ _ 57

Expenses - - 59

Honors and Awards 65

Student Activities - 68

Alumni - _ „ _ 72

Section II — Administrative Divisions - 73

College of Agriculture - _ 73

Agricultural Experiment Station „ 104

Extension Service 104

Regulatory Activities - 105

College of Arts and Sciences 106

College of Commerce 135

College of Education 153

College of Engineering _ _ 168

Engineering Experiment Station 173

College of Home Economics _._ 185

Graduate School ^ :. 191

Summer Session _ 201

Department of Military Science and Tactics 202

Physical Education, Recreation, and Athletics 206

School of Dentistry _ 208

School of Law „.... 219

School of Medicine „ _.. 223

School of Nursing _ _ 228

School of Pharmacy 233

State Boards and Departments „ _ _ 237

Section III — Description of Courses „ 241

(Alphabetical index of departments, p. 241)

Section IV — Degrees, Honors, and Summary of Enrollment 391

Degrees and Certificates, 1939-1940 _ „.. 391

Honors, 1939-1940 _...... 403

Summary of Enrollment, 1940-1941 „ 414

Index _ „....„ 415

1941

Sept. 17-20 Sept. 22

Sept. 27

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

1941-1942 COLLEGE PARK

First Semester

Wednesday- Saturday Registration.

Monday, 8:20 a. m. Instruction for first semester be-

gins.

Saturday Last day to change registration

or to file schedule card without penalty.

1941

September 15 Monday

September 16 Tuesday

September 17 Wednesday

Oct. 14	Tuesday	Reception to the Faculty. H	September 17	Wednesday
Nov. 15	Saturday	Homecoming Day. ^R
Nov. 19	Wednesday, 5 :10 p. m.	Thanksgiving recess begins. Hj	September 23	Tuesday
Nov. 24	Monday, 8:20 a. m.	Thanksgiving recess ends. H	K-/ ^^ I
Dec. 19 1942	Friday, 5:10 p. m.	Christmas recess begins. Bf	September 24	Wednesday
Jan. 5	Monday, 8:20 a.m.	Christmas recess ends. ^M
Jan. 17	Saturday	Alumni and Faculty Charter Day ^M	September 24-27 Wednesday-
		Banquet. ^H		ISaturaay
Jan. 22-29	Thursday-Thursday	First semester examinations. ^B	September 25	Thursday
	Second Semester |g
Feb. 2-4	Monday- Wednesday	Registration for the second se- H|
		mester. ^m	September 29	Monday
Feb. 6	Thursday, 8 :20 a. m.	Instruction for second semester H|	•
		begins. ^M	November 19	Wednesday
Feb. 11	Wednesday	Last day to change registration ^M or to file schedule card without H
		penalty. H	November 24	Monday
Feu. 23	Monday	Washington's Birthday. Holiday. ^m
March 25	Wednesday	Maryland Day. ^h	December 20	Saturday
April 2-8	Thursday, 5 :10 p. m.	H
	Wednesday, 8 :20 a. m.	Easter recess. ^T	1942
May 26-June 3	Tuesday- Wednesday	Second semester examinations. 1
May 30	Saturday	Memorial Day. Holiday ■	January 5	Monday
May 31	Sunday, 11 :00 a. m.	Baccalaureate sermon. ■
June 5	Friday	Class Day. ■	January 26-31	Monday —
June 6	Saturday	Commencement. H		Saturday
	Summer Session |	January 31	Saturday
June 22	Monday	Summer Session begins. I
July 31	Friday	Summer Session ends. ■	I.
July 31	Friday, p. m.	Summer Convocation for confer- B

ring of degrees. Notice : No leaves of absence w^ill be granted for a period of tv^enty-four hours immediately preceding or following the time set for a holiday.

February 2 February 23

Monday Monday

BALTIMORE

First Semester

Registration for evening students in Law School.

Registration for first and second year students in Dentistry.

Registration for other students in Den- tistry.

Instruction begins with the first sched- uled period in evening Law School.

Registration for first and second year students in Medicine and Pharmacy.

Registration for all other students in Law (Day), Medicine and Pharmacy.

- Registration for all Education students.

Instruction begins with the first sched- uled period for Law (Day), Medicine and Pharmacy.

Instruction begins for Education stu- dents.

Thanksgiving recess begins after the last scheduled period for all schools.

Instruction resumed with the first sched- uled period for all schools.

Christmas recess begins after the last scheduled period for all schools.

Instruction resumed with the first sched- uled period for all schools.

Registration for the second semester for all schools.

First semester ends after the last sched- uled period in all schools.

Second Semester

Instruction begins with the first sched- uled period for all schools. Washington's Birthday. Holiday.

April 1

April 8

May 29

June 6 June 17

Wednesday

Wednesday

Friday

Saturday Wednesday

Easter recess begins after the last sched- uled period for all schools.

Instruction resumed with the first sched- uled period for all schools.

Second semester ends for Education stu- dents.

Commencement.

Second semester ends for evening Law School.

*A student who neglects or fails to register prior to or within the dav or davs snprifl a

A^ off^ %>,^%'' r^°°^ T"^ ^« ^*"^^ ^P°^ t° P»y" a late registration L^of five ^d^^^^^^^^^^^ ($5 00). The last day of registration with fee added to regular charge is Saturday at i^i.n

i4le rnr^'b. wJvpf n^r*'^'*^^'V»?"^^'^? following the spefTfied re|L^tration Sd. \tMs *T^Toffi. Mi ^^l^^.^PO'^ the written recommendation of the deans). ^ '

IfZor^.llT''"'- *'"'""'''• September 15. I9I1. until 8 :00 p"in!\'d\a\°ce^d regSmi;;

BOARD OF REGENTS

W. W. Skinner, Chairman

Kensing:ton, Montgomery County

Henry Holzapfel, Jr., Vice-Chairman

Hagerstown, Washington County

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, Secretary

4101 Greenway, Baltimore'

J. Milton Patterson, Treasurer

1015 Argonne Drive, Baltimore

Term Expires 1945

••••••••••••«..•••...... X«7^0

.1947

.....1944

William P. Cole, Jr 1949

Towson, Baltimore County

*Harry H. Nuttle.

.....1941

Denton, Caroline County

W. Calvin Chesnut.

1942

Roland Park, Baltimore

*J UUN £i. oBMMES -.........._ _.„ — -... ..... _.»....

100 W. University Parkway, Baltimore

1942

Rowland K. Adams.

<••••••••*•«••••• ••■•■*•••••••■ ^L %^ ^S ^^

1808 Fairbank Road, Baltimore

** Philip C. Turner...

.1930

Parkton, Baltimore County

6

^*Term expires first Monday in June, 1941. Term begins first Monday in June, 1941.

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University. T. B. Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Director of the Extension Service Dean n* the College of Agriculture. ' ^^

H. J. Patterson, D. Sc, Dean Emeritus of Agriculture. T. H. Taliaferro, C. E., Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty. H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Acting Dean of the School of Medicine.

J. M. H. Rowland, Sc.D., LL.D., M.D., Dean Emeritus of the School of Medicine. . ""^

Annie Crighton, R.N., Superintendent of Nurses, Director of the School of Nursing.

J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Dean of the School of Dentistry Andrew G. DuMez, Ph.G., Ph.D., Dean of the School of Pharmacy.

E. Frank Kelly, Phar.D., D.Sc, Advisory Dean of the School of Pharmacy Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of the School of Law.

Henry D. Harlan, A.M., LL.B., LL.D., Dean Emeritus of the School of Law

C. 0. Appleman, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School.

L. B. Broughton, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences.

Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Education, Director of the Summer Session.

S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of the College of Engineering.

W. Mackenzie Stevens, M.B.A., Ph.D., C.P.A., Dean of the College of Commerce.

M. Marie Mount, A.B., M.A., Dean of the College of Home Economics.

H. F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Assistant Dean of the College of Agriculture.

Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men, Director of Athletics.

Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women.

Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Director of Agricultureal Experiment Station.

W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Acting Director of Engineering Experiment Station.

Thomas D. Finley*, Lt. Col., Inf., U. S. Army, Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

Robert Edward Wysor, Jr., Lt. Col., Inf., U. S. Army, Acting Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

H. T. Casbarian, B.C.S., C.P.A., Comptroller.

Edgar Long, Ph.D., Acting Director of Admissions.

Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar.

F. K. Haszard, B.S., Secretary to the President. Carl W. E. Hintz, A.M.L.S., Librarian.

H. L. Crisp, M.M.E., Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. T. A. Hutton, Purchasing Agent.

OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

For the Year 1940-1941

At College Park

PROFESSORS

CHARLES Orville Appleman, Ph.D., Professor of Botany and Plant Physi- ology, Dean of the Graduate School.

Hayes Baker-Crothers, Ph.D., Professor of History.

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor of Botany.

Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Education, Director of Summer School.

Fred Wilson Besley, Ph.D., Professor of Farm Forestry, State Forester.

Luther Allen Black, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology.

Levin Bowland Broughton, Ph. D., Professor of Chemistry, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, State Chemist.

Glen David Brown, M.A., Professor of Industrial Education.

Arthur Louis Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D., Professor of Animal Pathology.

Theodore Carroll Byerly, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.

Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Agricultural Engi- neering, State Drainage Engineer.

Roger Bailey Corbett, Ph.D., Director of Agricultural Experiment Station.

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology, State Entomologist, Assistant Director of Extension.

Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Education, Assist- ant Dean of the College of Agriculture, State Supervisor of Vocational Agriculture.

Myron Creese, B.S., E.E., Professor of Electrical Engineering.

Tobias Dantzig, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.

Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Farm Management.

Nathan Lincoln Drake, Ph.D., Professor of Organic Chemistry.

Alice Gwendolyn Drew, M.A., Professor of Physical Education for Women.

Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech.

Charles Garfield Eichlin, A.B., M.S., Professor of Physics.

Charles Walter England, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.

William Franklin Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages.

Thomas Dewees Finley*, Lieutenant Colonel, Inf., U. S. Army, Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

Wesley Marsh Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor of History.

Allen Garfield Gruchy, Ph.D., Professor of Finance and Economics.

Charles Brockway Hale, Ph.D., Professor of English.

Harold Curtis Hand, Ph.D., Professor of Education.

Malcolm Morrison Haring, Ph.D., Professor pf Physical Chemistry.

Lawrence Vaughan Howard, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.

On leave.

*0n leave.

9

8

. I

I

WiLBERT James Huff, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Chemical Engineering Acting Director of Engineering Experiment Station.

Lawrence Henry James, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology.

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., Professor of Pathology, State Pathologist.

John Gamewell Jenkins, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.

Carl Smith Joslyn, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.

Arnold Edward Joyal, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration.

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.

William Beck Kemp, Ph.D., Professor of Agronomy.

Frederick Harold Leinbach, M.S., Professor of Animal Husbandry.

Edgar Fauver Long, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Acting Director of Admissions.

Charles Leroy Mackert, M.A., Professor of Physical Education for Men

Charles Harold Mahoney, Ph.D., Professor of Olericulture.

Fritz Marti, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy.

Frieda Wiegand McFarland, M.A., Professor of Textiles, Clothing, and Art.

Edna Belle McNaughton, M.A., Professor of Home Economics Education.

DeVoe Meade, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry.

Joshua Albert Miller, B.S., Administrative Coordinator of Practice

Teaching. Myrl Marie Mount, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management,

Dean of the College of Home Economics. John Bitting Smith Norton, M.S., D.Sc, Professor of Plant Pathology. Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D., Professor of Pomology. Jesse William Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. Adele Hagner Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women. Samuel Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering, Dean

of the College of Engineering. Wayne Mackenzie Stevens, M.B.A., Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Economics

and Business Administration, Dean of the College of Commerce. Leonid Ivanovich Strakhovsky, D. Hist. Sc, Professor of European

History. Thomas Hardy Taliaferro, C.E., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics, Dean

of Faculty. RoYLE Price Thomas, Ph.D., Professor of Soils. Arthur Searle Thurston, M.S., Professor of Floriculture and Landscape

Gardening. Reginald Van Trump Truitt, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology and Aquiculture. Kenneth Leroy Turk, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry. Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D., Professor of Canning Crops. Harry Redcay Warfel, Ph.D., Professor of English. SiVERT Matthew Wedeberg, A.M., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting. Claribel Pratt Welsh, M.A., Professor of Foods.

10

M^K Fbb:oerick Welsh. M.S.. D.V.M.. Professor of Veterinary Science. State Veterinarian p j ^^ of Inorganic Chemistry.

ZlS!SJlc.t^^>'D.. P,«fe.^r of Mod.™ L»g«8...

LECTURERS

P..„. REKCE ACHENBACH. B.S.,>ecturer on Heating, Ventilation, and Re- frigeration Lecturer on Agricultural Economics.

OLIVER EDWIN B^'fJ^-^-'g"^ Lecturer on Soils and Foundations. rvfiRfiE Edwakd Bertram, b.o., i-eciurei uu

ASHBV BUELL GURNEY, Ph.D., Lecturer onJ^-»"«7_ .. ,. Sy Rutledge hall. B.S., Lecturer on Municipal Sanitation. T? r.r T TTvQ<? B S Lecturer on Geology.

^ ARTHUR D. WILLARD, JR., B.A., Lecturer on Speech. James Franklin Yeager, Ph.D.. Lecturer on Entomology.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

^ ,o DV, r> A<!i?ociate Professor of Psychology.

ROGER MARION BELLOWS Ph^D Ass^mteJ ^^ Marketing.

VICTOR WILSON ^^^^J''^l-''^,toZe%ofe.sor of Dairy Husbandry. MYRON HERBERT BERRY, M_A.,Asso«at^ Professor of Poultry Nutrition. HERBERT RODERICK Bii^, ^^^^.^^^I'^^sov of Education. HENRY BRECHBiLLPh.D., Associate f^o Professor of Agricultural

James Wiluam Coddington, B.S., Associate

Economics. r>vM Associate Professor of Veterinary

WiLUAM RUSH Crawford, D.V.M., Associate

Science. „ ^^^ Associate Professor of Animal Path-

Harou) Moon DeVolt, M.b., u.v.m., •"•=>=>

GEA^Y Irancis Eppley, M.S., Associate Professor of Agronomy, Director of jAMrMriN^Gri.:;*^^ Associate professor of Poultry Production and

S.s.^tMOLYN HARMAN, Ph.D., Associate Professorof^En^ish.

TT . xTm T»v> n A c;«;ociate Professor of Pomology. iRViN Charles Haut, Pn.u., Associate jta^

11

Leo Ingeman Highby, Ph.D.. Associate Professor of Ancient Langua.. and Literature. •"'? Jages

Carl Wiluam Edmund Hintz. A.M.L.S., Associate Professor of Liuran Science, Librarian. ^'orarj

Lawrence Judson Hodgins, B.S., Associate Professor of Electrical E„.i neering. '^"Si

John Bradshaw Holt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology Jesse William Huckert*, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mechanical En.i neering. "8i-

Mary Juhn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry

FRANCIS BUSY Lincoln, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Propaeatinn ALPHEUS ROYALL MARSHALL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Econo„ ' MONROE HARNISH MARTIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of MathematTcs Norman Ethelbert Phillips, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology" George DEWiTTE Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandrv Allie W Richeson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics (Balti- more). ^

Mark Mercer Shoemaker, A.B., M.L.D., Associate Professor of Land- scape Gardening.

Reuben George Steinmeyer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science William Paul Walker, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Eco' nomics.

Raymond Clifford Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Analytical Chen,- istry.

Alexander Cox Williams, Jr., Ph.D., Research Associate in Psychology.

Logan Wilson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology

Vertrees Judson Wycoff, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

George Jenvey Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor of Apiculture ARTHUR Montraville Ahalt, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education.

Russell Bennett Allen, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering Cecil Ravenscroft Ball, M.A., Assistant Professor of English Hugh Alvin Bone, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political* Science Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology Jack Yeaman Bryan, M.A., Assistant Professor of English Sumner Othniel Burhoe, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology Cornelius Wilbur Cissel, M.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting. Lincoln Harold Clark, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Adminis- tration.

Weston Robinson Clark, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology Arnold Colvin Cobb, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical EngineeWng. Franklin DeLaney Cooley, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English

Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art.

George Odell Switzer Darby, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages.

Charles Robert Davis, D.V.M., M.S., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science.

Beryl Herbert Dickinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.

Lewis Polster Ditman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology.

Linden Seymour Dodson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.

Paul Murray Ellis, Major, Inf. (Retired), U.S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

George Campbell Ernst, M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.

Gaylord Beale Estabrook, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics (Balti- more) .

John Edgar Faber, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology.

Allen Jerry Fisher, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administra- tion.

Robert Tyson Fitzhugh, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.

Gardner Henry Foley, M.A., Assistant Professor of English and Speech (Baltimore).

Ralph Galungton, M.A., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education.

Merrill Cochrane Gay, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics.

Wilson Payne Green, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Eco- nomics.

Walter Leon Hard, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology.

Harry Benton Hoshall, B.S., M.E., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

George Bond Hughes, B.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing.

Frances Aurelia Ide, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.

Mary Ann Johnson, M.A., Assistant Dean of Women.

Robert Wellington Jones, First Lieutenant, Inf. Reserve, U.S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

Gordon Louis Judd, First Lieutenant, Inf. Reserve, U.S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

Harold Leon Kelly, Jr., First Lieutenant, Inf. Reserve, U.S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

Charles Atkinson Kirkpatrick, A.M., D.C.S., Assistant Professor of Marketing and Business Administration.

Mary E. Kirkpatrick, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition.

Howard Martin Kline, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science.

Paul Knight, M.S., Assistant Professor of Entomology.

Otis Ewing Lancaster, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

WiLLARD Arthur Laning, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.

*Oii leave.

13

12

Grace Lee, B.A., Assistant Dean of Women.

Frank Martin Lemon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.

Naomi Therese Lucius, M.D., Physician to Women.

George Maurice Machwart, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.

Roberta Mack, B.S., Assistant Professor of Institution Management.

George Francis Madigan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Soils.

Polly Kessinger Moore, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing.

Charles Driscoll Murphy, A.M., Assistant Professor of English.

Arthur Charles Parsons, A.M., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages (Baltimore).

Joseph Warren Phillips, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Aeronautics.

Augustus John Prahl, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages.

Gordon William Prange, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.

Hester Beall Proyenson, LL.B., Assistant Professor of Speech.

Milton Allender Pyle, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engi- neering.

Joseph Thomas Pyle^s, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English (Baltimore).

Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music.

Harold George Shirk, B.S., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology.

Arthur Silver, M.A., Assistant Professor of History.

Edgar Bennett Starkey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Organic Chemistry

(Baltimore). Warren Laverne Strausbaugh, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.

WiLUAM Carleton Supplee, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

William Julius Svirbley, M.S., D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Harold Wesley Thatcher, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.

Guy Paul Thompson, M.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology (Baltimore).

Edwin Warren Titt, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Willis Lattanner Tressler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology.

E. Gaston Vanden Bosche, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Inorganic Chem- istry (Baltimore).

George Clarence Vedova, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Earnest Artman Walker, M.S., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.

Chester Carlton Westfall, Lieutenant Colonel, Inf., U.S. Army, Assis- tant Professor of Military Science and Tactics.

Robert Owen Wickersham, B.S., M.E., M.S.E., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ralph Irwin Williams, A.B., First Lieutenant, Inf. Reserve, U.S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics, Assistant Dean of Men.

Howard Barr Win ant, M.S., Assistant Professor of Soils.

Mark Winton Woods, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.

William (Gordon Zeeveij), Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.

14

y

\ i

INSTRUCTORS

rPORGE FREDERICK Alrich, Ph.D., E.E., Instructor in Mathematics.

GEORGE J^K BALDWIN, R.N., Instructor in Hygiene.

^^:rWALSH b!rton, C.D.E.F., M.A., Instructor in Education, Cnt.c

n JjoneTbaumann. M.A., Instructor in Clothing and Art. DALE J" RoniL Y Ph D Instructor in Bacteriology.

„.» BORN."., BS, in-ttuoto- » Fo<«i.^

^r; B^-rrB. T„s"i' in"sw. -<.»»- - w.™.

HARRY oou. Instructor in Home Management.

S AS:7'EtK0EUS., M.A ins^-or in -^^^^ Languages.

NEIL !«" GiiiERT M.A., Instructor in Mathematics^ wTllum HENRY GRAVELY. JR.. M.A., Instructor m English. ? V cTrter Hackman, Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology. rLlRENCE LEWIS HODGE. Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology R CHARD RUSSELL HuTCHESON, M.A., Instructor m Speech. LEWIS CASS HUTSON, Instructor in Mining Extension. SHTE'DWARDjACOBi,Ph.D instruct^^^^^^^^

I:rZ:^:^£^oi^:-i'^T---' M.D.. instructor in Health

Education. TTi=;tructor in Chemistry.

VERNON ARTHUR ^AMB.Ph^D. Instructor ^.^^^^

JAMES MILTON LEATH, M.A ^^^'^f^^^^J^^ j„ ^odem Languages.

Andre FRANK Liotard, B.A., B.D., mstrucior

JOHN LOWE, III, B.S., M.S., Instructor m Cml En^^'^eerin^-

JOHN WALKER MCMILLAN, PhJX,InstrUCtO^^^^^^^^ ^^.^^^^ ^^^

Edward Mars, Sergeant, D.E.M.L., Instructor in

GeorSdward martin, sergeant, D.E.M.L., Instructor in Military Science

WiluaII™ McCollomb. M.A ^-^-f ^V"p,f^,^it,i„^. WILBU. I^wiOHT MCC.^..AN B.s^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 'socil^Xltimore) . Ivan Eugene McDougle, Ph^u., ^™nstructor in Civil Engineering. JOHN ANGUS McLaughun, JR. C^J^^^^^f^^f °^^^^^^^^ Languages. Edmund Erskine Miller, Ph.D., instrucxor m i

FRANCES HOWE MILLER, A^M., '^:^^X^^ and Clothing.

THYRA FAYE Mitchell, M.A Instructor in ^^^^^^^^ ^^.^.^

Lillian Gertrude Moore, A.M., instructor mi. Norm!n hIkned MOORE, M.S.. Instructor in Civil Engineering.

15

John Church Mullin, B.S., M.B.A., Instructor in Economics and Business

Administration. John George Mutziger, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages. Ralph Duane Myers, Ph.D., Instructor in Physics.

Homer Edward Newell, Jr., A.M.T., Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. Fay Joseph Norris, Sergeant, Inf., U.S. Army, Instructor in Milituy

Science and Tactics. James Burton Outhouse, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry. William Harwood Peden, M.S., Instructor in English. Paul Rontzahn Poffenberger, M.S., Instructor in Agricultural Economics Edward Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Instructor in Organic Chemistry. James Henry Reid, M.A., Instructor in Marketing. Robert Charles Rigal, M.A., Instructor in Speech. Durant Waite Robertson, Jr., M.A., Instructor in English. Howard Rovelstad, A.M., B.S.L.S., Instructor in Library Science. Mark Schweizer, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages. Orlando De Leone Scoppettone, A.B., Instructor in Modern Languages. Aaron Wiley Sherwood, M.E., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. Robert Vernon Shirley, M.B.A., Instructor in Economics and Business

Statistics. Otto Siebeneichen, Instructor in Band Music. Howard Burton Shipley, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. Carl B. Smith, M.S., Instructor in Agricultural Economics. Henry Hunter Smith, M.S., Instructor in Physics. Kathleen Marie Smith, A.B., Ed.M., Instructor in Education. Paul Edward Smith, M.A., Instructor in English. Marvin Luther Speck, Ph.D., Instructor in Agricultural Economics. Howard Livingston Stier, Ph.D., Instructor in Horticulture. Lynn LeRoy Swearingen, M.A., Instructor in English. William How.ard Taft, III, B.A., Instructor in English. Kathryn Marie Terhune, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education for

Women. Wayne Louis Tyler, M.A., Instructor in English. George James Uhrinak, Sergeant, Inf., U.S. Army, Instructor in Military

Science and Tactics. William Jacob Van Stockum, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. Evelyn Iverson Vernon,* M.A., Instructor in Speech. George Edward Walther, A.B., Instructor in Political Science. John Cook Ward, M.A., Instructor in English. Floyd Warner, Instructor in Physical Education for Men. Virginia Lee Watts, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education for Women. Donald Chester Weeks, Ph.D., Instructor in English. Mark Wheeler Westgate, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry. Gladys Anna Wiggin, M.A., Instructor in Education. Milton Joel Wiksell, M.A., Instructor in Speech. Helen Barkley Wilcox, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages. Albert Westle Woods, B.S., Instructor in Agronomy. Leland Griffith AVorthington, M.A., Instructor in History.

ASSISTANTS

FRANK Graham Banta, B.A., Assistant in Modern Languages. AD V Missouri Beall, A.B., Assistant in English.

DTFTER Cunz, Ph.D., Assistant in Modern Languages. .

J ;'L ROBERT DOUGLAS, M.S., Assistant in Physical Education for Men. Emmert Parker Dupler, A.B., Assistant in Speech. TFORGE William Eastment, Assistant in Bacteriology. JESSE TURNER FONTAINE, Jr., B.A., Assistant in Psychology Research. Mildred Coe Gavin, B.Mus., Assistant in Music. Donvld cummins Hennick, Assistant in Mechanical Engineering. Chester Wood Hitz, B.S., Assistant in Pomology. Cvrl William Kelley, B.S., Assistant in Agronomy. VERNON EDWARD Krahl, M.S., Assistant in Zoology (Baltimore). HXRRY ANDREW MiLLER, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Research. NMHAN GRIER PARKE, III, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics. PATRICIA WILLINGHAM Stier, B.S., Assistant in Botany Laboratory. ^ JOHN SHERMAN THATCHER, A.B., Assistant in Psychology Research. d J.MES KENDALL THORNTON, B.S., Assistant in Physics (Baltimore). S HERMAN TODD, B.S., Assistant in Horticulture.

FRVNCES EVELYN TUTTLE, B.S., Assistant in Institution Management. WALTER ROBERT VoLCKHAUSEN, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics. THOMAS CHARLES GORDON Wagner, B.S., Assistant in Mathematics. ROBERT NEWTON WooDWORTH, A.M., Assistant in Sociology.

GRADUATE ASSISTANTS

_ ^ Chemistry

Harry Davis Anspon, B.b

^^^^ Tt, M A Modern Languages

Ross Elwood Backenstoss, Jr., M.a chemistry

William Howard Beamer, B.S " "

^ Tr, Tvr <2 r P A ...Business Administration

Charles Lee Benton, Jr., M.b., c.r.A

, Tvyr Q Chemistry

Aurelius Franklin Chapman, M.b

. ^ Modern Languages

Albert Neil Cole, A.B

.„ CI Horticulture

Julian Coburn Crane, B.b "

,/f c Poultry Husbandry

Thomas Grover Culton, M.b

,_ c. Entomology

Carl Kester Dorsey, M.b .

,- c? Chemistry

Felix Frederick Ehrich, M.b

. T5 Zoology

Michael John Fillippi, A.B ^^ . ^

, , c Poultry Husbandry

C.\RL Frischknecht, M.b

17

*0n leave.

16

John Church Mullin, B.S., M.B.A., Instructor in Economics and Business

Administration. John George Mutziger, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages. Ralph Duane Myers, Ph.D., Instructor in Physics.

Homer Edward Newell, Jr., A.M.T., Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. Fay Joseph Norris, Sergeant, Inf., U.S. Army, Instructor in Military

Science and Tactics. James Burton Outhouse, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry. William Harwood Peden, M.S., Instructor in English. Paul Rontzahn Poffenberger, M.S., Instructor in Agricultural Economics Edward Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Instructor in Organic Chemistry. James Henry Reid, M.A., Instructor in Marketing. Robert Charles Rigal, M.A., Instructor in Speech. Durant Waite Robertson, Jr., M.A., Instructor in English. Howard Rovelstad, A.M., B.S.L.S., Instructor in Library Science. Mark Schweizer, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages. Orlando De Leone Scoppettone, A.B., Instructor in Modern Languages. Aaron Wiley Sherwood, M.E., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. Robert Vernon Shirley, M.B.A., Instructor in Economics and Business

Statistics. Otto Siebeneichen, Instructor in Band Music. Howard Burton Shipley, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. Carl B. Smith, M.S., Instructor in Agricultural Economics. Henry Hunter Smith, M.S., Instructor in Physics. Kathleen Marie Smith, A.B., Ed.M., Instructor in Education. Paul Edward Smith, M.A., Instructor in English. Marvin Luther Speck, Ph.D., Instructor in Agricultural Economics. Howard Livingston Stier, Ph.D., Instructor in Horticulture. Lynn LeRoy Swearingen, M.A., Instructor in English. William Howard Taft, III, B.A., Instructor in English. Kathryn Marie Terhune, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education for

Women. Wayne Louis Tyler, M.A., Instructor in English. George James Uhrinak, Sergeant, Inf., U.S. Army, Instructor in Military

Science and Tactics. William Jacob Van Stockum, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. Evelyn Iverson Vernon,* M.A., Instructor in Speech. George Edward Walther, A.B., Instructor in Political Science. John Cook Ward, M.A., Instructor in English. Floyd Warner, Instructor in Physical Education for Men. Virginia Lee Watts, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education for Women. Donald Chester Weeks, Ph.D., Instructor in English. Mark Wheeler Westgate, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry. Gladys Anna Wiggin, M.A., Instructor in Education. Milton Joel Wiksell, M.A., Instructor in Speech. Helen Barkley Wilcox, M.A., Instructor in Modern Languages. Albert Westle Woods, B.S., Instructor in Agronomy. LEI.AND Griffith AVorthington, M.A., Instructor in History.

*0n leave.

ASSISTANTS

vK Graham Banta, B.A., Assistant in Modern Languages. ^DA Missouri Beall, A.B., Assistant in English. DIETER Cunz, Ph.D., Assistant in Modern Languages. JAMES ROBERT DoUGLAS, M.S., Assistant in Physical Education for Men. Emmert Parker Dupler, A.B., Assistant in Speech. GEORGE William Eastment, Assistant in Bacteriology. JESSE TURNER FONTAINE, JR., B.A., Assistant in Psychology Research. Mildred Coe Gavin, B.Mus., Assistant in Music. Donald Cummins Hennick, Assistant in Mechanical Engineering. CHESTER Wood Hitz, B.S., Assistant in Pomology. C\RL William Kelley, B.S., Assistant in Agronomy. Vernon Edward Krahl, M.S., Assistant in Zoology (Baltimore). Harry Andrew Miller, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Research. Nathan Grier Parke, III, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics. Patricia Willingham Stier, B.S., Assistant in Botany Laboratory. JOHN SHERMAN THATCHER, A.B., Assistant in Psychology Research. James Kendall Thornton, B.S., Assistant in Physics (Baltimore). S. Herman Todd, B.S., Assistant in Horticulture. Frances Evelyn Tuttle, B.S., Assistant in Institution Management. Walter Robert Volckhausen, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics. Thomas Charles Gordon Wagner, B.S., Assistant in Mathematics. Robert Newton Woodworth, A.M., Assistant in Sociology.

GRADUATE ASSISTANTS

Harry Davis Anspon, B.S Chemistry

Ross ELWOOD Backenstoss, Jr., M.A Modern Languages

William Howard Beamer, B.S Chemistry

Charles Lee Benton, Jr., M.S., C.P.A - Business Administration

Aurelius Franklin Chapman, M.S Chemistry

Albert Neil Cole, A.B Modern Languages

T ^ i-.« . ^T,:. 15 Q Horticulture

Julian Coburn Crane, B.b

Thomas Grover Culton, M.S Po^^^ry Husbandry

Carl KESTER DORSEY, M.S - Entomology

Felix Frederick Ehrich, M.S Chemistry

Michael John Fillippi, A.B ~ Zoology

Carl FRiscHKNECHT, M.S Poultry Husbandry

17

16

A

Lex Bailey Golden, M.S Agronomy

William Holland Griggs, M.A Horticulture

Samuel Grober, M.S Botany

Albert Carl Groschke, M.S Poultry Husbandry

Harold Ernest Hensel, B.S. _ Animal and Dairy Husbandry

Carl William Hess, M.S Poultry Husbandry

Henry Robert Hushebeck, B.S: - Agronomy

Robert Edwin Jones, M.S Botany

xCUSSELL HiRNEST IjEED, JVl.»b. ~.............^.......~... ~ V-/Jl6niistrv

Raymond Irving Longley, M.S Chemistry

Robert Eugene Mather, B.S Animal and Dairy Husbandry

Richard Harding McBee, M.S Bacteriology

Earl Edward Miller, B.S Agricultural Economics

Oscar Keeling Moore, M.S Poultry Husbandry

William Anthony Nolte, M.S „ ~ _ Bacteriology

Norman Gerard Paulhaus, M.S Poultry Husbandry

Selmer Wilfred Peterson, B.S. Chemistry

Clifton Elwood Pierce, M.S » - Botany

Robert Collon Rand, M.A Mathematics

Mary Elizabeth Rawley, B.S Physical Education

Max Rubin, M.S _ Poultry Husbandry

Vladimir Shutak, M.S Horticulture

Alston Wesley Specht, B.S Physical Education

Robert Nielson Stewart, B.S • Botany

David Lee Stoddard, M.S ~ ^ Botany

Albert Edward Tepper, M.S. Poultry Service

Richard Carter Tollefson, M.A Chemistry

Alfred Case Whiton, B.S Chemistry

Arthur Paul Wiedemer, B.S Animal and Dairy Husbandry

Philip Jerome Wingate, M.S Chemistry

John Paul Wintermoyer, M.S Agronomy

Carroll Christian Woodrow, B.S Chemistry

Edmund Grove Young, B.S Chemistry

John Ashby Yourtee, B.S Chemistry

FELLOWS

Richard Warren Akeley, B.S Agricultural Economics

Paul Aurile Albert, B.S Fish and Wild Life

Fred Frank Bartel, B.S Civil Engineering

NoRBERT Lea Behrendt, A.B „ Education

18

OUN HENRY BORUM, B.S - - Chemistry

vvxscis Miles Bower, M.S .- „ Chemical Engmeermg

Marriott Warfield Bredekamp, M.S Chemical Engineermg

n WILLIAM HENRY Brittingham, M.A Genetics

'^ Lov^ELL THOMAS Crews, M.S Chemistry

^ T EWis EUGENE Cronin, A.B - - Zoology

' roRDON FREDERICK DiTTMAR, M.S Chemistry Research

ROBERT LLOYD ECCLES, B.S Mathematic^

LYDuMcMuLLiN Evans, A.B ~ ~ English

WILLIVM HUMBERT FORM, M.A ~ Sociology

MiLO Vivian Gibbons, B.S - Mathematics

LEON GOLDMAN, B.S -.^ Xhemistry

Margaret Towell Goldsmith, B.S - - Bacteriology

LESTER Philip Guest, M.A Psychology

R.^PH CURTIS Hammer, B.S Fish and Wild Life

Walter Judson Haney, B.S ~ Botany

PHILIP Classon Harvey, B.S - Bacteriology

James Grant Hayden, Jr., B.S ^ Chemical Engineering

Carl Adam Hechmer, Jr., B.S - - Chemistry

Albert Franklin Herbst, B.S Mathematics

Robert Isaac Jaffee, M.S Chemical Engineering

Martin Bernard Kalkstein, M.S ~ Mathematics

Marg.aret Cobey Kemp, B.S Botany

'^ Alan Mottar Kershner, M.A - Psychology

Herman Fink Kraybill, M.S - ~ Fish and Wild Life

l^ John Joseph Lander, B.S - Chemistry

Joseph Sidney Lann, B.S ~ Chemistry Research

Frederick John Linnig, A.B - Chemistry

William James Lodman, B.S ~ Agricultural Economics

Frederick Richmond McBrien, M.A Sociology

John Udell Michaelis, M.A Education

Martin Hammond Muma, B.S - ~ - - Entomology

John Edward Nutting, M.A - - - Education

Lloyd Elwin Parks, M.S - - Fish and Wild Life

Arthur Peregoff, B.S Business Administration

James Lloyd Poland, M.S. Zoology

William Huntley Power, M.S Chemistry

William Nelson Rairigh, M.A ~ Political Science

Roger William Snyder, B.S _ Bacteriology

Norman Gilbert Sprague, B.S Fish and Wild Life

Francis C. Stark, Jr., B.S ~ Horticulture

Lois Teal, B.S - - Zoology

.\RTHUR Woodward Warner, Jr., B.A Physics

Conrad Sch atte Yocum, B.S Botany

19

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES

BOARDS AND COMMITTEES

Carl W. E. Hintz, A.B., A.M.L.S University Librar

arian

COLLEGE PARK

George W. Fogg, M.A Reference and Loan Librarian

Julia H. Carhart, A.B., B.S.L.S.... Assistant Reference and Loan Librarian

Alma Hook, B.S., B.S.L.S. Head Cataloguer

Louise W. Getchell, A.B., B.S.L.S Assistant Cataloguer

Ruth V. Hewlett, A.B., A.M.L.S Assistant Cataloguer

Elizabeth A. Gardner, A.M., B.S.L.S General Service Assistant

Howard Rovelstad, A.M., B.S.L.S Order Librarian

Kate White :. Assistant

BALTIMORE

Dental — Pharmacy Library

Thelma R. Wiles, A.B., A.B.L.S. Librarian

Kathleen B. Hamilton Assistant Librarian

Beatrice Marriott Assistant Librarian

Ann Lemen Clark Cataloguer

^ Assistant Cataloguer

THE GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD

President Byrd, Dr. Symons, Dean Taliaferro, Dean Howell, Dean DuMez, Dean Robinson, Dean Mount, Dean Appleman, Dean Steinberg, Dean Stamp, Dean Broughton, Dean Stevens, Dean Eppley, Dean Benjamin, Dr. Cotterman, Colonel Wysor, Dr. Huff, Miss Preinkert, Miss Kellar, Dr. Zucker, Dr. Jenkins, Dr. White, Dr. Welsh, Dr. Wylie, Dr. Corbett, Mr. Casbarian, Dr. Long.

EDUCATIONAL POLICY, STANDARDS, AND COORDINATION

Dr. Zucker, Chairman; Dr. DeVault, Dr. Warfel, Dr. Haring, Dr. Martin, Mrs. Welsh, Dr. Truitt, Miss McNaughton, Dr. Bamford, Dr. Younger, Dr. Dorsey, Dr. Hartung, Dr. Wylie, Professor Strahorn, Dr. Jull.

STUDENT LIFE AND REGISTRATION

Dr. White, Chairman; Professor Eppley, Colonel Wysor, Dr. Faber, Pro- fessor Mackert, Professor Eichlin, Dr. Harman, Miss Stamp, Mr. Pollock, Lieutenant Williams, Miss Ide, Miss Johnson, Miss Drew, Professor Allen, Dr. Phillips, Dr. Joslyn, Dr. James, Dr. Lancaster, Professor Kramer, Miss Preinkert, Dr. Griffith, Mr. Humelsine.

Law Library

Anne C. Bagby, A.B., Certificate in Library Science.

.Librarian

Medical Library

Ruth Lee Briscoe

Julia E. Wilson, B.S..

.Librarian ..Assistant

*To be filled later.

20

?>!-;

THE LIBRARIES

Dr. Hale, Chairman; Professor Hintz, Dr. Long, Dr. Jenkins, Dr. Younger, Dr. Howard, Dr. Haring, Dr. Bamford, IMrs. Welsh, Dr. Anderson, Dr. Spencer, Professor Strahorn.

RELIGIOUS AFFAIRS AND SOCIAL SERVICE

Dr. Gewehr, Chairman; Dr. White, Professor Quigley, Miss Lee, Professor Eppley, Dr. Haring, Dr. Dozer.

ADMISSION, GUIDANCE, AND ADJUSTMENT

Dr. Long, Chairman; Dr. White, Dr. Phillips, Professor Pyle, Professor Wedeberg, Dr. Prange, Dr. Hale, Professor Quigley, Dr. Bellows, Dr. Gruchy, Miss Stamp, Miss Preinkert, Professor Eppley, Lieutenant Williams.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID

Dr. Steinmeyer, Chairman; Dr. Cotterman, Professor Eichlin, Miss Stamp, Professor Eppley, Miss Mount, Mr. Cobey.

21

RESEARCH

Dr. Appleman, Chairman; Dr. Amberson, Dr. Uhlenhuth, Dr. James n. Drake. Dr. Jenkins, Dr. DeVault, Dr. Jull, Dr. Huff, Dr. Zucker. '

EXTENSION AND ADULT EDUCATION

Dr. Benjamin, Chairman; Miss Kellar, Dr. Dodson, Dr. Crothers Dr DeVault, Mr. Oswald, Dr. Steinmeyer, Dr. Ehrensberger, Miss CuVtiss!

PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

Dr. Symons, Chairman; Dr. Robinson, Dr. DuMez, Dr. Welsh, Mr Bopst Dr. Cory, Mr. Snyder, Mr. Pollock, Dr. Besley, Miss Stamp, Miss Mount, Mr. Randall, Dr. Gewehr.

RESIDENT AND NON-RESIDENT LECTURERS

Dr. Steinmeyer, Chairman; Dr. Warfel, Miss Ide, Dr. Benjamin, Dr. Younger Dr. Stevens, Dr. Jull. ^ '

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS

Professor Eppley, Chairman; Dr. Broughton, Dr. Cory, Dr Kemp Dr Supplee.

UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS Mr. Snyder, Chairman; Dr. Hale, Dr. Zucker, Mr. Oswald.

COORDINATION OF AGRICULTURAL ACTIVITIES

Dr. Symons, Chairman; Dr. Welsh, Mr. Bopst, Dr. Besley, Mr Holmes Dr. Kemp, Mr. Shaw, Dr. Cory, Mr. Oswald, Dr. Cotterman Dr' Mahoney, Dr. Jull, Dr. Corbett, Dr. Leinbach, Dr. Turk.

GENERAL ADVISORY COUNCIL

Dr. Appleman, Chairman; Dr. Zucker, Dr. Hale, Dr. Gewehr, Dr Symons Professor Eppley, Dr. Long, Dr. Benjamin, Dr. White, Mr. Snyder,' Dr. Steinmeyer.

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF

Roger Bailey Corbett, Ph.D > ^^ Director

/Agricultural Economics:

Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D Professor, Agricultural Economics

ARTHUR Bryan Hamilton, M.S.,

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics William Paul Walker, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics Arthur Montraville Ahalt, M.S.,

Assistant Professor, Agricultural Education

ROGER Franklin Burdette, M.S Instructor, Agricultural Economics

Paul Routzahn Poffenberger, M.S Instructor, Agricultural Economics

Carl B. Smith, M.S Instructor, Agricultural Economics

Lawrence Everett Cron, M.S Assistant, Agricultural Economics

Agricultural Engineering: Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LLB.,

Professor, Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer George John Burkhardt, M.S.,

Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering Albert Victor Krewatch, M.S., E.E.,

Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering

Agronomy:

William Beck Kemp, Ph.D Professor, Agronomy

Russell Grove Rothgeb, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Breeding

Royle Price Thomas, Ph.D .Professor, Soils

Howard Barr Win ant, M.S Assistant Professor, Soils

George Francis Madigan, Ph.D „ Assistant Professor, Soils

Albert Westle Woods, B.S — Instructor, Agronomy

Stanley Phillips Stabler, B.S.. Assistant, Agronomy

Albert White, B.S ~ Assistant, Agronomy

Alfred Damon Hoadley, M.S ~.. Assistant, Agronomy

Animal and Dairy Husbandry :

Frederick Harold Leinbach, Ph.D „ Professor, Animal Husbandry

DeVoe Meade, Ph.D _ Professor, Animal Husbandry

Kenneth LeRoy Turk, Ph.D._ „ Professor, Dairy Husbandry

Charles Walter England, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Manufacturing

Myron Herbert Berry, M.S Associate Professor, Dairy Husbandry

Henry Butler, B.S Assistant Dairy Inspector

Animal Pathology : Mark Frederick Welsh, B.S., D.V.M.,

Professor, Veterinary Medicine, State Veterinarian

Arthur Louis Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D — Professor, Pathology

Harold Moon DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Associate Professor, Pathology

Leo Joseph Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Associate Professor, Pathology

Morton Moses Rabstein, V.M.D... Assistant Professor, Veterinary Science

22

23

Bacteriology :

LA.WRENCE Henry James, Ph.D Professor, Bacteriology

Howard Lynn Bodily, Ph.D Instructor, Bacteriology

George • William Eastment ;. Assistant, Bacteriology

Botany, Plant Physiology and Pathology : Charles Orville Appleman, Ph.D.,

. Professor, Botany and Plant Physiology

John Bitting Smith Norton, D.Sc Professor, Plant Pathology

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D Professor, Botany

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D.,

Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist

Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D. Assistant Professor, Plant Physiology

Herman Gerard DuBuy, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Physiology

Mark Winton Woods, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology

Harold George Shirk, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Physiology

Harold Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D Instructor, Plant Pathology

Carroll Eastburn Cox, M.S. Instructor, Plant Pathology

Wilbur D wight McClellan, B.S Instructor, Plant Pathology

Entomology :

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D Professor, Entomology, State Entomologist

Harold Sloan McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology

Lewis Polster Ditman, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Entomology

Castillo Graham, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Entomology

George Jenvey Abrams, M.S Assistant Professor, Apiculture

Horticulture:

Charles Harold Mahoney, Ph.D Professor, Olericulture

Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D Professor, Pomology

Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D Professor, Canning Crops

Francis Busy Lincoln, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Propagation

Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D Associate Professor, Pomology

Herman Aull Hunter, M.S Associate Professor, Canning Crops

Jack Amatt, B.S - Instructor, Horticulture

Howard Livingstown Stier, Ph.D _ „ ...Instructor, Horticulture

Chester Wood Hitz, M.S _ Assistant, Horticulture

Herman Todd, B.S - Assistant, Horticulture

Pqultry :

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D - Professor, Poultry Husbandry

Theodore Carroll Byerly, Ph.D _ Professor, Poultry Husbandry

George DeWitt Quigley, B.S Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry

Herbert Roderick Bird, Ph.D Associate Professor, Nutrition

James Martin Gwin, B.S.,

Associate Professor, Poultry Production and Marketing Charles Simpson Williams, B.S Instructor, Poultry Husbandry

Seed Inspection:

Forrest Shepperson Holmes, M.S Seed Inspector

Ellen Phelps Emack Seed Analyst

Olive Marian Kelk _ _ Seed Analyst

24

EXTENSION SERVICE

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF College Park

THOMAS BADDELEY Symons, M.S., D.Agr.. Dean, College of Agriculture,

Director.

Edward Ingram Oswald, B.S., Professor, Assistant Director.

VENiA MERiE Kellar, B.S., Professor, Assistant Director. ^ ^ ^'

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Entomology, State Ento- mologist, Assistant Director.

Addison Hogan Snyder. B.S., Professor, Editor.

Paul Edwin Nystrom, M.S., Associate Professor, County Agent Leader.

Edward Garfield Jenkins, Associate Professor, Boys' Club Leader.

Oorothy Emerson, Associate Professor, Girls' Club Leader.

FLORENCE Harriett Mason, B.S.. Associate Professor, Extension Home Furnishing, District Agent.

Kathfrine Grace Connolly, Administrative Assistant.

OMER PvAYMOND Carrington, B.A., Assistant Professor, Illustrator.

SUBJECT MATTER SPECIALISTS

George Jenvey Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor, Extension Apiculture. Arthur Montraville Aiialt, M.S., Assistant Professor, Extension Agricul- tural Education. . , Walter Raymond Ballard. B.S., Associate Professor, Extension Vegetable

and Landscape Gardening. „ u j

Howard Clinton Barker, B.S., Professor, Extension Dairy Husbandry. Walter Crothers Beaven, Ph.B., Assistant Professor, Extension Market-

WiLLUM Elbert Bickley, Jr., Ph.D., Instructor, Extension Entomology. Herbert Roderick Bird, Pli.D., Associate Professor, Extension Poultry

Nutrition. _ . . • i,. _„i

Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B.. LL.B., Professor, Extension Agricultural

Engineering, State Drainage Engineer. John Alfred Conover, B.S., Associate Professor, Extension Dairy Hus- bandry. , r.x i. -c 4.

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Entomology, State Ento-

mologist. . o -1 T7< •

JOHN Cotton, B.S., Assistant Professor, Extension Soil Erosion Carroll Eastburn Cox, M.S., Instructor, Extensio:. Plant Pathology SAMUEL Henry DeVault. Ph.D., Professor, Extension Agricultural Eco-

LiNn^TsEYMOUR DODSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor. Extension Sociology. Lawrence Elden Downey, M.S., Assistant Professor, Extension Marketing Mylo Snavely Downey, B.S., Assistant Professor, Extension Boys Club

Work Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Extension Entomology. James Martin Gwin, B.S., Associate Professor, Extension Egg Marketing. William Edg.ar Harrison, Assistant, Extension Marketing. Jessie Delcina Hinton. M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Home Man-

agement.

25

Herman Aull Hunter, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Canning Crops.

Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D., Instructor, Extension Pathology.

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Plant Pathology, State Pathologist.

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Poultry Husbandry.

William Beck Kemp, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Agronomy.

Albin Owings Kuhn, M.S., Assistant, Extension Agronomy.

Albert Victor Krewatch, M.S., E.E., Associate Professor, Extension Rural Electrification.

George Shealy Langford, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Extension Ento- mology.

John Winfield Magruder,* B.S., Associate Professor, Extension Agronomy.

Wilbur Dwight McClellan, B.S., Instructor, Extension Plant Pathology.

Margaret McPheeters, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Nutrition.

DeVoe Meade, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Animal Husbandry.

Charles Percival Merrick, B.S., Assistant Professor, Extension Drainage Engineering.

James Burton Outhouse, B.S., Instructor, Extension Animal Husbandry.

Calvin Platt Poppell, Assistant Professor, Extension Marketing.

Walter Benjamin Posey, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Tobacco.

Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Assistant Professor, Extension Music.

Wade Hampton Rice, B.S., Associate Professor, Extension Poultry Hus- bandry.

Franklin Kirk Sampson, Assistant, Extension Marketing.

Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Pomology.

Stewart Baker Shaw, B.S., Professor, Extension Marketing, Chief State Department of Markets.

Helen Shelby, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Clothing.

Mark Mercer Shoemaker, A.B., M.L.D., Associate Professor, Extension Landscape Gardening.

Carl B. Smith, M.S., Instructor, Extension Agricultural Economics.

Arthur Searle Thurston, M.S., Professor, Extension Landscape Garden- ing.

Joseph McNaughton Vial, B.S., Professor, Extension Animal Husbandry.

Albert Frank Vierheller, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Horti- culture.

RuFUS Henry Vincent, B.S., Instructor, Extension Entomology.

Earnest Artman Walker, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Extension Plant Pathology.

Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D., Professor, Extension Canning Crops.

Forrest Brookes Whittington, M.S., Instructor, Extension Entomology.

Charles Simpson Wiluams, B.S., Instructor, Extension Poultry Husbandry.

Callender Fayssoux Winslow, A.B., M.F., Assistant Professor, Extension Forestry.

Leland Griffith Worthington, B.S., Instructor, Extension General Edu- cation.

COUNTY AGENTS

(Field)

Name Headquarters

County ^^^^^ . „ .

• RALPH frank Mchenry, B.S., Associate Professor, Allegany ^^ Cumberland

Anne Arundel Stanley Everett Day, B.S., Assistant ^^^^^^^^^^^^p^^.;

o uimnre HORACE BENNETT DERRICK, B.S., Associate Professor,

BaltimorB Towson

r„,„prt —JOHN BOOME MORSELL, B.S., Assistant Professor, Calvert. " Prince Frederick

r rniiTie GEORGE WATSON Clendaniel, B.S., Associate Professor,

Caroline " Denton

Carroll Landon Crawford Burns. B.S., Associate P^^^^^^J;^^^

(j^^il JAMES ZENUS MILLER, B.S., Assistant Professor Elkton

Charts . I... Paul Dennis Brown, B.S., Associate Professor La Plata

nnrchester William Russell McKnight, B.S., Associate Professor

Uorcnesier. Cambridge

Frederick. Henry Reese Shoemaker, B.S., M.A., Associate Professor,

treaericK. Frederick

g^rrett JOHN Hurley Carter, B.S., Assistant Professor Oakland

Harford Henry Morrison Carroll, B.S., Associate Professw^, ^_^

Howard Warren Graham Myers, B.S., Assistant Prof^ssor^ ^_^^

K-™t James Dunham McVean, B.S., Associate Professor,

Kent -J Chestertown

Montgomery Otto Watson Anderson, M.S., Associate P'^^^^^^^JJj^^^.j,^

Prince Georges Percy Ellsworth Clark, B.S., Assistant Professor rnnce ueorges Upper Marlboro

Queen Annes Mark Kermit Miller, B.S., Assistant P"""^^"^^^;^^^,,^

Sh Marvs JOSEPH JuLius JOHNSON, Assistant Professor,

ij u 1 X ai J. o Leonardtown

Somerset .Clarence Zeigler Keller, B.S., Associate Professor,

Princess Anne

Talbot RUDOLPH Stocksdale Brown, B.S., Associate Professor,

Easton

Washington MiLTON DONALDSON MOORE, M.S., Associate Professor,

^ Hagerstown

AVicomico JAMES PAUL BROWN, B.S., Assistant Professor Salisbury

Worcester ..Robert Thornton Grant, B.S., Associate Professor,

Snow Hill

27

*On leave.

26

€

Assistant County Agents Allegany and

Washington Harry Wesley Beggs, B.S., Instructor Cumberland

Baltimore. John Wheeler Ensor, B.S., Instructor Towson

Harford „ Walter Sherard Wilson, B.S., Instructor , Bel Air

Kent Stanley Burr Sutton, Instructor „ Chesteitown

Montgomery Rufus Backer King, A.B., Instructor Rockville

Carroll and Frederick Chester Marvin Cissell, B.A., Instructor Frederick

Caroline,

Dorchester

and Talbot ^Charles Fuller, Instructor Easton

Queen Annes James Walter Eby, B.S., Instructor Centreville

Southern

Maryland _.

Eastern Shore.

Local Agents — Negro Work

.Martin Green Bailey, B.S., Instructor Seat Pleasant

.Louis Henderson Martin, Instructor Princess Anne

COUNTY HOME DEMONSTRATION AGENTS

(Field)

County Name Headquarten

Allegany Maude Alberta Bean, Associate Professor Cumberland

Anne Arundel Anna Trentham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson

Baltimore Frances E. Beegle, B.S., Assistant Professor Annapolis

Calvert Angela Mae Feiser, B.S., Associate Professor,

Prince Frederick

Caroline Bessie Marguerite Spafford, B.S., Associate Professor,

Denton

Carroll Adeline Mildred Hoffman, M.A., Assistant Professor,

Westminster

Cecil Helen Irene Smith, B.A., Associate Professor Elkton

Charles Mary Graham, Assistant Professor La Plata

Dorchester Hattie Estella Brooks, A.B., Associate Professor,

Cambridge

Frederick Florence Elizabeth Williams, B.S., Associate Professor,

Frederick

Garrett Mildred Eva Barton, B.S., Associate Professor Oakland

Harford Catharine Maurice, B.S., Associate Professor Bel Air

Howard Kathryn Elizabeth Newton, M.S., Associate Professor,

Ellicott City

Kent Helen Nickerson Schellinger, Associate Professor,

Chestertown Montgomery. Edythe Margaret Turner, Associate Professor Rockville

rpnr^es Ethel Mary Regan, Associate Professor Hyattsville

P^^^^' Annes HELEN MARIE Harner, B.S., Assistant Professor,

Queen Annes j^^ Centreville

,,,,^s ...ETHEL joy, A.B., Assistant Professor Leonardtown

^t-^^^'f HILDA TOPFER, B.S., Assistant Professor Princess Anne

^^r? MARGARET SMITH, B.S., Associate Professor „ Easton

Tal^f -r;;"" ard^th Ellen martin, B.S., Associate Professor,

Washington ...i^KUAin x. Hagerstown

Esther Weightman Bower, M.S., Assistant Professor, Wicomico t^smt^K Salisbury

.Vorcester -Lucy Jane Walter, Associate Professor Snow Hill

Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents

,^^,g,ny -..-Thelma RYAN, Instructor Cumberland

I Local Home Demonstration Agents (Colored)

Charles, St. Marys, I Prince Georges

: and Montgom- ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^^ instructor Seat Pleasant

: S(L^rseLlZI.(MRS.) Justine Nahala Clark, Instructor...Princess Anne

Assistant Local Home Demonstration Agent (Colored)

Charles, St. Marys, Prince Georges

ery ^^!"!1""!1ethel Laurence Branch, B.S., Instructor...Seat Pleasant

LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE AND DEPARTMENT

OF VETERINARY SCIENCE (College Park)

Mark Frederick Welsh, D.V.M., M.S., Professor of Veterinary Science,

State Veterinarian. j, tt i. • „ o«i

JAMES W. Hughes, D.V.M.. LL.B., Associate Professor of Veterinary Sci- ence, Associate State Veterinarian. tv,„i«n.,r .Arthur Louis Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D., Professor of Animal Pathology,

in Charge of College Park Laboratory. Leo Joseph Poelma, D.V.M., M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Fath-

William^'rush CRAWFORD, D.V.M., Associate Professor of Veterinary

HauolTmoon DeVolt, D.V.M., M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Path- ology.

28

29

Clyde LoRayne Everson, D.V.M., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Sci. ence, in Charge of Baltimore Laboratory.

Charles Robert Davis, D.V.M., M.S., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science.

IRVIN M. MouLTHROP, D.V.M., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science, in

Charge of Salisbury Laboratory. George Edwin Daniel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Parasitol

ogy. Charles Henry Cunningham, D.V.M., M.S., Assistant Professor of Vet- erinary Science, in Charge of Centreville Laboratory. Melvin Moses Rabstein, V.M.D., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science,

U. S. Cooperative Agent. James W. Crowl, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Centreville. H. B. Wood, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector, Hagers-

town. Clarence J. Gibbs, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Upper Marlboro. J. Walter Hastings, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Cambridge. J. J. Jones, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector, LaPlata. Chas. R. Lockwood, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Injector,

Towson. Mahlon H. Trout, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Salisbury. William B. Coughlin, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary

Inspector, Union Stock Yards. H. L. Armstrong, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Bel Air. F. H. Benjamin, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

North East. Chas. B. Breininger, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Easton. Ora K. Hoffman, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Hagerstown. Owen L. Lockwood, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Baltimore. Ed. J. McLaughlin, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Salisbury. Chas. A. Turner, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Chestertown. Chas. B. Weagley, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector,

Middletown. Chas. Omer, D.V.M., Assistant Professor and Veterinary Inspector, West- minster.

30

OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION

For the Year 1940-41

At Baltimore

PROFESSORS

MOTION S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Professor of Dental Pathology.

William R. Amberson, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology.

CEORGE M. ANDERSON, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Professor of Orthodontics.

rridgewater M. Arnold, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Law.

THOMAS B. AYCOCK, B.S., M.D., Clinical Professor of Surgery.

CHARLES BAGLEY, JR., M.A., M.D.,Professor of Neurological Surgery.

Harvey G. Beck, M.D., Sc.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.

CHARLES F. BLAKE, A.M., M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Rectum and

CLIFFORD^. CHAPMAN, M.S., Ph.D., Emerson Professor of Pharmacology. ROSS McC. Chapman, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry. CLYDE A. Clapp, M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology.

ALBERTUS Cotton, A.M., M.D., Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery and Roent- genology. * I. o v 1

ANNIE Crighton, R.N., Superintendent of Nurses, Director of the School

of Nursing. , , , a

J. Frank Crouch, M.D., Professor Emeritus of Clinical Ophthalmology and

Otology. ^ „ ^ J

David M. R. Culbreth, Ph.G., M.D., Professor Emeritus of Botany and

Materia Medica. Carl L. Davis, M.D., Professor of Anatomy. S. Griffith Davis, M.S., M.D., Professor of Anesthesia. Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S., Professor of Oral Surgery. Louis H. Douglass, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics. J. W. Downey, M.D., Professor of Otology. Andrew G. DuMez, Ph.G., Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacy, Dean of the

School of Pharmacy. Page Edmunds, M.D., Professor of Traumatic Surgery. Charles Reid Edwards, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery. H. K. Fleck, M.D., Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology. Edgar B. Friedenwald, M.D., Professor of Clinical Pediatrics. Harry Friedenwald, A.B., M.D., D.H.L., D.Sc, Professor Emeritus of

Ophthalmology. Julius Friedenwald, A.M., M.D., Professor Emeritus of Gastro-Enterology.

William S. Gardner, M.D., Professor Emeritus of Gynecology.

Grayson W. Gaver, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Professor of Clinical Prosthetic

Dentistry. Joseph E. Gichner, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine and Physical

Therapeutics. Andrew C. Gillis, A.M., M.D., LL.D., Professor of Neurology. A. J. Gillis, M.D., Clinical Professor of Genito- Urinary Surgery.

31

Frank W. Hachtel, M.D., Professor of Bacteriology. Hon. Henry D. Harlan AMTTRTTr>i~. V,

of Law. ' ' ^^■' ^^^" Ementus of the School

7^ri^- "^^^U'^^' Ph.D.. Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry ROGER Howell. Ph.D., LL.B., Professor of Law, Dean of the ScTool n"f r J. Mason Hundley Jr MA M n p,.^*.. * ^ , "°°' °^ W

FFT,r>.n^ tr ti '*'"•' ^"•■*-' ^•^•> Professor of Gynecology.

Eluott H. Hutchins, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgerv Burt B. Ide, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Professor of Operative DentSy

F. L. JENNINGS, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery "^''^'^^^^• C. LORING Joslin, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics.

E ■ FBATrKPrf ^"p,: ^-J?-' ''"'"'="' P^^^^^^°^ °f Ophthalmology.

t^strv> I^ ' n""- ''■^■''■' ''"''''''' ^'"^"t"^ 0' Chemistry (De„ tistry), Advisory Dean of the School of Pharmacy. * ""

JOHN C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacology

G. Carroll Lockard, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine

™oat. '^'"'^^' ''■''■' ''•''^'•' ^''''''''" '' ^'^^^«««' °f the Nose and

"'TenLfy!''"'"''' ''■''•'•' ^■''■''■^■' '''°''''''- "^ ^1'"'-' ^P^^tive ROBERT^. MITCHELL, Phar.D., M.D., Professor of Bacteriology and Path-

THEODORE H. MORRISON, M.D., Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology Alexander H. Paterson*, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Professor of Crown and Brid«

and Prosthetic Dentistry. Maurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine J. Dawson Reeder, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Rectum and Colon G. Kenneth Reiblich, Ph.D., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law Russell R. Reno, A.B., LL.B., LL.M., Professor of Law COMPTON Riely, M.D., Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery Harry M. Robinson, M.D., Professor of Dermatology J. BEN ROBINSON, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Professor of Dental Anatomy and Oper-

ative Technics, Dean of the School of Dentistry J. M H. Rowland, M.D., Sc.D., LL.D., Professor of Obstetrics, Dean

Emeritus of the School of Medicine. Edwin G. W. Ruge, B.A., LL.B., Professor of Law

Abram S. Samuels, A.B., M.D., Clinical Professor of Gynecology

Arthur M. Shipley, M.D., Sc.D., Professor of Surgery.

Irving J. Spear, M.D., Professor of Neurology.

Hugh R. Spencer, M.D., Professor of Pathology

Thomas P. Sprunt, A.B., M.D., Professor of ciinical Medicine

John S. Strahorn, Jr, A.B., LL.B., S.J.D.. J.S.D., Professor of Law (Law). Lecturer in Jurisprudence (Dentistry)

W. H. TOULSON, A.B., M.Sc., M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgeiv

Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy

ALLEN FiSKE VosHELL, A.B., M.D., Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery

Henry J. Walton, M.D., Professor of Roentgenology

*Deceased.

32

Huntington Williams, M.D., D.P.H., Professor of Hygiene and Public

Health. Walter D. Wise, M.D., Professor of Surgery.

J Carlton Wolf, Phar.D., B.S., Sc.D., Professor of Dispensing Pharmacy. H Boyd Wylie, M.D., Professor of Biological Chemistry, Acting Dean of

the School of Medicine. Waitman F. Zinn, M.D., Clinical Professor of Diseases of the Nose and

Throat.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Franklin B. Anderson, M.D., Associate Professor of Diseases of the Nose

and Throat and Otology. Walter A. Baetjer, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. J. McFarland Bergland, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics. T. Nelson Carey, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, Physician in

Charge of Medical Care of the Students. C. JELLEFF Carr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Pharmacology. Thomas R. Chambers, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. Carl Dame Clarke, Associate Professor of Art as Applied to Medicine. Paul W. Clough, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. Richard G. Coblentz, M.A., M.D., Associate Professor of Neurological

Surgery. B. Olive Cole, Phar.D., LL.B., Associate Professor of Economics and

Pharmaceutical Law. Monte Edwards, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery, Associate in

Diseases of the Rectum and Colon. Frank H. J. Figge, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Gross Anatomy. Leon Freedom, M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology, Instructor in

Pathology. Moses Gellman, B.3., M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery. T. Campbell Goodwin, M.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics. Thomas C. Grubb, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 0. G. Harne, Associate Professor of Histology. Cyrus F. Horine, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. Raymond Hussey, M.A., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. Edward S. Johnson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. L. A. M. Krause, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. Kenneth D. Legge, M.D., Associate Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery. R. W. Locher, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery. Wm. S. Love, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, Instructor

in Pathology. -j

H. J. Maldeis, M.D., Associate Professor of Medical Jurisprudence, Asso- ciate in Pathology. N. Clyde Marvel, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery. James G. McAlpine, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. Sydney R. Miller, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine. Emil Novak, A.B., M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Obstetrics. ^' J. PE!5SAGN0, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.

33

H. R. Peters, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.

Charles A. Reifschneider, M.D., Associate Professor of Traumatic Sur- gery (Medicine), Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery (Dentistry).

A. W. RiCHESON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.

Harry L. Rogers, M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.

Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.D., Associate Professor of Biological Chemistry.

G. M. Settle, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology and Clinical Medicine.

D. Conrad Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology.

William H. Smith, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine.

Ralph P. Truitt, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry.

Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery (Medicine), Instructor in Oncology (Dentistry).

Henry E. Wich, Phar.D., Associate Professor of Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry.

Lawrence F. Woolley, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry.

Helen E. Wright, R.N., Supervisor of Nursing Education.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Marvin J. Andrews, Ph.C, B.S. in Phar., M.S., Assistant Professor of Pharmacy.

H. F. BONGARDT, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.

J. Edmund Bradley, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.

Leo Brady, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.

H. M. BUBERT, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.

Paul A. Deems, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical Oral Pathology.

Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology.

Francis Ellis, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.

Gaylord B. Estabrook, M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.

William E. Evans, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology.

Maurice Feldman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.

A. H. Finkelstein, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.

Gardner H. Foley, A.M., Assistant Professor of English and Public Speak- ing.

Thomas K. Galvin, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.

Harry Goldsmith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.

William E. Hahn, M.S., D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Anatomy.

Hugh T. Hicks, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Periodontia.

Orville C. Hurst, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical Crown and Bridge.

Frederick W. Invernizzi, A.B., LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law.

Albert Jaffe, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.

George C. Karn, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Oral Roentgenology.

Walter L. Kilby, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.

Harry E. Latcham, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry.

John E. Legge, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.

T^ T TTT7 A B M.D., Assistant Professor of Histology. Son W Mcci D.D.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Embryology and

^i^MrfLN M D., Assistant Professor of Medicine. GEOEGE MCLEAN M. ^^^_^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^ ^^ Pathology.

TcZi^n Moi, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology. Sl MORRISON. k.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology. wi M MURDOCK, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. „ W NEWELL, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. M Lx!nder Novey, A.B., M.D.. Assistant Professor of Obstetrics, wi™ L OGGESEN. b.D.S., Assistant Professor of Crown and Bridge. PHRERT H ■ OSTER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology. fKTHmC. PARSONS, A.M., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. Sjamin PUSHKIN, M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology rSoMAS PYLES, M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. T a M REESE, M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.

r aTr.^pi A R M D Assistant Professor of Obstetrics. ?;S% sS'b^ in^ht.frS..'ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Botany

and Pharmacognosy. FREDERICK B. SMITH, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics. e" Starkey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Organic Chemistry. tSe A STRAUSS, JR., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology. A aSenSussman, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. VESTA L Swartz, R.N., Assistant Superintendent of Nurses. GUY P THOMPSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Zoology. JOHN H TRABAND, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics. ^ _ . ,

E G VANDEN BOSCHE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Inorganic and Physical

C GA^NErWARNER, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. WILLIAM H. F. WARTHEN, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Hygiene and

Public Speaking. , » t /n^^fio+i-ir'*

J.HERBERT WiLKERSON, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy (Dentistry),

Assistant in Surgery (Medicine) .- R G WiLLSE, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology. , ,^ ,. .

THOMAS C. WOLFF, Litt.B., M.D., CM., Assistant Professor of Medicine. ROBERT B. WRIGHT, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.

LECTURERS

W. N. BISFHAM, Col., M.C., U.S.A. (Retired), Lecturer in Medicine.

J. Wallace Bryan, Ph.D., LL.B., Lecturer on Pleading.

James T. Carter, A.B., LL.B., Ph.D., Lecturer on Contracts.

Walter L. Clark, LL.B., Lecturer on Evidence.

Hon. Edwin T. Dickerson, A.M., LL.B., Lecturer on Contracts.

Hon. Eli Frank, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Torts.

E. B. Freeman, B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Medicine. . . „ ,^ ,

Jonas Friedenwald, M.A., M.D., Lecturer in Ophthalmic Pathology.

35

34

H. R. Peters, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.

Charles A. Reifschneider, M.D., Associate Professor of Traumatic Sur.

gery (Medicine), Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery (Dentistry). A. W. Richeson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. Harry L. Rogers, M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery. Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.D., Associate Professor of Biological Chemistry. G. M. Settle, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology and Clinical

Medicine. D. Conrad Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology. William H. Smith, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine. Ralph P. Truitt, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry. Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery (Medicine),

Instructor in Oncology (Dentistry). Henry E. Wich, Phar.D., Associate Professor of Inorganic and Analytical

Chemistry. Lawrence F. Woolley, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry. Helen E. Wright, R.N., Supervisor of Nursing Education.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Marvin J. Andrews, Ph.C, B.S. in Phar., M.S., Assistant Professor of Pharmacy.

H. F. Bongardt, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.

J. Edmund Bradley, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.

Leo Brady, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.

H. M. Bubert, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.

Paul A. Deems, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical Oral Pathology.

Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology.

Francis Ellis, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.

Gaylord B. Estabrook, M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.

William E. Evans, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology.

Maurice Feldman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.

A. H. FiNKELSTEiN, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.

Gardner H. Foley, A.M., Assistant Professor of English and Public Speak- ing.

Thomas K. Galvin, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.

Harry Goldsmith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.

William E. Hahn, M.S., D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Anatomy.

Hugh T. Hicks, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Periodontia.

Orville C. Hurst, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical Crown and Bridge.

Frederick W. Invernizzi, A.B., LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law.

Albert Jaffe, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.

George C. Karn, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Oral Roentgenology.

Walter L. Kilby, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.

Harry E. Latcham, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry.

John E. Legge, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.

A 13 Tvrn A<;«^i^tant Professor of Histology.

»r.To" ^rb1>t S;.a*« Professor Of C„™ »d Brid^.

WALTER 1.. " Assistant Professor of Physiology.

ROBERT H^ OOT Ph.D AS ^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^ Languages.

ARTHUR C. P^SONS, A.ivi , p^ofessor of Neurology.

Edgar B. Starkey, ^n-^- ^ Assistant Professor of Gynecology. : GEORGE A. STRAUSS, JR. M J) ^ss^st^nt P o ^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^

i A Allen Sussman, A.B., D.D.b., m.u., as^ ^ Nurses

William H. F. Warthen, A.B., M.D., Assistanx; r

, „r^ wTSo., M.D, As.i...n. profess., o, An.U.™, (Den«.«),

Assistant in Surgery (Medicine).

« R. G. WiixsK, M.D. Assistant P-^^-^ ^nTSssor of Medicine. .A THOMAS C. WOLFF, Litt.B., M.D., C.M., Assisiani p„.^-,o™

" ROBERT B. WRIGHT, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. GEORGE H. YEAGER, B.S.. M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.

LECTURERS

^1 i>i /- TT Q A r Retired) Lecturer in Medicine. W. N. BisPHAM, Col., M.C., U.S.A (Ketirea;, ^

J. WALLACE BRYAN, Ph.D., LL.B., Lecturer °« /^f J"'^,^^^^^ James T. Caeter, A.B., LL.B., Ph.D., Lecturer on Contracts.

WALTER L. CLARK, LL.B., ^ef «7{; f ^^er on Contracts. Hon. Edwin T. Dickerson, A.M., LL.B., lecturer on Hon. Eli Frank, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Torts.

E. B. FREEMAN, B.S., M.D., Lec^-^i^^fr^^^^^ Pathology.

Jonas Friedenwald, M.A., M.U., L.ecturer m v^f

35

34

U;

Charles R. Goldsborough M A m n t^ ^ • ,. George Gump ABIT r t V " ' Lecturer m Medicine.

GERALD MONSMAN. Ab" Hf ^n ." "" '"'"'■""•=^-

WiLUAM M. Nbvins Ph n T ■' ; ' ^"Pe'-^'sor of Legal Aid Work HON. Emory H nSes a B r a''' '"t E^^'^'''^'^^-

Lecturer on Z^L^" ^•^^ " J--P™dence. B.C.L., M.A., Ll,

G. R^^o^^v SAPP..CXO., LL.B., Lecturer on Practice, Director of Praet, R. DORSEV WATKXKS, Ph.D.. LL.B., Lecturer on Torts and Mortgages.

ASSOCIATES

JOHN R. AbeRCROMBIE. A B M n Aco^^- + • T^

Surgery ' ''•''•' ^'^°^'^*« '" ^ross Anatomy, Instructor

Ross RwiES, M.D., M.P.H., Associate in Hygiene and Public U uu

Samuel S Guck M da' '1 ^.^^""^^^ i" Medicine. ALBERT p' rn^nf' ^•^•' ^^sociate in Pediatrics.

h^l; m.%'i^:'^-s-'£tt ^" r*'"'"^-

Henry P. Grafp A R iw n k ' ^''""^^e m Dermatology.

L. P Gundr?^T'r M ,f ;' ^''""''^^ in Ophthalmology . r. ^UNDKY. A.B., M.D., Associate in Medicine.

JOHN ?• Hx^iTsVif -f •^•'. ^^^°*=^^*^ ^" «^^*«*^-- T^„ i* ;tiiBBiTTS, M.D., Associate in Gynecoloo^

w r». ^^^"^LL, A.B., M.D., Associate in Patholoe-v

C. W. Peake, M.D., Associate in Surgery.

36

BENJAMIN S. Rich, A.B., M.D., Associate in Otology.

T 0. Ridgley, M.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery.

Milton S. Sacks, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine, Instructor in Pathol- ogy.

joHxN E. Savage, B.S., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics, Assistant in Path- ology, Acting Superintendent of Hospital.

William M. Seabold, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.

Joseph Sindler, M.D., Associate in Gastro-Enterology.

Edw. p. Smith, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.

William J. Todd, M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.

E. H. TONOLLA, M.D., Associate in Medicine.

Henry F. Ullrich, M.D., Sc.D., Associate in Surgery and Orthopaedic ^ Surgery.

R. D. West, M.D., Associate in Ophthalmology. * Austin H. Wood, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.

I

INSTRUCTORS

Benjamin Abeshouse, Ph.B., M.D., Instructor in Pathology. Conrad B. Acton, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine, Assistant in Path- ology.

A. Russell Anderson, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry. Bernhard Badt, M.D., Instructor in Neurology.

Carl E. Bailey, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Technics.

Jose R. Bernardini, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Pedodontia.

Thomas S. Bowyer, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.

Simon H. Brager, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.

Otto C. Brantigan, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy, Assistant in

Surgery. Douglas A. Browning, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry. Samuel H. Bryant, A.B., D.D.S., Instructor in Diagnosis. Henry F. Buettner, M.D., Instructor in Bacteriology. M. Paul Byerly, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. Joseph V. Castagna, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. Earl L. Chambers, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. Thomas A. Christensen, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. Albert T. Clewlow, D.D.S., Instructor in Anatomy. Morris E. Coberth, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry. Beverley C. Compton, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. Miriam Connelly, Instructor in Nutrition and Cookery. Murray M. Copeland, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.

B. Matthew Debuskey, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.

W. Allen Deckert, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology, Assistant in

Surgery and Obstetrics. Amelia C. DeDominicis, B.S. in Phar., M.S., Instructor in Botany. S. DeMarco, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.

37

Stanley H. Dosh, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Technics.

John C. Dumler, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.

Ernest S. Edlow, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. I

Meyer Eggnatz, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics.

Houston Everett, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.

William L. Fearing, M.D., Instructor in Neurology.

Jerome Fineman, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.

Phiup D. Flynn, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.

Irving Freeman, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.

Robert W. Garis, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.

Francis W. Gillis, M.D., Instructor in Genito-Urinary Surgery.

Georgiana S. Gittinger, M.A., Instructor in Physiological Chemistry.

Harold Golton, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Instructor in Diagnosis.

D. James Greiner, B S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology.

Karl F. Grempler, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry.

E. M. Hanrahan, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. Raymond F. Helfrich, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.

Samuel T. Helms, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine and Genito-Urinary

Surgery. W. Grafton Hersperger, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. J. Frank Hewitt, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. Lillie R. Hoke, R.N., Instructor in Nursing.

F. A. Holden, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology-

Harry C. Hull, M.D., Instructor in Surgery, Assistant in Pathology.

Frank Hurst, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Technics.

John M. Hyson, D.D.S., Instructor in Embryology and Histology.

B. Wallace Inman, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery.

Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Instructor in Anesthesia.

Meyer W. Jacobson, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.

William R. Johnson, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.

Hammond L. Johnston, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics.

Edward S. Kallins, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.

Vernon D. Kaufman, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Oral Surgery.

F. Edwin Knowles, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. M. S. Koppelman, M.D., Instructor in Gastro-Enterology. WiLUAM Kress, D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics. Harry V. Langeluttig, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. Samuel Legum, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.

Richard C. Leonard, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Instructor in Oral Hygiene and

Preventive Dentistry. Philip F. Lerner, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Neurology.' Ernest Levi, M.D., Instructor in Gastro-Enterology. H. Edmund Levin, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Bacteriology and Medicine. Luther E. Little, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.

G. Bowers Mansdorfer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.

H. Berton McCauley, Jr., D.D.S., Instructor in Clinical Roentgenology. Ivan E. McDougle, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology.

38

, o n D <^ Instructor in Clinical Prosthetic Dentistry, p,,. MILLER D^D.SI^^^^^^^^^^ Bacteriology and Pathology.

'^" T^m^ni: Tr., B.S., M.D., instructor in Medicine.

SS MUSSER, A.B., M.S., instructor in Pharmacology. fw nelson, M.D., Instructor in Surgery ^

1 F PmFFER. Ph.D., M.D., Instructor in Bactenology. its C PLAGGE, Ph.D., Instructor in Gross Anatomy.

u PnKORNEY M D., Instructor in Histology. ™ rP^s i) D.S instructor in Clinical Orthodontics.

r7s. POOH. B.S., D.D.S.. ^r^^^-<^X^:J^^^^f ''''''■ ^-•^'^ "• rR;r^H' rr^^sl^^o'taSr operative Dentislry. rrE^^-HErriEK^ A.B.. M.D.. instructor in General Anesthes.a. SrA. H-EH. A.B.. M.D instructor in Med-ne.

HAKRV M. ROBtNSON, M.D. Instructor -O-J/jff dermatology. Assist- lURRY M. ROBINSON, JR., B.S., M.D., Instructor

PB^K J:^r"d.S., instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry. FRANCIS A. SAUER. D.D.S.. Instructor in I^'^?""^!' „ , , .5^ NATHAN B. SCHEBR, D.D.S., Instructor mClm.calPedodontia. RICHARD T. SHACKELFORD. A.B., M.D., I^^^ructor m S^^.

DAKiE. E. SHEH... ^f\'^^'^£-Z^T£Z'^^^^ and

Harry S. Shelley, B.S., M.D., insuuctui vz

Gross Anatomy. . ^r i- :„^

M. S. SHILING. A.B.. M.D., ScD.. Instructor - f ^^--^^^^^^ AiBERT J. SHOCHAT, B.S.. M.D.. Instructor m Gastro-Enterology. SOL SMITH. A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicme.

KAKL J. STEXNMt;EU.K, A.B.. ^-D-. In^tr-tor - Sur^^^^^ orthodontics. D. Robert Swinehart, B.A.. D.U.b.. instructor David T^nnee, M.D.. Instructor in Medicine. .^^tomv

JAMES U. THOMPSON, A.B.. M.D., Instructor in Gross Anatomy. James E. P. Toman. Ph.D., Instructor in Physiology. I. RiDGEWAY TRIMBLE, M.D., Instructor m Surgery. IIYRON G. TULL. A.B.. M.D.. Instructor in Hygiene and Public Health.

PHILIP S. WAGNER. M.D l-%^'^\Zt^^i;^Tvi.ysic.l Diagnosis Prin- W. KENNEDY Waller, A.B., M.D., Instructor in my

L. E:;Arw™tS.D.S., instructor in Clinical Prophetic Dentistry. B. Sargent Wells. D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Technics. Hugh G. Whitehead, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.

89

ASSISTANTS

Thurston R. Adams, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.

Elizabeth Aitkenhead, R.N., Assistant Instructor in Surgical Technic for

Nurses, Supervisor of Operating Pavilion. J. Warren Albrittain, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. Benjamin Frank Allen, B.S. in Phar., Assistant in Pharmacy. Leon Ashman, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. John L. Atkins, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. Charles E. Balfour, M.D., Assistant in Neurology. Margaret B. Ballard, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. Richard H. Barry, B.S., Assistant in Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Nathaniel M. Beck, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine and Gastro-Enter-

ology. Frank A. Bellman. B.S. in Phar., Assistant in Pharmacy. Joseph M. Blumberg, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine and Obstetrics. Dudley P. Bowe, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. A. V. Buchness, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. Paul E. Carliner, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. L. T. Chance, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.

YOLANDE Chaney, R.N., Supervisor of Out-Patients' Department. Robert F; Chenowith, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. Edward F. Cotter, M.D., Assistant in Neurology. Marie Olga Cox, R.N., Assistant in First Aid, Supervisor of Accident and

Admission Department. John M. Cross, M.S., Assistant in Pharmacy. Samuel H. Culver, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. Dwight M. Currie, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. E. Hollister Davis, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Anesthesia. Francis G. Dickey, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. Theodore T. Dittrich, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacy. Angela Dooley, R.N., Assistant in Nursing Private Patients, Supervisor

of Private Halls. Joseph U. Dorsch, B.S. in Phar., Assistant in Pharmacy. Alexander M. Duff, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. J. J. Erwin, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology. Morris Fine, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. Carroll P. Foster, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry. Herbert M. Foster, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. Marguerite Foster, R.N., Assistant in Surgical Nursing, Supervisor of

Surgical Wards. Walter C. Gakenheimer, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacy. William R. Geraghty, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. Shirley M. Glickman, B.S. in Phar., M.S., Assistant in Economics. George Govatos, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. H. L. Granoff, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology.

, „ uM GKEENFELD, M.D., Assistant in Gastro-Enterology. V . u PRENZER M.D., Assistant in Medicine.

Clinical Department.

p TTealy M.D., Assistant in Surgery. ROBEKT F. HEALY, , Assistant in Dermatology.

visor of Central Supply Room. LTv HOPKINS, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery. 'Roam C. HUDSON, M.D., Assistant in Derxnatology. jLsLAV HULLA, M.D., Assistant in Obstetncs. , Uham HuEwm, M.D., Assistant in Ped.atncs. : loYE E J^OBS, A.B., Assistant in Physiology. '' CHABLES JAKOWSKI, B.S., Assistant in ^^^-^^J, UcoB R. JENSEN, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. H V JERAEDI, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. JOSEPH A distant in Genito-Urinary Surgery.

HUGH JEWETT, M.D., Assistant in u pharmacology and Obstetrics.

MARius P. JOHNSON, A.B., M.D., Assistant m Pharmacology FERD E KADAN, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. CLYDE F. KARNS. B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. LAWRENCE KATZENSTEIN, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. LEROV C. KEAGLE, B.S., Assistant in Pharmaceutical Chemistry. L.URISTON L. KEOWN, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics. LESTER N. KOLMAN, M.D., Assistant in Dermatology. VERNON E. KKAHL, M.S., Assistant in Zoology. LOUIS J. KROLL, A.B., M.D.. Assistant in Medicine. MILTON C. LANG, M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology. NORBERT G. LASSAHN, B.S., Assistant in Pharmacy NATHAN LEVIN, B.S. in Phar.. M.S., Assistant m Chemistry. Kurt LEVY, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. «„nervisor of Wards.

GRACE LiNDSEY, R.N., Assistant in Surgical Nursing, Supervisor of War JOHN W. MACHEN, M.D., Assistant in Neurology. Howard B. Mays, M.D., Assistant in Genito-Lrinary Surgery. MAXWELL L. Mazer, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics. Howard B. McElwain, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. F. ROWLAND MCGINITV, B.S. in Phar., Assistant in Bacteriology, i SAMUEL McLANAHAN, JR., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery. \ Hugh B. McNally, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.

41

40

BERNARD P. MCNAMABA. B.S. in Phar., M.S.. Assistant' in Phamacok, ISRAEL p. MERANSKi, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics ''•

'" EntlT ^•^•^•' ''•'^•^- ^•°-' ^^^^^*^"* ^" ^^^^^^- -ci Cast..

J. Edw. Norris, M.D, Assistant in Obstetrics

WiLUAM A. Parr, M.D., Assistant in Otology.

Arnold L. Peter, M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology

Samuel E. Proctor, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery

Samuel T. R. Rev-ell, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pathology Thomas E. Roach, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Dermatology

Eldred Roberts, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery

Daniel R. Robinson, M.D., Assistant in Surgery

Israel Rosen, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics

John G. Runkle, M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology

DOROTHV E. SCHMALZER, B.S., Assistant in BiologL Chemistry

W. J. SCHMiTZ. M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics

GEORGE SiLVERTON, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine

Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery

nrtS™'ep!-^n;er ^-- ^" ^^^^^^^^^ ^--' «-rvisor of

'^T^Z f ™"'' f ^•' ''■''■• ^''''''^' '" Ophthalmology. Samuel Snyder, M.D., Assistant in Medicine

ELSIE SPERBEB, R.N., Assistant Superintendent of Nurses Virginia Stack, R.N., Assistant in Nursing Private Pati^nfc «

of Private Halls. private Patients, Supervisor

CLEO D. Sth^, M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Nose and Throat Abminta Taylor, R.N., Night Supervisor. ^*-

pn^'' ^" !f="^^^"M, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Neurology

flZKT;:T''''?f ^" ^'^^•' ^^^^^*-* - Pharmacology. JAMES K. Thornton, B.S., Assistant in Physics.

Richard N. Tillman, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.

T J TOUHEY, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.

W. H. Triplett, M.D., Assistant in Medicine

Margaret Turner, R.N., Assistant in Medical Ni,r«in„ q

Medical Wards. ^leaicai Nursing, Supervisor of

Frederick J. Vollmer, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine Edith Walton, Assistant in Massage ^^dicine.

Gibson J. Wells, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics

Albert R. Wh^kerson, M.D., Assistant in Surgery

r™T L Wollenweber, M.D., Assistant in Pathology

BERNARD L. ZENm, B.S.. Assistant in Pharmaceutic^ Chemistry.

' . . 42

FELLOWS

1940-41

Frederick K. Bell, Ph.D U. S. Phannacopoeia

Edward G. Boettiger, Ph.D Gynecology

Otto C. Brantigan, M.D Surgery

Ann V. Brown, A.B Cranberry Canners Assistant

Nellie Cone, A.B „ Pharmacology

Edward F. Cotter, M.D Neuro- Surgery

Benjamin A. Dabrowski, A.B., D.D.S Oral Roentgenology

Alexander M. Duff, M.D. „ National Cancer Institute

Fred W. Ellis, M.S » _ Pharmacology

Guy M. Everett, B.A Physiology and Physiological Chemistry

Sylvan Forman, M.S Pharmacology

Wilson C. Grant, M.S. „ Pharmacology

George P. Hager, Jr., M.S _ Pharmaceutical Chemistry

Kenneth E. Hamlin, Jr., B.S Pharmaceutical Chemistry

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S Pharmaceutical Chemistry

Ephraim T. Lisansky, A.B., M.D _ „ Pathology

Howard B. Mays, M.D „ Urology and Biological Chemistry

Edward Merdinyan, M.S Phai-macology

Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D National Cancer Institute

Gordon M. Stephens, A.B., M.D „ Psychiatry

LeRoy W. Tilt, Jr., A.B Histology

Dorsey R. Tipton, D.D.S _ Oral Surgery

William K. Waller, A.B „ Medicine

John W. Wooden, Jr., D.D.S Clinical Operative Dentistry

43

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION STAFF

For the Year 1940-41 At Baltimore

Mary Alice Adams, M.A., Principal, School No. 44, Baltimore.

Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean, College of Education, Director of the Summer Session, University of Maryland.

Glen David Brown, M.A., Professor of Industrial Education, University of Maryland.

Charles Norman Cramer, M.A., Special Assistant, Garrison Junior High School, Baltimore.

Leah Kathryn Dice, B.S., Assistant in Aptitude Testing and Curriculum Adjustment, Baltimore Public Schools.

Clyde Baltzer Edgeworth, M.A., Supervisor of Commercial Education, Baltimore Public Schools.

Edna Marie Engle, M.A., Principal, Girls Vocational School, Baltimore.

Gaylord Beale Estabrook, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics, Uni- versity of Maryland.

Gardner Henry Foley, M.A., Assistant Professor of English and Speech, University of Maryland.

George Morrison Gaither, Supervisor of Industrial Education, Baltimore Public Schools.

Ralph Gallington, M.A., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education, University of Maryland.

Paul Bates Gillen, M.Ed., Special Assistant, Patterson Park Senior High School, Baltimore.

John Joseph Grimes, B.S., Director, Day Camp, Baltimore.

William Frederick Haefner, B.S., Instructor, Woodworking, Southern High School, Baltimore.

Harold C. Hand, Ph.D., Professor of Education, University of Maryland. Arnold E. Joyal, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration, Univer- sity of Maryland. Eugene Bowers Link, E. Eng., Instructor, Baltimore Polytechnic Institute.

Edward Leroy Longley, B.S., Shop Instructor, Baltimore Polytechnic In- stitute.

Gerald Louis Lund, B.S., Instructor, Ottmar Mergenthaler School of Print- ing, Baltimore.

William M. Nevins, Ph.D., Supervisor of Training, Social Security Board, Baltimore.

Frances Doub North, M.A., Instructor in Commercial Education, Western High School, Baltimore.

Albert Gibson Packard, M.A., Supervisor of Industrial Education, Balti- more Public Schools.

44

THOMAS Pvi^s, Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of English, University of

T™n smith, B.S., instructor, Baltimore Polytechnic Institute. Zl^ZZs^^^^^^^^, PH.D., Director, Bureau of Research. Baltimore

,SuoTC^^^, M.A., J.D.. Extension Instructor. University of

CnrK^wtEV SV.V.ST.K, B.S., Director of Vocational Education. Balti-

more Public Schools. • „„^

E g" N VANDBN BOSCHE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Inorganic and

Phvsical Chemistry, University of Maryland. rMHiBEL PK.TT WELSH, M.A., Professor of Foods, University of Maryland, a'vs ANNA WiGGiN, M.A., Instructor in Education. University of Mary-

P.„rALKXANDER Wh.lhide. B.S., Principal, General Vocational School R. J°SETH WILLIAMSON, B.A., M.Ed., Head of Technical Department. Bal-

jr^v ?or.Tupervisor of Vocational-Industrial Education, Balti-

more Public Schools.

\. ry^r.,^ T^^ PrinciDal General Vocational School No. 294,

Howard Edward Ziefle, B.b., Fnncipai, ^entjia

Baltimore.

45

SECTION I General Information

y

FACULTY COMMITTEES

At Baltimore

LIBRARY (Medicine) Doctors Lockarri w^ri;^ « j t

HISTORICAL STATEMENT

The history of the present University of Maryland, before the merger in 1920, is the history of two institutions: the old University of Maryland in Baltimore and the Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College) at College Park.

This history began in 1807 when the' College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth medical school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810. A pennanent home was established in 1814-1815 by the erection of the building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Baltimore, the oldest structure in America devoted to medical teaching. Here was founded one of the first medical libraries (and the first medical school library) in the United States. In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland authorized the College of Medicine of Maryland to "annex or constitute faculties of divinity, law, and arts and sciences," and by the same act declared that the "colleges or faculties thus united should be constituted an university by the name and under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act, steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a regular school of instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were added : in 1882 a Department of Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded in 1840, the first dental school in the world); in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904 the Maryland College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy college in the United States).

The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of the Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the Western Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private man- agement. In 1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant Act. This act granted each State and Territory that should claim its bene- fits a proportionate amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, the proceeds from the sale of which should apply under certain conditions to the "endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, in such a manner as the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to pro- mote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted by the General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College was named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least

47

46

in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over en- tirely by the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter to the College, and made it the Maryland State College.

In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland was merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution was given the name, University of Maryland.

All the property formerly held by the old University of Maryland was turned over to the Board of Trustees of the Maryland State College, and the name was changed to the Board of Regents of the University of Mary- land. Under this charter every power is granted necessary to carry on an institution of higher learning and research. It provides that the University shall receive and administer all existing grants from the Federal Govern- ment for education and research and all future grants which may come to the State from this source. The University is co-educational in all its branches.

ADMINISTRAllVE ORGANIZATION

The government of the University is vested by law in a Board of Regent:?, consisting of nine members appointed by the Governor each for a term of nine years. The administration of the University is vested in the President. There is a General Administrative Board which acts in an advisory capacity to the President.

The University administrative organization comprises the following divisions :

College of Agriculture. *

Agricultural Experiment Station.

Extension Service.

College of Arts and Sciences.

College of Commerce.

College of Education.

College of Engineering.

Engineering Experiment Station.

College of Home Economics.

Graduate School.

Summer Session.

Department of Military Science and Tactics.

School of Dentistry.

School of Law.

School of Medicine.

School of Nursing.

School of Pharmacy.

University Hospital.

The University faculties are composed of the Deans and the instructional staffs of each college and school, including the librarian and two assistant librarians. The President and the Dean of the Faculty are ex-ofRcio members of each of the faculties.

The organization and activities of the several administrative divisions are described in full in the appropriate chapters of Section II.

48

LOCATION

The University of Maryland, located at College Park, .f™ ^^f^^^ /tv is etght miles from Washington and thirty-two miles from Balti- ' t The campus fronts on the Baltimore-Washington boulevard. %Te P^f ssional Schools of the University and the ^n^-s^^^^^^^^^ J located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore.

GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS College Park

A. The University grounds at College Park comprise 600 acres.

Boulevard, lie the drill grounds and the athletic fields.

Approximately 300 acres are used for research and tf^-^^ing in hor icul^ J^:SZ^tnrl, dairying. Hvestoc. and P0"^7J^ -J^^-^f^^ ^ acres for plant research work are located on a larm nve of the campus.

Buildings. The buildings comprise about 30 individual «t^<=tures which provide facilities for the several activities and sei-vices earned on at College

Park

Adrnmistration and Instruction. This group consists of the following buildings- Administration Building, which accommodates the Office of the President: Dean of Faculty. Dean of Men, ^o-f roller. Reglst^r^ Director of Admissions and Alumni Secretary; Agriculture ButZdmfl-, which houses L Si ge of Agriculture, Agricultural and Home Economics Extension ServSe. fnd Audftorium; Arts and Sciences Riming; f .^--"'l^ .f^'^f; ina- Morrill Hall which houses a portion of the work m the Sciences, Zury Research Building; Horticulture Building; ^«7^^«f ^/^^ Jf, Librani Building, in which are the Offices of the Dean of Wo^^n and her staff; Music Building, which provides for the department of Musi^^ student band, and glee club; Home Econom^cs Bu^ld^ng,Chem^stryB^ ina in which are located, in addition to space for instiuction in chemistry, itatols for State work in analysis of feeds, fertilizers, and lime; and College of Education Building.

Experiment Station. The headquarters for the StaWon are in the Agri^ culture Building. The various laboratories and green houses for ths WDik are located in many of the other buildings on the campus.

Physical Education. This group consists ot The RitcMe Co«-«''^ -h.cji provides quarters for all teams, an athletic office, trophy room rooms for faculty, and visiting team rooms, together with a playing floor and per-

49

N.

manent seating arrangements for 4,262 Derson«?- R,w <?/^^-

zzri "^'^"^ ''''''''' °^ '•'''' - aisrc^fd^^witf s:;o:f, *

patrons, dressing rooms, and equipment for receiving and transmitt^ "' formation concerning contests in Droo-r^«= . ,- • 'transmitting ,„.

tho MJUfo,^ r> ^ Lujiujsis in progress Gymnasium, used in nart k

i%i:s^^w?rrfLrgirsafr^^^^^^ f ^^*^°" ^°"= -

tennis courts are adja;ent to t'e Lirh^Lf "^^^ '"' ^'"^^"'^^ '^"^^ -^

prfvr-t^mis:t='f^^^^^^^^^^

Margaret Brent Hall fnd AnneTrundTHaH." ' ' '"'^"^*^'^ ^^

ftoss6orottj7/i Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798 is the oldest h„;i r

Stattn '7T r' ''*'■ "^"^ ^^^^^ '^--'^ *^^ AgrieuH:r:txpeS:f Station. It has been restored with the aid of a WPA ^rant a^/n. Plans call for its use as a museum, and a faculty-rif Ser ' '"""'

P/Snr • ?'■"'*"'■"'• '^'^'^ ^'■°"P ^"'^'^'l^^ *e Central Heating Plant- t^ns frfortvTat""t ""T"'?""^ ^"^■'*"^'- ^"^^--^' -^h acclm! :

the^'Si^StaL^rra "^'S""- ^"l' ^^^*^™ Experiment Station of Hie united Mates Bureau of Mines is located on the University grounds The general laboratories are used for instruction purposes in ELfneerin. as well as by the United States Government for experimental wSkTh! building contains a geological museum, and a technical library

United States Fish and Wildlife Service Laboratory. The technological research laboratory of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is located on^th^^ University campus. It contains laboratories for conduct of research Z th tionl?"and t-T ""'^ "^'l""^^' *='^^'"''=^' -^'--ing, bacteriologS, nut J LeUniversitv f " y^^'f' '''''°''^'' ^ cooperative arrangement with

to pursue stu'^L'^"'"?' ^'l '*"'^'"*^' "^° '^^^^ undergraduate degrees, tioned above ^ ^^""^^ '" ^"^ °^ *^" subjects men-

Baltimore

StJetts^nrovide?""*^i"^f' 1?"^*"^ '" *" '''''''''^ °' Lombard and Greene versS' ThJ ^''^ ' ^°"r^ ^^'^ ^'^^ Baltimore division of the Uni- m iS- Ih! ^"^"P ^°"?P"^«« the original Medical School Building, erected Sosfit/ wL "^^ ^': f°^ """^ ^' ^ dispensary; the iVe«; C;nit,er.«j/

LnhoZ ^'th approximately 450 beds; the Frank C. Bressler Research

La^tn ^J"^.,^.""'^^ r" ^'^"'^^ ^'**^*'^^' the Nurses' Home; the I^fflM; Sc/fooi Building; and the Administration Building.

Princess Anne

ma^niXd tr"th "^"I,''^';- '""l"' "* '''''"'''' ^""^' ^^--^^t County, is aTdhoreeonUicr '""*"" "' "^""" ^" ^^^'="'*"'-^' *^« ^-^anic Iks,

50

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES

Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore branches of the University.

The Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive, well equipped and well lighted structure. The main reading room on the second floor seats 236, and has about 5,000 reference books and bound periodicals on open shelves. The five-tier stack room is equipped with carrels and desks for the use of advanced students. About 12,000 of the 95,000 volumes on the campus are shelved in the Chemistry and Entomology departments, the Graduate School, and other units. Over 750 periodicals are currently received.

Facilities in Baltimore consist of the Libraries of the School of Dentistry, containing some 8,000 volumes; the School of Law, 18,000 volumes; the School of Medicine, 21,000 volumes; and the School of Pharmacy, 8,000 volumes. The Medical Library is housed in Davidge Hall; the remaining three libraries have adequate quarters in the buildings of their respective schools, where they are readily available for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly by the Libraries of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy.

The libraries of the University total in the aggregate about 150,000 bound volumes with large collections of unbound journals. The Library is a deposi- tory for publications of the United States Government, and numbers some 14,000 documents in its collections.

The University Library is able to supplement its reference service by borrowing material from other libraries through Inter-Library Loan and Bibliofilm Service, or by arranging for personal work in the Library of Con- gress, the United States Department of Agriculture Library, and other agencies in Washington.

ADMISSION

Information may be had from the Director of Admissions, either in person or by correspondence, concerning planning secondary school courses to meet entrance requirements or problems relating to admission.

College Park

Undergraduate Schools : Applicants for admission to the colleges of Agri- culture, Arts and Sciences, Commerce, Education, Engineering, and Home Economics should communicate with the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park.

Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park.

Baltimore

Information about admission to the professional schools in Baltimore may be found in this catalogue (see Index), and in the bulletins issued by the several schools.

51

Age of Applicants: A student who is less than sixteen years of age must live with his parents or guardian.

Admission Procedure

Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your principal or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail the blank to the Director of Admissions.

To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than August 1 for the first semester, and January 1 for the second semester. Applications from students completing their last semester of secondary work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplementary records may be sent upon graduation.

Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask secondary school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school record and send the blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the Regis- trar of the College or University attended to send a transcript to the Direc- tor of Admissions, College Park.

Time of Admission: Applicants for admission should plan to enter the University at the beginning of the school year in September. It is possible, however, to be admitted to certain curricula at the beginning of either semester.

Registration: New students will register on Wednesday and Thursday, September 17 and 18, 1941. The English placement, psychological, and other required tests are a part of the registration procedure.

The Freshman Week program includes registration, placement and apti- tude tests, physical examinations, assemblies, and the President's reception.

ADMISSION FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS

Admission by Certificate: Graduates of secondary schools accredited by regional associations or the State Department of Education will be admitted by certificate upon the recommendation of the principal. Graduates of out- of-state schools should have attained college certification marks, such marks to be not less than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark.

Graduates who fail to obtain the principaFs recommendation will be con- sidered by the Committee on Admissions. Supplementary information, includ- ing aptitude tests, will determine whether they are eligible for admission.

Admission by Examination: Applicants, who have passed the examina- tions set by the College Entrance Examination Board, 431 West 117th Street, New York City; the Regents of the University of the State of New York,

52

fhP Denartment of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsyl- vI^rH^rrW ^ upon presentation of the proper ere-

dentials.

ADMISSION FROM OTHER COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES

. J fc i„ o-nnH standing as to scholarship and conduct are eligible , rnsS'TdlnceTstSl'assigned to transfer students from accred- ited institutions under the following conditions:

1. A minimum of one year of resident work of not less than 30

hours is necessary for a degree. 2 The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced standing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

the particular requirements are given.

A B

3 3

English H

Algebra "~ ^

Plane Geometry —

Solid Geometry g

Mathematics ^ ^

History ^ -^

Science —

Foreign Language

Stenography -

Typewriting — —

Bookkeeping - g

Electives -- •

Total .. - 15 1'

c	D	E
3	8	3
*2	1	1
1	1
*V2
1	1	1
1	1 2	1 **2 1
6%	6	5
—	—	—
15	15	15

•* i« aicrphra and solid geometry may be admitted *An applicant deficient a second nmt ^^^^'^:,,,,,,^ u.tl.em.tics, and Physics, to the College of Engineering, and to the <^^^^"^!^^^ ^ ^^^ .^e solid geometry before

hut win be obliged to make up the second unit of algebra a

the beginning of the second semester of the freshman year^ ,„u,Htute electives

, . XV- ^ir.^A «f Tin«iinpss Practice may substitute eiecuves ** Students preparing to teach in the field of Business ir-raci

for stenography and typewriting.

53

College of Agriculture

Agricultural Chemistry— C Agricultural Education and Rural Life — B

Agriculture-Engineering C

Agriculture. General— B Agronomy

Farm Crops — A

Soils— A Animal Husbandry — B

tBacteriology — A fBotany

General Botany and Morphol- ogy—A Plant Pathology — A Plant Physiology and Ecology— A Dairy Husbandry

Dairy Manufacturing— B Dairy Production— B tEntomology — A

Farm Management — B fFood Technology— A Horticulture

Floriculture and Ornamenta Horticulture— B

Pomology and Olericulture— B Poultry Husbandry— B Preforestry — A Preveterinary — A

College of Arts and Sciences (con'd)

Mathematics — C Physics — C Political Science — A Predental — A ^Prelaw — A Premedical — D Prenursing — A

Psychology— A Sociology — A Speech — A Spanish — A Zoology — A

College of Commerce

Accounting — A Agricultural Economics— A

Cooperative Organization and Ad- ministration— A fEconomics — A Finance — A General Business — A

Marketing and Sales Administra- tion— A tPrelaw — A

College of Education

tArts and Sciences — A Commercial — E IfHome Economics — B

College of Engineering

tChemical — C Civil— C Electrical — C Mechanical — C

Mechanical with Aeronautical op- tion— C

College of Home Economics

§Education — B Extension — B Foods and Nutrition— B General Home Economics— B institution Management— B Practical Art— B Textiles and Clothing— B

JAlso College of Agriculture fAl r ii Commerce. §Also College of Educajrii "^ ^AlL'^rnt''^^ and Sciences. JAlso College of of Home Economics. ''^^'° ^°"^^« «^ Engineering. Ulso College

Special students: Applicants who are at least tw^nf..

54

College of Arts and Sciences

*i3acteriology — A if Botany — A

II Chemical Engineering C

Chemistry — C

JEconomics — ^A §Education — A ^English — A ^E ntomology — A

French — A

General Biological Sciences— A

General Physical Sciences— C

German — A

History — A

Latin — A

Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but who do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are eligible for admission to pursue courses for which they have met pre- requisites.

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students, if at the time of their registration their parents* have been residents of this Statet for at least one year.

Adult students are considered to be resident students, if at the time of their registration they have been residents of this Statet for at least one year; provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland.

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents* move to and become legal residents of this Statet, by maintaining such residence for at least one full calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change from a non-resident to a resident status must be established by him prior to regis- tration for a semester in any academic year.

REQUIREMENT IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION

All male students classified academically as freshmen or sophomores, who are citizens of the United States, who are physically fit to perform military duty and who are not less than 14 or more than 26 years of age, are required to take basic military training for a period of two years as a prerequisite to graduation. If any student be excused from taking basic military instruction because of physical disability, he must take physical education.

Graduation Requirements for Students Excused from Military Instruction

and Physical Education

Students excused from basic military training and physical education with- out academic credit shall be required to take an equivalent number of credits in other subjects, so that the total credits required for a degree in any col- lege shall not be less thaYi 126 hours. The substitution must be approved by the dean of the college concerned.

REQUIREMENT IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN

All women students whose bodily condition indicates that they are phy- sically fit for exercise are required to take physical education for a period of two years, as a prerequisite to graduation.

The term "parents" includes persons who, by reason of death or otlier unusual circum- stances, have been legally constituted the guardians of and stand in loco parentis to such minor students.

tStudents in the College Park Colleges who are residents of the District of Columbia are charged two-fifths of the non-resident fee charged to other non-residents.

55

I

HEALTH SERVICE

PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS

As soon as possible after the openinff of th.» fall <!o,v,»ot„ for protecting the general health ,11 ef ^ I 1 semester, as a measure colleges at College Park are^^..' ^"f "^"f ^ ^^« ^"t^^ the undergraduate Of the men studfn^tf SoS Jby t' U^IvS^^^ ^^^-^-«-

"The trm'^T' "^'r"""^ '^' MilitrrySirarSenS^""" " ^°°^^'-^«-

in?o:pTr:rn":rtrTffieerf^"^h;:ie:r^^^^^^^^

woman physician has her offices in the Lrmarv'sh" "^T" '''' consultation by all women students at hourf to b^arrtyd. '^"'^"^ ^°'

INFIRMARY RULES

lished by the physician in charge. ® '"'"'"^ ^^tab-

Nurses' office hours, 8 to 10 A ivr 1 + o r. », .

daily except Sunday; I'o I M to i^NoU-' rT^M^^Su T~' '' ' ^■^•' Doctor's office hour 12 Noon to 1 P M S ^ **^^-

on Sunday by appointment only "'^ '"'^'P* ^"'^'^^y- Office hour

arLetrsSrtrre;rt^;inIet'Ir^" TV^ ^'^ ^"«™->^- ^^-^^-ts emergency. ■ ^^ *^"""^ ''«'<=« f^^^rs unless the case is an

anLl:t:ral";Te;o"rt*t'VeTr'"^^ t" "^^^ ^''^-^ ^"-«- versity physicians. Such Sits will Lf™^''\'''°"'*^ *=^" °"^ °^ the Uni- additional visits are nec^s arv For .'^ t^'?' "^*="P* ^° *=«««« ^^ere necessary, the UniversUy pTsLn ;y m^^^ ^' ^^^ be

student so desires, he mav caH a^r • '^^^^}]^. «S"al charge. But, if a own expense. ^ '^" ^ Physician of his own choice and at his

UnteX'XsTcLr 'Har^dtr i7;heT«^ "^'^ '^^^'^ *^« -'^^ »^ «>« facilities available. Students who Ive off .1, ^^''^ *° *' "''*"°* "^ the fee of one dollar and a quarter a Say ^" '^"''"'' ^" ''^ *=h«^«<^ «

Each St'ie^rf Slow^ronS t'hV'' 'V'''- ^' ' *» ^^^^ ^-M- daily, see a a „„,, pt.-l^rgredrthnuiSl. ^^^ -

anJ eSSSrSinSr^l^^e Itv^etTs^ ^^ r^ "— st^n. and employees who^re ^A^^^:.^^^ X^^

7. Students living in the dormitories who fiv^^ in ^^a ^.^

56

should be done before 8:30 A. M. If a student is taken sick at any other time he must report to the Infirmary, before going to his room.

Medical excuses for classes missed during illness will be issued by the Infirmary physician, only when this procedure is followed.

8. Students who are ill in their homes, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or dormitories and wish a medical excuse for classes missed during the time of illness must present written excuses from their physicians, parents, or house mothers to the Infirmary.

9. For employees of the University who handle food and milk, the Uni- versity reserves the right to have its physician make physical examinations, and such inspections of sanitary conditions in homes as in the opinion of the University physician, may be desirable.

REGULATIONS, GRADES, DEGREES

REGULATION OF STUDIES

Course Numbers. Courses for undergraduates are designated by numbers I — 99; courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates, by numbers 100 — 199*; and courses for graduates, by numbers 200 — 299.

The letter following the number of a course indicates the semester in which the course is offered; thus, course If is offered in the first semester; Is, in the second semester. The letter "y" indicates a full-year course. The number of semester hours* credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title of the course. No credit is allowed for a "y** course until it is completed.

Schedule of Courses. A semester time schedule of courses, giving days, hours, and rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each semester. Classes are scheduled beginning 8:20 A. M.

Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week for one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lecture or recitation period. The student is expected to devote three hours a week in classroom or laboratory, including outside preparation, for each credit hour in any course.

Number of Uours. The normal student load is from 15 to 19 semestei hours, according to curriculum and year. These variations are shown in the appropriate chapters in Section II describing the several divisions of the University. No student may carry either more or less than the pre- scribed number of hours without specific permission from the dean of his college.

EXAMINATION AND MARKS

Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in accordance with the official schedule of examinations. Students are required to use the prescribed type of examination book in final examinations; and, also, when requested to do so by the instructor, in tests given during the semester.

But not all courses numberod 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit,

57

Final examinations are held in all courses except in classes where the character of the work will permit the instructor to note frequently the progress and proficiency of the student — in which case they may be omitted upon approval of the head of the department and dean of the college. Periodic examinations and tests are given during regularly scheduled class periods. Final examinations, where required, are given according to schedule and are of not more than two hours' duration.

Marking. The system of marking is uniform in the different departments and divisions of the University.

The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, D, F, and /. The first four, A, B, C, and I>, are passing; F, failure; /, incomplete.

Mark A denotes superior scholarship ; mark B, good scholarship ; mark C, fair scholarship and mark D, passing scholarship.

At least three-fourths of the credits required for graduation must be earned with marks of A, B, and C. A student who receives the mark of B in more than one-fourth of his credits must take additional courses or re- peat courses until he has met these requirements.

In the case of a candidate for a combined degree or of a transfer student with advanced standing, a mark of D will not be recognized for credit towards a degree in more than one-fourth of the credits earned at this institution.

REPORTS

Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or guar- dians at the close of each semester.

ELIMINATION OF DELINQUENT STUDENTS

A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester hours for which he is registered, or he is automatically dropped fiom the University. The registrar notifies the student, his parent or guardian, and the student^s dean of this action. A student who has been dropped for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is empowered to grant relief for just cause. A student who has been dropped from the University for scholastic reasons, and whose petition for reinstatement is denied, may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester.

The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal of a student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of scholarship, or whose continuance in the University would be detrimental to his or her health, or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not satis- factory to the authorities of the University. Students of the last class may be asked to withdraw even though no specific charge he made against them.

JUNIOR STANDING

No student will be certified as a junior, or be permitted to select a major or minor, or to continue in a fixed curriculum until he or she shall have

.58

. with an average grade as high as C (2.0) the minimum number of 'ZiZtS'^^^^^^ i-ior standing in any curnculum.

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES

.,^<'«".•^'-'»■^^^^;^^"Z^^ E.g\.e», E.ecl,i..l Mn^'. !'„' rSlnSrerSrii L.w., D~.or of Mediae, Doc... of Den...

* ~°, »dVhe,o, of scene. '" ^^•™«„^,,„,. .„ .„^^ „,„»- Students in the two-year and three-year curricula

earned with grades of A, B, and C. transfer student

in the case of a candidate for a ^if^^^^^Xf^l^^ for credit

^artrdetee^rre SJn^lfourth of the credits earned at this

^ir candidate for a de.ree .ust .e in ^^^^^^^'^ March 1st for the June Convocation and J J^ /"^^^^j.^t^^ ,,, degrees Convocation, a ^orma appl ca^on for a ^ej e ^^^ ^.^^^^^^ ^^^

must attend a convocation at ^»»ch degrees a ^^ ti^^ai cases,

awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in

EXPENSES •

„ ,-,T,^ ttmtvfr'?tty of Maryland for the Make all checks payable to the University of

he admitted to classes until such payment has been made.

EXPENSES AT COLLEGE PARK

The University reserves the right to make such changes -^l^^H-^l^^^^ costs as any occasion may make necessary. Such changes however, parison with the total cost to the student would be only nominal.

59

FEES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS

Maryland

First Semester Second Semester

Fixed Charges $ 67.50 $ 77.50

Athletic Fee - 15.00

*Special Fee 10.00

** Student Activities Fee 10.00

Infirmary Fee 5.00

Post Office Box 2.00

Advisory and Testing Service 50 .50

$110.00

$ 78.00

Total

$145.00 lo.OO 10.00

lO.OO 5.00 2.00 1.00

$188.00

District of Columbia

First Semester

General Fees.. _ $ 42.50

Tuition 92.50

Second Semester Total

$ .50 $ 43.00

102.50 195.00

$135.00

$103.00

$238.00

Other States and Countries

First Semester Second Semester Total

General Fees „.... $ 42.50 $ -50 $ 43.00

Tuition 130.00 140.00 270.00

$172.50

$140.50

$313.00

*This fee is used for improving the University grounds and the physical training facili- ties and for other Univei-sity projects that have direct relationship to student activities.

** The Student Activities Fee is included at the request of the Student Government Asso- ciation. Its payment is not mandatory, but it is really a matter of economy to the student, since it covers subscription to the student weekly paper, the literary magazine, and the year book; class dues, including admission to class dances; and admission to the performances of the musical and dramatic clubs.

Expenses of Students Living in Dormitories

First Semester Second Semester Total

Board -..$135.00 $135.00 $270.00

Lodging .$38.00 to 55.00 $38.00 to 55.00 $76.00 to llO.OO

$173.00 to 190.00 $173.00 to 190.00 $346.00 to 380.00

Special Fees

Matriculation Fee, payable on first entrance $ 5.00

Diploma Fee for bachelor^s degree _.... lO.OO

Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental Fee — Per semester in addition to fees shown above:

Maryland „... .._ $25.00

District of Columbia 25.00

Other States and Countries 62.50

60

Bacteriology $5.00-$8.00

l^f\ $3.00-$5.00

cStrr'I"-- $3.00-$8.00

Daly $1.00-$3.00

Engineering, All Students $2.50

Engineering, Chemical $7.00-$8.00

Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course

For the fee in a given course see

Section III, Description of Courses

Entomology - $2.UU-$d.ou

Home Economics $1.00-$7.00

Industrial Education $2.00-$4.00

Physics $3.00-$5.00

Radio Speech - f 2.00

Zoology $3.00-$5.00

Miscellaneous Fees

_ ..$3.00-$5.00 Late Registration Fee ..^....-^ 7Z7Z7'^^^ "'"' $1.00

. j;:V:'. ^:^^^i^iiSirp;;:i^i^l'o. each c,.», g 0.

Special Examination Fee per semester credit hour ■- ^

Ferfor failure to report for medical examination appointment ----^^.OO

Srt-time students carrying six semester hours or ^''^^^^^^,_,,

credit hour - " $13.50

Laundry service, when desired-per semester -•• *^^ ^^

bimy fTr thellge c!n be fixed, the individual student will be billed for a! where it cannot the entire student body will be charged a flat fee to cover the loss or damage.

Fees For Graduate Students

Matriculation Fee - ^ ^^^^

Fee for each semester credit hour --• •

Diploma Fee-Master's Degree -.-.. ^^-^^

Graduation Fee— Doctor's Degree ^"-"^

EXPLANATIONS

The Fixed Charges made to all students cover a part of the overhead ex- penses not provided for by the State.

The Board. Lodging, and Laundry charge may vary f ^^JJ^^J^/ji, J semester, but every effort will be made to keep expenses as low as possible.

Fees for Students Entering in February. Students ^^^f^"! t^^^^mver- sity for the second semester are charged the ^f 7»"/ ^^f^f ^f.^Q ^'J^' indicated: Athletic, $7.50; Special, $5.00; Student Activities $8.00 In firmary, $2.50; Advisory and Testing Service, 50c; and Post Office Box, $1.00.

Fees for Part-Time Students. Undergraduate students carrying six semester hours or less of regularly scheduled courses are charged $6.00 per

•For students carrying eight hours or less; lor students carrying more than eight hours, $50.00 for the semester.

61

mTfr "f\^''^ "^^eular laboratory fees. Students carrying sev.n more semester hours are charged the regular fee., Tn tht T. * " "'

.mount .. i„„rf „„, to ,k, ^,^1,,.^ tor S„™.„! T?

fimd IS audited annually by the stale Auditora »"'>""'!">««. Tt

forftrrrof cir fo^^tStL'Th^ou^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^-- ^^

the resumption of classes, a sludentwiU rpeJaUzed'bv'b!- '' '""'"^ ^''^^ pay a special fee of $3.00 for each class mi.C n i ^ ^"^ ^^"^""^^^ ^ students will be penalized, as In the caseTf a hnV^ ' T^^v ^^ "^^"^^'^• the first meeting of each class at tt%:£4%?r Jeco^^d i^V'^

before such holiday. W^uX'^ ciders JpTcififd 'T^ T an absence before or after a holiday will be granted "' ^''

In exceptional cases, such as sickness or death in th^ #„ -i for an excuse must be made within one^JL'Til" t dtTi^rs!'^^'"

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY

rs tSe^^if ^ -^ «- - -^ suppis^nr 're;r;;;rr:L-

wrttte?ctntnfof ^e ^° ^!'"^'-^- 'j.^ ^he University must secure the Ilin wl- t Vv ^ ^"* "'■ guardian, to be attached to the withdrawal shp which must be approved by the Dean and presented to the R^SraTa least one week m advance of withdrawal Charges for fnii . *^ t. T

Tptr ofTe^D^n Tm *''h ? ^T ^^^ ^'^^"^^^^^^^^^

refund '" '"^°'"" ''"'"«^ P'-^^^"*^^ *« the Registrar for

All women students who are withdrawing from th« TT„i„„ -,. requested to report to the Office of the Dean o? Women *^ "'

REFUNDS

I dliutt"^^^^^^ '''' 'T^^^ '^^' ^"^ ^^"^^-^ ^^tivities fee, with

a deduction of $5 00 to cover cost of registration. All refunds for hoard lodging, and laundry are pro-rated. reiunas lor boara,

62

After five days, and until November 1, the first semester, or March 10, the second semester, refunds on all charges will be pro-rated, with a deduction of $5.00 to cover cost of registration.

After November 1, or March 10, refunds are granted for board and laundry only, amounts to be pro-rated.

No refunds are made without the written consent of the student's parent or guardian, except to students who pay their own expenses.

No refunds of laboratory fees are made in the first semester after October 11, 1941, and in the second semester after February 28, 1942.

HOUSING

Dormitory Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormitories should request room application cards. Men should apply to the Director of Admissions, and women to the Office of the Dean of Women. When the room application card is returned, it must be accom- panied by a $15 deposit. This fee will be deducted from the first semester charges when the student registers. Room reservations, not claimed by freshmen or upperclassmen on their respective registration days, will be cancelled. A room will be held by special request until after classes begin providing the dormitory office is notified by September 18th. Room reserva- tion fees will not be refunded after August 15th. Reservations by students in attendance at the University should be made during the closing month of the school year. New students are urged to attend to their housing arrangements well in advance of registration.

Men's Dormitories. All men students who have made dormitory reserva- tions should report to the dormitory office in "A" section, Calvert Hall.

All freshmen students, except those who live at home, are required to room in the dormitories.

Women's Dormitories. All >vomen students who have made dormitory reservations should report to the dormitory to which they have been assigned. There is a head resident living in each building who supervises the enforcement of University rules and regulations.

Dormitory rooms — single, double, and a few triple — are tastefully fur- nished and have running hot and cold water.

Equipment. Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves w*:th sufficient single blankets, at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, a laundry bag, a shoe bag, and a waste paper basket.

The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory property assigned to him. Any damage done to the property other than that which would result from ordinary wear and tear will be charged to the student concerned.

Off-Campus Housing. Men: Only upper classmen are allowed to live in off -campus houses. Inquiries about these should be addressed to the Office of the Assistant Dean of Men.

66

Women: Those undergraduate women students who cannot be accommo- dated in the dormitories may live in private homes which have been approved for student occupancy and are registered in the Office of the Dean of Women. No woman student should enter into an agreement with a house holder without first ascertaining at the Office of the Dean of Women that the house is on the approved list.

General Information. It is understood that all housing arrangements are made for the year. All students who live in the dormitories must board at the University dining hall. It is necessary that each student have a key for his room, for which a deposit of $1.00 is required.

Cleaning service is furnished for all rooms.

Personal baggage sent via the American Express and marked for the dormitory to which it is to be sent will be delivered when you notify the College Park Express office of your arrival.

MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

In case of illness requiring a special nurse or special medical attention, the expense must be borne by the student.

Students not rooming in the dormitories may obtain board and laundry at the University at the same rates as those living in the dormitories.

Day students may get lunches at the University cafeteria or at nearby lunch rooms.

The cost of books and supplies will vary according to the course pur- sued by the individual student. Books and supplies average about $35.00 per year.

No diploma will be conferred upon, nor any certificate granted to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account.

EXPENSES AT BALTIMORE

The fees and expenses for the professional schools located in Baltimore will be found in the section of this catalogue pertaining to the several schools in Baltimore.

SCHOLARSHIPS

The University of Maryland offers a limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges to residents of the State of Maryland who are graduates of high schools or preparatory schools.

Since the University of Maryland is interested in encouraging students who show promise, these scholarships are awarded on the basis of a stu- dent's contribution to his high school, preparatory school, or University; his scholastic average; special talents; and evidence of leadership.

A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is awarded to a boy or girl of good character, born and reared in Garrett County and graduated from a high school in Garrett County during the year in which the scholarship is awarded. This scholarship is worth $200.00 a year.

r„"ht».i'i» order « keep .he scho.„ship.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT

.ro» U' drnsSd" h*t h.t"U and c.p.Me, .here is »uch

,„.i,y h.s been enabled tt """"^J/^ith Averages ab... J13 -onMs. „ special proiectt. .he «7"'»"°" '°;„t ;„,' „„,lL ». .mnd thi= aid

'i;jir..or.:rr ri'-.;="u be ..-e . .e :>.-.., .,

nt utSi"r.s=d..s no -P— '-ii^'rrSer '^iTX n d»is, however, main.am a '»"=»•» "J "'"f „, „,iuble posi.ions is

Sd"' s: res^. *v=- 1^-- — ^ "■"' '"

this work to the Employment Service.

HONORS AND AWARDS

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS AND AWARDS

Scholarship Honors. Final honors f-^/^lXo^SSo-- awarded to one-fifth of the graduatmg c^a-n -'^^^^^^^^ ^ ^, ,,^er are awarded to the upper half ot this group , resident work are

half. To be eligible for honors, at least two years ot resiaen

require . Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is

The Goddard Medal, ^he James JJoug ^^^ ^^^^^^^^

awarded annually to the resident "^ f ""^^ J^^^ at the same time

who makes the highest average m ^is studies and w ^^^^ ^

embodies the most manly attributes. The medal i» given y Goddard James, of Washington, D. C.

Si.™a Phi Sigma Medal. The Delta Cha^r^fSig- P^^^^^^^^^ temity offers annually a gold medal to the freshman wno est scholastic average during the first semester.

Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Af cultural Fraternity o^^A^^^^^^ ZeU awards annually a medal to the agricultural ^^^^e"* J the f^eshm who attains the highest average record in acadeni^ T fraternity, but presentation of the medal does not elect the student to the fratern y, simply indicates recognition of high scholarship.

65

64

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by Benjamin Berman.

Mortar Board Scholarship Cup. This is awarded to the senior girl who has been at the University for four years, and who has made the highest scholastic average for three and one-half years.

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sopho- more year.

Class of '26 Honor Key. The Class of 1926 of the School of Business Administration of the University of Maryland at Baltimore offers each year a gold key to the senior graduating from the College of Commerce with the highest average for the entire four year course taken at the University of Maryland.

American Institute of Chemists Medal. The American Institute of Chem- ists awards annually a medal and a junior membership to the graduating student of good character and personality, majoring in chemistry, who has attained the highest average grade in this major subject for the entire undergraduate course, exclusive of credit received for the final semester.

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the freshman girl in the College of Home Economics ^vho attains the high- est scholastic average during the first semester.

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers awards a cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University.

Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given to the senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average for the past three and one-half years. She must have been in attendance in the institution for the entire time.

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior mem- bership in the American Society of Civil Engineers to the senior in the Department of Civil Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty of the Department, is the outstanding student in his class.

Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards annually an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering who, during his sophomore year, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship over that of his freshman year.

Tau Beta Pi Certificate of Merit. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards annually a certificate of merit to the initiate of the Chapter who, in the opinion of the members, has presented the best thesis during the year.

66

CITIZENSHIP AWARDS

CU.ens.P Pr.e .r Men. An award j ^^^^:^::::Sl^S^^^ ^'i Bvrd, a graduate of the ^ass of 1908 to the ^^^ ^^^^^

^S^iip prize for Wo.en. The C^^VSZ^^^^' X;F. woods, .dfe of a^;™f-nU Si-^ her collegiate care- ts the woman member of the senior c ^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ f,, the

has most nearly tyP'«/f.;"£ of the University, general advancement of the interests oi

MILITARY AWARDS

,^ u -n,;. U offered to the major of the win Mahlon N. Haines '94 Trophy. This is offeree

ning battalion. ^ lieutenant's insignia to the

Military Department Award. Gold secona „>ajor of the winning battalion ^^ ^^ Excellency, the

The Governor's Cup. ^^h's is offere Governor of Mary^and^t" the ^fo ^ ,^^ ^^^^^.^^.^^^ Montgomery County

Company Award. The R^^e^^^^ ^ ^^^ ^est drilled company of the

PhaDter awards annually to the captain oi

'Z::::^::^'^ - is offered to the commander of the

^'=^T9toia Medal - c.ss of .99 -^^^^ ^bSt d^lS^s^^- to the member of the ba"alion who prjes h m ^^^^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ R,fl,

A Gold Medal is awarded to ^^jn^J^^ Team who fired the high score of each f^^ason. ^.^^ ^^^^ ^ho

A Gold Medal is awarded to the member of the fired the high score of each season. ^g^^ber of the winning squad

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to each memoe in the squad drill competition. ^^^^^^^ students in

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to the tnree

Pershing Rifles. a rnW Medal is awarded to the

Mehring Trophy Rifle Competition. A Gold Meda^ .^

student firing highest score in this -""^P^^^^f ." .^„ ^^^ year in this com- to the student showing greatest improvement during y

petition.

ATHLETIC AWARDS

•« AtiilMirs A gold watch is offered Silvester Watch for Excellence in AtWetics. iv g ^^^^^tics". The

annually to "the man who ^yf^^J"^^^^^^^ R. W.

watch is given in honor of a former President oi

Silvester.

67

J!

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered by Charles L. Linhardt to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.

Edward Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 ^^ the player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year

Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding senior baseball player.

PUBLICATIONS AWARDS

Medals are offered in Diamondhack, Terrapiriy and Old Line work, for the students who have given most efficient and faithful service throughout the year.

LOANS

The Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority offers annually a Sigma Delta loan of one hundred dollars, without interest, to a woman student registered in the University of Maryland and selected by a Scholarship Committee— the said Committee to be composed of the deans of all Colleges in which girls are registered, including the Dean of Women and the Dean of the Graduate School.

A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Associa- tion of University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to women students of junior or senior standing who have been in attendance at the University of Maryland for at least one year. Awards in varying amounts are made on the basis of scholarship, character, and financial need. Applications should be made to the Scholarship Committee of the A. A. U. W. on blanks which may be obtained through the office of the Dean of Women.

Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley a loan fund has been established, available for worthy students who are natives and residents of the State of Mary- land, studying mechanical engineering or agriculture at the University of Maryland.

This loan fund is administered by the Scholarship and Student Aid Com- mittee. Details concerning loans and application for loans should be made to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee.

Home Economics Loan Fund. A small loan fund, established by the Dis- trict of Columbia Home Economics Society, is available for students major- ing in Home Economics. It is administered by the Scholarship and Student Aid Committee.

In addition to the above loans there are from time to time others that are made available by various women's organizations in the State of Maryland. Information regarding these may be secured upon request from the Office of the Dean of Women.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

The following description of student activities covers those of the under- graduate divisions of College Park. The description of those in the Balti- more divisions is included in the appropriate chapters in Section II.

68

I

GOVERNMENT

.eHation of Student --^^^^ -Z:^;^^^:^^:^ i,ed bodies for f ^e'Cs is recSzed and encouraged. All organized orderly and Pjf ^^Hn^f (^^ su'e^ision of the Student Life and Reps- student activities are "nder tne s P President. Such organiza- tration Committee, subject %^^^^^^J^-^l student Life and Registration tions are formed only with *e consent of the b ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^

Committee and the approval of *« f^^*;^^";-^ represents the Univer- approval no student orgamzation which '" ^f ^university organization or :; before t^^-frv^rSfstErmay use%h^^^^^^^^ tJe University t; SSr ^^th'X-rname, or in connection with its members as

Students. Qf„dent Government Association consists of

dent of Men's League. . ^ ^j^ pgan of

The Women's League, m cooperation with the ^"'^e o

Women, handles all matters P«'^"-|,i?^^jroffice of tL Dean of Men,

The Men's League, in cooperation with the Oftice ol tne handles all matters Pertaining to men students^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^_

.riurt^SiS-^^i wotn: tap^rSn With the Student Life and ^rsrirrra Registration Co..Utee a -^ye—e; ap- pointed by the President, ^-PS^^^-J::^^^^^^^^^^ in an

tions, e-ePt-^/'---«:,jt^i^^pl^^^^^^ conditions that

advisory capacity, endeavors to improve <tiiy

matters as well as a statement of the rules of the University.

Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in ^-^ s anding arf eligible to represent the University in ^^/^^^ ^^^ ott; re- addition, various student organizations have ^^t^JJ^^Jf^^'^f^^J^ quiremeks. To compete in varsity athletics a student must pass twenty-four hours of work during a preceding year.

Discipline. In the govermnent of the University th. President and fj^ulty rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students The stadent who pursues his studies diligently, attends classes '^g^^^'^ly' 'i^^/. ^°"°J, ably, and maintains good behavior meets this responsibility ^^^^^^^ of the general welfare of the University, those who fail to «^^ "t^^" t^^^/* standards are asked to withdraw. Students are under the direct super vision of the University only when on the campus, but they are responsible to the University for their conduct wherever they may be.

69

I

•

»Ial activities In ^md,mM^ .i. , to conduct th«, soci.l .„d «„ business prlncipleT Whe" s„A Z^Z ^"^ r'"" '"" ">«•» "'«

FRATERNITIES, SOCIETIES, AND CLUBS

vefsrTc!llfrp't ''""'"■^'■^ fraternities and societies in the U„i

to honor students, both men and w^men , n\ T'^"^ ^"^^'^'^y "P^" Xi, an honorary scientirf-ra^^fnSrScr:" S^^^^^^^^^

t^n^S^rSSXtXr^^ ^" no^'^JurJar tS

for women recognizing ser;ice Lade^h^n T, IT^ t""'"" '^°"°'" ^°"«t>- Belta. a nation^r ^ re!hmrn ^^n^ sl.Ts ic" ote^.'^k^ national freshman honor societv for nn^r. a ^^^^^y^ ^^m Eta Sigma,

encourage development in":Safi;d"Letr"^^^^^^^^

Alpha Chi Sigma a natLr'T, "^*'«"^' honorary engineering fraternity; Bla'de, a na^Snal' rnSTlo::^},^^^^^ -d

society for basic course R n T r' f ^f '"^ J^'A^s, a national militarj-

joumalistic f rate^^^f Omi^ron ' Nu a n'at ' "^1 ^'"'^ "^P^"""' " "^*'''"^' Alpha Psi Omega, a^n^tlnrdLl^^c^o^erBerilprp"^^^ accounting honorary fratemitv Pi <?,VmT a'i V , ' ^ "^*'°"^'

AVpha' eZ,1 p?' 'i!*'; ,*'?* .'^■""' f "»• Sigma Alpha Mu. ..J

ssSTn/SaT "'• r ", ■'-- " 'Smr/hi^BUtii. ;

aororities, and Alpha Sigma, a local sorority.

Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary scientific social and other special objectives, are maintained in the uJJeSity Some

studentirH'""^ student organizations; others are conducted oLlyb Students and members of the famlfv Ti,^ Hc^- • jf ^^ j^^^^^^ ^j

r^ MA, lacuity. Ihe list is as follows- Ap-nVnlfnra

Council, Authorship Club, Bacteriology Society, Engineering ctu^S

70

ticulture Club, Block and Bridle Club, Calvert Debate Club, Women's Athletic Association, Footlight Club, Rossbourg Club, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Chess Club, Swimming Club, Interna- tional Relations Club, Clef and Key, Radio Club, Camera Club, Terrapin Trail Club, Student Grange, Farm Economics Club, Future Farmers of America, Riding Club, Collegiate Chamber of Commerce, Der Deutsche Verein, Spanish Club, Le Cercle Francaise, Chemical Engineering Club, Freshman Chemical Society, American Chemical Society, and Daydodgers Club.

RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES

Staflf. The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the students, not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities whose development along all lines, including the moral and religious, is included in the educational process. Pastors representing the major denom- inational bodies are officially appointed by the Churches for work vdth the students of their respective faiths. Each of the Student Pastors also serves a local church of his denomination, which the students are urged to attend.

Committee on Religious Afifairs and Social Service. A faculty committee on Religious Affairs and Social Service has as its principal function the stimulation of religious thought and activity on the campus. It brings noted speakers on religious subjects to the campus from time to time. The com- mittee cooperates with the student pastors in visiting the students, and assists the student denominational clubs in every way that it can. Oppor- tunities are provided for students to consult with pastors representing the denominations of their choice.

While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, the importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities are encouraged.

Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs, each representing a denominational group, have been organized among the students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of service. This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Episcopal Club, the Lutheran Club, the Newman Qub, the Hillel Foundation, the Methodist Club, and the Presbyterian Club. These clubs meet monthly or semi-monthly for worship and discussion, and occasionally for social purposes. A pastor or a member of the faculty serves as adviser. Evensong is held every Sunday evening under the auspices of the various denominational clubs. A local Y. W. C. A. also provides a variety of activities and services on a non- denominational basis.

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS

Four student publications are conducted under the supervision of the Faculty Committee on Student Publications.

71

The Diamondback, a semi-weekly, six-to-eight-page newspaper, is pub- lished by the students. This publication summarizes the University news and provides a medium of expression for the discussion of matters of interest to the students and the faculty.

The Terrapin is the student annual published by the Junior Class. It is a reflection of student activities, serving to commemorate the principal events of the college year.

The Old Line is a monthly magazine issued by the students containing short stories, cartoons, humorous material, poetry, and features of gen- eral interest.

The "M" Book is a handbook issued each September by the Student Gov- ernment Association for the benefit of incoming students to acquaint them with general University life.

ALUMNI

The Alimini Council, which is composed of representatives of each school and college in the University, coordinates all general Alumni interest. Alumni activities are further unified in two ways. There are organized alumni associations in the Schools of Medicine, Law, Pharmacy, Dentistry, and Nursing located in Baltimore. The alumni of the Colleges of Agricul- ture, Arts and Sciences, Commerce, Education, Engineering, and Home Economics, located at College Park, constitute a general Association, each group haiving its own Board of Representatives. Each school and college Alumni organization exerts an active interest in the welfare of its respective graduates.

72

SECTION II Administrative Divisions

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

T B. SYMONS, Dean. Director of Extension. r! B. Corbett, Director, Experiment Station, H F COTTERMAN, Assistant Dean,

ing of young »««"*" J. "^''"nvsteScinv^^^^^^ on projects of impor-

Research, the conducting of ^^^^^^^f ^\ ^„^i„„^ the rendering of assistance, tance to agricultural interests <3) Exte.^ion ^^^^.^^. ^^^

in the solution of farm and ^^^'J^^^^ll^.^i, and control measures !:iStr;h;;h :rr=?nir; L the common good. .

Resident Instruction

The courses in resident f^^^Z^^^^^ Xt^s^fm to^M sonnel for agricultural and -"^^ mdustnes. ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^_

students for one or more of the many hems ^^ ^^^^^^ts in

ment to persons with special '^'"f .^^^ The t^'enty-two professional cur- fundamentals receives special ^"jn^ioru The twenty J ^^^^,^^, ricula of the College are arranged ^Mth a view ^j ^ ^^^g

work with associated -^-fJJ^^^t^ JuSn wM^ the/ai^e being men and women are given a basic Sfneiai ea

instructed in the vanous branches o Jg-;Uure. ^^ ^ ^^^^^^ .^ ^^^^^^^ The College provides education foi those husbandry,

farming, liv. stock P-duction, some t^^^^^^^^ fl,,d

fruit or vegetable gro™.flo^^^^^^^^ ^^^ivities connected

crop production, or in the t^ignjy ^ ^s farm managers, for

with these industries. It prepares men to serve responsible

positions with commercial '^onc^ns rela ed to a^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^.

positions as teachers in agricultural <=oll«^^^^ JXc;:". ^^^periment stations, tional agriculture in high schools or -y'}llfl^'l^^^^^^Z the United for extension work, f- regulatory -*- -- and ^o-erv.^^ ^^^^^^_

r/rJmSir i^ t^Snt rarri^n, and regulatory work.

73

Research

Through research of the Experiment Station, the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and the fundamental sciences underlying it are con- stantly being extended and solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in many fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from instructors who devote part time to research or are closely associated with it are kept in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in the investigations under way. The findings of the Experiment Station thus provide a real source of information for use in classrooms, and make possible a virility and exactness in instruction valuable in the extreme. The authority of scientific investigation is con- stantly before the student.

Extension

Constant contact of the Extension Service with the problems of fanners and their families in all parts of the State through its county agents, home demonstration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident in- struction in the College of Agriculture. This Service operates in two ways: problems confronting rural people are brought to the attention of research workers and the instructional staff, and results of research are taken to farmers and their families in their home communities through practical demonstrations. Hence the problems of the people of the State contribute to the strength of the College of Agriculture, and the College helps them in the improvement of agriculture and rural life. Instruction is vitalized through participation in or association with extension activities.

Regulatory ,

Through their Regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the Col- lege of Agriculture are constantly dealing with the actual problems asso- ciated with the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm products and animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide range of activities and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect pests and diseases; preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals and plants; analyzing fertilizers, feed, and limes for guaranteed quality; and providing more reliable seeds for farm planting. These fields constitute an important part of agricultural education, as standardization and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. Direct contact on the part of professors in their respective departments with the problems and methods involved makes for effective instruction.

Coordination of Agricultural Work

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Mary- land lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regulatory functions within the individual departments, between the several departments, and in the institution as a whole. Those who give instruction to students are closely associated with the research, extension

74

iy cases, devote a portion of ^ei^^^e ^ one^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ Tactivities. Close coordination of these lour yv Apiculture, and

t;tU to support a ^f ^^^^Jf^'jf/, ^Sil^^^^^^^ be possible-

^ords a higher degree of ^P^^^^^^^"^ '^IxZays informed on the latest tt insures instructors an "PP"'^""'^^ J? ".^ ^.J, ^^h current trends and suits of research, and ^o ^^^^^^^^^^ activities. Heads

blems which are revealed m extension a g ^^^^^^ ^^

S departments hold ^^^a^ J^Xmentst tte frontiers of the several trX^eirasIt tpSSr organization to put him.

Advisory Councils

1 * fi,a rnllee-e shall be responsive to agricultural In order that the ^ '^^li^'^eet Te nSds of the several agricultural interests and shaU f^'^'^'^^^^'^ZsTot instruction shall at all times industries in the State and ^^^^^^^ pursue them, Advisory Councils be made >--* j?2!;\Hhe*^t^:? iXstSes of agriculture. These Coun- have been constituted ^^/'^f .""X _esnective lines of agriculture in Mary- cils are composed of eaders m th« respective ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^,,

land, and the ^"^2=*-^^ /^^^e^^^^^ S Ss. By this means the College, t^H.^^TATZSn^^r. .ept abreast of developments.

Facilities and Equipment

effective instruction in the relatea oasic ^ ^ facilities for research

*e university of M^W is P--;^ed -^^ --^S more than 1200 acres, and instruction m agn^re. *^^ ^^ investigational purposes,

are owned and operated for inftf^<=*r^*^ ^^. ^^^ animal husbandry One of the most complete and '"°*!^™^^'V/thT principal breeds of dairy work in the country, together -JitS^Jnd mateSs f'or instruction and cattle and livestock, provides f^^jties ^na m faciUties are

research in these industries Excellent ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^,,,^^^ in farm available in the Agronomy Departmex^ ^ or breetog ^^^ ^ ^^^^.^^ ^^^ crops and for soils research, ^he Poultry Ueparx ^^^

laboratories and classrooms, a P^f * ^."^P^^^^^HoSlture Department flocks of all the important breeds »^ P^f ^ J^^ J,° J^ and gardens for is housed in a separate building, and has ample o

its various lines of work.

Departments

The College of Agriculture includes ^^'^^ZIuTaX^S^ cultural Chemistry; Agricultural Educat on a^^^^^^^^ ^,,^.n6ry;

Engineering; Agronomy (indudm^^^^^^^^^^ ; Botany; Dairy Husbandry ('in- Bacteriology (mcluding Food T«^*^"™ ^ (including Bee Culture) ;

76

Pomology, Olericulture, Floriculture, and Ornamental Horticulture) • P , try Husbandry; Veterinary Science. xzorucuiture) , Pom.

^ Admission

tion l! ''^"'~"*^ ^- ^^'-on are discussed under Admission, in Sec-

Junior Standing

To attain junior standing in the College of Agriculture a stud^r,f „ have an average grade of C in not less thfn 62 semester houi. '"^'

. . Requirements for Graduation

f orVadTtrn "^'^"^T^^'f ""'^. *^-ty--ght semester hours is required

in'rssn s^cttt rrgSSrt ''-' ''''-'--' -' '-^^'^

Farm and Laboratory Practice

for praSllTt •?^P^'»«"* ^"^ ^^IP *» "^ke available opportunities itude^t tl ""'^ experience along his major line of study for each

iperSnc" For'^tr " " ''f department and who is in need of su mav hfr^V K "^^P^"^n<=ed students in many departments this need may be met by one or more summers spent on a farm

Student Organizations

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in th. several voluntary organizations sponsored by the College SsT organi a tions are as follows: Student Grange, Livestock Club, Future Farmerrof

i::^'.^^:ss^t^^^^ --' --— -nom-rc,;

fully as valuable as that acquired from regularly prescribed coursed /T !,t'«lent Grange represents the Great National Farmers' fratemitv of the Order of Patrons of Husbandry, and emphasizes traiZg^Tr ™ al eadershap. It sponsors much deputation work in local granges^roLhou

^JTy; ,?' J^^'^''''' ^'"^ '=°'^'"^*^ *^^ Students' S^n? Shot 1 Contest held on the campus in the Spring. The Future Farmers of AmS foster mterest m vocational education, and the Collegiate ChapterTerve

the Umversity. The Bacteriological organization is representative of a national group with chapters in many institutions. The AgSTtural Eco nomics group conducts special studies in the field of Agricultural Sonom^^s All these organizations have regular meetings, arrange special pro™ and contribute to the extra-curricular life of students. Programs.

Alpha Zeta— National Agricultural Honor Fraternity

Membership in this fraternity is chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have displayed agricultural motive and executive abmtv This organization fosters scholarship, and to that end awa^ra g^ W m d ,

JLSd rtg^thl t/'^^^'"^'^ ''-' ^" ^^^^"'^"^^ -^'^ -'^^ «- ^Shes^

76

Agricultural Student Council

The Agricultural Student Council is a delegate body made up of two representatives from each of the above organizations. Its purpose is to coordinate activities of students in agriculture, and to promote work which IS beneficial to the College of Agriculture. It is the organization that is representative of the agricultural student body as a whole.

CURRICULA IN AGRICULTURE

Curricula within the College of Agriculture divide into three general classes: Technical, Scientific, and Special. i

(1) Technical curricula are designed to prepare students for farming as owners, tenants, managers, or specialists; for positions as county agricul- tural agents, or teachers of agriculture in high schools; as executives, salesmen, or other employees in commercial businesses with close agricul- tural contact and point of view.

(2) Scientific curricula are designed to prepare students for positions as technicians, teachers, or investigators. These positions are usually in the various scientific and educational departments, or bureaus of the Federal, State, or Municipal governments; in the various schools or experiment sta- tions; or in the laboratories of private corporations.

(3) Courses of study may be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one or more years of training in practical agricultural subjects. (For details see Special Students in Agriculture, page 103.)

Student Advisers

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to an adviser from the faculty. Advisers are of two kinds — departmental and general. Depart- mental advisers consist of heads of departments or persons selected by them to advise students with curricula in their respective departments. General advisers are selected for students who have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to pursue the general curriculum in agri- culture.

Cases of students with poor records are referred to the Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment Committee, for review and advice.

Electives

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow afford opportunity for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to add to their general training.

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed advisable to meet the requirements of his particular need.

Students wishing to take Advanced R. O. T. C. may, upon consultation with the Department Head and with the consent of the Dean, substitute this subject either as an elective or for certain requirements in junior and senior years.

77

Freshman Year

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is common to all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to aiford the student an opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of programs in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the end of the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College of Agriculture to the curriculum in some other college of the University with little or no loss of credit.

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum in mind are sent immediately to departmental advisers for coimsel as to the wisest selection of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests and their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with no definite curriculum in mind, or who are unde- cided, are assigned to general advisers, who assist with the choice of fresh- man electives and during the course of the year acquaint them with the opportunities in the upper curricula in the College of Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of the freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized curriculum, he continues under the g-uidance of his general adviser and at the beginning of the sophomore year enters Agriculture (General Curriculum).

Curriculum

Semester

Freshman Year ' /

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) 4

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly).._ 3

General Botany (Bot. If) ~ ~ ~.... 4

(General Zoology (Zool. Is) - - —

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) ~ 1

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) - 1

Elect one of the following:

Modem Language (French or German) 3

♦Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) _.... 3

Introductory Physics (Phys. 3y) _ ~- 3

Agricultural Industry and Resources (A. E. If) and Farm

Organization (A. E. 2s) 3

//

4 3

4 1

3 3 3

3

* Students who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Chemistry must be prepared to elect Math. 21f and 22s.

AGRICULTURE— GENERAL

This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm,

Tprtino- to enter business allied to fanning, others seekmg a general

'Ter than aCTaUzed knowledge of the field of agriculture, and those

•,,«. -fnr rountv and other agricultural agents. 'TTroper use of the electives allowed in this course a student may eJose Xd o" concentration in agriculture and at the same t.me elect courses to enhance his liberal culture.

Curriculum

Seinester

J ^^

Sophomore Year ^

English Sequence ^ _

Geology (Geol. If) _ 3

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) _

Cereal Crop Production (Agron. If) ^ ^

Forage Crop Production (Agron. 2s) -- __

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (A.H. 2f) ^ ^

Fundamentals of Dairying (D.H. Is) ^

Physical or Biological Science Sequence - ■..^.-■- _-^-

Basic R.O.T.C. (M.I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. ^ ^

3y or 6y and 8y ) - " _

17 17

Junior Year

Genetics (Zool. 104f) - __ ^

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) ^

General Horticulture (Hort. If, 2s) ^ ^

Poultry Production (P.H. If) - - ^

Poultry Management (P.H. 2s) ^

Advanced Public Speaking (Speech 3f, 4s) ^ ^

Electives

16 16

Senior Year

Farm Machinery (Agr. Engr. lOlf) - — - ""

Gas Engines, Tractors, and Automobiles (Agr. Engr. 102s) -- ^

Farm Management (A. E. lOSf).... - - - ^

Analysis of Farm Business (A. E. 107s) -• ^

Feeds and Feeding (A. H. 102f) -•-- " __ ^

Rural Life and Education (R. Ed. 110s) -■■■- ^

Electives - - - " "

15 15

78

79

/

I

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY

work m agriculture exnerimpnf ofof eiectives to ht the student for

food labor^ories indus~enfa^^^^^^^ '""""^' ^'f'^'^' ^-^ys

products and the fertilizer TndusS ' ^'"'''^ °' '^^"^''"^ food

The outline calls for five years of <!HiH,r Th^ „„ w of this outline leads to the decree of bIh.i? 5"^?'"*'°" "^ ^""r years use of electives in the fourth vear IJ^t . ^l^"'^" ^^ *^« P^-^P^r study for the fifth vZ.r7^ J ^ continuation of this course of

student .ay'^uSif/for' tt MaL^r^Xtr "' ^ ^"^^^"^"^^ ^•'-'^- ^^

Curriculum

Sophomore Year ^ Semester

Survey and Composition (Eng 2f 3s) ^^

Calculus (Math. 23y) _ „' ^ 3

Agricultural Industry and Resources (A E If ) t ^

Farm Organization (A. E. 2s).._ "^ -

Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 2y) ' ' " ~Z ^

Electives (Biology) " ^ 2

- 4 4

Junior Year

Elementar>^ Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8Av)

Elementary Organic Laboratory (Chem. 8By): " I I

Quantitative Analysis (Chem. 6y) " ^ "

Modem Language " '^ ^

Geology (Geol. If) '^Z " " ^ ^

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) " ^ ~

Electives ( Biology) — 3

O 0

Senior Year ^'^ ^'

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s)

Modem Language * ^ ^

Electives (Biology) 3 3

General Physics (Phys. ly) Z ' ^ ^

Electives ~ ~ 4 4

" 3 3

R

80

16

16

Semester

Fifth Year I II

Advanced Organic Chemistry (Chem. 116y) 2 2

Organic Laboratory (Chem. 117y) _ 2 2

Advanced Organic Laboratory (Chem. 118y) 1 1

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102 Ay) 3 3

Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. 102By) 2 2

Electives (Chemistry) 2 2

Electives ( Biology ) -..- 3 3

15 15

AGRICULTURE EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE

The primary objective of the curricula is the teaching of secondary vo- cational agriculture, the work of county agents, and allied lines of the rural education service. Graduates from these curricula are in demand in rural business, particularly of the cooperative type. A number have entered the Federal service. Others are engaged in teaching and research in agricul- tural colleges. Quite a few have returned to the farm as owner managers.

Curriculum A is designed for persons who have had no vocational agri- culture in high school or less than two years of such instruction. Cur- riculum B is designed for persons who have had two or more years of thoroughgoing instruction in secondary agriculture of the type offered in Maryland high schools. Curriculum B relieves the student of the necessity of pursuing beginning agriculture courses in the first two years of his college course, permits him to carry general courses in lieu of those dis- placed by his vocational program in high school, and offers him an oppor- tunity to lay a broad foundation for the advanced work in agriculture of the last two college years.

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, in- volving graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing the agricultural education curricula must present evidence of having ac- quired adequate farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years.

Students with high averages may upon petition be relieved of certain re- quirements in these curricula, when evidence is presented showing that either through experience or through previous training the prescription is non-essential; or they may be allowed to carry an additional load.

Curriculum A. Semester

Sophomore Year I II

Diseases of Plants (Pit. Path. If) 3 —

Introductory Entomology (Etit. Is) _ — 3

Cereal Crop Production (Agron. If) _ - — 3 —

Forage Crop Production (Agron. 2s) _ — 3

Geology (Geol. If).. 3 —

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) „ — 3

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (A.H. 2f) 3 —

Fundamentals of Dairying (D.H. Is) _ — 3

General Horticulture (Hort. If) - 3 —

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) — 3

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3v or 6v and 8v> 2 9

81 17 17

Junior Year

Farm Machinery (Agr. Engr, lOlf) ~

Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf ) _ „

Marketing of Farm Products (A. E. 102s) _

Poultry Production (P. H. If)

Poultry Management (P. H. 2s) ...„ „

Greneral Horticulture ( Hort. 2s ) _

General Shop (Ind. Ed. 167y)

Advanced Public Speaking (Speech 3f, 4s) - „..

Feeds and Feeding (A. H. 102f )

Observation and the Analysis of Teaching for Agricultural

Students (R. Ed. 107s) _

Dairy Production (D.H. lOlf )

Senior Year

Farm Management (A. E. 108f) _.....

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf) ~

Gas Engines, Tractors, and Automobiles (Agr. Engr. 102s)

Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (R. Ed. lOlf, 102s)

Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (R. Ed. 109f)

Rural Life and Education (R. Ed. 110s) _

Departmental Organization and Administration (R. Ed. 112s)

Farm Mechanics (Agr. Engr. 104f) „

Teaching Farm Mechanics in Secondary Schools. (R. Ed. 114s)

Practice Teaching (R. Ed. 120y)

Electives ~

Semester
I	//
3
3	-^
—	3
3	-^
—	3
—	3
1	1
2	2
3

— 3

18

3 3

1 3

15

Curriculum B.

Sophomore Year

Diseases of Plants (Pit. Path. If) 3

Introductory Entomology (Ent. Is) —

Geology (Geol. If) 3

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) „ —

General Horticulture (Hort. If, 2s) - 3

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (A.H. 2f) 3

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) _ —

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) - — - 2

♦Electives - 3

17

15

3 1

3 1

— 1

2 2

o 0

14

3

3

2 3

17

*If Introductory Physics (Phys. 3y) is not elected in the freshman year, it must be elected in the sophomore year.

82

*fw Y ear fS Machinery (Agr. Engr. lOlf)

SttSon -d'rAnilU of Teaching for Agricultural

Students (R. Ed. 107s) ZIII'—---

Electives

Educational Psychology (Psych lOf) •-•■-

Farm Management (A. E. lOSf).-... 7"-"T'7n.f .qos)

Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (R. Ed. lOlf, 1"^^) -...

GaTEngines, Tractors, and Automobiles (Agr. Engr 102s)

?ScS Secondary Vocational Agriculture (R. Ed. 109f ) -...

Pnral Life and Education (R. Ed. 110s) •- T:r"""T ,io_^

Departmental Organization and Administration (R. Ed. 112s)

Farm Mechanics (Agr. Engr. 104f) "T"T:"7p Vd 114s)

TeSing Farm Mechanics in Secondary Schools (R. Ed. 114s)

Practice Teaching (R. Ed. 120y) - ■^^^"^^'"""'ZIL

Electives.

Semester

I n

3 —

1 1

2 2

11

17

3 3 1

3

11

17

1 3

Electives in Curriculum B:

Animal Husbandry -

Agronomy

Dairy Husbandry

Farm Management

3 —

_- 3

- 1

1 —

__ 1

3 2

14

3 hours 6 hours 6 hours

6 hours 3 hours

7 hours

2 1

14

Poultry - -•- ■"

Liberal or Subjects of Special Interest

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

The department offers to students of agriculture training in those^^^^^^

buildings, and farm drainage production costs by the

The modem tendency m farming is to ™^'*''^/ " , ^^g

use of farm machinery -its "f ^^^^ ^^^^ tZ^iJ^sTZ^iy

horses -^-}>-^\''t^:^^^^^rio^^\\rao.t all farms. It is

.X sr s: ^^HS ~ Eff br,

standpoint of economy, sanitation, etticiency, cinu app important.

83

of ?.Th ^"^ [" '^^ '*"*^^ "^ •^'•^"^g« are as follows: the princin,

of land drainage, the design and consti-uction of tile drain svster^'' open ditches, and Maryland drainage laws. ^ ' ^"^

FIVE-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE-ENGINEERING

For those students who wish to specialize in the application of en^ine^,- pnnciples to the physical and biological problems of agScultureTe •' offered a combined program, extending over a five-yeafDerioi «? '' jointly by the College of Agriculture Ld the College of Strine'T leadmg to a degree from each of these Colleges J^ngmeenng, and

Graduates from such a program should be prepared to enter State v^ eral or commercial fields of a<=tivity in such work as soif anj Zerlt

structures, and m the development of new uses for farm products and X profitable utilization of farm wastes and by-products ^'

To be properly trained in these fields a student should have a bro.rf«, knowledge of basic and applied engineering principles than" uld b ^ vided m a four-year course in agriculture. He would also need a bro^l training m the fundamentals of agriculture than a standard four ^^ course m engineering could furnish ^

eu^iufumTr t^'t^'""" ^^^f-r -mbined program follow the same curriculum for the first year. At the end of the first year they decide

Upon completion of the required course of study the degree of Bachelor

StwT' :^ ''T?'''''' " ^^^'^^ ^' ^^^ -^ «^ '^e fo-rt^ yLr Fort fifth year the student registers in the College of Engineering and at h end of hat year receives his degree in avil, Electrical, M;chanical Chemical Engmeering from that College. lecnanicai or

Curriculum

Freshman Year Semester

Survey and Composition (Eng. ly) "l ^i

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) ZZZI i i

College Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Math 2 If 22s) a a

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) „ _ ' "

Engineering Drawing (Dr. If) ZZ..Z. t

Descriptive Geometry (Dr. 2s) "

Forge Practice (Shop Is) Z^ZZZIZ.. " ~~ ^

Introduction to Engineering (Eligr. If) " ~T ^

Introductory Zoology (Zool. 3f) ZZIZ7Z " 3 _

Introductory Botany (Bot. 2s) „ _ " __

Agriculture Freshman Lectures _ ~ " ^

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or PhysicafEducation Z^ys"^ M "~ ly or 2y and 4y) „ _ _ ^ ' ^

-1

The remainder of this curriculum is for the student whose objective, at the end of the fifth year, is a degree in Civil Engineering. Similar curricula will be arranged for options in Electrical, Mechanical and Chemical Engi- neering.

Semester

Sophomore Year — Civil Engineering Option I II

Oral Technical English (Speech 5f) - - — 2 —

Calculus ( Math. 23y ) -... 4 4

General Physics (Phys. 2y) -....„ „ 5 5

Advanced Engineering Drawing (Dr. 3f) .^ 2 —

Statics and Dynamics (Mech. Is) > _ _ — 3

Plane Surveying (Surv. 2y) _ - 2 3

Geology (Geol. If) -...._ _ _ 3 —

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) - - 2 2

Elective in Agriculture .„ _ — 8

20

Junior Year — Civil Engineering Option

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 6s) —

Strength of Materials (Mech. lOlf ) 5

Materials of Engineering (Mech. 103s) _ ^^ _ —

Advanced Surveying (Surv. lOlf) _ _ - _ _ 4

Farm Machinery (Agr. Engr. lOlf) - _ 3

Farm Drainage (Agr. Engr. 107s) „ —

Farm Mechanics (Agr. Engr. 104f) _ _ „ 1

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) _ „ ^ —

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) _ .•. —

Electives in Agriculture 4

Fourth Year — Civil Eyigineering Option

Hydraulics (C. E. 101s) _ .

Principles of Mechanical Enineering (M. E. lOlf) „.

Principles of Electrical Engineering (E. E. 101s) _

Cun^es and Earthwork (C. E. 103f) _ _

Theory of Structures (C. E. 104s )..„ ...._ ^._

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f)

Biological Statistics (Stat. 112s)

Farm Buildings (Agr. Engr. 105f)

Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (Agr. Engr. 102s)

Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf ) -

Farm Management (A. E. 108f) _...._ _

Technical Society _ _ - „

3

3

3

2

3 3

20

2 2

8 8

4-5

17 16-17

4 3 4 3 3

84

19

19

17

85

17

Fifth Year — Civil Engineering Option

The curriculum for the fifth year is the senior year curriculum in ci i engineering, without change, as shown under College of Engineering.

AGRONOMY

The curricula in the department are designed to prepare students for th following occupations or positions: specialized crop farming; genera' farm^ ing; technical workers in private and public concerns; scientists in soil and crop technology; and agricultural representatives with commercial and industrial organizations.

The curriculum in crop production aims to give the student the funda- mental principles of crop production. Special attempt is made to adapt the work to the young man who wishes to apply the scientific principles of field crop culture and improvement on the farm. At the same time enough free- dom is given the student in the way of electives so that he may register for subjects which might go along with the growing of crops on his par- ticular farm. A student graduating from the course in agronomy should be well fitted for general farming, for the production of improved seeds, for employment with commercial firms, for investigational work in the State or Federal Experiment Stations, or for county agent work.

The curriculum in plant breeding aims to prepare students for work in this field, with commercial seed companies, in the Federal Government, and in State Agricultural Experiment Stations. In this curriculum, founda- tions are also laid in fundamental sciences for the graduate work which many will want to pursue in further preparation for advancement in the work of plant breeding.

The curriculum in soils gives instructions in the physics, chemistry, and biology of the soil, the courses being designed to equip the future fanner with a complete knowledge of his soil and also to give adequate training to students who desire to specialize in soils. Those who are preparing to take up research or teaching are expected to take graduate work in addition to the regular undergraduate courses that are offered. The department possesses the necessary equipment and facilities for instruction in these subjects, and in addition affords opportunities for the student to come in contact with the research at the Agricultural Experiment Station, especial- ly in the pot culture laboratories, and on the experimental fields at the station and in other parts of the State.

Graduate students will find unusual opportunities to fit themselves for research as technical workers or as representatives of commercial or in- dustrial organizations, to conduct research in experiment stations, to teach in agricultural colleges, and to carry on work with the Bureau of Plant Industry and the Bureau of Chemistry and Soils, United States Department of Agriculture.

Curriculum

Sophomore Year

Cereal Crop Production (Agron. If) _.....

Forage Crop Production (Agron. 2s) _

Geology (Geol. If) -^

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) „ „

^Elements of Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12Ay) _...._

♦Elements of Organic Laboratory (Chem. 12By)

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

J% ^f (jX \3 V wIaIX^L ^J _y m ■■■■■■•••••••■••••■••B«^**B***«a***>** ■•■•»■■••••■•■•*••••■>••••••>■>>■••••■*■ ■■■■••^•■•••■•■^■•■^•••■■••■■■■a* aM

Select from following:

(Jeneral Physics (Phys. ly) _ 4

Agriculture (Any course under 100) 2-4

fCalculus (Math. 23y) ....._ ^ - 4

Semester

I n

3 —

— 3 3 —

— 3-5 2 2 1 1

Crop Production

Junior Year

Genetics (Zool. 104f) 3

Technology of Crop Quality (Agron. 102f ) 1-3

General Bacteriology (Bact. Is) —

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) _ 2

Plant Physiology (Pit. Phys. lOlf) _ „ _ 4

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) _ —

Electives „ ^ 5

15-17 Senior Year

Crop Breeding (Agron. 103f ) _ _...._ „ ._ „ 2

Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf ) - 3

Methods of Crop and Soil Investigations (Agron. 121 s) —

Selected Crop Studies (Agron. 104f, 105s) 1-2

Soil Geography (Soils 103f) ....„ _.... 3

Farm Machinery (Agr. Engr. lOlf) _ _ 3

Farm Drainage (Agr. Engr. 107 s) _ —

Farm Forestry (For. 101s) _ —

Farm Management (A. E. 108f) 3

Electives 1

4

2^

4

13-15 13-17

4 2

3

7

16

2

1-2

2 2

8

lift

16-17 15-16

Under certain conditions a sequence in biology may be substituted for Organic Chemistry. TKequired of students majoring in Plant Breeding.

86

87

Crop Breeding

Junior Year ^^mster

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) 2

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) IIIII -_

General Bacteriology (Bact. Is) __

General Physics (Phy. ly) Z~ "

Genetics (Zool. 104f) ^ZZZZ.

Technology of Crop Quality (Agron. 102f) JZZZZZZ 2

Electives „

" ~ ~ ~ 0

16 Senior Year

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) _ 3

Biological Statistics (Stat. 112s) ZZZIZZI — -

Crop Breeding (Agron. 103f) ZZ"" 2

Farm Drainage (Agr. Engr. 107s) „.... ,ZZZ --

Farm Machinery (Agr. Engr. lOlf) „1...ZZZ.... 3

Methods of Crop and Soil Investigations (Agron. 121s) —

Plant Physiology (Pit. Phys. lOlf) 4

Soil Geography ( Soils 103f ) "IIZZZIII 3

Electives .,

//

2 3

4 4

3

16

16

9 16

Soils

T . xr Semester Junior Year

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) 2

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s)

General Bacteriology .(Bact. If) 4

Soil Management (Soils 102 s) _

Plant Physiology (Pit. Phys. lOlf) Z.Z.Z.ZZ.Z... 4

Electives ^

*• D

Senior Year

Farm Management (A. E. 108f) ....„ _....„ 3

Methods of Crop and Soil Investigations (Agron. 121 s) —

Soil Geography (Soils 103f) " 3

Farm Drainage (Agr. Engr. 107s) "IZ.Z.I"'Z"I —

Soil Conservation (Soils 112s) _ "

El ecti ves _ ^ ^

//

2 3

8 16

16

88

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY

The curriculum in animal husbandry is designed to prepare students for three distinct professional fields: livestock farming, technical workers and dvisors in private and public concerns, and scientists in the livestock indus- tries.

Bv proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, the student may equip himself to become an owner or operator of a general or specialized livestock farm ; to become a county agricultural agent ; to meet the require- ments of positions with certain types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical and specialized training, to become quali- fied for instructional work in colleges, for investigational work in State and Federal experiment stations or in commercial research laboratories.

Students who desire to enter the field of teaching or highly specialized research should elect the more scientific courses offered by this and by other departments and should further qualify themselves by continuing graduate studies in some specific phase of animal science.

Modern beef cattle, horse, and sheep barns are located on the campus; a livestock farm within a short distance of the University and the possession of choice herds and flocks provide the department with the equipment and facilities so essential for instruction and for research in animal husbandry.

Through the courtesy of Maryland breeders and the Bureau of Animal Industry, Beltsville Research Center, additional facilities, including herds and flocks, are available for instructional purposes. The headquarters of the Bureau of Animal Industry in Washington are approximately eight miles from the University campus.

The curriculum for the sophomore, junior, and senior years is sug- gested as a guide for students wishing to major in the animal husbandry field.

Curriculum

Semester Sophomore Year I II

Elements of Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12 Ay) _...._ „ 2 2

Elements of Organic Laboratory (Chem. 12 By) _..- „...._ 1 1

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (A.H. 2f) > , 3 —

Fundamentals of Dairying (D.H. Is) - — 3

General Bacteriology (Bact. If) 4 —

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) _.... — 3

Geology (Geol. If) ..„._ _ 3 —

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils If) -.... -...._ — 3

Forage Crop Production (Agron. 2s) _ — 3

R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 3y or

6y and 8y ) _ ....._ „ „...„ 2 2

Electives 1

16 17

89

Junior Year / ..

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) _ 2 9

Feeds and Feeding (A. H. 102f) 3 J^

Principles of Breeding (A. H. 103s) _ „....„ — .

Livestock Markets and Marketing (A. H. 112f ) 2 _

Livestock Management (A. H. 105s) _.... ...._ — 2

Livestock Judging (A. H. 51s) — 2

*Sheep Production (A. H. 104f) 2

*Pork Production (A. H. 107s) — '^

Genetics (Zool. 104f) 3 J!

Electives - _ 4 5

16 16

Senior Yea/r

♦Beef Cattle Production (A. H. llOf) 2

*Draft Horse Production (A. H. 109s) — 2

Animal Nutrition (A. H. 114f) _ 3

Farm Management (A. E. 108f) 3

Analysis of the Farm Business (A. E. 107s) — 3

Comparative Anatomy and Physiology (V. S. lOlf ) _.... 3 —

Animal Hygiene (V. S. 102s) „..._ — 3

Electives ' _ _ 5 8

16 16

BACTERIOLOGY

This department has been organized with two main purposes in view. The first is to give all students of the University an opportunity to obtain a general knowledge of this basic subject. The second is to prepare students for bacteriological positions (including those of dairy, sanitary, food, and soil bacteriologists; and federal, state, and municipal bacteriolo- gists) ; and for public health work of various types, research, and indus- trial positions.

A. Bacteriology

The curriculum in Bacteriology is arranged to provide an unusually thor- ough training in the principle phases of the science, namely, the cause and prevention of disease, sanitation, water purification, the microbiology of foods including milk and other agricultural products and bacterial meta- bolism, with further work in soil microbiology, research methods, and bac- terial classification. A knowledge of Organic and Biochemistry is also required.

Freshmen planning to major in Bacteriology should elect Mathematics in the first year.

*Oiily two production courses are required for graduation, two of these four courses to fulfill this requirement.

90

The student may choose any

Curriculum

If^tZTof Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12Ay)

Senls of Organic Laboratory (Chem. 12By) -

German or French -..-- -••

General Bacteriology (Bact. If) - - - __

Pathogenic Bacteriology (Bact. 2s) -

TTvnnsitorv Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) -"•

BaS R. 0. T. G. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) -- - - -

Electives - "

Semester
I	//
2	2
1	1
3	3
4	—
^.^	4
2	2
2	2
3-4	,V4

17-18 17-18

Junior Year

Milk Bacteriology (Bact. lOlf) - - ^

Sanitary Bacteriology (Bact. 112s) -.-. -

Serology (Bact. 115f) - - - ~ ^

Advanced Methods (Bact. 113s) - - -

General Physics (Phys. ly) ~ - -

Electives ( Bacteriology ) - -

Electives (Other) - - - -: --

3-5

Senior Year

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f)

General Physiological Chemistry (Chem. 108s)

Journal Club (Bact. 131f, 132s)

Electives ( Bacteriology ) -

Electives ( Other)

B. Food Technology

2

4

2-4

2-6

15-17 15-17

3 —

— 4

1 1

5-6 4-2

6-8 6-10

15-17 15-17

This curriculum offers combinations of courses that will equip the student with an unusually broad knowledge of the many aspects involved m tood manufacture. In the curriculum are combined many of the fundamentals of biology, chemistry, and engineering which, when supported by the proper electives and by practical experience, will serve as an excellent background for supervisory work in food factory operation, salesmanship,

research in the food industries, etc. ^ xx. r i.

The freshmen will enroll for the common curriculum of the freshman year as shown for the College of Agriculture, and will elect Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s).

91

/

Curriculum

Sophomore Year r ^^^

Elementary Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8 Ay) _ _.... 2

Elementary Organic Laboratory (Chem. 8By) ^ 2 ^

General Physics (Phys. ly) , _ 4 ^

Engineering Drawing (Dr. If) 2 ^

General Bacteriology (Bact. Is) _ _

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. \

Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y) _ „ „ _ „...„ 2 9

Electives _ r;

*" ■■' - ^ V\

Junior Year

Quantitative Analysis (Chem. 4f) 4

Refrigeration (M. E. 107s) ,._ __ ^

Food Bacteriology (Bact. lllf) _ 3 ^

Sanitary Bacteriology (Bact. 112s) _ _ „ __ ^

Elements of Physical Chemistry (Chem. 103Ay) „.._ 2 2

Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. lOSBy) 1 1

Advanced Public Speaking (Speech 3f, 4s) _ 2 2

Electives "IIIZ 4-5 5^

„ . 16-17 1&-1m Senior Year

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s) '. 3 2

Industrial Management (O. and M. 121s) _ _ 3

Food Analysis (Chem. 115y) _ „.._ 2 2

Technology Conference (F. Tech. 130y) 1 1

Regulatory Control (F. Tech. llOf) _ l

Food Sanitation (F. Tech. 120s) „ _ _ 2

Electives _ 9_10 ^4

16-17 I6-I:

BOTANY

The department offers three major fields of work: general botaiiv and morphology; plant pathology, and plant physiology and ecology. The required courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all students. In the junior and senior years, the student elects botanical courses to suit his particular interests in botanical science. Both the junior and senior years also allow considerable freedom in the election of non- botanical courses, in order to round out a fairly broad cultural education, Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish to meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates may elect the necessary work in education.

92

The curriculum as outlined lays a good foundation for students who wish to pursue graduate work in botanical science in preparation for col- lege teaching and for research in state experiment stations, in the United States Department of Agriculture, and in private research institutions and laboratories.

The curriculum also affords students an opportunity for training for other vocations involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and positions with seed companies, canning companies, companies making spray materials, and other commercial concerns.

Curriculum

Semester

Sophomore Year I Jl

Diseases of Plants (Pit. Path. If) _ 4 —

General Botany (Bot. 3s) — 4

General Bacteriology (Bact. If) 4 —

Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) „ 3 3

^Modern Language _ 3 3

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) 2 2

Electives — — 4

Junior Year

Plant Physiology (Pit. Phys. lOlf ) 4 -—

General Physics ("Phys. ly) „ 4 4

Plant Taxonomy (Bot. 103s) _ , — 3

Plant Microtechnique (Bot. 107s) _ — 2

Electives 8 7

Senior Year

Genetics (Zool. 104f ) _ 3 —

Seminar (Bot. 108 f and s, or Pit. Path. 106 f and s) 1 1

Plant Ecology (Pit. Phys. 102s) _ — 3

Botanical Electives (Maximum) 6 6

Other Electives (Minimum) _ _ „ 6 6

16 16

DAIRY HUSBANDRY

The department offers instruction in two major lines of work: dairy pro- duction and dairy manufacturing. The curricula are designed to prepare students for practical work in dairy farming and dairy manufacturing in- dustries, for scientific w^ork in the dairy industry, and for technical workers with milk cooperatives, dairy breed associations, and private and public concerns.

Twelve hours of modern language are required. If it is not begun until the sophomore J^ai', the last six hours will be elected in the junior or senior year.

93

In the dairy production curriculum, students are given technical and prac tical training in the breeding, feeding, management, and selection of dairi' cattle and in the handling and marketing of milk and milk products. With additional courses in the physical, biological and social sciences, student^ are qualified to become owners or operators of dairy farms, for breed pro. motion and sales work, for employment with private and cooperative busi- ness organizations, and for county agent work. By careful election of courses the student may lay a foundation for instructional work in colleges and for investigational work in experiment stations and commercial research laboratories.

For those students interested in dairy manufacturing, the curriculum is designed to prepare students for practical and scientific work concerned with the processing and distribution of milk, manufacture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and other milk products, and in dairy plant opera- tion and management. Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy manufac- turing are qualified for the many technical and applied positions in the various branches of the dairy industry.

These curricula permit specialization in the respective fields, but allo\r considerable latitude in the election of courses in other departments. When desirable, changes may be made to meet the special needs of some students. For example, those students who desire to enter the field of teaching and research should elect more of the scientific courses offered in this and the other departments. In most cases these students will be advised to pursue graduate work in some particular phase of dairy science.

The dairy industry of Maryland ranks first in economic importance among the agricultural industries of the State. Such an industry needs and de- pends upon intelligent, well trained men for work in dairying. The depart- ment is equipped with modem dairy barns, dairy herds, dairy manufactur- ing plant and salesroom, and laboratories and other facilities for instruc- tional and research work in dairy husbandry.

Dairy Production

The following curriculum for the sophomore, junior, and senior years is

suggested as a guide for students majoring in dairy production. Some elec-

tives from dairy manufacturing, animal husbandry, agronomy, and veteri- nary science will be helpful.

Curriculum Semester

Sophomore Year I /^

Elements of Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12 Ay) 2 2

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (A. H. 2f) _ 3 —

Fundamentals of Dairying (D. H. Is) — ^

General Bacteriology (Bact. If) _ 4 —

Geology (Geol. If) „ 3

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) — ^

Forage Crop Production (Agron. 2s) — ^

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (3y or 6y

and 8y) 2 2

Electives _ 2 ^

94 16 1^

Junior Year

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) - ^

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s)

fenetics (Zool. 104f ) -

Principles of Breeding (A. H. 103s) ~ - -

Feeds and Feeding (A. H. 102f ) - - 3

Dairy Cattle Management (D. H. 106f) 2

Dairy Cattle Judging (D. H. 50s) ~ --

Comparative Anatomy and Physiology (V. S. lOlf) 3

Animal Hygiene (V. S. 102s) —

Electives — • - -

16

Semester II

2 3

3

3

3

16

Senior Year

Dairv Production (D. H. lOlf) - *^

Dairy Breeds and Breeding (D. H. 105s) — 2

Market Milk (D. H. 113f ) - - ^ —

Farm Management (A. E. 108f ) -- - ^

Animal Nutrition (A. H. 114f ) - --- 3 —

Dairy Literature (D. H. 119f, 120s) 1 ^

Electives - - -

16 16

Dairy Manufacturing

The following curriculum for sophomore, junior, and senior years is sug- gested for students who wish to major in dairy manufacturing. Electives in dairy production, chemistry, and bacteriology will be helpful.

Curriculum

Semester

Sophomore Year *

Elements of Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12 Ay) 2

Elements of Organic Laboratory (Chem. 12By) 1

Quantitative Analysis (Chem. 4s) —

General Bacteriology (Bact. If) - ^

Fundamentals of Dairying (D. H. Is) - - —

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57f) — 3

Introductory Physics (Phys. 3y) - 3

R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 3y

or 6y and 8y) - 2

Electives - > ~ - - 1

//

2

1 4

16

3

2

1

16

95

Junior Year /

Milk Bacteriology (Bact. lOlf) 4

Dairy Products Bacteriology (Bact. 102s) —

Grading Dairy Products (D: H. 51s) —

Dairy Mechanics (T). H. 116s) 2

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) 2

Cheese Making (D. H. 109f) 3

Butter Making (D. H. llOf ) 2

Concentrated Milks (D. H. Ills) —

Ice Cream Making (D. H. 112s) „ —

Electives 3

Semester 11

16

Senior Year

Market Milk (D. H. 113f) „ „ 5

Analysis of Dairy Products (D. H. 114s)

Dairy Accounting (D. H. 117s) -

Dairy Plant Experience (D. H. 121f, I22s) - 2

Dairy Literature (D. H. 119f, 120s) 1

Electives _ ^ „ 8

16 Suggested Elective Courses: ♦

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf) 3

Salesmanship (Mkt. 106s) —

Principles of Advertising (Mkt. 109f) _ 3

Elements of Business (0. and M. 51f) 2

Business Law (O. and M. 101s) _ —

General Physiological Chemistry (Chem. 108f or s) 4

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) 3

Food Bacteriology (Bact. lllf) 3

Sanitary Bacteriology ( Bact. 112s) -

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) ^ 1

Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf) - 3

If,

— 4

— 1

16

3 or 4

— 3

ENTOMOLOGY

This department trains entomologists for work in state and federal ento- mological bureaus, in preparation for commercial pest control operations and finally, but not least, for actual insect control on their own farms. Iii addition, entomology is taught as a cultural subject because of its wide field of application, its varied subject matter, and the general interest of the public in the small creatures about it.

The success of the farmer, particularly the fruit and vegetable grower, is in large measure dependent upon his knowledge of the methods of pre; venting or combating pests. Successful methods of control are emphasized in the economic courses.

96

3

The fact that the entomological work of the Experiment Station, the F tension Service, the College of Agriculture, and the State Entomologist ;n nne administrative unit enables the student to avail himself of the nv advantages accruing therefrom. Advanced students may be assigned '"^vvork on Experiment Station projects already under way. The depart- ^^ nt takes every advantage of the facilities offered by the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, the Beltsville Research Center the National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, various other local laboratories, the libraries in Washington, and the Washington Entomological Society. Thus students are given many opportunities of meeting authorities in the various fields of entomology, to observe projects under way, consult collections, and hear addresses on every phase of entomology. Following is the suggested curriculum in entomology:

Curriculum Semester

Sophomore Year

Introductory Entomology (Ent. If) ~.

Insect Morphology (Ent. 2s) — ~

Elements of Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12 Ay) 2

Elements of Organic Laboratory (Chem. 12By) - 1

Modem Language (French or German) 3

Diseases of Plants (Pit. Path. If)... ■••■-- ^

Greneral Bacteriology (Bact. Is) —

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y) ~ — ^

15

Junior Yea/r

Insect Taxonomy (Ent. 3f ) - - — 3

Insect Biology (Ent. 5s) — - - —

t Economic Entomology (Ent. lOly) 2

Modem Language (French or German) 3

General Physics (Phys. ly) - ^

Electives - --- - -- 4-5

16-17

Senior Yea/r 'Insect Pests of Special Groups (Ent. 103f, 104s) — 3

Seminar (Ent. 112y) - -- - 1

Special Problems (Ent. llOf, Ills) - 2

Electives -... lO-H

//

3 2 1 8

15

3 2

8

4

4-5

16-17

3 1 2

10-11

i

16-17 16-17

i This curriculum is based on the option of mathematics in the freshman I year, which subject should be elected by students electing a major in ^entomoilogy. Students electing another course will have to make certain '^hanges in the sequence of some of the reqmred courses.

tCk)urses taken in alternate years by both juniors and seniors.

97

FARM MANAGEMENT*

The curriculum in farm management is designed to prepare students for the following types of positions: on the farm as farm operators and farm managers ; with farm organizations, such as the Farm Bureau and farmers' co-operatives; with private and corporate business concerns; and with State and Federal agencies, such as college teachers, extension and investi- gational workers.

The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental train- ing in the basic economic principles underlying farming. While the cur- riculum is developed primarily from the viewpoint of farm management sufficient basic courses in general agricultural economics, marketing, finance. and land economics are included to give the student the foundation needed to meet the production and distribution problems confronting the individual farmer in a progressive rural community.

Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farni business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and operat- ing the farm as a business enterprise. It requires not only knowledge of many factors involved in the production of crops and animals, but also administrative ability to coordinate them into the most efficient farm organization. Such knowledge enables the student to perceive the just relationship of the several factors of production and distribution as applic- able to local conditions, and to develop an executive and administrative capacity.

Semester

Curriculum

Sophomore Year j

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) „ _ 2

Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) 3

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) _...

Greneral Horticulture (Hort. If) 3

G*eology ( Geol. If) _ _ „ 3

Cereal Crop Production (Agron. If) „ 3

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is)

Poultry Management (P. H. 2s) _ _„_ _

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) 2

16

Semester

11

2 3 3

_ 3

16

♦students electing the Farm Management curriculum must present evidence of having acquired at least one year of practical farm experience.

98

Junior Year I

Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf) — — - 3

Marketing of Farm Products (A. E. 102s) —

Analysis of the Farm Business (A. E. 107s) —

Feeds and Feeding (A. H. 102f) — — - 3

Money and Banking (Fin. 53s) „ —

Farm Machinery (Agr. Engr. lOlf) 3

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (A. H. 2f) , — 3

Electives - 4

16 Senior Year

Cooperation in Agriculture (A. E. 103f) — 3

Farm Management (A, E. 108f ) - ~ - 3

Farm Finance (A. E. 104s) -... —

Rural Life and Education (R. Ed. 110s) —

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) _ 3

Economic Statistics (Stat. 15s) _ —

Land Economics (A. E. lllf ) „ _ 3

Prices of Farm Products (A. E. 106s) „ - - —

Electives -- ~ — 4

//

3 3

16

3 3

3

4

' 16 16

HORTICULTURE

The department offers instruction in pomology (fruits), olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers), and ornamental gardening. These courses prepare students to enter the field of commercial production and to meet the demand for men in the -horticultural industries. Students are likewise prepared to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer companies, seed companies, equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter specialized fields of research and teach- ing may take advanced work in the department.

The State of Maryland and other states offer many excellent opportu- nities in horticultural industries: large fruit enterprises, producing apples, peaches, strawberries, raspberries, and other fruits for domestic and foreign markets; extensive greenhouse establishments, growing flowers and vege- tables; canning and preserving factories in vegetable and fruit areas; nur- series, propagating trees and plants of all kinds; and concentrated farming areas devoted to vegetable production for market and canning. These in- dustries require men with a specialized knowledge of production and mar- keting phases of the horticultural crops which are produced.

Students in horticulture have considerable latitude in the selection of horticultural courses, but usually find it advisable to specialize by electing all of the courses offered in pomology, olericulture, or floriculture, accord- ing to the suggested curricula. Students who wish to specialize in land- scape architecture will be given an opportunity to secure certain basic

99

courses in the curriculum for ornamental horticulture, but must plan to spend additional time at another institution where a complete landscape curriculum is offered.

The department is equipped with several greenhouses and a modern horticultural building, with laboratories and cold storage rooms, for horti- cultural teaching and research. Extensive acreage near the University is devoted to the growing of fruit trees and vegetable crops. An arboretum with many ornamental plants has been started on the University grounds for use in teaching of horticulture and other related subjects.

The suggested curricula will be adjusted to the special needs of students whose interests lie in the general scientific field or those who are preparing for work in technical lines. The object is to fit students most effectively to fill positions of several types.

Curricula

Pomology and Olericulture Semester

Sophomore Year / //

Diseases of Plants (Pit. Path. If) „.... 4

Geology ( Geol. If) _ _ 3

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57f) 3 -

General Botany (Bot. 3s) , _ _ _ „ — 4

Introductory Entomology (Ent. Is) ~ ^ — 3

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is) - — 3-5

General Horticulture (Hort. If, 2s) 3 3

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) 2 2

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys.

Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y) 2 2

r . ^ ' 17 17-19

Junior Yea/r

• Fruit Production (Hort. 3f, 4s) 2-3 2

Plant Physiology (Pit. Phys. lOlf) 4

Small Fruits ( Hort. 8s ) _ — 2-3

Vegetable Production (Hort. 5s) - _ - — 3

Diseases -of Special Crops (Pit. Path. lOlf, 102s) 3 or 3

World Fruits and Nuts (Hort. 106s) — 2

Electives - - -....- 6-10 3-8

Senior Year

Genetics (Zool. 104f) 3

Technology of Horticultural Plants (Hort. lOlf, 102s; 103f,

104s) - „ 4 4

Insect Pests of Special Groups (Ent. l<)3f, 104s) 3 3

Seminar (Hort. Illy) _ 1 1

Systematic Pomology (Hort. 109f) or Systematic Olericulture

(Hort. llOf), or Farm Management (A. E. lOSf) 3 -

Electives ~ 1 J

100 15 15

Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Semester

I 11

Sophomore Year

Geology (Geol. If) -- ■■•■--- "7

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) -• • ^ J

General Horticulture (Hort. If) - - - ^

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y)

Elect from the following courses:

General Botany (Bot. 3s) -- -•- *

Landscape Gardening (Hort. llf) — 2 —

Plane Surveying (Surv. 2y) - - - • 2 ^

Engineering Drawing (Dr. If) — 2

Diseases of Plants (Pit. Path. If) - — - -* —

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) 3

Introductory Entomology (Ent. Is) - — - ®

16 14-17

Junior Year

Soils and Fertilizers (Soils Is)

Plant Materials (Hort. 107y) — ^

Plant Physiology (Pit. Phys. lOlf) - 4

Elect from the following courses:

Genetics (Zool. 104f) - - ^

Vegetable Production (Hort. 5s)

Civic Art ( Hort. 14s ) - - —

Landscape Design (Hort. I2f, 13s) 3

Commercial Floriculture (Hort. lOy) - ^

16

Senior Year %

Seminar ( Hort. Illy) - ^

Special Problems (Hort. 112y) - 2

Technology of Horticultural Plants (Hort. 105f ) 2

Electives » _ - ^^

16

6 2

8 2 3

4

14-17

1 2

13

16

Elect from courses listed for the Sophomore and Junior Years and from other coursesf offered in Entomology, Agronomy, Agricultural Engineering, Botany, Economics, Genetics, Statistics, Plant Physiology, Bacteriology, Plant Pathology, Speech, English, Business Administration, Modern Languages, Fine Arts, or Education.

tSuch electives are advised for all students in Horticulture.

101

POULTRY HUSBANDRY

The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raisin^ ,' marketmg, distribution, and processing of poultry products; po;^. improvement work; and as a basis for graduate training for tea^chZt research m poultry husbandry. ^ ^^

The poultry industry of Maryland ranks second to dairying in economic importance among the agricultural industries of the State. Nearby ma2 provide a profitable outlet for poultry products of high quality in larl vo ume than now produced in the State. The necessary quality can attained by intelligent, trained poultry husbandmen.

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students. For example, most students will be expected to take the courses m Agricultural Industry and Resources and Farm Organization offered m the general curriculum for the freshman year. Superior students definitely anticipating preparation for a professional career in poultry hus' bandry, will be expected to take language instead. However, all students concentrating in poultry husbandry will be required to complete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry.

Curriculum

ci J ,, Semester

Sophomore Year In

Poultry Production (P. H. If) 3 _

Poultry Management (P. H. 2s) ^ ZZZ — 3

Advanced Public Speaking (Speech 3f, 4s) Z 2 ">

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys!

Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y) 2 2

Elect one of the following:

*

Elements of Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12Ay, 12By) )

Economics (Econ. 57f, A. E. 102s) f- ^ ^

Other Electives: These will be chosen from the physical sci- ences, modern languages, and elementary courses in agri- culture _ _ g g

16

16

If ■ff

I

Semester

Junior Year

Poultry Biology (P. H. 3f)

Poultry Genetics (P. H. 101s) „ _ _

Poultry Nutrition (P. H. 102s) „...._ —

Poultry Physiology (P. H. 106f ) _ _ ....„ „

General Bacteriology ( Bact . If ) _ _ „....- —

Farm Finance (A. E. 104s) _.... —

Genetics (Zool. 104f) _

General Physiological Chemistry (Chem. 108s) or Pathogenic

Bacteriology ( Bact. 2s ) _

Economics (Econ. 57f, A. E. 102s) or Electives

Farm Buildings (Agr. Engr. 105f) ^

/

2

2

4

//

3 2

3 2

4 3-4

16 15-16

Senior Year

Poultry Products Marketing Problems (P. H. 104f, 105s) 2

Poultry Hygiene (V. S. 107s) _ —

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (P. H. 107f ) 2

Commercial Poultry Management (P. H. 108s) —

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) 3

Biological Statistics (Stat. 112s) —

Rural Sociology ( Soc. 103f ) „ 3

Preservation of Poultry Products (F. Tech. 108s) » ^ —

Electives „ > - 6

16

2 3

2

3

2 5

17

SPECIAL STUDENTS IN AGRICULTURE

Mature students (see Special Students, page 54) may, with consent of the Dean, register as special students and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular curriculum, but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university fees for these special students are the same as fees for regular students.

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrange- ments have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit classes and work in the laboratories of the different de- partments. This opportunity is created to aid florists, poultrymen, fruit- growers, gardeners, or other especially interested persons who are able to get away from their work at some time during the year.

The regular charges are *$5.00 for registration and $1.50 per credit hour per month for the time of attendance.

102

One registration is good for any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four years.

103

i

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION

The Agricultural Experiment Station is the research agency of the University, dealing with problems related to agriculture. Support for research is provided by both State and Federal appropriations. The Federal Acts are as follows: Hatch Act, 1887; Adams Act, 1906; Pumell Act, 1925- and Bankhead-Jones Act, 1935.

The Hatch Act established State Experiment Stations and defined the scope and type of original researches that might be undertaken. In general, the work done under the Hatch and Adams funds pertains to the physical and biological sciences and promotes a better understanding of plants and animals. The Pumell Act bears more directly upon investigations and experiments having to do with manufacture, preparation, use, distribution, and marketing of agricultural products. Its funds may be used also for such economic and sociological investigations as have for their purpose the development and improvement of rural homes and rural life. Work under Bankhead-Jones funds must have a bearing upon new and improved methods of production and distribution, new and extended use and markets for agricultural commodities and by-products and manufactures thereof, and research relating to conservation, development, and use of land and water resources for agricultural purposes.

In addition to work conducted at the University, the Station operates an experimental farm of 50 acres at Ridgely for canning crops and grain farming, a farm of 60 acres at Upper Marlboro for tobacco investigations, and a farm of 234 acres near Ellicott City for livestock. Regional tests and experiments are conducted in cooperation with farmers at many differ- ent points in the State. Most of these cooperative experiments deal with crops, soils, fertilizers, orchards and insect and plant disease control, and serve as checks upon the more detailed and fundamental work done at the main Station.

EXTENSION SERVICE

The Extension Service of the University of Maryland was established by State and Federal laws, and is designed to assist farmers and their families in promoting the prosperity and wdfare of agriculture and rural life. Its work is conducted in cooperation with the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture.

The Extension Service is represented in each county of the State by a county agent and a home demonstration agent. Through these agents and its staff of specialists, it comes into intimate contact with rural people and with problems of the farm and home.

Practically every phase of agriculture and rural home life comes within the scope of extension work. Farmers are supplied with details of crop and livestock production, and with instructions for controlling diseases and insect pests; they are encouraged and aided in organized efforts, helped with marketing problems and assisted in improving economic conditions

104

n the farm. Rural women are assisted likewise in problems of the home and with such information as tends to make rural home life attractive and satisfying- The 4-'H Club work for rural boys and girls provides a valu- able type of instruction in agriculture and home economics, and affords a real opportunity to deveilop self-confidence, perseverance, and leadership.

The Extension Service works in accord with all other branches of the University and with all agencies of the United States Department of Agri- culture. It is charged with carrying out in Maryland the program of the Agricultural Adjustment Administration. It cooperates with all farm and community organizations in the State which have as their major object the improvement of agriculture and rural life; and it aids in making effec- tive the regulatory and other measures instituted by the State Board of Agriculture.

REGULATORY ACTIVITIES

Regulatory services carried on under the supervision of members of the faculty and staff of the College of Agriculture have as their general aim the reduction of loss caused by insect pests and diseases of animals and plants, protection of human health by guarding against communicable dis- eases of livestock and unwholesome products, improvement in quality of farm products, and maintenance of guaranteed quality in seeds, feeds, fer- tilizers, and limes. These services are carried on in accordance with laws and regulations under which they were established. Actual enforcement is involved in some activities, while in others the work is primarily or entirely educational.

Agencies engaged in various forms of regulatory activities include the Livestock Sanitary Service, State Horticultural Department, State Depart- ment of Markets, State Seed Service, and State Department of Forestry. Operating under the State Chemist at the University, there is also the enforcement of regulations pertaining to fertilizers, limes, and feeds.

These agencies are at work constantly in efforts to control and eradicate, when possible, any serious pests and diseases of animals, of crops of all kinds, of shade trees, of ornamental plants, and of forest trees. They are ever on the alert to prevent introduction of pests and diseases into the State and execute the laws and regulations with respect to shipping animals, plants, and other products into and out of Maryland. They deal with such problems as control and eradication of tuberculosis and Bang's disease of cattle, Japanese beetle, and white pine blister rust.

By inspection and certification of seeds and farm products and through demonstrations of recognized grades and standards, they contribute to im- provement in quality and marketing conditions.

105

Requirements for Admission

CX)LLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

L. B. Broughton, Dean,

The College of Arts and Sciences provides four years of liberal training m the biological sciences, economics, history, languages and literatures mathematics, philosophy, the physical sciences, political science, psychology' and sociology. It thus affords an opportunity to acquire a general educa- tion which will serve as a foundation for whatever profession or vocation the student may choose. In particular, it lays the foundation for the pro- fessions of dentistry, law, medicine, nursing, teaching, and theology, and the more technical professions of engineering, public health service, 'public administration, and business. The College of Arts and Sciences offers to the students of the other colleges of the University training in fundamental subjects, both classical and scientific, which should permit them to acquire the perspective necessary for liberal culture and public service.

Divisions

The College of Arts and Sciences is divided into one Lower Division and four Upper Divisions. Under the latter are grouped the following departments:

A. The Division of Biological Sciences: Bacteriology, Botany, Entom- ology, Genetics, and Zoology.

B. The Division of Humanities: Art, Classical Languages and Litera- tures, Comparative Literature, English Literature and Philology, Mod- ern Languages and Literatures, Music, Philosophy, and Speech.

C. The Division of Physical Sciences: Astronomy, Chemistry, Geology,

Mathematics, and Physics.

D. The Division of Social Sciences: Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.

The work of the first and second years in the College of Arts and Sciences is taken in the Lower Division. It is designed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him for specialization in the junior and senior years.

The Upper Divisions direct the courses of study of students doing their major work in the College of Arts and Sciences during their junior and senior years, and designate general requirements, the fulfillment of which is necessary to qualify a student for admission to major work in an Upper Division.

106

I

1

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, • rreneral, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools of the University. See Section I, Admission, page 51.

For admission to the premedical curriculum, two years of any one foreign language are required. A detailed statement of the requirements for admission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre- medical curriculum will be found under the heading School of Medicine. See page 225.

Degrees

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the requirements pre- scribed in the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts and Bache- lor of Science.

Students of this college who have completed the regular course in either the Division of Humanities or the Division of Social Sciences are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Any student who has met the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science is awarded that degree, provided the major portion of the work has been done in the field of science, and the application has the approval of the science department in which the major work has been carried.

Students who have elected the combined program of Arts and Sciences and Medicine may be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science after the completion of at least three years of work in this college and the first year of the School of Medicine.

Those electing the combined five-year Academic and Nursing curriculum, for which the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing may be awarded upon the completion of the full course, must take the prenursing curriculum at College Park before the Nursing Course in Baltimore.

Those taking the combined course in Arts and Law may be awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree after the completion of three years of the work of this college and one year of the full-time law course, or its equivalent, in the School of Law.

Residence

The last thirty credits of any curriculimi leading to a baccalaureate de- gree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in residence in this University.

Requirements for Degrees

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements:

1. University Requirements.

2. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements.

3. Major and Minor Requirements.

4. Special Upper Division Requirements.

107

1. University Requirements — See page 57.

2. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements — A minimum of 120 credits must be acquired, not including the six credits of basic military science required of all able-bodied men students, or the six credits of physical edu- cation for women and for such men as are excused from military science.

A student must acquire at least 58 credits, exclusive of military science and physical education, with an average grade of at least C in the Lower Division, before being admitted to an Upper Division.

The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as possi- ble, before the beginning of the junior year and must be completed before graduation:

I. English and Speech — fourteen credits. Of these, Survey and Compo- sition I (Eng. ly) and Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) are required.

II. Foreign Languages and Literatures — twelve credits of one language.

III. Social Sciences — twelve credits. This requirement is fulfilled by elect- ing courses in Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.

IV. Natural Sciences and Mathematics — twelve credits. Of these one year must be in natural science.

V. Military Science or Physical Education — six credits.

3. Major and Minor Requirements — At the beginning of the junior year each student must select a major in one of the fields of study of an Upper Division, and before graduation must complete a major and a minor. The courses constituting the major and the minor selected must conform to the requirements of the department in which the major work is done.

Before beginning a major or a minor the student should have acquired 12 prerequisite credits in fundamental courses in the field chosen, or in a closely related field satisfactory to the department and the Division, with an average grade of at least C before credit will be allowed towards com- pletion of the major or minor requirements.

A major shall consist, in addition to the 12 prerequisite credits required in the Lower Division, of not fewer than 20 nor more than 36 credits in one of the fields of study. Of these credits at least 8 must be acquired in courses listed for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

A minor shall consist, in addition to the 12 prerequisite credits required in the Lower Division, of not fewer than 12 nor more than 20 credits in some field of study other than the major. At least 6 of these must be acquired in courses listed for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

Not more than 15 credits may be acquired in any field of study other than the major or minor during the last two years, in addition to those which meet the College of Aits and Sciences requirements.

108

T1.P average grade of the work taken in the major and minor fields must be at least C. A general average of at least C is required for graduation.

4 Special Upper Divi^on Requirements—

A. Division of Biological Sciences. See page 113.

B. Division of Himianities. See page 118.

C. Division of Physical Sciences. See page 120.

D. Division of Social Sciences. See page 127.

Certification of High School Teachers

Tf courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective M^h school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with major and mhior in one. of the Upper Divisions of this College.

The College of Education requires that at least twenty credits must be acquired in educational subjects before one can be certified for high school teaching.

Electives in Other Colleges and Schools

A limited number of courses may be counted for credit in the College of Arts and Sciences for work done in other colleges and schools of the

University. .

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges

and schools is as follows:

College of Agriculture— Fifteen.

College of Commerce — Fifteen.

College of Education— Twenty.

College of Engineering— Fifteen.

College of Home Economics— Fifteen.

School of Law-In the combined program the first year of law must be { completed.

I School of Medicine-In the combined program the first year of medicine

'i must be completed. •

School of Nursing— In the combined program the three years of nursing must be completed.

Normal Load

The normal load for the freshman in this college is sixteen credits per semester, including one hour of basic military science or physical education.

The normal load for the sophomore year is seventeen credits per semester, two of which are in military science or physical education.

The normal load in the junior and senior years is 15 credits per semester With the permission of the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences and

109

N

the Chairman of the Division, this load may be increased to 17, a maxin,, except for honor students. The load of honor students shall 1 eS.*? discrebon of the Dean and the Chairman of the Division but i^ no V^ shall It exceed 19 credits per semester. '^^«

Advisers

Freshmen and sophomores in this college shall consider the Dean of ,^. College and the Chairman of the Lower Division their advisers *'

On entrance to the Upiversity each student of the College of Arts .r,H Sciences is assigned to a member of the faculty of the CoIWp llf as his special adviser. The student should consult LadSfrTn Tu matir of his university life in which he may need advice. ""

Juniors and seniors must consider the chairmen of their mn,v,. ^ . ments their advisers, and shall consult them aZtt^ZrT—S't

itTadtr^^ "' *=""^^" ^"' ^"^ ^^''^^ -^"^ - whichTerCd:!

110

THE LOWER DIVISION

Charles E. White, Chairman,

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is designed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him for specialization in the junior and senior years.

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his admission into one of the Upper Divisions of the College. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study is to be obtained.

Suggested courses of study for the freshman and sophomore years are given under certain of the Upper Divisions. The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be best fitted. It will be noted that there is a great deal of similarity in these outlines for the first two years, and a student need not consider himself attached to any particular Upper Division until the beginning of his junior year, at which time it is necessary to select a major.

The minimum requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences, as out- lined on page 108, should be completed as far as possible in the Low^er Division.

Curriculum Freshman Year Required : /

♦Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) ^ 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) - 1

Foreign Language (French, German, Spanish, Latin, Greek,

Italian) ^ _ - ~ - — - 3

Science (Botany, Chemistry, Physics, Zoology) 3 or 4

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. ly or 2y and 4y) ^ - 1

Elect from the following so that the total credits each semes- ter are 16 or 17:

A Survey of Western Civilization (H. ly) — 3

History of England and Great Britain (H. 3y) _ 3

American History (H. 5f, 6s) _ 3

Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s; 21f, 22s) 3 or 4

Economic Geography (T. and T. If) 3

Development of Commerce and Industry (T. and T. 4s) —

American National Government (Pol. Sci. If and s) 3

Semester II

3

3 3 or 4

3 3 3

3 or 4

or

3

3

*A placement test is given during Registration Week to determine whether the student 18 adequately prepared for Eng. ly. A student failing this test is required to take Eng. A, a one-semester course, without credit. After five weeks, he may be transferred from E"g. A to Eng. ly, for which he will receive full credit, or from Eng. ly to Eng. A, according to his demonstrated ability.

Ill

State and Local Government (Pol. Sci. 4f and s) o ^^

Comparative Government (Pol. Sci 7f 8s) """" "*""' 9 ^^ ^

Latin and Greek in Current English uWe( Classics Sf; 4^^^^^^^^^^ 2

Library Methods (L. S. If and s) 2

Art (Art If, 2f, 3s, 4s) ** " ^ ^^ 1

Music (Mus. ly, 2y, 3y, 4y, 5y)..I " *i7 ^ f 2

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) ** — /2 to ^ 3oto2

- 1 1

16-17 Sophomore Year

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s)

Foreign Language ' ~ " ^

General Electives from the Colleg^^;;^ A;t7ai^^^ ^

Sr/' Vll^ ^T'""''^ *^^ ^P^^^fi^ requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences. 9-lo

^'orl; Sd^^) '• '"^ " '^''^"''' Educatbn (Pi;^ eI^ "

16-1

3 3

9-10 2

17-18 17-18

112

A— DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

L. H. James, Chairman.

The Division of Biological Sciences is organized to stimulate close co- ordination between all activities in the field of biology. The Division in- cludes the Departments of Bacteriology, Botany, Entomology, and Zoology.

Each department within the Division has one or more established cur- ricula. To meet the demands for technically trained workers in the biological sciences these curricula are designed to give specialized training, particu- larly during the last two years of college work. They provide, more specifi- cally, the basic knowledge and experience required for (1) teaching in secondary schools; (2) research and regulatory w^ork in federal, state, and municipal departments and bureaus; (3) admission to graduate study in the preparation for college teaching and advanced research; and (4) entrance to the professional schools of medicine, dentistry, and nursing.

Instruction

Alliance of the biological sciences presents an opportunity for the pur- suit of a well coordinated program of study. Completion of a suggested undergraduate curriculum under any one of the departments fulfills the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science. Advanced work also is presented in each of the biological sciences for the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

Although the undergraduate training in any Department of the Division is both thorough and well-balanced, nevertheless, one or more years of post- graduate instruction and experience and the attainment of an advanced degree are desirable in preparation for the larger opportunities that arise in this rapidly expanding field. The need for workers in the fields of agri- culture, home economics, industry, public health, etc., presents almost unlimited opportunities for specialization and has made it necessary to correlate closely the undergraduate courses in this Division with those offered in the Graduate School in order to equip the advanced student adequately in his own work and in related fields.

A special curriculum in General Biological Science is presented primarily for those interested in teaching biological science or general science in elementary and high schools. Students in the preprofessional schools who expect to complete their work for the degree of Bachelor of Science inay, in following the preprofessional curriculum, complete a major in certain departments of the Division of Biological Sciences by the proper selection of courses.

The particular professions and lines of work for which each department m this Division prepares its students are outlined in greater detail under the description of each department.

113

J

Requirements for Graduation

1. University Requirements. See page 57.

2. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements. See page 108.

3. Physical Sciences — Ten semester hours in addition to the twelve re- quired by the College of Arts and Sciences, the total to include basic courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics.

Fields of Study

The curriculum outlined in each field of study represents the courses which, in the judgment of the Department and Division, are necessary for an adequate training in the particular subject. In most curricula enough elec- tives are included to give the student ample opportunity to study subjects outside his major or minor departments in which he may have become in- terested or in which further training is desired.

Bacteriology

The courses in this Department prepare students for such positions as dairy, sanitary, food, and soil bacteriologists in federal, state, and municipal departments and for public health, research, and industrial positions. The suggested curricula are given on pages 91 and 92.

Botany

The Department of Botany offers three major fields of work: General Botany and Morphology, Plant Pathology, and Plant Physiology and Ecology. For further information and the suggested curriculum see page 93.

Entomology

The Department of Entomology is equipped to furnish general courses for students of biology and other subjects in the College of Arts and Sciences as well as to train students for careers in research, teaching, or control work in the field of professional Entomology.

Two courses offered by the Department, Ent. 1 and Ent. 5s, have been organized particularly to meet the needs of students in the College of Arts and Sciences. Several other courses will serve to strengthen the pro- gram of students with a major in the biological sciences. In view of the fact that nearly 80 per cent of all known species of animals in the world are insects, it is essential that the students of biology elect some work in entomology. The suggested curriculum is given on page 97.

Zk)ology

TV^P Zoology Department offers courses designed to train students for ll^aLd for service in the biological bureaus of the United States rinme^t and in the biological departments of the various states. SlhS placed on morphology, physiology, and marine biology. Instruc rranTop^^^^^ for original investigation in the latter are supple-

^ tpd bv the research facilities and courses of instruction offered at rChesapea^^^^ Biological Laboratory, a description of which is found on page 390.

Curriculum

Semester

freshman Year

Fundamentals of Zoology (Zool. 2y) -

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) ~ -

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) - - - ^

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) -

Modern Language (French or German) -....^. ^^^

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. L ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. ly or 2y and 4y) --• --• -

16

Sophomore Year

Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (Zool. 4f) 3

Vertebrate Embryology (Zool. 20s) - -

General Botany (Bot. If) or General Bacteriology (Bact. If)... 4 General Bacteriology (Bact. Is) or Pathogenic Bacteriology

(Bact. 2s) - - -•■ ""

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) - — ^

Modem Language (French or German) - 3

Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) - ^

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys.

Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y) -.-. - ~ — ^

18

//

4 4 3 1 3

16

4 3 8 3

2

18

114

115

Semester

Junior Year I ^

Histological Technique (Zool. 102s) — o

Genetics (Zool. 104f) 3 ^

General Physics (Phys. ly) _.... - 4 ^

Electives (Zoology) _ 3 -3

Electives fi

15

Senior Year

Journal Club ( Zool. 106y ) 1

General Animal Physiology (Zool. 103y) 3

Electives 11

15

15

9

y

11

15

General Biological Sciences

A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology but whose interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences. The courses as outlined familiarize the student with the general principles and methods of each of the biological sciences.

By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years a student may concentrate his work sufficiently in any one of the fields of study to be able to continue in graduate work in that field. Also by a proper selection of electives, the educational requirements of the State Department of Education for certification can be met.

Sopfiomore Year

Qinrvev and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) .-- ••■■■•

Snts of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s)

Modem Language (French or German)

Introductory Entomology (Ent. If) —

General Bacteriology (Bact. Is).....- -..-»...--...--.- — •-•"- ~

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) -

Electives ~ -

Semester
I	//
3	3
3	3
3	3
3	—
	4
2	2
4	8

18

Junior Year

General Physics (Phys. ly) -. -

Electives ( Social Sciences ) - ^

Electives ( Biological Sciences ) -

Electives __

16

Senior Year

Electives (Social Sciences)

Electives ( Biological Sciences )

Electives -

16

18

4 3 6 3

16

3

7 5

15

Requirements

A major in general biological sciences shall consist of not fewer than 40 credits in the biological sciences, of which no fewer than 14 credits must be acquired in courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

Curriculum

Freshman Year

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) _ 3

Modem Language (French or German) _ 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) _ _.„.. 1

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) 4

General Botany (Bot. If) _ 4

General Zoology (Zool. Is) _ _.... „ —

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys.

Ed. ly or 2y and 4y) 1

16

3 3 1 4

4

1 16

116

117

B— THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES

Adolf E. Zucker, Chairman

The Division of Humanities is composed of the Departments of Art Classical Languages, Comparative Literature, English Language and Lit- erature, Modem Languages and Literatures, Music, Philosophy, and Speech.

This Division has two main functions: (1) to provide for its own major students a thorough training in literature, philosophy, languages, and the fine arts; (2) to furnish for students in other Divisions, especially for those taking preprofessional work, background and elective studies in the departments of the Division.

At present, the Division offers major and minor work for the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees in English Language and Literature and in Modem Languages and Literatures; major work for the Master of Arts may be elected in Comparative Literature and General Linguistics, and minor work in Philosophy. Detailed requirements for these degrees are given under the departmental announcements and in the catalogue of the Graduate School.

Training for the Master of Arts degree is directed especially toward acquainting the candidate with methods of research and the literature in his own fields. For the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, the candidate is required not only to be thoroughly acquainted with his major and minor fields and with the scholarly accomplishments therein, but also to devote himself intensively to a specific research problem in which he shall make an original contribution to human knowledge.

Division Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree

The following requirements in addition to those of the College of Arts and Sciences (including a general average of C, see page 108) should be completed, as far as possible, before the beginning of the junior year.

1. Library Science — one credit.

2. English 2/, 3s — six credits. .

3. Modem Language — To be accepted unconditionally in the Division of Humanities, a student must have attained a reading knowledge of at least one foreign language. In satisfaction of this requirement, he must pass one of the general language examinations, which are given during the first and last days of each semester, with a grade as high as C. Maryland students should take the examination not later than the close of the sophomore year or the beginning of the junior year. Transfer students should take the examination upon entrance. The student must show in this examination that he has attained the

118

-r lizs^i^^ t^^ rSHS

It least 1^^^^^^^ of one foreign language in college. 4. Philosophy— three credits. 5 Psychology— three credits.

, Ma^or ana Minor ^^<^^^^':^ ^JZLL^^:^ ^ student must have acquired t^^^^.^.^Xl. satisfactory to the depart- the field chosen or in a ^l^-^yj'^^^.'.^fg;:^^^^^^^ C, before

ment and the Division, ^1*^/" ^^^'^^^^^J^!, „. the major or minor credit will be allowed toward the completion of the major

reauirements. In addition: .

A major shall consist of not fewer than 20 -r more than 36

eri'dits, In addition to the 12 cre^^ts -^--^16 of t^r^crXs

1Z^i:Z^ rclrl^:ro^aa^Sunder.raduates and

sSn in one of the above fields of study not elected - t^^^^ maior or in some other field of study authorized m the College oi Lt's^nd Sciences. At least 9 of these credits must ^e t,,en xn courses listed for advanced undergraduates and graduates The student must acquire at least 30 credits in courses not included m the major or minor. j^r^onf marital

353).

MAJOR AND MINOR

Fields of Study

Comparative Literature English French ♦♦General Linguistics German

♦Greek Latin

♦Philosophy Speech Spanish

Not available at present for a major. Major only for Master of Arts Degree.

*XT

**

119

C— THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES

WiLBERT J. Huff, Chairman

The Division of Physical Sciences is composed of the departments of Astronomy, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, and Physics. On the fol. lowing pages the division outlines a number of curricula, each requir- ing four years for completion, leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts together with five year programs in Chem- istry-Chemical Engineering and Applied Physics. The departments of study have developed courses to contribute to the liberal education of students not primarily interested in science; to provide the basic knowledge of the physical sciences necessary in so many professions such as agricul- ture, dentistry, engineering, home economics, medicine, pharmacy, and others; to equip teachers of the Physical Sciences for secondary schools and colleges; and to train students for professional service as chemists, chemical engineers, geologists, mathematicians, physicists, and statisticians; and to prepare for graduate study and research in the Physical Sciences.

The fields of knowledge represented by the Physical Sciences are so vast and their applications are so important that it is impossible to deal ade- quately with any one in a four-year undergraduate curriculum. Students who aspire to proficiency are therefore encouraged to continue their studies in the graduate years. In the work leading to a Master's degree, the student becomes acquainted with the general aspects of the field. In partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, the student must demonstrate a command of his chosen field sufficiently great to permit him to make independent investigations and creative contributions.

No degree will be granted to a student in any department of Physical Sciences whose general average in all courses offered for the degree is below C. To enroll in the Division of Physical Sciences, at the beginning of the junior year a student must select a major in one of the departments and before graduation must complete a major and a cognate minor selected to conform to the requirements of the department in which the major work is done.

The candidate for a baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences will be governed by the requirements for that degree established by the University and the College. A student will be considered a major in one of the Departments of the Division of Physical Sciencies only when he has completed a program approved by the department concerned. The following suggested curricula outline the general requirements of these departments.

For the University requirements see page 57.

For the College of Arts and Sciences requirements and major and minor requirements see page 108.

Detailed description of the undergraduate and graduate courses offered in this Division is given in Section III of this catalogue, Description of Courses.

120

Chemistry

f «f rhpmiqtrv includes agricultural and biological, ana- The Department "fCh^^^^^^^^ J ^^^^^^^ ^.^^ ^^^ ^^ate

•>'^'^'';/rSThffonoJing curriculum provides students with a wel iTedlralning in chemistry Lt is adequate preparation for the pursmt of graduate work.

Curriculum ^ .

Semester

I II

preshman Year . ^ ,^ . ^ 3 8

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly)-.^ ^ 3

Modem Language (French or German)... .^^--.^^■•.■■•^"•^^ •

CoS Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Math. 21f, 22s) 4 J

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) ^ ^

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) -■- - - ^ ^

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) — - ••; — •

BasTc R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. ^ ^

ly or 2y and 4y) ___ __

17 17

Sophomore Year _ 2 2

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) .-..-.-•• ^ 3

Modem Language (French or German) ^ ^

Calculus (Math. 23y ) 3 3

Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 2y) - --•"--•- ~- ^ 2

Elementary Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8Ay)...^- ^ ^

Elementary Organic Laboratory (Cheni. 8By) "-, "7 "T

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. ^ ^

3y or 6y and 8y) - _

18 18

Junior Year 4 4

Quantitative Analysis (CJhem. 6y) •• ^ 2

Advanced Organic Chemistry (Chem. 116y) - ^ ^

Organic Laboratory (Chem. 117y) ^ g

General Physics (Phys. 2y) --- - 2 2

Electives (Social Sciences) -.-- -

15 15

Senior Year o 3

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102 Ay) ^

Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. 102By) - ^ ^

Advanced Organic Laboratory (Chem. 118y) ^

English Language or Literature - - ^

Electives (Six must be in Social Sciences) ^ ^

15 15

121

Chemical Engineering—Chemistry

A five-year pi-ogram in Chemical Engineering and Chemistry ha. h. arranged between the College of Engineering and the College 7f Arts . !! Sciences which permits students who so desire to become candidates f the degree of Bachelor of Science and of Bachelor of Science in Engine^ ! This curriculum is outlined on page 176. ^'

Mathematics

The Mathematics curriculum is designed for students who desire a thor ough traming in the fundamentals of Mathematics in preparation t; teaching, research, or graduate work in Mathematics. Outstanding studen m Mathematics may be awarded the honors degree in Mathematics. F further details see page 345.

16

Curriculum

Freshman Year

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly)

Modem Language (French or German)

College Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Math721f, 2^^^^^^^

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) _/

General Chemistry (Chem. ly)

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or PhysicarEducation (^^^^^^^^ ly or 2y and 4y)

Sophomore Year

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) „....

Modem Language (French or German)..

Calculus (Math. 23y) ^

General Physics (Phys. 2y) ZZ

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education "(S^^^ 3y or 6y and 8y) v j^ .

Junior Year

Higher Algebra (Math. 141f, 142s) _ 2

Physical Chemistry (Chem. lD2Ay) ZZZZ'Z'. 3

Mathematical Physics (Phys. lllf, 112s) ZZ 3

Pictorial Geometry (Math. 18y) ....._ ZZZ 2

Elective (Social Sciences) ZZIZ^ZI. 3

Advanced Differential Equations (Math. 153f)... 2

Topics in Analysis (Math. 154s) ZZ. —

15

122

SmnesUr

I	//
3	3
3	3
4	4
1	1
4	4

16

3	0
3	3
4	4
5	5

2

17

2 3 3 2 3

2

15

Semester

Senior Year I II

Analytic Mechanics (Math. 130f, 131s) 2 2

Advanced Calculus (Math. 143f, 144s) _..... , „ 2 2

Theory of Equations (Math. 151f) 2 —

Mathematical Seminar (Math. 140y) „ 2 2

Electron Physics (Phys. 109y) ' 3 3

Electives (Including 6 credits in Social Sciences) _ _ 4 6

15 15

Physics

Two curricula are offered in Physics, (1) the General Physics curriculum for students who desire a thorough training in the fundamentals of Physics in preparation for graduate work, research, and the teaching of Physics, (2) the Applied Physics curriculum for students who desire to train for industrial and applied physical research. The latter is intended to prepare students for positions in governmental laboratories and in the laboratories established by many industries for testing, research, and development through the application of physical principles and tools.

The completion of the first four years of the latter curriculum leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics; the completion of the five years with a satisfactory thesis to that of Master of Science in Physics.

Curriculum I — General Physics

Semester

Freshman Year I

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) > 3

Modem Language (French or German) „ _ 3

College Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Math. 21f, 22s) 4

Generail Chemistry (Chem. ly) _ 4

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) „ 1

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

Iv or 2v and 4v^ 1

17 Sophomore Year

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) '. 3

Modem Language (French or German) 3

Calculus ( Math. 23y ) „...._ 4

General Physics (Phys. 2y ) 5

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) 2

//

3 3 4 4 1 1

17

3 4 5

17

17

123

Junior Year

Advanced Mathematics

Advanced Physics

Elective (Chemistry) Electives

fi^emesfer
/	//
2	2
6	6
3	3
4	4

15

Senior Year

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102Ay)

Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. 102By) o

Advanced Physics _ ■""" ^

Electives """ -• ^

— ^

15

Curriculum II— Applied Physics

Freshman Year

Survey and Composition I (Eng ly) _ o

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) „. " .

Elementary German (German ly) " " g

College Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Mathr21f722s) 4

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) _.„ . ^ "" ' I

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) "" Z

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Ph^i^aF Ed^^ic^n ' (S^^^

ly or 2y and 4y) \ ^ ; ^

17

Sophomore Year

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) ' 3

Second Year German (German 3y)....' ~ o

Calculus (Math. 23y) " 4

General Physics (Phys. 2y) c

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physkaf Educa^^^^^^

Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y) v >^-

.....^...^ — — .... — .......... — ........... ^

0

17

15

3 2 6 4

15

3 J 3 4 4 1

17

3 3 4 5

2

17

Semester

Junior Year ^ I^

Electives ( Social Sciences ) 3 3

Differential Equations for Engineers (Math. 114f) 3 —

Statics and Dynamics (Mech. Is) — ... — 3

Thermodynamics (M. E. 102f) — 3 —

Elements of Plane Surveying (Surv. If) _ 1 —

Precision of Measurements (Phys. lOlf ) _ 3 —

Electricity (Phys. 108y) 3 3

Optics (Phys. 107s) _ -. — 3

Quantitative Analysis (Chem. 4s) ~.. — 4

16 16

Senior Year

Electives (Social Sciences) — 3 3

Strength of Materials (Mech. 102f) ...._ 4 —

Principles of Electrical Engineering (E. E. 101s) — 3

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102Ay) „ 3 3

Heat (Phys. 105f) _.... _....- _ 3 —

Hydraulics (C. E. 102s) — 3

16

Fifth Year

Electives ( Engineering ) _ 3

Electives ( Physics ) 6

Electives 3

12

General Physical Sciences

15

3 6 3

12

For students who desire a general basic knowledge of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in any one, a general curriculum is offered. By proper selection of courses in the junior and senior year a student may concentrate his work sufficiently in any one of the fields of study to be able to continue in graduate work in that field.

A major in the Physical Sciences shall consist of not less than 52 credits in the departments comprising the Division, of which at least 6 shall be acquired in courses listed for advanced undergraduates and graduates in one particular field. At least two courses of not less than three credit hours each in a field cognate to the just-mentioned particular field will be required, and one of these shall be among those listed for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

124

125

Junior Year

Advanced Mathematics

Advanced Physics _.....

Elective (Chemistry) Electives

Sem

ester

I	//
2	2
6	6
3	3
4	4

16

Senior Year

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102Ay) o

Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. 102By) " " 9

Advanced Physics

Electives _.. ^

" - •• — — 4

15

Curriculum II— Applied Physics

Freshman Year

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly)...... «

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) IZZZ i

Elementary German (German ly) 3

College Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Mathr21fr22s7^™ * 4

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) __ . ^ "'"" 2

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) .

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Educ^^^^^^^^ ly or 2y and 4y)

17 Sophomore Year

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) 3

Second Year German (German 3y) ' 3

Calculus (Math. 23y) ZZZir 4

General Physics (Phys. 2y) c

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical" Education (P^^^^^^

Ed. 3y or 6y and 8y) * 2

17

15

3 2 6 4

15

3 1 3 4 4 1

17

3 3 4 5

17

Junior Year I

Electives ( Social Sciences ) ....~ 3

Differential Equations for Engineers (Math. 114f) 3

Statics and Dynamics (Mech. Is) —

Thermodynamics (M. E. 102f) - 3

Elements of Plane Surveying (Surv. If) 1

Precision of Measurements (Phys. lOlf ) _ _ ~..... 3

Electricity (Phys. 108y) -.- 3

Optics ( Phys. 107s ) _ -.... —

Quantitative Analysis (Chem. 4s) - - ~.. —

16

Senior Year

Electives (Social Sciences) 3

Strength of Materials (Mech. 102f) -....- 4

Principles of Electrical Engineering (E. E. 101s) _ _ —

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102Ay) „ 3

Heat (Phys. 105f) „ 3

Hydraulics (C. E. 102s) „ „...._ _...._ —

16 Fifth Year

Electives (Engineering ) 3

Electives ( Physics ) 6

Electives ^ 3

12

Semester II 3

3 3 4

16

S

3 3

3 3

15

«

3

12

?

General Physical Sciences

For students who desire a general basic knowledge of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in any one, a general curriculum is offered. By proper selection of courses in the junior and senior year a student may concentrate his work sufficiently in any one of the fields of study to be able to continue in graduate work in that field.

A major in the Physical Sciences shall consist of not less than 52 credits in the departments comprising the Division, of which at least 6 shall be acquired in courses listed for advanced undergraduates and graduates in one particular field. At least two courses of not less than three credit hours each in a field cognate to the just-mentioned particular field will be required, and one of these shall be among those listed for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

124

125

Curriculum

Freshman Year ' > . ^^

Survey and Composition (Eng. ly) __

Modem Language (French or German)...^ o

College Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Mathf^lZ 22s) 4

General. Chemistry (Chem. ly) J

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly)ZZZZZZ. i

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) ^

Basic R. 0 T. C (M. I. ly) or Ph^^icai Edu^al^ "(Ph^s:^^^^^

ly or 2y and 4y) ^ ^ J^^ ^

17

Sophomore Year

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) o

Modem Language (French or German) o

Calculus (Math. 23y) ^

General Physics (Phys. 2y)

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Educat^^^^^^

3y or 6y and 8y) ^ 2

17

Junior Year

Electives (Chem. 2y; 8Ay and 8By) 3_4

Electives ( Social Sciences ) 3

Electives (Math., Stat., Hist, Philos., Physics, Logic) 2-3

Electives (Biological Sciences) .

Electives ^_^

15

Senior Year

Electives (Social Sciences). Electives

3

12

15

blester II

3 3 4 4 1 1

1

17

3

3

4 5

17

3-4

3

2-3

4 1-3

15

3

12

15

126

D— THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

J. G. Jenkins, Chairman

The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.

In addition to supplying such courses as are required by other divisions and other colleges of the University, the departments in the Division of Social Sciences offer opportunities for advanced training in the several fields represented. A major in Economics is available for students in the College of Arts and Sciences. During the freshman and sophomore years, in addition to the College of Arts and Sciences requirements, Principles of Economics (Econ. 5 If, 52s) should be completed and as many other! lower division social science courses taken as practicable. The Department of Political Science offers the first three years of a combined Arts-Law course and also offers training in the field of public administration. The Depart- ment of Psychology is identified with the development of applied psychology and is in position to supply training in the industrial and clinical phases of the subject. The Department of Sociology provides a course of study preparatory to professional training in social work and offers the courses demanded by civil service examinations for certain positions. All five departments present courses aligned with the teacher-training program represented in the Arts-Education curriculum.

All of the departments offer graduate instruction leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. These advanced degrees are increasingly required for secondary school teaching and for professional positions in the several fields represented.

Requirements for Graduation

1. University requirements, see page 57.

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements^ see page 108.

3. Major and Minor requirements, see page 108.

' Major and Minor Fields of Study

Economics Psychology

History Sociology

Political Science

Combined Program in Arts and Law

The School of Law of the University requires two years of academic credit for admission to the school, or sixty semester hours of college credit.

The University also offers a combined program in Arts and Law, leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. Students pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete the prescribed curriculum in prelegal studies as outlined below, and they must complete the Requirements for Graduation, as indicated on page 108. If students enter the combined program with advanced standing, at least

127

the third full year's work must be completed in residence at College Park Upon the successful completion of one year of full-time law courses in the School of Law in Baltimore, the degree of Bachelor of Arts may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law. The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded upon the completion of the combined program.

Curriculum

Semester

Freshman Year J

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) „ 3

Science or Mathematics. - _. 3

History of England and Great Britain (H. 3y) ~ 3

American National Government (Pol. Sci. If) 3

State and Local Government (Pol. Sci. 4s) ....~ —

Foreign Language _ - 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) - 1

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) — 1

17

Sophomore Year

English „....- 3

Science or Mathematics _ 3

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s) >._ - 3

American History (H. 5f, 6s) _ 3

Foreign Language _ 3

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) 2

17 Junior Year

Introduction to Psychology (Psych. Is) - ~..... —

Constitutional Law (Pol. Sci. I31f) 3

Administrative Law (Pol. Sci. 134s) —

Constitutional History of the United States (H. 115y) 3

Legislatures and Legislation (Pol. Sci. 124s) —

Electives - 6

15

//

3 3 3

3 1

17

3

3 3 3 3

17

3 3 3 6

15

Senior Year

The student may elect either the curriculum for the first year of the School of Law or a fourth year's work from advanced courses offered in Political Science. In either case all of the requirements of the Division of Social Sciences and the College of Arts and Sciences for graduation must have been met.

128

Public Administration

The following suggested curriculum, consisting of a major in Political

Science and a minor in Economics, is offered for the benefit of those students

^ho are looking forward to an administrative career in the public service.

Curriculum

Semester

freshman Year ' ^^

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) 3 3

Science or Mathematics 3 3

American History (H. 5f, 6s) 3 3

American National Government (Pol. Sci. If) 3 —

State and Local Government (Pol. Sci. 4s) — 3

Foreign Language 3 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1 1

Basic R.O.T.C. (M.I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) - 1 ^

17 17

Sophomore Year

English 3 3

Science or Mathematics 3 3

Principles of Economics (Econ. 5 If, 52s) - 3 3

Comparative Government (Pol. Sci. 7f, 8s) 2 2

Foreign Language - 3 3

Basic R.O.T.C. (M.I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) - 2 2

16 16

Junior Year

Introduction to Psychology (Psych. If) _-. 3 —

Money and Banking (Fin. 53s) _ - — 3

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) - - 3 —

Business Statistics (Stat. 15s) _ — 3

Labor and Government (Econ. 131s) or Public Utilities (Econ.

145s) „ -•- — 3

Principles of Public Administration (Pol. Sci. 11 If) 3 —

Public Personnel Administration (Pol. Sci. 112s) — 3

Municipal Government and Administration (Pol. Sci. 113f) 3 —

Electives _ - - - - - 3 3

15

15

129

Senior Year

Advanced Economic Principles (Econ. I90f) _

Contemporary Economic Thought (Econ. 191s) _

Public Finance (Fin. IQGf)

Government and Business (Pol. Sci. 123f ) or Government and

Social Security (Pol. Sci. 125f)

Public Budgeting (Pol. Sci. 114s) _

Legislatures and Legislation (Pol. Sci. 124s)

Constitutional Law (Pol. Sci. 131f) ^

Administrative Law (Pol. Sci. 134s) „

E lectives _

Semester
I	//
3	.
—	3
3	-
3
—	3
—	3
3	— .
	3
3	3

15

15

THE PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULA Five- Year Combined Arts and Nursing

The first two years of this curriculum are taken in the Collegia of Arts and Sciences at College Park. If students enter this combined program with advanced standing, at least the second full year of this curriculum must be completed in College Park.

The remaining three years are taken in the School of Nursing of the University in Baltimore or in the Training School of Mercy Hospital, Baltimore. In addition to the Diploma in Nursing, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing may, upon the recommendation of the Director of the School of Nursing, be granted at the end of the five year curriculum. Full details regarding this curriculum may be found in the section of the catalogue dealing wuth the School of Nursing. See page 228.

Curriculum

Semester

Freshman Year I II

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) „ „ 3 3

Foreign Language - - 3 3

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) — _..... 4 4

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) - 1 1

History (H. ly or 3y) „ 3 3

American National Government (Pol. Sci. Is) — 3

Library Methods (L. S. If) - _ 1 —

Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 2y and 4y) _ 1 1

16 18 Sophomore Year

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) - 2 2

Contemporary Social Problems (Soc. If, 2s) 3 3

Introduction to Psychology (Psych. Is) 3 —

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) _ _ — 3

General Bacteriology (Bact. If) 4 —

General Zoology (Zool. Is) _ — 4

Foreign Language -^ 3 3

Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 6y and 8y) „....„ 2 2

17

17

Premedical

The minimum requirement for admission to the School of Medicine of the University of Maryland is three years of academic training in the College of Arts and Sciences. Curriculum I as outlined meets these require-

130

131

merits, and also fulfills the requirements prescribed by the Council on Med- ical Education of the American Medical Association.

Curriculum II is outlined to meet the requirements of the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Society, which prescribes two years of academic training as the minimum prerequisite for entering a Class A Medical School.

Curriculum I offers to students a combined seven-year program leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The first three years are taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the last four years in the School of Medicine in Balti- more. (See University catalogue for details of quantitative and qualitative premedical course requirements.)

Upon the successful completion of the first year in the School of Medi- cine, and upon the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine, the degree of Bachelor of Science may be conferred by the College of Arts and Sciences at the Commencement following the second year of profes- sional training.

At least two years of residence are necessary for students transferring from other colleges and universities who wish to become candidates for the two degrees.

For requirements for admission see Section I, Admission, page 51.

Curriculum I

For students expecting to enter the University of Maryland Medical School

Semester Freshman Year I II

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) _. 3 3

Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) 3 3

Fundamentals of Zoology (Zool. 2y) 4 4

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) _ 4 4

Modern Language (French or German) _ 3 3

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

Iv or 2v and 4v) 1 1

18

18

Sophomore Year

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) ~ - ^

Elementary Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8 Ay) 2

Elementary Organic Laboratory (Chem. BBy) 2

Modern Language (French or German) - 3

Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (Zool. 4f ) - 3

Vertebrate Embryology (Zool. 20s) —

Introduction to Philosophy (Phil. If) 3

Introduction to Psychology (Psych. Is) —

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and By) 2

18

Junior Year

General Physics (Phys. ly ) -- - 4

Elements of Physical Chemistry (Chem. 103Ay) 2

Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. 103By) 1

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1

Electives ( Social Sciences ) - - - 3

Electives ( Biological Sciences ) - 4

Semester II

3 2 2 3

18

4

2 1 1 3

4

15 15

Senior Year

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine is accepted. The student also may elect the fourth year's work from advanced courses offered in the College of Arts and Sciences.

Curriculum II

For students desiring to meet the minimum requirements for admission to a Class A Medical School. Freshman Year

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) - - 3 3

Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) 3 3

Fundamentals of Zoology (Zool. 2y) 4 4

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) - 4 4

Modem Language (French or German) 3 3

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) — 1 ^

18 18

132

133

Semester

Sophomore Year j

General Physics (Phys. ly) 4

Elementary Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8Ay) 2

Elementary Organic Laboratory (Chem. 8By) 2

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1

Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (Zool. 4f) 3

Introduction to Psychology (Psych. Is)

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) 3

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) 2

2

17 17

Predental

Students entering the College of Arts and Sciences who desire to prepare themselves for the study of dentistry are offered the following two-year curriculum, which meets the predental requirements of the American Asso- ciation of Dental Colleges. This curriculum may also be followed by the student if he desires to continue his college training and complete work for the Bachelor of Science degree.

Curriculum Freshman Year

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) ! 3 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) _ 1 1

Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) _ 3 3

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) 4 4

Fundamentals of Zoology (Zool. 2y) „ ^ 4 4

Mechanical Drawing (Dr. 4y) ^ 1 1

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) 1 1

17

Sophomore Year

Elementary Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8Ay) _ „ „ 2

Elementary Organic Laboratory (Chem. 8By) _ 2

General Physics (Phys. ly) „ 4

Modern Language (French or German) 3

Electives (Humanities, Social Sciences) _ 4

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) „„... 2

17

17

2

2 4 3 4

17

134

COLLEGE OF COMMERCE

W. Mackenzie Stevens, Dean,

The University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location for students of economics, commerce, and business administration; for downtown Washington is only twenty-four minutes away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is less than an hour in the other — both cities with frequent transportation services to the University gates. Special arrange- ments are made to study commercial, manufacturing, exporting, and import- ing facilities and methods in Baltimore; and every assistance is given quali- fied students who wish to obtain a first hand glimpse of the far-flung eco- nomic activities of the National Government or to utilize the libraries, gov- ernment departments, and other facilities provided in Washington.

The College of Commerce provides professional training in economics and business administration for those who plan to become executives, teachers, or investigators in commercial, industrial, agricultural, or governmental econoniic enterprises.

While the curricula offered are technical and vocational, all require a thorough basic training in mathematics,, statistics, English, and speech. The courses required in these fields are tool subjects needed for proper analysis, explanation, and interpretation of modern economic data.

Liberal allowance in every curriculum is made for other social sciences or for purely cultural non-vocational subjects, in order that students may acquire the breadth of vision needed by a present day economist or business executive.

The College of Commerce offers a selection of courses in each of the following seven fields of general and applied economics: General Eco- nomics, Agricultural Economics, Accounting, Finance, Marketing, Trade and Transportation, and Organization and Management.

Subject to the group and curricula requirements described subsequently, a student may, with the advice of his faculty adviser, elect individual courses from any or all of these groups in accordance with his needs.

Advisory Councils

In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses, curricula, and instructional methods to provide the training most in demand by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business men are constantly sought and received through Advisory Councils com- posed of outstanding leaders in each major field of business activity. Each Council has its own particular interest to serve, such as advertising, marketing, or finance; and the viewpoint and suggestions of these business men are proving to be invaluable in developing the instructional and research program of the College.

135

Standards of Work

The College of Commerce was admitted to membership in the Anierican Association of Collegiate Schools of Business in 1940. This is an organiza- tion established in 1916 to promote thorough and scientific training for the business profession. It maintains high standards of membership based on the number and training of the faculty, the thoroughness of the work, the length and breadth of the curriculum, the number of students, the financial backing of the college, and the facilities for carrying on the work.

In addition to all general university scholarship requirements, grad- uates of the College of Commerce must have successfully completed all specific curriculum requirements and must have passed at least forty-eight semester hours of economic and business subjects with grades of A, B, or C.

Group Requirements For Graduation

A student who has met all entrance requirements may be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science upon the satisfactory completion of not fewer than 120 semester hours, not including the six hours of basic Military Science required of all able-bodied men students, or the six hours of physical education for women and for such men as are excused from Military Science.

Of these 120 credits, not fewer than 48 must be in economics or business subjects, that is, in courses offered in the departments of Economics, Business Administration, or Agricultural Economics, and not fewer than 48 in subjects not offered by these departments; provided that courses in principles of economics may be considered to be in either category.

The following minimum requirements in each of the groups specified must be completed before graduation, except as indicated in a particular curriculum.

1. English and Speech — fourteen credits.

2. Mathematics, Statistics, and Natural Science — twelve credits.

3. Military Science or Physical Education — six credits.

4. Social Sciences and Foreign Languages — not fewer than twelve hours are required in psychology, sociology, political science, and history, and considerably more than these are recommended; provided that electives in foreign languages or other humanities may be substituted for six hours of this requirement.

5. Economics — twelve credits.

6. Organization and Management, Accounting, Finance, Marketing, Trade and Transportation, and additional requirements as specified in each curriculum.

Electives And Extra-Curricular Activities

Business, agricultural, and industrial leaders now require a much broader educational background than that provided by vocational courses in eco- nomics and administration alone. Group requirements have been set up accordingly which demand that not fewer than 48 semester credit hours

136

hall be from non-economics courses. A considerably larger number of emester hours may be elected from non-economics subjects by a student veho is willing to forego a proportionate number of specialized courses in economics and business administration.

Other social sciences, such as sociology, history, political science, and applied psychology are useful in furnishing the broad background in social sciences needed by any student of economics; and these subjects tend to make him a more useful citizen. Logic, ethics, and other philosophy courses open up a new world of intellectual pleasure to the student; and training in abstract thinking provided by such subjects is also useful vocationally. Courses in music and art may serve as a welcome diversion from vocational courses; and the social and extra-curricular development that music facili- tates is desirable for students of economics or business.

Students of business administration are urged to learn stenography, typ- ing, and other office techniques because this multiplies their opportunities for original appointment to positions in general administrative offices and facili- tates their promotion to positions where their training in business adminis- tration has an opportunity to demonstrate its value.

Commerce students should diversify their non-economic selections so as to obtain the broadest possible general education within the time at their disposal. While the freedom of choice offered through electives is sufficient to enable a student to study whatever cultural subjects or vocational tech- niques he needs anywhere in the University, he who wishes to elect as much as a minor in any one department outside the College of Commerce must secure the approval of the head of that department to his study list, in order that the selections may be effectively adapted to the vocational or cultural objectives sought.

Extra-curricular activities are recommended to students of this col- lege whenever the physical and mental capacity of the individual student and available free time permit. Excellence in such activities often has a definite value in procuring business positions at graduation; and experience gained in this way is frequently invaluable in later life.

Additional electives above the curriculum requirements in either voca- tional or non-economics courses are encouraged whenever a student can demonstrate the capacity to carry additional subjects satisfactorily. Grades received in previous work will be the determining factor for decision as to extra student load in each case. Students who do not average better than C will not be permitted to carry additional courses beyond the curriculum

requirements.

Student Organizations

There are three student societies in the College of Commerce that are designed to develop scholarship, professional attitudes, ability to carry responsibility, and comradeship among students of similar interests, namely: Beta Gamma Sigma, the national scholarship fraternity in the field of busi- ness. Beta Alpha Psi, the professional accounting fraternity, and the Colle- giate Chamber of Commerce, a general student organization open to all students of the College.

137

Beta Gamma Sigma

Beta Gamma Sigma, the national scholarship fraternity in commerce and business administration recognized by the American Association of Colle- giate Schools of Business, has established a chapter, Alpha of Maryland, at the University. Membership is limited to senior students ranking scholas- tically in the highest tenth of the senior class and junior students in the highest two percent of the junior class.

Beta Alpha Psi

Students whose major interest is accounting and who have a high scholas. tic record are eligible for invitation to membership in Beta Alpha Psi, the national professional accounting fraternity. Beta Alpha Psi sponsors a professional program of outside lecturers and study in Accountancy during the school year.

Collegiate Chamber of Commerce

The Collegiate Chamber of Commerce provides students of business administration with an organization in which they may learn to ^vo^k effectively with others in conferences and committees, and through which they may be brought into close contact with business men and trade associa- tions in the types of business in which they are most interested. The Collegiate Chamber of Commerce maintains close relations with the Junior and Senior Chambers of Commerce in the various cities of Maryland and with the United States Chamber of Commerce in Washington. It is con- trolled by a board of directors elected by students of the College, two from each class and one from each student organization in the College. Member- ship is voluntary, but all students of business are urged to take part in its activities, for much of the training obtained is as valuable as that obtained in regular courses.

While general and social meetings are held periodically, most of the activi- ties are centered in the following committees, each of which fosters study, business contacts, association with corresponding committees in city, state, and national chambers of commerce, discussion, field trips, and advancement of students interested in each field: Marketing, Public Relations, Civic Affairs, Community Affairs, Finance, Foreign Trade, Agricultural Affairs, and Industrial Affairs. A member of the faculty who is qualified in the special field in which a given committee is working serves as adviser. Additional committees are formed whenever a sufficient number of students desire them.

Class of 1926 Award

The Class of 1926 of the School of Business Administration of the Uni- versity of Maryland at Baltimore offers each year a gold key to the senior graduating from the College of Commerce with the highest average for the entire four-year course taken at the University of Maryland.

Student Advisers

Each student in the College of Commerce is assigned to a faculty adviser who, so far as practicable, is a specialist in the student's field of interest.

138

A student who plans to become an accountant, for instance, has a professor f accounting as his adviser; onv* who is interested in banking as a career, a professor of finance; and those interested in marketing, advertising, for- eign trade, industrial management, agricultural economics, and other sub- jects, specialists in these fields. Students are expected to see their advisers regularly about registration, curricular requirements, scholarship require- ments, and such personal or university matters as may be desirable.

ORGANIZED CURRICULA

Several standardized curricula are offered for the guidance of students in the selection of courses, namely: General Business, Accounting, Finance, Marketing and Sales Administration, Merchandising, Cooperative Organiza- tion and Administration, Agricultural Economics, and Commerce-Law.

Lower Division

Unless a student wishes to take the combination Commerce-Law, the Retail Merchandising, or the Agricultural Economics curriculum, he regis- ters for the Business Curriculum immediately following for the freshman and sophomore years and decides at the beginning of his junior year whether he wishes to specialize in Accounting, Finance, Marketing, or Cooperation, or continue with a General Business training. Combinations to fit other vocational needs can be worked out by a different selection of courses in the junior and senior years.

Business Curriculum* Semester

Freshman Year I Ji

Survey and Composition (English ly) _ 3 3

General Mathematics (Math. 20y) 3 3

Economic Geography (T. and T. If) _ ....„ 3 —

Development of Commerce and Industry (T. and T. 4s) — 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) ~ - - 1 1

tForeign Language, Political Science or other social science.

Mechanical Drawing or elective - - 3 3

Science (preferably Chemistry) - 3-4 3-4

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) - 1 1

17-18 17-18

*See also Commerce-Law and Agricultural Economics curricula which are described on

subsequent pages.

tit is important that students take foreign language if the^ expect to pursue graduate work later or enter foreign trade work.

139

Semester Sophomore Year I //

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f) 2 «^

Business English (Eng. 4s) _ — 2

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) 3 -^

Business Statistics (Stat. 15s) _ — 3

Principles of Economics (Econ. 5 If, 52s) 3 3

Principles of Accounting (Acct. 51y) 4 4

Money and Banking (Fin. 53s) — 3

Psychology (Psych. 4f), Sociology, Government, Philosophy,

or Psychology

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) „ _ 2 2

JElective (See suggested courses below) 3 —

17 17

Suggested Elective Courses:

Government: American National (Pol. Sci. If and s) — 3.

State and Local (Pol. Sci. 4f and s) — 3. Comparative (Pol. Sci. 7f, 8s)— 2, 2. History: A Survey of Western Civilization (H. ly) — 6. American (H. 5f, 6s) — 3, 3. England and Great Britain (H. 3y) — 6.

Sociology. Introduction (Soc. 3f, 4s) — 3, 3.

Psychology: For Students of Commerce (Psych. 4f) — 3; or Applied (Psych.

3s)— 3. Introduction (Psych. If or s) — 3. Philosophy: Introduction (Phil. If and s) — 3. Logic (Phil. 22f)— 3. Ethics (Phil. 23f)— 3. Speech: Advanced (3f, 4s) — 2, 2.

Extempore (9f, 10s) — 1, 1. Library Science. Sources of Business Information (L. S. 2s) — 1. English: Survey of American Literature (Eng. 7f, 8s) — 3, 3. Expository Writing, continued (Eng. 6s) — 2. College Grammar (Eng. 14f ) — 3. Science: Introductory courses in Chemistry, Botany, Geology, Physics, or

Zoology— 3, 4, 6, 8. Language: French, German, Spanish, or Italian — 6.

Classics: Latin and Greek in Current English Usage (Classics 3f, 4s) — 2, 2. Drawing: Mechanical (Dr. 4y) — 2.

General Business Curriculum

Junior Year

Corporation Finance (Fm. lllf) - ^

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf ) ^

Industrial Management (O. and M. 121s) --- -.-- —

Business Law I (O. and M. 101s) _ — —

Trade and Commercial Organizations (O. and M. 172s) or Eco- nomics electives

*Electives (See suggested courses below) 6

15

Senior Year

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f) _ - - 3

Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) —

*Electives (See suggested courses below) 12

Semester II

15

3 3

3 6

15

S

12

15

Suggested Elective Courses

Economics of Cooperative Organ- ization (Econ. 161f)— 3. Property, Casualty, and Liability

Insurance (Fin. I43f) — 2. Life, Group, and Social Insurance

(Fin. 144f)^2. Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf) — 3. Principles of Foreign Trade (T.

and T. lOlf )— 3. Principles of Transportation (T.

and T. lllf )— 3. Credits and Collections (Fin. 125f)

—3. Public Finance (Fin. 106f)— 3. Investments (Fin. 115f) — 3. Labor Economics (Econ. 130f ) — 3. Principles of Advertising (Mkt.

109f)— 3. Social and Economic History of the

U. S. (H. lllf, 112s)— 3, 3. Principles of Public Administration

(Pol. Sci. lllf)— 3.

Trade and Commercial Organiza- tions (0. and M. 172s)— 3.

Economics of Consumption (Econ. 136s)— 3.

Banking Principles and Practices (Fin. 121s)— 3.

Salesmanship (Mkt. 106s)— 2.

Salesmanagement (Mkt. 108s)— 2.

Public Utilities (Econ. 145s)— 3.

Social Control of Business (Econ. 152s)— 3.

Psychology in Advertising and Sell- ing (Psych. 141s)— 3.

Industrial Psychology (Psych. 160f)— 3.

Personnel (O. and M. 125s)— 3.

Legislatures and Legislation (Pol. Sci. 124s)— 3.

Real Estate (Fin. 151s)— 3.

Speech electives are recommended for either semester.

JSpecial attention is called^o the elective in Advanced Speech (2), which must be talcen in sophomore, junior, or senior year.

140

*Electives should include not less than six hours of advanced economics during junior and senior years.

141

Accounting Curriculum

Semester

Junior Year I //

Corporation Finance (Fin. 11 If) 3 ^

Advanced Accounting (Acct. lOlf, 102s) 3 3

Cost Accounting (Acct. 121f, 122s) _ 2 2

Business Law I (0. and M. IQls) — 3

fElectives (See suggested courses below) 7 7

Sales Administration Curriculum

Semester

15

Senior Year

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f) 3

Auditing Theory and Practice (Acct. 171f, 172s) 2

Specialized Accounting (Acct. 181f, 182s) - 3

Financial Anaylsis and Control (Fin. 199s) —

fElectives (See suggested courses below) _ 7

15

15

2 3 3

7

15

Suggested Elective Courses:

*Income Tax Procedure (Acct. 161f )

—3. Principles of Foreign Trade (T. and

T. lOlf)— 3. Principles of Transportation (T.

and T. lllf)— 3. Industrial Combination (Econ.

153f)— 3. Investments (Fin. 115f) — 3. Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf )

—3.

Advanced Economic Principles

(Econ. 190f)— 3. * Advanced Business Law (0. and M.

103s)— 2. *C. P. A. Problems (Acct. 186s)— 3. Industrial Management (O. and M.

121s)— 3. Banking Principles and Practices

(Fin. 121s)— 3. Public Utilities (Econ. 145s)— 3. Accounting Apprenticeship (Acct.

149)— 0.

Marketing, Sales Administration, and Merchandising

Two programs of study are available for students of marketing, mer- chandising, and sales administration, of which the first is primarily intended for students interested in sales administration, and the second for men and women who wish to go into the garment trade, department store work, or other types of retail or wholesale distribution. The second involves certain changes in the basic lower division curriculum in order to provide for technical courses needed.

*Essential for students who plan to prepare for a career in public accounting. fElectives should include not less than six hours of advanced economics during junior and senior years.

/ /i

junior Year _ 3 _

Corporation Finaiice (Fin. lllf) _

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf)....: ■. - - _

P i"ciples of Advertising (Mkt. 109f) .-. -^-^^^^ I

Economics of Cooperative Organization (Econ. 161f) _3 ^

Salesmanship (Mkt. 106s) -...- _ g

Salesmanagement (Mkt. I08s) _ g

Business Law I (O. and M. 101s) -■-■■^^r^ Ti^i.. _ 3

Trade and Commercial Organizations (O. and M. 172s) ^ ^_^

tElectives (See suggested courses below) ^ _

15 15-16

Senior Year «

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f ) ;-":;-■; 3

Marketing Research and Market Policies (Mkt. 199s) - .. -- ^

Financial Analysis and Control (Fm. 199s) - ^^ ^

tElectives (See suggested courses below) ^ __

15 15

142

Suggested Elective Courses:

Credits and Collections (Fin. 125f)

—3. ,

Principles of Foreign Trade (T. and

T. lOlf)— 3. Principles of Transportation (T.

and T. lllf )— 3. Consumer Financing (Fin. 105f)

—5.

Psychological Problems in Market

Research (Psych. 140f)— 3. Property, Casualty, and Liability

Insurance (Fin. 143f) — 2. Life, Group, and Social Insurance

(Fin, 144f )— 2. Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf) — 3. Labor Economics (Econ. 130f)— 3. Supervised Practice in Marketing

(Mkt. 149)— 2. The list of potential electives for ^^tudent%interested in sp^^^^^^^ of advertising, sales administration, and marketmg is too ^[^f /;5,^^^^^^^^ here. Advertising students may wish to elect courses - ^/^JJ ,^^^^^^ the College of Arts and Sciences. Those interested m the marketmg and

tElectives should include not less than six hours of advanced economics during Junior and senior years. ^ ^o

Retail Store Management and Mer- chandising (Mkt. 119s)— 3.

Export and Import Trade Pro- cedure (T. and T. 121s)— 3.

Marketing of Farm Products (A. E. 102s)— 3.

Economics of Consumption (Econ.

136s)— 3.

Psychology in Advertising and Sell- ing (Psych. 141s)— 3.

Purchasing Technique (Mkt. Il5s)

—3. Real Estate (Fin. I51s)— 3. Food Products Inspection (A. E.

105s)— 2. Industrial Management (O. and M.

121s)— 3.

I

I

Accounting Curriculum

Semester

Junior Year I jj

Corporation Finance (Fin. 11 If) 3 _.

Advanced Accounting (Acct. lOlf, 102s) 3 3

Cost Accounting (Acct. 121f, 122s) _ 2 2

Business Law I (O. and M. 101s) „ — 3

tElectives (See suggested courses below) - 7 7

Sales Administration Curriculum

Semester

15

Senior Year

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f) _..... 3

Auditing Theory and Practice (Acct. 171f, 172s) 2

Specialized Accounting (Acct. 181f, 182s) 3

Financial Anaylsis and Control (Fin. 199s) —

tElectives (See suggested courses below) _ ^ 7

15

15

2 3

3

7

15

Suggested Elective Courses:

*Income Tax Procedure (Acct. 161f )

—3. Principles of Foreign Trade (T. and

T. lOlf)— 3. Principles of Transportation (T.

and T. 11 If)— 3. Industrial Combination (Econ.

153f)— 3. Investments (Fin. 115f) — 3.

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf ) —3.

Advanced Economic Principles (Econ. 190f)— 3. * Advanced Business Law (0. and M.

103s)— 2. *C. P. A. Problems (Acct. 186s)— 3. Industrial Management (O. and M.

121s)— 3. Banking Principles and Practices

(Fin. 121s)— 3. Public Utilities (Econ. 145s)— 3. Accounting Apprenticeship (Acct.

149)— 0.

Marketing, Sales Administration, and Merchandising

Two programs of study are available for students of marketing, mer- chandising, and sales administration, of which the first is primarily intended for students interested in sales administration, and the second for men and women who wish to go into the garment trade, department store work^ or other types of retail or wholesale distribution. The second involves certain changes in the basic lower division curriculum in order to provide for technical courses needed.

*Essential for students who plan to prepare for a career in public accounting. tElectives should include not less than six hours of advanced economics during junior and senior years.

Junior Year , .

Corporation Finance (Fin. 11 If) - ^ ^

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf)..-: , - 3

Principles of Advertising (Mkt. 109f ) -^ 3 --

Economics of Cooperative Organization (Econ. 161f) ^ ^

Salesmanship (Mkt. 106s) - - _ ^

Salesmanagement ( Mkt. I08s ) - -•

Business Law I (0. and M. 101s) , ;; ;;o ', " t

Trade and Commercial Organizations (O. and M. 172s) — J

tElectives (See suggested courses below) - ^ ^"^

15 15-16

Senior Year

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f) - ^ -"

Marketing Research and Market Policies (Mkt. 199s) - — ^

Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) -•- — ^

tElectives (See suggested courses below) ^ ^

15 15

142

Suggested Elective Courses:

Credits and Collections (Fin. 125f)

—3.

Principles of Foreign Trade (T. and

T. lOlf)— 3. Principles of Transportation (T.

and T. lllf)— 3. Consumer Financing (Fin. 105f)

—3.

Psychological Problems in Market

Research (Psych. 140f)— 3. Property, Casualty, and Liability

Insurance (Fin. 143f) — 2. Life, Group, and Social Insurance

(Fin, 144f )— 2. Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf) — 3. Labor Economics (Econ. 130f) — 3. Supervised Practice in Marketing

(Mkt. 149)— 2.

The list of potential electives for students interested in special phases of advertising, sales administration, and marketing is too great for mclusion here. Advertising students may wish to elect courses in Art or English m the College of Arts and Sciences. Those interested in the marketing and

tElectives should include not less than six hours of advanced economics during junior and senior years.

143

Retail Store Management and Mer- chandising (Mkt. 119s)— 3.

Export and Import Trade Pro- cedure (T. and T. 121s)— 3.

Marketing of Farm Products (A. E. 102s)— 3.

Economics of Consumption (Econ. 136s)— 3.

Psychology in Advertising and Sell- ing (Psych. 141s)— 3.

Purchasing Technique (Mkt. 115s)

—3. Real Estate (Fin. 151s)— 3. Food Products Inspection (A. E.

105s)— 2. Industrial Management (0. and M.

121s)— 3.

installation of mechanical or electrical equipment will wish to elect a num- ber of courses in the College of Engineering. Persons planning to en;;age in marketing of agricultural products may choose courses in the College of Agriculture.

Merchandising and Retail Distribution Curriculum

Semester

Freshman Year I jj

Survey and Composition (Eng. ly) 3 3

General Mathematics (Math. 20y) 3 3

Economic Geography (T. and T. If) 3 ^

Development of Commerce and Industry (T. and T. 4s) „ — 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1 1

Chemistry (Chem. 3y or ly) 3-4 3-4

Textiles ( H. E. 71f ) 3 _

Design (H. E. 21s) - — 3

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) „ 1 1

Sophomore Year

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f) _ 2 —

Business English (Eng. 4s) — 2

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) 3 —

Business Statistics (Stat. 15s) — 3

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s) 3 3

Principles of Accounting (Acct. Sly) 4 4

Money and Banking (Fin. 53s) — 3

Costume Design (H. E. 24f ) or an elective 3 —

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) 2 2

Junior Year

Corporation Finance (Fin. 11 If) _ 3

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf) 3 —

Principles of Advertising (Mkt. 109f ) 3 —

Economics of Trade and Cooperative Organization (Econ.

161f) ^ 3

Salesmanship (Mkt. 106s) _...._ „ — 2

Sales Management (Mkt. 108s) _ „ — 2

Business Law I (O. and M. 101s) _ — 3

Interior Decoration (H. E. 121f, 122s) 3 3

Merchandise Display (H. E. 125s) — 2

Advanced Textiles (H. E. 171s) „ _ 3

Crafts (H. E. 25s) or elective — 2-3

Semester

I

Senior Year

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f ) .- - •• • ^

Marketing Research and Market Policies (Mkt. 199s) — —

Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) — -—

Credits and Collections (Fin. 125f) - - ^

Retail Store Management (Mkt. 119s) —

Purchasing Technique (Mkt. 115s) -■ --

/Advanced Design (H. E. I23f, I24s) - - --• j

Problems in Textiles (H. E. 172f) - 4

Supervised Practice in Retail Marketing (Mkt. 149f) ^

15

//

3 3

3 3 3

15

Finance Curriculum Semester

Junior Year

Corporation Finance (Fin. lllf) — ^

\dvanced Accounting (Acct. lOlf, 102s) or Economic electives 3

Advanced Banking Principles and Practices (Fin. 121s) —

Business Law I (O. and M. 101s) --. - —

fElectives (See suggested courses below) - ^

//

3 3 3 6

15

Senior Year

Business Law II (0. and M. 102f) -.- 3

Investments (Fin. 115f) - ^

Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) —

fElectives (See suggested courses below) • 9

15

15

3 12

15

Suggested Elective Courses:

Public Finance (Fin. 106f)— 3. Credits and Collections (Fin. 125f )

—3. Property, Casualty, and Liability

Insurance (Fin. 143f) — 2. Life, Group, and Social Insurance

(Fin. 144f)— 2. Land Economics (A. E. lllf) — 3. Consumer Financing (Fin. 105f)

—3. Stock and Commodity Exchanges

(Fin. 118f)— 3. Economics of Cooperative Organi- zation (Econ. 161f)— 3.

Trade and Commercial Organiza- tions (O. and M. 172s)— 3. Public Utilities (Econ. 145s)— 3. Farm Finance (A. E. 104s)— 3. Supervised Practice in Finance

(Fin. 149)— 2. Real Estate (Fin. 151s)— 3. Investment Banking (Fin. 116s) — 3. International Finance (Fin. 129s)

—3. Social Control of Business (Econ. 152s)— 3.

15 17-18

144

fElectives should include not less than six hours of advanced economics during junior and senior years.

145

Agricultural Economics Curriculum* Semester

Freshman Year I n

Survey and Composition (Eng. ly) „ 3 3

General Mathematics (Math. 20y) 3 3

Agricultural Industry and Resources (A. E. If) „ 3 ^

Farm Organization (A. E. 2s) - — 3

Biology (Bot. If and Zool, Is, or Zool. 3f and Bot. 2s), Geology

(Geol. If), or Foreign Language 3-4 3,4

General or Introductory Chemistry (Chem. ly or 3y) 4-3 4-3

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y). - 1 i

Semester

17-18

Sophomore Year

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) 2

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) 3

Business Statistics (Stat. 15s) —

Principles of Economics (Econ. 5 If, 52s) - 3

Money and Banking (Fin. 53s) _ _ —

Principles of Accounting (Acct. 51y) _ „ 4

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) 2

Agriculture Elective - - .- - ~ 2-3

17-18 Junior Year

Farm Economics (A. E. lOOf) 3

Marketing of Farm Products (A. E. 102s) —

Business Law I (O. and M. 101s) —

Farm Management (A. E. 108f) - _..... 3

Economics of Cooperative Organization (Econ. 161f) 3

Corporation Finance (Fin. 11 If) _ _ 3

fFarm Finance (A. E. 104s) _ —

fLand Economics (A. E. 11 If) 3

Prices of Farm Products (A. E. 106s) » —

fElectives ~ - - 1

16

17-18

2

1

0 0

3 3 4

18

3 3

3 4

16

♦Students registered in this curriculum should satisfy the Professor of AgricuHnral Economics that they have had adequate farm experience before entering the junior year.

fTwo hours of speech elective must be taken during the sophomore, junior, or senior years. A. E. lllf and 104s may be postponed until the senior year if this will facilitate the selection of useful electives during the last two years.

146

Senior Year

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f ) - - - • 3

Cooperation in Agriculture (A. E. 103f ) ~ 3

Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) —

Contemporary Economic Thought (Econ. 191s) _.... —

jResearch Problems (A. E. 109f, 110s) _ 1

Economics of Consumption (Econ. 136s)

Rural Sociology ( Soc. 103f ) - 3

fElectives •• - -

16

//

3 3 1 3

16

COMBINED PROGRAM IN COMMERCE AND LAW

Students who wish to combine commercial and legal studies to obtain both Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Laws degrees may do so by selecting their courses in such a way as to comply with all of the group and specific requirements of the College of Commerce in three years, and then completing the 126 hours required for graduation from this college by courses taken in the University of Maryland School of Law at Baltimore.

During the first three years, students will be registered in the College of Commerce. In the fourth year and thereafter, unless the four-year alternative program is taken, they will be registered in the School of Law; but they must forward copies of their study lists to the office of the Dean of the College of Commerce at the beginning of each semester of the fourth year. At the end of the fourth year, the degree of Bachelor of Science may be awarded in the College of Commerce upon the recommendation of the Dean of the Law School. The degree of Bachelor of Laws will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of the entire program.

Curriculum Semester

Freshmun Year I II

Survey and Composition (Eng. ly) — 3 8

General Mathematics (Math. 20y) 3 8

Economic Geography (T. and T. If) — 3 —

Development of Commerce and Industry (T. and T. 4s) — ...... — 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) - • 1 1

American National Government (Pol. Sci. If) 3 —

State and Local Government (Pol. Sci. 4s) -- — 3

History of England and Great Britain (H. 3y) 3 8

R. 0. T. C. (M I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. ly or

2y and 4y) _ ,.... -.... 1 1

— 17 17

tElective for honor students only.

fTwo hours of speech elective must be taken during the sophomore, junior, or senior years. A. E. lllf and 104s may be postponed until the senior year if tliis will facilitate t!ie selection of useful electives during the last two years.

147

Semester

Sophomore Year I //

Expo-sitory Writing (Eng. 5f) 2 ^

Business English (Eng. 4s) — 2

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s) 3 3

Principles of Accounting (Acct. 51y) 4 4

Elements of Statistics (Stat. 14f) 3

Business Statistics (Stat. 15s) - , — 3

Money and Banking (Fin. 53s) — 3

Advanced Public Speaking (Speech 3f) 2 -«

Comparative Government (Pol. Sci. 7f) 2 -.

R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 3y

or 6y and 8y) ~ 2 2

18 17

Junior students may elect either the accounting or the economics group of courses:

Junior Year — Accounting Concentration

Corporation Finance (Fin. lllf) » -.... 3 —

♦Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) „ _ — 3

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf) ,.- - 3 -

Industrial Management (0. and M. 121s) „ — 3

Advanced Accounting (Acct. lOlf, lQ2s) 3 3

Cost Accounting (Acct. 121f, 122s) 2 2

Auditing Theory and Practice (Acct. 171f, 172s) 2 2

Argumentation (Speech llf, 12s) „ 2 2

Extempore Speaking (Speech 9f, 10s) 1 1

16 Junior Year— Economics Concentration

Corporation Finance (Fin. lllf) ^ 3

♦Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) ,.

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf) 3

Public Finance (Fin. 106f) _...... _ 3

Labor Economics (Econ. 130f) _ 3

♦Social Control of Business (Econ. 152s) _ , —

Economics of Consumption (Econ. 136s) ^ „..„. —

Public Utilities (Econ. 145s) ...._ > -.... —

Argumentation (Speech llf, 12s) „ _ 2

Extempore Speaking (Speech 9f, 10s) _ „ _ 1

16

16

— 3

3 3 3 2 1 1

16

♦Preferably taken in senior year if the four-year curriculum is followed.

148

Lst year of regular Law School; or, preferably, graduation from the

, !r vear curriculum m Commerce-Law before entering Law School. In

r Matter case. Business Law I is substituted for Financial Analysis and

r trnl and an approved elective for Social Control of Busmess m the

ior year the replaced courses being taken in the senior year. The addi-

£al requirements are shown below: ^^^^^^^

I - ' "

1 ^Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s) - - J

' *Social Control of Business (Econ. 152s) -

Business Law II (O. and M. 102f) - ^ -

Electives (See suggested courses below) -i^ ^

15 15

i Suggested Elective Courses:

Selections from the economics or accounting concentrations previously I shown additional speech or English courses, and the following:

Advanced Economic Principles tincome Tax Procedure (Acct.

.^ iQfVf^ 3 161f) — 3.

Comparative Economic Systems Contemporary Economic Thought

(E n 151f)— 3 (Econ. 191s) — 3.

Credits and Collections (Fin. 125f) Labor and Government (Econ.

n 131s) O.

Prii^iples of Foreign Trade (T. and Advanced Banking Principles and

T 101 f)— 3 Practices (Fm. 121s)— 3.

Property, Casualty, and Liability International Finance (Fin. 129s)

Insurance (Fin. 143f)— 2. T?: . . .-n.- i,.i x o

Life, Group, and Social Insurance Real Estate (Fm 151s)-3.

(Fin 144f)— 2 Personnel (O. and M. 125s)— 3.

Principles of Public Administra- Recent Political Theory (Pol. Sci.

tion (Pol. Sci. lllf)— 3. 142s)— 3.

\ T. v^' 1 TV,o..rv rPnl Constitutional History of the

^1^•^!f.^ f United States (H. 115y)-6.

bci. 1411)— d. Psychology in Advertising and

Investments (Fin. 115f)— 3. Selling (Psych. 141s)— 3.

Economics of Cooperative Organ- Legislatures and Legislation (Pol.

ization (Econ. 161f)— 3. Sci. 124s)— 3.

Principles of Transportation (T. Farm Finance (A. E. 104s)— 3

and T. lllf)— 3. tC. P. A. Problems (Acct. 186s)— 3.

Industrial Combination (Econ. fAdvanced Business Law (O. and M.

153f)— 3. 103s)— 2.

tSpecialized Accounting (Acct. 181f, Trade and Commercial Organiza-

182s)— 3, 3. tions (0. and M. 172s)— 3.

^Essential for students who wish to prepare for C. P. A. examinations. * Preferably taken in senior year if the four-year curriculum is followed.

149

COOPERATIVE AND BUSINESS ASSOCIATION

are teS'r Z^/""""' """"^ '"■'"^'^' «=— ^^^s, and business men thonS, Tl u 1 ^ """^^ important part in modem economic life 1, though agricultural, consumers', and credit cooperatives are well tnn

Vv Z'r''"""''! "^^''^'^ '^^' cooperative principles are beinl rncreasTn7' utilized by merchants, manufacturers investors and r>th!r«1l ? increasingly

tions mutuals, voluntary groups, a^d Ith trCs of dem^crStircf trolled orgamzations that may or may not call themselves c^rperSe Th: problems of organization and administration of a cooperative I^e much Tl same whe her the enterprise is a farmers' marketing assocLTon a reta-l merchants' cooperative, a wholesalers' voluntary chafn a ^roun of J! facturers who set up an association to carry tS^ir ow insurance nrl join y, or advertise and sell cooperatively.'a groupTf faTe^'or urbl' dwelers who establish an association to purchase or prolce the gfod

:rnh:Tu7nerm:rora%Lmu^LT^^^^

Jointly carry on any contin^^ bTr/ss'Interprifr ''"' °' '"^'"^^^ ^'^

^r^lT-ff''^.''^ °^"T^'P ^"d <=°nt'-ol and the objectives of a cooperative dUfZf. " '''°!f "' "^ ^^"'^^"^ <=°"*^«»«d competitor to S

?hT latir tv^n?^ T '"'''"'"'' '"^'""'^ ''' ^"^'^""^^ responsibility i h«!, /., ^^ enterprise is not adequate for cooperative leadershio

.nZr .' ^'^^^"-l problems of a cooperative or Easiness aTsocS l?!l !l V °" "^ "" uf "^ *^°^" ""^'"^ ^'•""^ the nature of the business but

riL:rSctiC':nd ctt^ "^" ^^ ^^-^ ^^^~ ^'^ — -p entrSst^hirr rrt::r inrreS^tr: oftLr-fi

curricula such as Finance, Marketing, AccountTni? IT A^Z^TZl nomics, in accordance with the type of work he wifhes to dTw" h coopS- tives and then use electives to obtain as much cooperath^rtheorJ and practice as practicable, or (b) to register for the curriculum In Cooperative Organization and Administration that follows, and then ekct courses tha will give him a reasonably adequate technical knowledge of the t^e o activity with which he plans to associate himself. For fnstaiice a Sson ntendmg to work with farmer cooperatives should have at feastle cours m agriculture during each of his eight semesters; a student of consum cooperation should elect Economics of Consumption (Econ 136s) ReTai Store Management and Meivrhandising (Mkt!^ 119s) and SchasS^ Technique (Mkt 115s); a person intending to specialize n the crSt union

sTudeTo? tSe :'"b ''" ''°"'' ''''' ''''''' ^°™ in finan:^ and student of trade or business association work should elect course, t),«f fit

Since every student interested in cooperation as a career should have the

^^LcZZ^^^ ?' lower division general business cuSl^lu':

m any case, he need not make a definite decision until the beginning of his

150

junior year, though students are urged to use the electives provided during the first two years to obtain so far as possible the background subjects likely to be needed.

Practical experience is exceedingly important. Students intending to work with agricultural cooperatives, should have farm experience, for example, and all students who plan to make cooperative organization and management a career should arrange for practical work with cooi>eratives as early as may be practicable. The course entitled "Supervised Practice in Cooperation", which involves experience with cooperatives, should be taken during the summer between the junior and senior years unless a different period is arranged.

Washington is the national headquarters of the agricultural cooperatives of this country, and arrangements have been made for properly equipped students to have cooperative experience by means of close working arrange- ments maintained with the National Cooperative Council.

Unusual facilities for the study of cooperatives of all types are also available in the government agencies and libraries of Washington, and special arrangements will be made for properly qualified students to make the most of the opportunity for special study thus offered. Most trade and business associations have headquarters or representation in Washington.

The courses below are suggested for the junior and senior years, though substitutions will be permitted whenever the student's adviser believes this will improve the training for a particular type of cooperative work.

Cooperative Curriculum

Semester j2inior Year I II

Business Law I (0. and M. 101s) ^ — 3

Corporation Finance (Fin. 11 If) — 3 —

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf) _ _ 3 —

Industrial Management (O. and M. 121s) _ — 3

Advanced Accounting (Acct. lOlf, 102s) „ 3 8

* Principles of Transportation (T. and T. lllf ) 3 —

Economics of Cooperative Organization (Econ. 161f) 3 —

Economics of Consumption (Econ. 136s) _ — 3

Elective — 3

t Supervised Practice in Cooperation (0. and M. 149) (Summer)

15 2

15

* Suggested electives for students who wish general training and do not have a particular tM)e of cooperation or cooperative activity in mind.

tApplication for this course must be made not later than March 1.

151

Semester

Senior Year

Business Law II (0. and M. 102f) --

Financial Analysis and Control (Fin. 199s)

Cooperation in Agriculture (A. E. 103f)

*Retail Store Management and Merchandising (Mkt. 119s), or

♦Purchasing Technique (Mkt. 115s) _

♦Consumer Financing (Fin. 105f) _

♦Contemporary Economic Thought (Econ. 191s)

♦Auditing Theory and Practice (Acct. 17 If, 172s)

Problems in Cooperative Administration (O. and M. 161s)

Extempore Speaking (Speech 9f, 10s) ~ —

Elective

/

3

//

3

3

2

1 3

15

3 2 3 1

15

SPECIAL CURRICULA

Suggestions for a selection of courses in Management, Personnel Admin- istration and Industrial Relations to constitute a curriculum are available upon request to the Dean. Other organized programs of study will be developed whenever the needs of business and industry or the demands of students for training in other fields of business administration or economics warrant it:

A student who has completed the basic first two years of Commerce with an average grade of B may, with the approval of his adviser, petition for a special curriculum if he can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Dean that the courses needed for his intended vocation are different from those offered in any of the foregoing standardized curricula. If the petition be granted, a special curriculum designed to fit the specific needs of such a student may be set up and made a part of his permanent record. There- after, the requirements for graduation of this student will be as set forth in his special curriculum. All such special curricula are subject to the scholarship, group, and specific course requirements of the College.

* Suggested electives for students who wish general training and do not have a particular type of cooperation or cooperative activity in mind.

152

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

Harold Benjamin, Dean. The College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of students: (1) undergraduates preparing to tea^ih the cultural and the vocational studies in high schools, preparatory schools, and vocational schools; (2) students who will enter higher institutions to prepare for work in specialized educational and institutional fields; (3) students pre- paring for educational work in the trades and industries; (4) students preparing to become home demonstrators, girls' club leaders, community recreation leaders, and (in cooperation with the Department of Sociology) social workers; (5) students whose major interest is in other fields, but who desire courses in education for their informational and cultural values; (6) graduate students preparing for teaching positions requiring an advanced degree and for positions as high school principals, elementary school principals, educational supervisors, attendance officers, and school

administrators.

Facilities

In addition to the general facilities offered by the University, certain important supplementary facilities are available.

Supervised Teaching. Opportunity for supervised teaching under com- petent critic teachers is provided by arrangement with the school authorities of Prince Georges, Howard, and Montgomery Counties, and of the District of Columbia.

Observation. Observation of teaching is conducted in Washington and in nearby Maryland schools. The number, variety, and nearness of these schools provide ample and unusual opportunities for observation of actual classroom situations.

Other Facilities in Washington. The Library of Congress, the Library of the U. S. Office of Education, and the special libraries of other Govern- ment offices are accessible. The information services of the National Education Association, the American Council on Education, the U. S. Office of Education, and of other institutions, public and private, are available

to students.

Requirements for Admission

The requirements for admission to the College of Education are in general the same as for the other colleges of the University. See Section I, Admission.

Candidates for admission whose high school records are consistently low are strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education.

Guidance in Registration

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The

153

choice of subject areas within which the student will prepare to teach and the selection of his professional courses will be made under faculty guid- ance during the first year in connection with the Introduction to Education course, which is required of all freshmen. Students from other colleges in the university who plan to take an education curriculum should also take this course. However, the course is open to sophomores or upper classmen who transfer to the College of Education from other colleges within the university or from other institutions. Although in particularly fortunate cases, it is possible to make satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year for students from other colleges who have not already entered upon the sequence of professional courses, it is usually imperative that this work in the College of Education be begun not later than the sophomore year. It is practically impossible to make the necessary adjustm^ents for studenU of advanced upper class standing on account of the sequence of prepro- fessional and professional subjects.

It is advisable for students who purpose to teach (except Vocational Agriculture) to register in the College of Education, in order that they may have continuously the coimsel and guidance of the faculty which is directly responsible for their professional preparation. It is permissible, however, for a student to register in that college which in conjunction with the College of Education offers the majority of the courses he will pursue in satisfying the requirements of the curriculum he elects.

Preprofessional and Professional Courses

The courses required of all students in the College of Education, and of all students in other colleges desiring to elect an education curriculum, are classified into two categories (1) preprofessional and (2) professional. The professional courses are all recognized for certification ;purposes by the Maryland State Department of Education, provided they are taken in the junior and senior years.

Preprofessional courses: Introduction to Education; Educational Forum.

Professional courses: Educational Psychology; Educational Sociology; The High School or The Junior High School; Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (in field of teaching major); Educational Measurements; Meth- ods and Practice of Teaching.

Recommendations Beyond Bare Required Minimum. Students who wish to enrich their professional preparation will do well to take the Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation course in their minor as well as their major teaching field, and to elect 6 instead of 3 units in the Methods and Practice of Teaching course. The first-level offering in guidance and the course in Visual Education are also centered around the day-by-day demands made upon the classroom teacher. Many students, and particularly those who plan to do graduate work in Education, may wish to strengthen their grasp of the foundations of education through second-level courses in Educational Psychology and Educational Sociology, or to deepen their insights by taking courses in History of Education or Comparative Education.

154

Eligibility. To be eligible to enter the professional courses, a student must have attained junior status as defined below. Continuance in such courses will be contingent upon the student's remaining in the upper four- fifths of his class in subsequent semester revisions of class standing.

Admission of Teacher College Graduates

Graduates of the two- and three-year curricula of Maryland State Teachers Colleges and other accredited teacher-education institutions whose records dve evidence of the ability and character essential to teaching will be admitted to advanced standing and classified provisionally in appropriate classes. Graduates of the two-year teacher-training curriculum, m most cases may satisfy the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education by attendance for two full college years; gradu- ates of the three-year curriculum, by attendance for one full college year. Those who wish to satisfy the requirements for certification as high school teachers need more time. The amount of time required is not uniform, but depends upon the high school subjects to be taught and the mdividual ability of the student.

Junior Status The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work of the junior and senior years. Students who, in the first two years. by reason of temperament, health, industry, and scholastic progress, give promise of becoming successful teachers are encouraged to continue m the curricula of the College of Education; those who are unlikely to succeed as teachers by reason of health deficiencies, of weakness m oral and written English, of unfavorable personal traits, or of scholastic deficiency are advised to transfer to other fields. Data bearing on all these aspects of the student's personality are secured through the selective admissions test- ing program administered in connection with the Introduction to Education course, through the cooperation of the Department of Speech, and through

direct observation by the faculty. , , ,». 4.

To be eligible for junior status a student must have completed 64 semester hours of freshman-sophomore courses with an average grade of C or better.

Student Teaching

Two courses are offered in student teaching— Principles and Practice of Teaching (Ed. 139f or s, Ed. 140f or s), carrying respectively 3 and 6 semes- ter hours of credit. u xr

Students who expect to register for the 6-hour credit course should offer 130 credits for graduation and, because of the large amount of time devoted to this course in the senior year, will ordinarily need to include at least one summer session in their college programs. Students who elect the 3-hour credit course need present only 128 credits for graduation.

Certification of Secondary School Teachers

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfac-

155

4

torily fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Specifically it limits certification to graduates who "rank academically in the upper four- fifths of the class and who make a grade of C or better in practice teachin^r " From the offerings of Education, the District of Columbia requirement of 24 semester hours of professional courses may be fully met.

Degrees

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions pre- scribed for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Upon completion of a minimum of 128 credits in con- formity with the requirements specified under "Curricula" and in conformity with general requirements of the University, the appropriate degree will be conferred.

Curricula

The curricula of the College of Education, described in detail in the following pages, are designed to prepare high school teachers of the aca- demic and scientific subjects, the special subjects, and the vocational sub- jects under the provisions of the Federal Vocational Education Acts.

The specifications for majors and minors, under "Arts and Sciences Education," satisfy the requirements of the State Department of Education in regard to "the number of college credits required in any two or more subjects which are to be placed on a high school teacher's certificate." The curricula for the special subjects cover all State Department require- ments. The curricula for the vocational subjects meet the objectives set up in the Federal Acts and in the interpretations of the Oflfice of Education and of the State Board of Education. (For Agricultural Education see College of Agriculture, page 81.)

In the Arts and Sciences Education curriculum one may qualify for the degree either of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, depending upon the major subject. The other curricula lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science.

The general and special requirements of each curriculum are shown in the following descriptions.

Curriculum in Agricultural Education

See College of Agriculture, page 81.

ARTS AND SCIENCES EDUCATION

General Requirements

In addition to Military Science or Physical Education, required of all students in the University, the following requirements must be fulfilled by all candidates for degrees in this curriculum, normally by the end of the sophomore year:

(1) Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) and Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s), 12 semester hours.

(2) Two years of foreign language are required of candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree if the student enters with less than three years of

156

,,reiffn language; one year, if he enters with three years. No foreign «e is required of any student who enters with four or more years of Sn lawe nor of candidates for the bachelor of science degree. "Foreign language" includes both ancient and modem languages.

(3) Twelve semester hours of the social sciences (history, economics,

sociology, political science). . . i • „^

(4) Twelve semester hours of natural science or of natural science and

mathematics.

(5) Twenty semester hours of education.

The program of each student shall include all of the general requirements listed above, and all requirements for his major and minor, stated below.

Curriculum

Semester

Freshman Year

Introduction to Education (Ed. 2f or s) l """^ I

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) - "

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) -•" "- "

General Requirements (as indicated under 2, 3, and 4 above) 6-7 b-7

Major and minor requirements and electives - - 3-5 3^

15-17 15-17

Sophomore Year

Educational Forum (Ed. 3f or s) - q ^^ 3

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) -

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y or 6y and 8y) - - - _l

General Requirements (as indicated above) - ^ J ^^

Major and minor requirements and electives -..-•- - 4 5 4-5

15-17 15-17

Junior Yea/r

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf) -. ~ 3 •—

Educational Sociology— Introductory (Ed. 112f ) 2

The High School (Ed. 103s) or The Junior High School

Ed. 110s) - """ "~

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (Ed. 120s; 122s;

124s; 126s; or 128s) - -- •; ""

General requirements, major and minor requirements, and

, .. „ 10-12 12-14

electives

15-17 15-17

167

Senior Year Semester

I n

Educational Measurements (Ed. 105f) 2 ^

Methods and Practice of Teaching (Ed. 139f or s) or (Ed.

140f or s) - ....._ 3-6 or 3~6

Major and minor requirements and electives „ 10-12 12-14

15-17 15-17 Specific Requirements

Each student is expected to prepare for the teaching of at least two high school subjects in accordance with the certification requirements of the State Department of Education (By-law 30 revised). These are designated as major and minor subjects, with a requirement of from 28 to 40 semester hours of credit for a major and from 20 to 30 semester hours for a minor. If it is deemed advisable for a student to prepare for the teaching of three high school subjects, the requirement for a major may be modified at the discretion of the faculty of the College of Education to permit the pursuit of three subjects to the extent required for State certification. Semester hour requirements are detailed below.

No student will he permitted to do practice teaching until he has m,et all previous requirem^ents,

English. (For the degree of bachelor of arts.) A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows:

Survey and Composition I and II 12 semester hours

Shakespeare (Eng. llf or 12s) 3 semester hours

American Literature 6 semester hours

Electives 15 semester hours

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 21 hours prescribed for the major and 5 hours of electives.

Electives must be chosen from a selected list of courses with the approval of the adviser. The standards governing selection are those suggested by the National Council of Teachers of English.

Social Sciences, (For the degree of bachelor of arts.) For a major in this group, 36 semester hours are required, of which at least 18 hours must be in history including 6 hours in American history and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in advanced courses. For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, of which 18 are the same as specified above, and 6 of which must be in advanced courses.

History 18 semester hours

Economics or Sociology 6 semester hours

Electives 12 semester hours

For a minor, the requirements are the same less the electives. Required courses in History are as follows: A Survey of Western Civilization and American History.

158

Modern Languages. (For the degree of bachelor of arts ) For a major „ Modirn Languages 30 semester hours are required; for a mmor, 24 "Jester hours. Thfs is exclusive of the introductory course m each case. 'The courses are chosen with the advice of the Department of Modern

Languages.

Classical Languages. (For the degree of bachelor of arts). Both a major .„d m nor are offered in Latin consisting of 30 and 20 semester hours respSely. The courses are chosen with the advice of the Department of

Classical Languages. ^ - v,f

Mathematics. (For the degree of bachelor of science.) Twenty-eight

semesterTours are required for the major. The following sequence is

semester nou m freshman year; Math. 18y

rrytthetthom'o;e';ear; Math. lllf. n2s. and Ulf in the junior

"^'semester hours are required for the minor. The following course sequence is advised; Math. 7f. 21f, and 22s in the freshman year; Math. 23y In the sophomore year; and Math. 18y and lllf m the junior and

'ttudente'who pass an examination in solid geometry may be excused

from Math. 7f. , . v m,-„

Mathematics-Physics. (For the degree of bachelor of science.) This

major consists of 18 hours in mathematics and 18 hours in Physics^ The

Zses selected must include Math. If, 21f, and 22s; Phys. ly and 103y.

Students who pass an examination in solid geometry may be excused from

^Chemfstry ly is required as a supporting course to tWs major

If a minor in general science is offered m connection with thas major, a total of 40 hours in the natural sciences should be presented.

Science (For the degree of bachelor of science.) In general science a major and minor are offered, consisting of 40 and 30 semester houi^ resp^- tively, each including elementary courses in chemistry. Pl^V--' ^J j*-^^^ (zooiogy and botany). The major should include one of the following

course sequences. Sequences I and II, emphasizing chemistry or Physics: Freshman year: *Math. 8f (3) or 21f (4); 10s (3) or 22s (4); Chem.

ly (8).

Sophomore year: Bot. If (4); Phys. ly (8).

Junior and Senior years: Phys. 103y (6) or Chem. 12y (6), and 103y (6) ,

Zool. 2y (8); Bact. lA (2).

Sequence III, emphasizing zoology:

Freshman year: Zool. 2y (8); Chem. ly (8).

Sophomore year: Zool. 15y (8); Bot. If (4).

Junior and Senior years: Zool. 121f (3) or 120f (3) ; 102s (3).

■ mathematics credits are not counted in the total number ol hours required for the science major.

159

Sequence IV, emphasizing botany:

Freshman year: Zool. 2y (8); Chem. ly (8).

Sophomore year: Bot. If (4) and 3s (4); Phys. 3y (6) or ly (8).

Junior and Senior years: Pit. Phys. lOlf (4) and 102s (3); Bact. lA (2).

Minors of twenty semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in biological sciences. A minor in biology must include the basic courses in zoology and botany and be supported by a course in chemistry (Chem. ly or 3y). A minor in physics must be supported by a basic course in chemis- try (Chem. ly or 3y) and a minor in chemistry by a basic course in physics (Phys. ly or 3y).

If a major in general science is accompanied by a minor in chemistry, physics, or biology, the same credits may be counted towards both provided that they number not fewer than 52 semester hours in natural sciences.

COMMERCIAL EDUCATION

(*For the degree of bachelor of science)

The entrance requirements for the curriculum in Commercial Education are as follows: English 3 units; Algebra 1 unit; Science 1 unit; History 1 unit; Stenography 2 units; Typewriting 1 unit; Bookkeeping 1 unit; elective 5 units. •

The Commercial Education curriculum includes a solid foundation of economics, social science and history, accounting and business administra- tion subjects, adequate courses in methods of teaching commercial subjects, and supervised teaching.

The number of electives is large enough to enable a student to prepare for teaching some other subject in addition to the commercial subjects.

The curriculum does not include any college courses in shorthand and typewriting for the improvement of skill in these arts. Any student desir- ing to become a candidate for the bachelor*s degree in commercial education must meet the speed and accuracy requirements in shorthand and type- writing and transcription necessary to become a teacher of commercial subjects by such means as may be practicable for improving his skill and accuracy.

Curriculum Semester

I II

Freshman Year

Introduction to Education (Ed. 2f or s) 2 or 2

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) 3 3

Introduction to Sociology (Soc. 3f, 4s) 3 3

Economic Geography (T. and T. If) , 3 -—

American National Government (Pol. Sci. Is) — 3

Science (Biological or PhysicaJ) - 3 3

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly or 2y and 4y) _ 1 1

Electives 1-4 1-4

Semester

Sophomore Year . , 1 or 1

Educational Forum (Ed. 3f or s) ^ ^

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) - --- ^

American History (H. 5f, 6s).. -

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s) j^

Money and Banking (Finance 53s) --- "■•--- ~ —

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. ^

3y or 6y and 8y) - - - ^_^ ^^

Electives " -

15-17 15-17

Junior Year tt- i. o i. i

The High School (Ed. 103s) or The Junior High School

(Ed. UOf) ■•- I ^' _2

Educational Sociology— Introductory (Ed. 112f) - ^ ^

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf ) - ^

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observ^ation (Ed. 150f, 151s) ^

Elements of Business (O. and M. 51f ) - ^ —

Principles of Accounting (Acct. 51y) - ^

Economics of Consumption (Econ. I36s) -

Business Law (O. and M. 101s) - "";

^, ,. ^ 3-4 3-4

Electives

16-17 16-17

Senior Year

Educational Measurements (Ed. I05f ) - - -

Methods and Practice of Teaching (Ed. 139f or s) or (Ed.

,.^- „>, „ 3-6 or 3-6

140f or s ) - -

Business Law (O. and M. 102f ) - _^ ^^_^

Electives -

16-17 15-17

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

The Home Economics Education curriculum is for students who are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage m any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects. Electives may be chosen from other colleges.

Opportunity for additional training and practice is given through directed teaching and experience in the home management house.

Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education or the College of Home Economics. Students will be certified for gradua- tion only upon fulfillment of all the requirements of this curriculum.

161

160

16-17 16-17

Curriculum

Freshman Year J

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) 3

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) 4

Textiles ( H. E. 71f ) 3

Design (H. E. 21s) _

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1

Freshman Lecture (H. E. ly) 1

Introduction to Education ('Ed. 2f ) 2

Introductory Botany (Bot. 2s) —

Personal Hygiene and Physical Activities (Phys. Ed. 2y

and 4y) 1

15 Sophomore Year

Costume Design (H. E. 24f) 3

Clothing (H. E. lis) —

Foods (H. E. Sly) 3

Introductory Physics (Phys. 3y) 3

Introduction to Sociology (Soc. 3f) 3

Elements of Organic Chemistry ('Chem. 12Ay) 2

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) ^ —

Educational Forum (Ed. 3f) 1

Community Hygiene and Physical Activities (Phys. Ed. 6y

and 8y) 2

17 Junior Year

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf) 3

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (H. E. Ed. 101s) —

Household Bacteriology (Bact. 3s) —

Nutrition ('H. E. 131f ) 3

Food Buying and Meal Service (H. E. 137s) —

Management of the Home (H. E. 141f, 142s) 3

Advanced Clothing (H. E. lllf) 3

Human Physiology (Zool. 16s) —

Demonstrations (H. E. 133f ) 2

The High School (Ed. 103s) —

Electives 3

17

Semester

II

3 4

3 1 1

16

3 3 3

2 3

16

3

3

o O

o O

Semester

Senior Year

Child Study (H. E. Ed. 102s) - —

Practice in Management of the Home (H. E. 143s)

Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics (H. E. Ed. ^

103f ) I ,

Interior Design (H. E. 121f, 122s) ^ ^

Problems in Teaching Home Economics (H. E. Ed. 106f, 107s) 1 1

Educational Measurements (Ed. 105f) ~~

First Aid (Phys. Ed. 16s) ~ ^

♦Electives "

15 16

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

The program of studies provides: (1) a four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Education; (2) a program of professional courses to prepare teachers to meet the certification re- quirements in vocational and occupational schools; (S) a program of courses for the improvement of teachers in service.

I. Four-ye;ar Curriculum.

The entrance requirements are the same as for the other curricula offered in the University. (See page 51.) Experience in some trade or industrial activity will benefit students preparing to teach industrial subjects.

This curriculum is designed to prepare both trade and industrial shop and related teachers, and teachers of industrial arts. There is sufficient latitude of electives so that a student may also meet certification require- ments in some other high school subject.

Students entering an Industrial Education curriculum must register in the College of Education.

This curriculum, v^rith limited variations according to the needs of the two groups, is so administered as to provide: (A) a four-year pre-service curriculum for students in residence; (B) a four-year curriculum for teachers in service.

* Electives should include one course each in History and English.

17

162

163

Curriculum

Freshman Year ,

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) 3

General Chemistry (Chem. ly).. 4

Textiles ( H. E. 71f ) ZZZI ' " 3

Design (H. E. 21s) IIZIIZZ'ZI —

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) ^

Freshman Lecture (H. E. ly) -1^

Introduction to Education ('Ed. 2f) 2

Introductoi-y Botany (Bot. 2s)

Personal Hygiene and Physical Activities (Phys. Ed7 2y

and 4y) ^

15 Sophomore Year

Costume Design (H. E. 24f) 3

Clothing (H. E. lis) „ IZZZZZZZ " _

Foods (H. E. Sly) IZZIZZ. 3

Introductory Physics ( Phys. 3y ) 3

Introduction to Sociology (Soc. 3f) 3

Elements of Organic Chemistry (Chem. 12Ay) 2

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s)

Educational Forum (Ed. 3f) 1

Community Hygiene and Physical Activities (Phys. Ed. 6y

and 8y ) 2

Junior Year

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf) 3

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (H. E. Ed. 101s) —

Household Bacteriology (Bact. 3s)

Nutrition ('H. E. 131f ) ZZZZZIZ 3

Food Buying and Meal Service (H. E. 137s)

Management of the Home (H. E. 141f, 142s) 3

Advanced Clothing (H. E. lllf) 3

Human Physiology (Zool. 16s)

Demonstrations (H. E. 133f) 2

The High School (Ed. 103s) ..ZZZ —

Electives 3

17

Semester

II

3

4

3 1 1

9

o

16

3 3 3

2 3

16

3 3

3 3

3

2

17

Semester

Senior Year I II

Child Study (H. E. Ed. 102s) _ „... — 3

Practice in Management of the Home (H. E. 143s) — 3

Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics (H. E. Ed.

103f) 3 —

Interior Design (H. E. 121f, 122s) 3 3

Problems in Teaching Home Economics (H. E. Ed. 106f, 107s) 1 1

Educational Measurements (Ed. 105f) 2 —

First Aid (Phys. Ed. 16s) — 1

♦Electives ~ 6 4

15 15

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

The program of studies provides: (1) a four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Education; (2) a program of professional courses to prepare teachers to meet the certification re- quirements in vocational and occupational schools; ("3) a program of courses for the improvement of teachers in service.

I. Four-ye;ar Curriculum.

The entrance requirements are the same as for the other curricula offered in the University. (See page 51.) Experience in some trade or industrial activity will benefit students preparing to teach industrial subjects.

This curriculum is designed to prepare both trade and industrial shop and related teachers, and teachers of industrial arts. There is sufficient latitude of electives so that a student may also meet certification require- ments in some other high school subject.

Students entering an Industrial Education curriculum must register in the College of Education,

This curriculum, with limited variations according to the needs of the two groups, is so administered as to provide: (A) a four-year pre-service curriculum for students in residence; (B) a four-year curriculum for teachers in service.

* Electives should include one coui-se each in History and English.

162

163

A. Curriculum—Students in Residence

E, . ,. Semester

Freshman Year j

Mechanical Drawing (Ind. Ed. If, 2s) _..... ..... 2

Elementary Woodworking (Ind. Ed. 3f) 3

Advance Woodworking (Ind. Ed. 4s) _.. ._

Introduction to Education (Ed. 2f or s) „.... _.... 2

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) _ 3

Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) 3

History or Social Science 3

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly) 1

15^17

Junior Year

Cold Metal Work (Ind. Ed. lOf ) 2

Machine Shop Practice (Shop 4s)

Foundry Practice (Shop lOlf) _.... ....._ 1

Essentials of Design (Ind. Ed. 160y) _ _....., _....II" 1

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (Ind. Ed. 162s) —

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf) 3

Educational Sociology— Introductory (Ed. 112f) _ 2

The High School (Ed. 103s) or The Junior High School (Ed.

110s) ;.. ^ _

Physics (Phys. 3y or ly) j. „ _ _ 3.4

History or Social Science _.... 3

Electives — ^ 1

or

//

2

3 2 3 3 3

1

15-17 15-17

Sophomore Year

Sheet Metal Work (Ind. Ed. 5f ) „... 2 -

Art Metal Work (Ind. Ed. 6s) .1"Z.Z.......Z... — 2

Architectural Drawing (Ind. Ed. 7y) 1 ^

Electricity (Ind. Ed. 8y) _ „ _ _. ' 2 2

Forge Practice (Shop Is) _ "ZIZIZZ. — 1

Educational Forum (Ed. 3f or s) .....1.... 1 or 1

Survey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) _ 3 3

Solid Geometry (Math. 7f) „...._ „ ZZZl 2 -

Chemistry (Chem. 3y or ly) ZIZZ 3-4 3^

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y) - 2 2

Elective „ ._ ^

15-17

— 2

1 3

9

3-4

3

2

Semester

Senior Year I II

Machine Shop Practice (Shop 103s) _ — 2

Shop Organization and Management (Ind. Ed. 164f) 2 —

Educational Measurements (Ed. 105f) _ 2 —

Guidance in the Schools (Ed. 114s) _ — 3

Methods and Practice of Teaching (Ed. 139f or s or Ed. 140f

or s ) - 3-6 or 3-6

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57f or s) 3 or 3

Electives - -....„ -..3-12 2-11

16

16

16-17 16-17

B. Curriculum — Teachers in Service

The requirements in this curriculum for the B. S. degree in Industrial Education are quantitatively the same as for Curriculum A, except that the military-physical training requirements are waived. In summary the distribution is approximately as follows:

English _ - 1 2 semester hours

History and the Social Sciences „ _ 16 semester hours

Mathematics and Science — 20 semester hours

Shop and Drawing „ „ 30 semester hours

Education - - 24 semester hours

Electives - 26 semester hours

128 semester hours

In the mathematics and science group, and in the history and social science group, there is reasonable latitude for individual choice, but courses in mathematics as related to shopwork and courses in American history and government are required.

Program for Vocational, Occupational, and Shop Center Teachers

This curriculum is designed for persons who have had experience in some trade or industry or in the teaching of shopwork.

Applicants for admission to this curriculum must have as a minimum requirement an elementary school education or its equivalent. The cur- riculum is prescribed, but is administered flexibly in order that it may be adjusted to the needs of students.

To meet the needs for industrial teacher-training in Baltimore and in other industrial centers, in-service courses are offered. The work of these courses deals principally with the analysis and classification of trade knowledge for instructional purposes, methods of teaching, observation and practice of teaching, psychology of trade and industrial education, and occupational information, guidance, and placement.

164

165

Courses for Teachers in Service

Courses are offered for teachers in service who are seeking to satisfy requirements for promotion.

A special announcement of the in-service courses in Baltimore is issued in August of each year. This may be obtained from the Baltimore office of the College of Education.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The general requirements are the same as for Arts and Sciences Educa- tion (see page 156), except that 22 semester hours of science are i-equired as scheduled.

Curriculum Semester

Freshman Year / //

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) 3 3

General Zoology (Zool. Is) „ _ - — 4

General Botany (Bot. If) 4 —

Introductory Hygiene (Phys. Ed. 18f) » 2 —

Introduction to Education (Ed. 2s) - _ - — 2

Electives: History, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Home

Economics, Industrial Education, Physics 5 5

Women

Dance I (Phys. Ed. lOy) 1 1

Athletics I (Phys. Ed. 12y) 2 2

Men

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. ly) 1 1

Athletics I (Phys. Ed. 5y) :.... 2 2

17 17 Sophomore Year

Introduction to Sociology (Soc. 3f) 3 —

Surv^ey and Composition II (Eng. 2f, 3s) 3 3

Human Anatomy and Physiology (Zool. I5y) — 4 4

Chemistry (Chem. ly or 3y) - 3-4 3-1

Educational Forum (Ed. 3f or s) „ 1 or 1

Physical Education I (Phys. Ed. 20s) — 3

Wom,en

Dance II (Phys. Ed. 14y) _ - : 1 1

Athletics II (Phys. Ed. 22y) _ -...- 2 2

Men

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) _...- 2 2

Gymnastics I (Phys. Ed. 15y) - 1 1

16-18 16-18 166

Semester

Junior Year

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf) - - •• 3 —

Educational Sociology— Introductory (Ed. 112f) - 2 —

Physiology of Exercise (Phys. Ed. 121f) - — 2

Nature of Play (Phys. Ed. 133s) -■■■ — ^

Accident Prevention (Phys. Ed. 13f) - ~ - 1 —

First Aid (Phys. Ed. 16s) _ - - - — ^

Dance III (Phys. Ed. 26y) - ^ J

Physical Activities III (Phys. Ed. 52y) -■- 1 1

Maturation of the Human Organism (Phys. Ed. 123s) — 2

Analysis of Activities (Phys. Ed. 127y) - 2 , 2

The Junior High School (Ed. 110s) or The High School

(Ed. 103s) — ^

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (Ed. 142s) ^ — 3

Electives

Wom.en

Dance IV (Phys. Ed. 28f) - - 1 —

Dance V (Phys. Ed. 30s) - — 1

Men Athletics III (Phys. Ed. 113y) - 1 1

16 16

Senior Year

Educational Measurements (Ed. 105f) 2 —

Methods and Practice of Teaching (Ed. 139f or s) or

(Ed. 140f or s) - 3-6 or 3-6

Teaching Health (Phys. Ed. 146s) — 2

Recreation IV (Phys. Ed. 137f) 2 —

Physical Education IV (Phys. Ed. 144f) 2 —

Electives - - - 2-8 6-12

Women Athletics IV (Phys. Ed. 114y) - 1 1

Men Athletics V (Phys. Ed. 119y) - 1 1

15 15

167

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

S. S. Steinberg, Dean.

The primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train young men to practice the profession of Engineering. It endeavors at the same time to equip them for their duties as citizens and for careers in public service and in industry.

The new economic conditions with which the engineering graduate will be faced when he goes into practice have emphasized the necessity for the adjustment of engineering curricula in their scope and objectives. It has become evident that greater emphasis than heretofore should be placed on the fundamentals of engineering, and that the engineer's training should include a knowledge of the sciences which deal with human relations and a familiarity with business organization and operation.

Accordingly, our engineering curricula have been revised recently to in- crease the time devoted to fundamentals and to non-technical subjects, which are a necessary part of the equipment of every educated man, and which are now considered essential to the proper training of engineers because of the practical application of these subjects in professional and business life. It is well recognized that an engineering training affords an eiFicient preparation for many callings in public and private life outside the engi- neering profession.

The College of Engineering includes the Departments of Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. In the Mechanical Engineering Department an aeronautical option is offered in the junior and senior years. In order to give the student time to choose the branch of engineering for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several courses is the same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student to make a proper selection. The courses differ only slightly in the sophomore year, but in the junior and senior years the students are directed more definitely along professional lines.

Admission Requirements

The requirements for admission to the College of Engineering are, in general, the same as elsewhere described for admission to the undergraduate departments of the University, except as to the requirements in mathematics. See Section I, Admission.

It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering without the unit of advanced algebra, or the one-half unit of solid geometry, provided such students are prepared to devote their first summer to a course in analytic geometry. The program for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, five hours a week would be devoted to making up ad- vanced algebra and solid geometry; in the second semester, mathematics of the first semester would be scheduled, and the second semester mathe-

168

atics would be taken in the summer session. Thus, such students, if they "Issed the course, would be enabled to enter the sophomore year the next fall with their class without loss of time.

Bachelor Degrees in Engineering

Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in chem- ical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering, respectively.

Master of Science in Engineering

The degree of Master of Science in Engineering may be earned by students registered in the Graduate School who hold bachelor degrees in engineering, which represent an amount of preparation and work similar to that required for bachelor degrees in the College of Engineering of the University of Mary- land- . ^ .

Candidates for the degree of Master of Science m Engmeermg are ac- cepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of the Graduate School, as will be found explained in the catalogue under the head of Gradu- ate School.

Professional Degrees in Engineering

The degrees of Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to graduates of the Uni- versity who have obtained a bachelor's degree in engineering. The appli- cant must satisfy the following conditions:

1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work not less than four years after graduation.

2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering.

3. His registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and an outline of his proposed thesis.

4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis on an approved subject.

Equipment

The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation- rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of engi- neering work.

Drafting-Rooms. The drafting rooms are fully equipped for practical work. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved drawing outfit, material, and books, the cost of which during the freshman year varies between $16 and $20.

Chemical BMgineering Laboratories. For instruction and research, the Chemical Engineering Department maintains laboratories for (1) General Testing and Control; (2) Unit Operations; (3) Cooperative Research; (4)

Graduate Research.

169

General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water, gases, coal, petroleum, and their by-products; and for general industrial chemicals, both inorganic and organic.

Unit Operations Laborafory. This laboratory contains equipment for the study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying filtration, distillation, evaporation, crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, and centrifuging. Organic process equipment includes an autoclave, nitrator, reducer, and mixing ket- tle. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly is available, and this includes flow meters of most types.

In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure, sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so de- signed that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed type, direct pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evaporation can be made on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is equipped with a horizontal tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube bundle. This evaporator is equipped with vacuum and pressure gauges, stirrer, wet vacuum pump, a condensate pump, and a salt filter with different types of packings in respective sections so that comparative studies may be made. The organic process equipment is all self-driven and designed to afford flexibility in use. Filtration studies may be made either on a large plate and frame press or on the ordinary Sweetland type press. Gas absorption equipment includes a blower and a stoneware packed column. Combustion equipment available consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, pre- mix gas fired furnace and the usual gas analysis equipment. Shop facilities include a lathe, drill press, grinder, welding equipment, and other tools nec- essary for unit operation and research studies. For grinding there is a jaw crusher, a disc crusher, and a ball mill. A mechanical shaker and standard sieve are available for particle size separation.

Cooperative and Graduate Research Laboratories. These laboratories are arranged to permit the installation of such special equipment as the par- ticular problems under consideration may require. Effort is made to maintain cooperation with the industries of Maryland and the Chemical Engineering activities of the State and Federal governments; for such work important advantages accrue because of the location of the Eastern Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines on the University campus.

Electrical Machinery Laboratories. There is provided a 20 kw. motor- generator set, consisting of a synchronous motor and a compound direct- current generator with motor and generator control panels, to furnish direct current for testing purposes. Through the distribution switchboard, provision is made for distributing to the various laboratories direct current at 125 volts, and alternating current, single-phase, and three-phase, at 110 and 220 volts.

The equipment includes a variety of direct and alternating-current gen- erators and motors, synchronous converter, distribution transformers, in- duction regulator, control apparatus, and the measuring instruments essen- tial for practical electrical testing. Most of the machines are of modem construction and of such size and design as to give typical performance. Flexibility of operation is provided in several ways: for instance, one of the synchronous machines has the coil terminals brought out to an external connection board, so that the windings may be connected for single-phase, two-phase, or three-phase operation; the machine is also provided with a phase-wound rotor and a squirrel-cage rotor, either of which may be used to replace the synchronous rotor. The synchronous converter is arranged for direct or inverted operation, either single-phase, two-phase, or three- phase. Metering and control boards are provided for rapid change of operating conditions with any machine. A single phase induction regulator with control panel provides voltage regulation for experimental work. There are several types of fractional-horsepower motors. The direct- current machines include several motor-generator sets and motors of vari- ous types and sizes for constant-speed and adjustable-speed operation. Storage batteries are available for low constant-voltage testing. Water- cooled Prony brakes are supplied for machine testing. Included in the general test equipment is a fairly complete assortment of ammeters, volt- meters, wattmeters, frequency meters, and two oscillographs.

Illumination Laboratory. The equipment includes electric lamps, shades, and reflectors of various types; a bar photometer for determination of candle-power distribution of incandescent lamps; and four types of port- able photometers for the measurement of illumination intensities.

Electrical Measurements and Electronics Laboratory. The equipment of this laboratory consists of secondary standards of potential, resistance, inductance, capacity and time for the comparison measurement of these values. Auxiliary equipment such as batteries, oscillators, amplifiers, bridges and both galvanometers and phone detecting devices is available. Equipment is also available for the experimental study of electric and magnetic fields, non-linear circuit elements and other topics in advanced electricity and magnetism.

The equipment for calibration of meters includes a standard ammeter, voltmeter and watthourmeter which are used in conjunction with the stand- ards of potential and resistance, potentiometers and other apparatus. A five-machine motor-generator set delivers voltage and currents, both alter- nating and direct, for meter testing.

For work in electronics, high-vacuum, gas and vapor filled tubes and photo-tubes are available for the testing of their characteristics, and for the study of their applications in research and industrial circuits. Power supplies for tube operation are provided.

Electrical Communications Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped with artificial lines, oscillators, amplifiers, vacuum-tube voltmeters, a transmission

170

171

loss or gain set and miscellaneous circuit elements for the study of the response of passive networks, transmission lines and coupled circuit.

The University maintains an amateur short-wave radio station, under faculty supervision, for members of the Student Radio Society. This station is equipped with a multi-band superheterodyne amateur communications receiver and a 500-watt transmitter adjustable to amateur frequencies.

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories. The apparatus consists of slide valve automatic steam engines equipped with Prony brakes, steam turbine- generator set, Waukesha Diesel engine research unit with electric dynamoni- eter and other accessories, two-stage steam-driver air compressor, gas engines, fans, pumps, indicators, gauges, feed water heaters, steam con- densers, tachometers, injectors, flow meters, pyrometers, draft gauges planimeters, thermometers, and other necessary apparatus and equipment for a mechanical engineering laboratory. A refrigeration unit and a heating and ventilation unit have been installed.

Aeronautical Laboratory. The laboratory is equipped for practice and research in engines, metal aircraft construction, structural tests, vibra- tion and noise, and aerodynamics. A three-foot return type wind tunnel, fully equipped with balances and other instruments and electrically oper- ated, has been constructed for standard experiments in aerodynamics and for student thesis research.

A sheet metal shop equipped to construct components of aircraft struc- tures in aluminum alloy and steel is available. This shop includes such equipment as automatic air riveting hammer, planishing machines, squaring shears, rolls, brake, heat treating furnace, etc. A small machine shop is also available for students in constructing research apparatus. Variable speed motors are available for experiments in vibration and noise.

The laboratory also includes a research spot welding machine, a sixty thousand-pound Baldwin-Southwark aircraft universal testing machine, Tuckerman gauges, oscillographs with accessories, and a Timby hydraulic jack system for static testing.

Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of electrically driven centrifugal pumps, measuring tanks, various types of weirs, venturi meters, nozzles, Pelton water wheel with Prony brake built especially for laboratory use, hook gauges, dial gauges, tachometers, stop watches, and other appa- ratus necessary for the study of the flow characteristics of water.

Materials Laboratories. Apparatus and equipment are provided for making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand, gravel, steel, concrete, timber, and brick.

Equipment includes a 300,000-pound hydraulic testing machine, two 100,000-pound universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, hardness tester, abrasion testing machine, rattler, constant temperature chamber, cement-testing apparatus, extensometer and micrometer gauges, and other special devices for ascertaining the elastic properties of different materials.

Special apparatus which has been designed and made in the shops of the University is also made available for student work.

172

The College of Engineering owns a Beggs deformeter apparatus for the mechanical solution of stresses in structures by use of celluloid models. Equipment is also available for study of models by the photo-elastic

niethod.

Engineering Soils Laboratory. Equipment is available for performing the usual tests on engineering soils. This includes apparatus for grain size analysis, Atterberg limits, permeability, optimum moisture content for compaction. Proctor penetration, and consolidation.

Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association has, by arrangement with the College of Engineering, established its testing and research laboratory at the University. The purpose of the Research Foundation thus organized is to make available to the Association additional facilities for its investigational work, and to provide for the College of Engineering additional facilities and opportunities for increasing the scope of its engineering research.

Engineering Experiment Station. The purpose of the Engineering Exper- iment Station at the University, as well as of the various research labora- tories, is to conduct cooperative studies with departments of the State and Federal governments, and with the industries of Maryland. These studies have included traffic surveys over the Maryland State highway system, studies of concrete cores cut from the state roads, and laboratory studies of the elastic properties of concrete.

Cooperative researches now under way in the Engineering Experiment Station include the following projects: reinforced concrete hinge construc- tion, expansion joints for concrete roads, diagonal tension reinforcement for concrete beams, operating effect of size of motor in single phase rural electric lines, electrical wave shaper recorder, studies on airplane design, on petroleum and lubricating oils, and on gases.

Machine Shops and Foundry. The machine shops and foundry are well lighted and fully equipped. Shops for wood working, metal, forge, and foundry practice are provided.

The wood-working shop has full equipment of hand and power machinery.

The machine shops are equipped with various types of lathes, planers, milling machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and precision boring head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc welding.

The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction for students, but makes possible the complete production of special apparatus for conducting experimental and research work in engineering.

Surveying Ekiuipment. Surveying equipment for plane topographic, and geodetic surveying is provided properly to equip several field parties. A wide variety of surveying instruments is provided, including domestic as well as foreign makes.

Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various types of highway construction and highway bridges are available.

A wide variety of specimens of the more common minerals and rocks has been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from Maryland.

173

Engineering Library

In addition to the general University Library, each department main tains a library for reference, and receives the standard engineering mJ, zines. The class work, particularly in advanced courses, requires thai students consult special books of reference and current technical literature

The Davis Library of Highway Engineering and Transport, founded bv

S^.^^n?'.!, T?^''''' ^n^^""' ""^ *^^ ^^*'°'^^' Highways Association IS part of the Library of the College of Engineering. The many books periodicals, pamphlets, and other items included in this library cover a i phases of highway engineering, highway transportation, and highwav traffic control. ^ & ^ay

There has also been donated to the College of Engineering the trans portation hbrary of the late J. Rowland Bibbins of Washington DC The books and reports in this library deal with urban transporStion problems including railroads, street cars, subways, busses, and city planning

Curricula

The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following

!^!Z-, fTV fr*"^ *° ^"^°*^ ^"'^ t^'^^ P«rt in the meeUngTo the student chapters of the technical engineering societies

ITie freshman engineering students are given a special bourse of lectures by Prac icmg engineers covering the work of the several engineering po fessional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist the fresTman n

Sr r^ ^ """^'"^^ ""''^ '' engineering for which he is best adapted The student is required to submit a brief written summary of each lecC' A series of engineering lectures for upper classmen is also provided These

oTtr^roTss'lo^n'^ ""•"^"^"^ ''^'''' -^^"^^ ^" '^^ ^^^ ^-^2

hshed in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi- neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical Engineers, and American Society of Mechanical Engineers The studen branches meet regularly for the discussion of topics dealing with the various fields of engmeenng.

A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior when he shall have passed at least 68 semester credit hours with an average grade of C or higher.

Junior and senior students with requisite standing may elect with the permission of the Dean of the College of Engineering, additional courses not exceeding three credits a semester.

All engineering students are urged to secure work during the summer, particularly m engineering fields.

The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to other places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent opportumty for the engineering student to observe what is being done in his chosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips, and the student is required to submit a written report of each trip.

174

Curriculum

Semester

freshman Year — Alike for all engineering courses. /

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) _ 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1

*College Algebra and Analytic Geometry (Math. 21f, 22s) 4

General Chemistry (Chem. ly) _ 4

Engineering Drawing (Dr. If) 2

Descriptive Geometry (Dr. 2s) _ « —

Forge Practice (Shop Is) _ —

Introduction to Engineering (Engr. If) 1

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. ly) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

ly) 1

fElective - - - 3

19

II

3 1 4 4

2

1

1 3

19

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on chemical operations and processes of importance in modem life and to apply this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for the attainment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has contributed so much to industrial and social welfare that the field of the chemical engineer may now be said to cover practically every operation in which any industrial material undergoes a change in its chemical identity.

Curriculum

Sophomore Year

Quantitative Analysis (Chem. 4f) 4

Water, Fuels, and Lubricants (Ch. E. 10s) —

Calculus (Math. 23y).... : 4

Elementary Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8 Ay) 2

Elements of Plane Surveying (Surv. Is) —

Modem Language (French or German) 3

General Physics (Phys. 2y) 5

Basic R. O. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y) ~ - 2

20

4 4 2 1 3 5

2

21

*A qualifying test is given at the close of the first two weeks to determine whether the student is adequately prepared for Math. 21f. A student failing this test is required to take Math, if, a one-semester course without credit.

tThe student may elect a course in Social Science, History, Language, or Government. Students who plan to enroll in Chemical Engineering are advised to take German or French.

175

Semester

Junior Year I

Applied Mechanics (Phys. 117y) _ 2

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102 Ay) 3

_ Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. 102By) 2

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s) _ 3

Principles of Electrical Engineering (E. E. 102y) 4

Elements of Chemical Engineering (Ch. E. 103y) 3

Chemical Technology (Ch. E. 108y) „ _ 2

19

Senior Year

♦Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (Ch. E. l()9y) 2

Chemical Engineering Seminar (Ch. E. 104y) _ 1

Precision of Measurements (Phys. lOlf) 3

Advanced Unit Operations (Ch. E. 105y) 5

Fundamentals of Business Administration (0. and M. 11 Of) 2

Fuels and Their Utilization (Ch. E. 107y) 2

Chemical Engineering Calculations (Ch. E. llOy) 3

//

2 3 2 3 4 3 2

1!) 2

18

2

e

16

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING-CHEMISTRY

A five-year program in Chemical Engineering and Chemistry, arranged between the College of Engineering and the College of Arts and Sciences, permits students, who so desire, to become candidates for the degrees of Bachelor of Science in Engineering and Bachelor of Science in Chemistry upon completion of the program outlined below:

Curriculum

fSophomore Year

Expository Writing (Eng. 5f, 6s) 2

Modem Language (French or German) 3

Calculus ( Math. 23y ) „ -..„ 4

General Physics (Phys. 2y) _ - 5

Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 2y) - 3

Elements of Plane Surveying (Surv. Is) —

R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed. 3y) 2

19

2 3 4 5 3 1 2

20

Semester

I u

Junior Year ^ g

Elementary Organic Chemistry (Chem. 8Ay) ^

Elementary Organic Laboratory (Chem. 8By) ^ ^

Quantitative Analysis (Chem. 6y )..-.»-. ^ - __ ^

Water, Fuels, and Lubricants (Ch. E. 10s) ^ ^

Applied Mechanics (Phys 117y)^^^--^^^^ : •-■ 3 3

Principles of Economics (Econ. 51f, 52s) ^ ^

Chemical Technology (Ch. E. 108y) . __

Precision of Measurements (Phys. lOlf) - ^ _

18 19

Fourth Year ^

Physical Chemistry (Chem. 102 Ay) -

Physical Chemistry Laboratory (^1^^"^; ^^^^^ -"- 4 4

Principles of Electrical Engmeermg (E. E. lO^y) -

Advanced Organic Chemistry (Chem. 116y) ^ ^

Organic Laboratory (Chem. 117y) - ^

Elements of Chemical Engineering (Ch E. l^^y>- ;■---- o —

Fundamentals of Business Administration (0. and M. llOf) ^ ^

Public Utilities (Econ. 145s) - __ __

18 19

Fifth Year

*Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (Ch. E. 109y) ^ ^

Chemical Engineering Seminar (Ch. E. 104y) - - ^

Advanced Unit Operations (Ch. E. 105y) ~ ^ ^

Elective — Social Sciences - " ^ ^

Elective— English -•"" - j

Advanced Organic Laboratory (Chem. 118y)

Fuels and their Utilization (Ch. E. 107y) -^- ^ ^

Chemical Engineering Calculations (Ch. E. llOy) ^ ^

17 19

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Civil Engineering deals with the design, constniction, and ^^i^^^^^^^^ of highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildmgs, water supply and sewerage systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mappmg.

*Note: A week's inspection trip will be required.

fChemistry majors who wish to transfer to the five year combined program should take. if possible, Chemistry or Econ. 51f, 52s, in the summer school preceding the sophomore year.

^Note: A week's inspection trip will be required.

176

177

/

Curriculum

Semester

Sophomore Year I

Oral Technical English (Speech 5f) 2

Calculus (Math. 23y) 4

General Physics (Phys. 2y) 5

Advanced Engineering Drawing (Dr. 3f) 2

Statics and Dynamics (Mech. Is) —

Plane Surveying (Surv. 2y) 2

Engineering Geology (Engr. 2f) - 2

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) - —

Basic R. 0. T. C. (M. I. 2y) or Physical Education (Phys. Ed.

3y) 2

19

Junior Year

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 6s) —

Strength of Materials (Mech. lOlf) 5

Hydraulics (C. E. 101s) - —

Materials of Engineering (Mech. 103s) - —

Principles of Mechanical Engineering (M. E. lOlf) 3

Principles of Electrical Engineering (E. E. 101s) —

Curves and Earthwork (C. E. 103f ) 3

Theory of Structures (C. E. 104s) —

Advanced Surveying (Surv. lOlf) 4

*Non-Engineering Elective 3

Technical Society —

18

Senior Year

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 7y) 1

Engineering Law and Specifications (Engr. 102s) —

Elements of Highways (C. E. 105f ) 3

Concrete Design (C. E. 106y) „ 4

Structural Design (C. E. 107y) 4

Municipal Sanitation (C. E. 108y) _ 3

Soils and Foundations (C. E. 109s) - —

fElective 3

Technical Society —

//

4 5

3 3

3

2

20

4 2

3

4

3

18

1 2

3 3 3 3 3

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

in industry, commerce, and home life.

C"'"'"!"" Semester

I n

Sophomore Year ^ _

Oral Technical English (Speech 5f) ■■■—■■■■■ 4 4

Calculus (Math. 23y) _ 5 5

General Physics (Phys. 2y) -■■■•-- 1 -

Elements of Plane Surveymg (Surv. If) - ^ _

Machine Shop Practice (Shop 2f ^ 3

Direct Current Theory (E. E. ly) _ 3

Statics and Dynamics (Mech. Is) .^--^ _ 3

3y) V ._ 3 —

Non-Engineering Elective _ __

20 20

Junior Year __ 2

Advanced Oral Technical English (^Peech Gs).^.^^^-^- ■■

Differential Equations for Engineers (Math. 114f) ^

Strength of Materials (Mech. 102f) - __ 3

Hydraulics (C. E. 102s) ^^^ -^ — - " ' ^ 2 -

Materials of Engineering (Mech. I03f ^ _

Direct Current Machinery (E. L. lUdi) __ ^

Direct Current Design (E. E. 104s) "---^^^ "■;; 3 4

Advanced Electricity and Magnetism (E.E. 105y) ___ ^

Alternating Current Circuits (E. E. lObs) ^ 3

* Non-Engineering Elective — —

Technical Society " — —

18 18

Advanced R. O. T. C. for qualified students, or

other approved non-engineering course.

18

18

♦Advanced R. O. T. C. for qualified students, or other approved non-engineering course.

fElective may be Advanced R. O. T. C. ; Thesis (C. E. llOy), with approval of hfa<l of department; a course in Fundamentals of Business Administration (O. and M. llOf), Sanitary Bacteriology (Bact. 4s), or other approved courses.

178

\

179

n

Senior Year Semester

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 7y) /

Alternating Current Machinery (E. E. 107y) ■* ]

Alternating Current Design (E. E. 108f) ' f

i^lectrical Communications (E. E. 109y) "

tlllumination (E. E. llOf) ~ ^

tElectric Railways (E. E. lllf) ^

tElectric Power Transmission (£1:. 112s) " " " ^

tEngmeering Electronics (E. E. 113s) ~~

Thermodynamics (M. E. 102f) * ~~

Power Plants (M. E. 103s) ^

^Elective " —

Technical Society ^. " ^

//

1 5

3

3 3

3 3

18

18

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Curriculum

Semester

Sophomore Year ^

Oral Technical English (Speech 5f)

Calculus (Math. 23y) " 2

General Physics (Phys. 2y )........ ^

Advanced Engineering Drawing 7Dr3f) o

Elements of Plane Surveying (Surv Is)

Machine Shop Practice (Shop 3f) ""

Statics and Dynamics (Mech. 2s) ^

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ 57f ) " ~"

^S ^:.lll!^' '• '"^ " "^'""^^ Education (Phys! Ed: '

Non-Engineering Elective ........I. "" *" ^

//

4 5

1 5

2

3

20

20

fAlternates.

^Elective may be R. O. T. C • Thesis (F v ^1A \ rnent; a course in Fundamentals W Busines^ A^m/nifr^V-'^'^^^^^PP^^^*! of head of depart- Law and Specifications (Engr. 102s)^S?'SApTove5'^^^^^^^^ '"' ^- ''"'' EngineTing

Semester

Junior Year — General I 11

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 6s) _ — 2

Differential Equations for Engineers (Math. 114f ) 3 —

Strength of Materials (Mech. lOlf) ~ 5 —

Hydraulics (C. E. 102s) _ - — 3

Materials of Engineering (Mech. 103s) — 2

Principles of Electrical Engineering (E. E. 102y) 4 4

Foundry Practice (Shop lOlf) 1 —

Machine Shop Practice (Shop 102s) — 1

Thermodynamics (M. E. 104y) 2 3

*Non-Engineering Elective - 3 3

Technical Society — —

18 18 Junior Year — Aeronautical Option

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 6s) — 2

Differential Equations for Engineers (Math. 114f) „ 3 —

Strength of Materials (Mech. lOlf ) 5 —

Materials of Engineering (Mech. 103s) _ — 2

Foundry Practice (Shop lOlf) _ 1 —

Machine Shop Practice (Shop 102s) ^ „ — 1

Principles of Electrical Engineering (E. E. 102y) 4 4

Thermodynamics (M. E. 104y) 2 3

Aerodynamics and Hydrodynamics (M. E. 105s) „ — 3

*Non-Engineering Elective - 3 3

Technical Society — —

18 18 Senior Year — General

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 7y) 1 1

Heating and Ventilation (M. E. 106f ) .,. _ 3 —

Refrigeration (M. E. 107s) — 3

Thesis (M. E. 108y) _ 1 2

Prime Movers (M. E. 109y) 4 4

Mechanical Engineering Design (M. E. llOy) _ 4 3

Mechanical Laboratory (M. E. Illy) _ 2 2

tElective - 3 3

Technical Society „ - _ — —

18

18

* .Advanced R. O. T. C. for qualified students, or other approved non-engineering course tElective may be Advanced R. O. T. C, or other approved courses.

180

181

,r-^

Senior Year— Aeronautical Option Semester

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 7y). , "

Thesis (M. E. 108y) ^ 1

Prime Movers (M. E. 109y) ^ 2

Mechanical Engineering Design '(M7E'rnOy) t ^

Mechanical Laboratory (M. E. Illy) 2

Airplane Structures (M. E 112v^ " ^ 2

tElective ' 3 3

Technical Society IIIIZZIZI.... ^ ^

r

18 18

AGRICULTURE— ENGINEERING

• -^f'T^tf <=°'"*''"ed program in Agriculture and Engineering arran.»i jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Eng"ne;rfnT nf mits students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of f'-^

SdtrrcXif gr-' r'rj'"' '-'' "elegrt ofVaLSn enTorth: fifth 'year '' "'' °'' '''''"'^^' Engineering at the

cS^yijs^z:^ '^ '"""' ''-'-' ''' '''' -*^'«^- ""^«

BUREAU OF MINES AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING RFSFAPr.i FELLOWSHIPS IN APPLIED SCIENCE AND SgINEERiNG

offli^ f^ltwThS tr'^r^eS I'^'TT /'"^ ''' ""^^" ^' ''^-^' sciences. Fellows enter upoTtheTr duties on JuwT'f ^ f"' ^^""'^

aTirJt tfeT; oTV 4"--^-^-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

tZ nl •. n ^^'^ "'^''^^' ^"^ ^^^"'^t to $600 for the year

o^nh:tuletu^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^\^^ — ^' -^- the direction

matLTa^'wiHe'T' " ''^^!!"' ^^^"^^'^^' ^^^^^^^ engineering, or matnematics will be chosen according to the abilities of the candidates and

PrVeTsroJ ?he''L lT'- ''^^^^^^^^- ^'^ '^'^''^ supervir^rb ! l-r^essor of Chemical Engineering of the University of Maryland

shS' '47rfc1iTt'^''-if ^ '/ ^?"" "^ ^"^^^" ^^ ^^-« ^--^ch Fellow-

ftSnf the Ze^S "^ ""^^^^^^t'^' '^'"'^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^ problems con- fronting the mineral industries. The research will be performed at the

tElective may be Advanced R. O. T. C, or other approved courses.

182

Eastern Experiment Station of the Bureau of Mines, a large building recently completed on the campus of the University of Maryland in College Park.

To encourage cooperation with the industries of Maryland and to develop research and instruction in Chemical Engineering, the University of Mary- land will offer two fellowships in Chemical Engineering. These fellowships will pay a stipend of $500 per year each, and will ordinarily require residence during the university year from September to June.

All the foregoing fellowships are open to graduates of universities and technical colleges who have the proper training in engineering or applied physical sciences, and who are qualified to undertake research work. Preference will be given to men who have already had one year of graduate work, and who have experience in research.

Applications should include a certified copy of college record, applicant's photograph, statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering spe- cifically the applicant's character, ability, education, and experience. The application should be addressed to Fellowship Committee, Eastern Experi- ment Station, Bureau of Mines, United States Department of the Interior, College Park, Maryland.

STANTON WALKER FELLOWSHIP OF THE

NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIATION

RESEARCH FOUNDATION

The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the National Sand and Gravel Association, offers a fellowship for research on appropriate problems related to the sand and gravel industry. Fellows enter upon their duties on July 1, and continue for 12 months, including one month for vacation. Payments under the fellowship are made at the end of each month and amount to $600 for the year.

Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University of Maryland. Class work will be directed by the heads of the departments of instruction, but about half of the time will be spent in research work. The faculty supervisor will be the Professor of Civil Engineering of the University of Maryland.

This fellowship is open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and research work leading to a Master's degree. Applications with a certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph, statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the applicant's character, ability, education, and experience.

The applications should be addressed: Dean, College of Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, Md.

183 t

Senior Year-~ Aeronautical Option Semester

Advanced Oral Technical English (Speech 7y) i ^'

Thesis (M. E. 108y) ^ 1

Prime Movers (M. E. 109y) ~~Z ] ^

Mechanical Engineering Design (M. E. llOy) a ^

Mechanical Laboratory (M. E. Illy). 9 ^

Airplane Structures (M. E. 112v) " t ^

tElective ^ 3

Technical Society IIZZZZZIZ ^ ^

18 18

AGRICULTURE— ENGINEERING

• •^i^'^r^tf "^"?,^^^^^ program in Agriculture and Engineering, arranged jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engine;rW pj mits students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree of Bachelor

TJ7.Z s'vfr""'- """"'"• " <"'™"" -^^""'"^ «•>.

Corgf :flgrtl^^^^^^^^^^^^ '^ ^^^"^ ''''^' '- ^^^^ -^^^-ue under

BUREAU OF MINES AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING RESEAPru FELLOWSHIPS IN APPLIED SCIENCE AND ENGINEER^^^^^^

.J^^ Umvef .ty of Maryland, in cooperation with the Bureau of Mines Itr ''"7f P^ ''' ^^^-^^h in the field of engineering and apS monr.'*- ^^" "''' "^? '^"^ '"'^^^ ^^ '"^'y 1' -<^ continue 'or are n^ade at the end of each month, and amount to $600 for the year

Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University of Maryland and become candidates for the degree of Doctor of PMosophv burab^ut h"; .%'rf ' '^'"^ '^^^^ ^^ ^^^ departments of instruction,

m.'^W?."^'^ -n'u^^T' ^" P^^'^'"' chemistry, chemical engineering, or the t^re^^^^^ if X" ?'"" "^ ^'^"^ '^ '^^ ^^^^^^^^^ ^' ^^^ candidates and

Professor of rL TT""' '''''•''''''' ^^^ '^^^^'^ supervisor will be the Professor of Chemical Engineering of the University of Maryland

.hi!^/ S""^ fellowships will be known as Bureau of Mines Research Fellow- f rn^ti. X "^'^?^^^'^ !^" undertake the solution of definite problems con- fronting the mineral industries. The research will be performed at the

tElective may be Advanced R. O. T. C. or other approved courses.

182

Eastern Experiment Station of the Bureau of Mines, a large building recently completed on the campus of the University of Maryland in College Park.

To encourage cooperation with the industries of Maryland and to develop research and instruction in Chemical Engineering, the University of Mary- land will offer two fellowships in Chemical Engineering. These fellowships will pay a stipend of $500 per year each, and will ordinarily require residence during the university year from September to June.

All the foregoing fellowships are open to graduates of universities and technical colleges who have the proper training in engineering or applied physical sciences, and who are qualified to undertake research work. Preference will be given to men who have already had one year of graduate work, and who have experience in research.

Applications should include a certified copy of college record, applicant's photograph, statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering spe- cifically the applicant's character, ability, education, and experience. The application should be addressed to Fellowship Committee, Eastern Experi- ment Station, Bureau of Mines, United States Department of the Interior, College Park, Maryland.

STANTON WALKER FELLOWSHIP OF THE

NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIATION

RESEARCH FOUNDATION

The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the National Sand and Gravel Association, offers a fellowship for research on appropriate problems related to the sand and gravel industry. Fellows enter upon their duties on July 1, and continue for 12 months, including one month for vacation. Payments under the fellowship are made at the end of each month and amount to $600 for the year.

Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University of Maryland. Class work will be directed by the heads of the departments of instruction, but about half of the time will be spent in research work. The faculty supervisor will be the Professor of Civil Engineering of the University of Maryland.

This fellowship is open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and research work leading to a Master's degree. Applications with a certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph, statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the applicant's character, ability, education, and experience.

The applications should be addressed: Dean, College of Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, Md.

183

BUREAU OF MINES LECTURES

Eastern Experiment ^^Ji li ^ Interior, which maintains it

interesting IIZZ pu e" it^t t ^'^ f d'f ^-^^ ^^'^' ^^^ ^^^ - Engineering throughou't the Un versit^ ylar tlT^ "' f ' •'^""^^^ "^ will be given monthly, on the fo«^h t, ! . l««=tures, five in number October and ending in Ipnl I^^lS^ n f" "^ ^^"^ '"°"*'^' ''^^"nin*? in The speakers will be outstanT.^ December and January, at 8:15 P m

selected becausl of broad and t ^ ' "' '^" ""^^ "' *" ^""'^^^

and public interest, Lvol^ng Zdam^rnSTd " '^•'^- "' "^'^ ^^^''"^ though the lectures are arr^mTn ^ pioneering research. Al-

University in chem caT eng neS ' theT"''*"" l'''' '""^ "^^'^ "^ ^^ technology, and economics '^' "^ '°^''' ^ '"'^^^ ««"* "^ science,

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS

M. Marie Mount, Dean

To give a young woman the best personal development and a preparation for home making is the chief aim of home economics education. The second aim is professional — a preparation for earning a livelihood. For the ma- jority of women who must earn a living, home economics offers many opportunities as teachers or extension specialists in home economics; direc- tors of food service in restaurants, cafeterias and hospitals; designers of room interiors and wearing apparel; textile specialists or clothing special- ists in department stores; home economists with commercial firms, radio stations or magazines and newspapers.

Departments

For administrative purposes the College of Home Economics is organized into the Departments of Foods and Nutrition; Textiles, Clothing, and Art; and Home and Institution Management.

Facilities

The new home economics building increases greatly the classroom and laboratory facilities. These increased facilities will permit expansion of work now being offered and the addition of new lines of work. The college maintains a home management house, in which students gain practical experience in home-making during their senior year.

Baltimore and Washington afford unusual opportunities for trips, addi- tional study, and practical experience pertaining to the various phases of home economics.

Professional Organizations

The Home Economics Club, to which ail home economics students are eligible, is affiliated with the American Home Economics Association.

Omicron Nu, a national home economics honor society, established Alpha Zeta chapter at the University of Maryland, November, 1937. Students of high scholarship may be elected to membership.

Degree

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory com pletion of four years of prescribed courses, of 128 semester hours. In ac- cordance with the University policy, not less than three-fourths of the credits for graduation must be earned with grades of A, B, or C.

184

185

Curricula

When a student has attained junior standing* she may continue with the nonprofessional general home economics curriculum, or elect one of the following professional curricula or a combination of curricula: foods and nutrition, institution management, home economics extension, textiles and clothing and practical art. A student who wishes to teach home economics may register in home economics education in the College of Home Economics, or in the College of Education (see home economics education).

Following are the outlines of all curricula.

Curriculum «

c>emester

Freshman Year — Alike for all home economics courses. / //

Survey and Composition I (Eng. ly) 3 3

fGeneral or Introductory Chemistry (Chem. ly or 3y) „ 4-3 4-3

Textiles (H. E. 71f) 3

Design ( H. E. 21s ) „ „ — 3

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) - 1 1

Home Economics Lectures (H. E. ly) 1 l

Personal Hygiene and Physical Activities (Phys. Ed. 2y

and 4y ) 1 1

JElectives -..- 2-3 2-3

15-16 15-16 ^Sophomore Year — Alike for all home economics courses.

Costume Design (H. E. 24f ) 3 -

Clothing (H. E. lis) — 3

Foods (H. E. 31y) 3 3

Introductory Physics (Phys. 3y) _ 3 3

Psychology ( Psych. If ) „ 3 —

Fundamentals of Economics (Econ. 57s) — 3

Community Hygiene and Physical Activities (Phys. Ed. 6y

and 8y) : 2 2

IIElectives 3 3

17

17

♦64 credit hours with a C grade average.

tChem. ly is required for all curricula with the exception of general home economics and practical art.

$At least one year of foreign language is required of students majoring in practical art.

SOrganic Chemistry (Chem. 12 Ay, 12By) is required of students electing the foods and nutrition, textiles and clothing, institution management, or home economics extension curriculum.

II In all curricula, in addition to the courses prescribed, one course in sociology is required and a course in one of the following sciences : zoology, botany, physiology, or genetics. In practical art, Elements of Nutrition is required in the sophomore y*'*'". Another science may be substituted for Introductory Physics.

Curriculum-General Home Economics ^^^^^^^^

X'nlLTf Nutrition (H. E,32f) or Nutrition (H. E. ISlf) _3 -

Food Buying and Meal Service (H- ^ 3 ) -^-^^---^ ^ 3

Management of the Home (HE 141f, 142s) - ^

Advanced Clothing (H. E. Ulf).^ _ 3

Household Bacteriology (Bact. 3s) - 3

fZior Design (H. E. i2if, 122s) :::: z:::!!!:: J 4-5

Electives — —

16-17 16-17

Senior Year ^ —

Child study (H. E. Ed. 102f )^ ^ ^ f' 143s) - ^

Practice in Management of the Home (H. E. 143s) --— 12 12

Electives - " — —

15 15

Curriculum— Foods and Nutrition

Junior Year ^

General Physiological Chemistry (Chem. 108f) - ^

Nutrition (H. E. 131f) " __

Dietetics (H. E. 132s) 7:";7:7 ;"^o' V 3

Management of the Home (H. E. 141f, 142s) - __

Household Bacteriology (Bact. 3s)- ■^_- - __

Food Buving and Meal Service (H. E. 137s) ^ ^

Interior Design (H. E. 121f, 122s) - ZZZI 4

Electives — " " "

17

Senior Year ^

Child Study (H. E. Ed. 102f) ~'Z"':'a^": —

Practice in Management of the Home (H. E. 14ds) ^

Experimental Foods (H. E. 135f) - __

Demonstrations (H. E. 133s) -

Advanced Foods (H. E. 134s) - "

Electives .- _

15

3

3 3 3 3 2

17

3

2

3 7

15

186

187

\

*Curriculum — Institution Management

Set)

Junior Year I

General Physiological Chemistry (Chem. 108f)..„ 4

Household Bacteriology (Bact. 3s) —

Nutrition (H. E. 131f) 3

Dietetics (H. E. 132s) —

Management of the Home (H. E. 141f, 142s) 3

Institution Management (H. E. 144y) _ 3

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (H. E. Ed. 101s) —

Food Buying and Meal Service (H. E. 137s) —

Electives _ _ ~ _ 4

17

Senior Year

Practice in Management of the Home (H. E. 143f) 3

Child Study (H. E. Ed. 102s)

Experimental Foods (H. E. 135f) „ 4

Advanced Institution Management (H. E. 146s) —

Institution Cookery (H. E. 147f) 3

Interior Design (H. E. 121f, 122s) _ 3

Mental Hygiene (Psych. 130s) _ _ ....„ —

Diet in Disease (H. E. 138s) —

Electives -...._ „ 2

Curriculum — Home Economics Extension Junior Year

Nutrition (H. E. 131f) „ „ „ 3

Dietetics (H. E. 132s) —

Management of the Home (H. E. 141f, 142s) 3

Advanced Clothing (H. E. lllf) ^.... 3

Household Bacteriology (Bact. 3s) —

Educational Psychology (Psych. lOf) 3

Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (H. E. Ed. 101s) —

Demonstrations (H. E. 133f) _ 2

Food Buying and Meal Service (H. E. 137s) —

Interior Design (H. E. 121f, 122s) _ 3

//

18

— 3

3

3 3

15

3

3

3

Senior Year

Mental Hygiene (Psych. 130s) .--...-.

Human Physiology (Zool 16s). - -•-•-•"-;:

Methods in Home Economics Extension (H. E. 151s)

Rural Life and Education (R. Ed. 110s)

♦Electives --- ~ — ~

Semester

I U

3 —

— 3

— 8

— S

— S

— 8 12 —

15

Curriculum— Textiles and Clothing

Junior Year

Advanced Clothing (H. E. lllf) - - - __

Advanced Textiles (H. E. 171s) " - __

Chemistry of Textiles (Chem. 14s).. ....™. "-■--.•"" 3

tNutrition (H. E. 131f ) or Elements of Nutrition (H. E. 32f ) 6

Management of the Home (H. E. 141f, 142s) - " ^

Household Bacteriology ( Bact. 3s ) -

Interior Design (H. E. 121f, 122s) - -- ^

Electives

17

Senior Year

Problems in Clothing (H. E. 112s)

Problems in Textiles (H. E. 172f ) - --—"7 „

Practice in Management of the Home (H. E. 143f ) ^

Child Study (H. E. Ed. 102s) - j

Electives

8

16

15

3

3 3 3 2

17

8

4 —

3

9

15

^Electives in Gardening. Poultry, and Dairjdng aro ^«^«.7"^;'^^^^- .^. ^ .„ « ^g^^v tOrganic Chemistry (Chem. 12Ay. 12 By) is prerequisite for Nutrition (H. E. 131f).

17

18

*Training for a hospital dietitian requires one year of graduate study in a hospital offering a course approved by the American Dietetic Association. The institution manage- ment curriculum meets the academic requirements for entrance to such a course.

A student planning to do institutional work other than hospital dietetics is not required to take Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (H. Ed. 101s) and Diet in Disease (H. E. 1388).

188

189

I

— 3

— 3

~ 5

Curriculum— Practical Art

Junior Year ^^^

Management of the Home (H. E. 141f, 142s) o

Interior Design (H. E. 121f, 122s) [ **"" t

Principles of Marketing (Mkt. lOlf) ~ t

Advanced Clothing (H. E. lllf) ^

Advertising Layout and Store Coordination "(H.E.i20f) 9

Elective in Speech ^ " ^

Retail Store Management and Merchandising (Mkt" n 9s)

Applied Psychology II (Psych. 3s) ...L ^ " Z

Electives -

Senior Year ^^^'^

Practice in Management .of the Home (H. E 143f) o Advanced Interior Design (H. E. 123f, 124s) or Advanced

Costume Design (H. E. 127f, 128s) ^

Consumer Problems in Textiles (H. E. 170f) t

Merchandise Display (H. E. 125f) _... t

Store Experience (H. E. 126f) ^

Child Study (H. E. Ed. 102f) "ZZ~ZZ ~ __

Electives ..

^ " - - 2

15

letter

U 3

3

3 10

15

s

190

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

C. 0. Appleman, Dean. The Graduate School Council '

H. C. Byrd, LL.D., President of the University. C 0. Appleman, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman. Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Professor of Education. L. B. Broughton, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station. E. N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology. H. F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Education. N. L. Drake, Ph.D.,Professor of Organic Chemistry. C. B. Hale, Ph.D., Professor of English. L. V. Howard, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. WiLBERT J. Huff, Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering. L. H. James, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology. J. G. Jenkins, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. DeVoe Meade, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry. M. Marie Mount, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management. H. J. Patterson, D.Sc. Dean Emeritus of Agriculture. W. M. Stevens, Ph.D., Professor of Economics and Business Administration. T. H. Taliaferro, C. E., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. A. E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages.

Walter H. Hartung, Ph.D., Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry (Bal- timore). Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Gross Anatomy (Baltimore).

HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION

In the earlier years of the institution the Master's degree was frequently conferred, but the work of the graduate students was in charge of the departments concerned, under the supervision of the general faculty. The Graduate School of the University of Maryland was established in 1918, and organized graduate instruction leading to both the Master's and the Doctor's degree was undertaken. The faculty of the Graduate School includes all members of the various faculties who give instruction in approved graduate courses. The general administrative functions of the graduate faculty are delegated to a Graduate Council, of which the Dean of the Graduate School is chairman.

LIBRARIES

In addition to the resources of the University libraries, the great libraries of the National Capital are easily available for reference work. Because of the proximity of these libraries to College Park they are a valuable asset to research and graduate work at the University of Maryland.

The library building at College Park contains a number of seminar rooms and other desirable facilities for graduate work.

191

THE GRADUATE CLUB

The graduate students maintain an active Graduate Club. Several meet- ings for professional and social purposes are held during the year. Students working in different departments have an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and thus profit by the broad cultural values derived from contacts with fellow students working in different fields.

ADMISSION

Graduates from recognized colleges, regarded as standard by the institu- tion and by regional or general accrediting agencies, are admitted to the Graduate School. Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates of registration, on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean. The applicant must furnish an official transcript of his collegiate record which for unconditional admission must show an adequate amount of undergraduate preparation, including advanced preparation in the major field

After approval of the application a matriculation card, signed by the Dean, is issued to the student. This card permits one to register in the Graduate School. After payment of the fee, the matriculation card is stamped and returned to the student. It is his certificate of membership in the Graduate School and should be retained by the student to present at each succeeding registration.

Admission to the Graduate School does not necessarily imply admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.

REGISTRATION

All students pursuing graduate work in the University, even though they are not candidates for higher degrees, are required to register in the Graduate School at the beginning of each semester. Students taking grad- uate work in the summer session are also required to register in the Graduate School at the beginning of each session. In no case will grad- uate credit be given unless the student matriculates and registers in the Gradunte School,

The program of work for the semester or the summer session is arranged by the student with the major department and entered upon two course cards, which are signed first by the professor in charge of the student's major subject and then by the Dean of the Graduate School. One card is retained by the Dean. The student takes the other card, and in case of a new student, also the matriculation card, to the Registrar's office, where the registration is completed. Students will not be admitted to graduate courses until the Registrar has certified to the instructor that registration has been completed. Course cards may be obtained at the Registrar's office or at the Dean's office. The heads of departments usually keep a supply of these cards in their respective offices.

192

GRADUATE COURSES

rr.duate students must elect for credit in partial fulfillment of the re-

Ints for higher degrees only courses designated For Graduates.

""""'Tr Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates, Graduate students may

'i Vrourses numbered from 1 to 99 but graduate credit will not be allowed

f. these Students with inadequate preparation may be required to take

L of t^hese courses. No credit toward graduate degrees may be obtamed Tcoriespondence or extension study. Courses that are audited are regis- tered for in the same way and at the same fees as other courses.

PROGRAM OF WORK

The professor who is selected to direct a student's thesis work is the .indent's adviser in the formulation of a graduate program, mcludmg nitable minor work, which is arranged in cooperation with the mstructors. To encourage thoroughness in scholarship through intensive application, graduate students in the regular sessions are limited to a program of thirty credit hours for the year, including thesis work, which is valued at not less

than six hours.

SUMMER GRADUATE WORK

Graduate work in the summer session may be counted as residence

toward an advanced degree. , , . ^i, 4-;^..

By special arrangement, graduate work may be pursued during the entire summer in some departments. Such students as graduate assistants, or others who may wish to supplement work done during the regular year, may satisfy one-third of an academic year's residence by full-time graduate work for eleven or twelve weeks, provided satisfactory supervision and facilities for summer work are available in their special fields.

The University publishes a special bulletin giving full information con- cerning the summer session and the graduate courses offered therein. The bulletin is available upon application to the Registrar of the University.

GRADUATE WORK IN PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AT BALTIMORE

Graduate courses and opportunities for research are offered in some of the professional schools at Baltimore. Students pursuing graduate work in the professional schools must register in the Graduate School, and meet the same requirements and proceed in the same way as do graduate students in other departments of the University.

The graduate courses in the professional schools are listed in the

Graduate School Announcements.

GRADUATE WORK BY SENIORS IN THIS UNIVERSITY

Seniors who have completed all their undergraduate courses in this Uni- versity by the end of the first semester, and who continue their residence in the University for the remainder of the year, are permitted to register in the Graduate School and secure the privileges of its membership, even though the bachelor's degree is not conferred until the close of the year.

193

A senior of this University who has nearly completed the requirements for the undergraduate degree may, with the approval of his undergraduate Dean and the Dean of the Graduate School, register in the undergraduate college for graduate courses, which may later be transferred for graduate credit toward an advanced degree at this University, but the total of under. graduate and graduate courses must not exceed fifteen credits for the semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot later be transferred unless such prearrangement has been made. Graduate credits earned dur- ing the senior year may not be used to shorten the residence period required for advanced degrees.

ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY FOR ADVANCED DEGREES

Application for admission to candidacy for the Master's and for the Doctor's degree is made on application blanks which are obtained at the office of the Dean of the Graduate School. These are filled out in dupli- cate and after the required endorsements are obtained, the applications are acted upon by the Graduate Council. An official transcript of the candidate's undergraduate record and any graduate courses completed at other institutions must be on file in the Dean's office before the application can be considered.

Admission to candidacy in no case assures the student of a degree, but merely signifies he has met all the formal requirements and is considered by his instructors sufficiently prepared and able to pursue such graduate study and research as are demanded by the requirements of the degree sought. The candidate must show superior scholarship by the type of graduate work already completed.

Application for admission to candidacy is made at the time stated in the sections dealing with the requirements for the degree sought.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES OF MASTER OF ARTS

AND MASTER OF SCIENCE

Advancement to Candidacy. Each candidate for the Master's degree is required to make application for admission to candidacy not later than the date when instruction begins for the second semester of the academic year in which the degree is sought (or in case of a summer school student at the end of the third summer's residence), but not until at least twelve semester course hours of graduate work have been completed. An average grade of B in all major and minor subjects is required.

Minimum Residence. A residence of at least one full academic year, or its equivalent, at this institution, is required. By carrying approximately six semester hours of graduate work for four summer sessions at this institution, a student may fulfill the residence requirements for the degree of Master or Arts or Master of Science, provided that the greater part of the thesis work can be done under direction during the periods between summer sessions. In some instances a fifth summer of residence may be required in order that a satisfactory thesis may be completed.

194

Course Requirements. A minimum of twenty-four semester hours, exclu- • of research, with an average B grade in courses approved for grad- ^^? credit is required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of q ience If the student is inadequately prepared for the required graduate irses' either in the major or minor subjects, additional courses may be 'Quired to supplement the undergraduate work. Of the twenty-four hours Tauired in graduate courses, not less than twelve semester hours and not more than sixteen semester hours must be earned in the major subject. The remaining credits must be outside the major subject and must com- r^rise a ffroup of coherent courses intended to supplement and support the maior work. Not less than one-half of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be selected from courses numbered 200 or above. The entire course of study must constitute a unified program approved by the student's major adviser and by the Dean of the Graduate School. Transfer of Credit. Credit, not to exceed six hours, obtained at other I recognized institutions may be transferred and applied to the course re- quirements of the Master's degree, provided that the work was of graduate character, and provided that it is approved for inclusion in the student's graduate program at the University of Maryland. This transfer of credit is approved by the Graduate Council when the student is admitted to can- didacy for the degree. Acceptance of the transferred credit does not reduce the minimum residence requirements. The candidate is subject to final examination by this institution in all work offered for the degree.

Thesis. In addition to the twenty-four semester hours in graduate courses a satisfactory thesis is required of all candidates for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science. It must demonstrate the stu- dent's ability to do independent work and it must be acceptable in literary style and composition. It is assumed that the time devoted to thesis work will be not less than the equivalent of six semester hours earned in graduate courses. With the approval of the student's major professor and the Dean of the Graduate School, the thesis in certain cases may be prepared in absentia under direction and supervision of a member of the faculty of this

institution.

The original copy of the thesis must be deposited in the office of the Graduate School not later than two weeks before commencement. An ab- stract of the contents of the thesis, 200 to 250 words in length, must accom- pany it. A manual giving full directions for the physical make-up of the thesis is in the hands of each professor who directs thesis work, and should be consulted by the student before the typing of the manuscript is begun. Individual copies of this manual may be obtained by the student at the Dean's office, at nominal cost.

Final Examination. The final oral examination is conducted by a com- mittee appointed by the Dean of the Graduate School. The student's ad- viser acts as the chairman of the committee. The other members of the committee are persons under whom the student has taken most of his major

195

and mmor courses. The chairman and the candidate are notified of the t,., sonnel of the examining committee at least one week prior to the period Li for oral examinations. The chairman of the committee selects the exa time and place for the examination and notifies the other members of th committee and the candidate. The examination should be conducted witht the dates specified and a report of the committee sent to the Dean as sol as possible after the examination. A special form for this purpose is su^ plied to the chairman of the committee. Such a report is the basis nZ which recommendation is made to the faculty that the candidate be granted the degree sought. The period for the oral examination is usually about on hour, but the time should be long enough to ensure an adequate examination The examining committee also approves the thesis, and it is the candi date s obligation to see that each member of the committee has ample on portunity to examine a copy of the thesis prior to the date of the examina-

A student will not be admitted to final examination until all other require- ments for the degree have been met. In addition to the oral examination a comprehensive written examination may be required at the option of the major department.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION

Course Requirements. Thirty hours of course work are required, which may include courses in departments other than Education not to exceed one- half of the total thirty hours, such courses to be selected in conformity with the student's special needs as agreed upon by the student and his adviser. Of the thirty hours, not less than one-half must be on the 200 level.

At least four of the thirty hours must be seminar work, which shall include one or more seminar papers in the student's major field of concen- tration in the Department of Education.

Included in the program must be courses in educational statistics and in procedure of educational research.

A maximum of six hours of graduate credit may be earned in a summer session, and not more than six hours may be transferred from another institution.

The requirements in regard to advancement to candidacy, transfer of credits, and final oral examination are the same as for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Advancement to Candidacy. Candidates for the Doctor's degree must be admitted to candidacy not later than one academic year prior to the granting of the degree. Applications for admission to candidacy for the

196

Doctor's degree are filled out by the student and submitted to his major de- nartment for further action, and transmission to the Dean of the Graduate School not later than the first Wednesday in October of the academic year in which the degree is sought.

The applicant must have obtained from the head of the Modern Language Department a statement that he possesses a reading knowledge of French and German. Preliminary examinations or such other substantial tests as the departments may elect are also required for admission to candidacy.

Residence. Three years of full-time resident graduate study are required. The first two of the three years may be spent in other institutions offering standard graduate work. On a part-time basis the time needed will be cor- respondingly increased. All work at other institutions offered for transfer in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D. degree is approved by the Graduate Council, upon recommendation of the department con- cerned, when the student is admitted to candidacy for the degree. The Doctor's degree is not given merely as a certificate of residence and work, but is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high attainments in scholar- ship, and ability to carry on independent research in the special field in which the major work is done.

Major and Minor Subjects. The candidate must select a major and one or two closely related minor subjects. The minor work required varies from twenty-four to thirty hours at the discretion of the department concerned. The remainder of the required residence is devoted to intensive study and research in the major field. The amount of required course work in the major subject will vary with the department and the individual candidate. The candidate must register for a minimum of twelve semester hours of research.

Thesis. The ability to do independent research must be shown by a dis- sertation on some topic connected with the major subject. An original type- written copy and two clear, plain carbon copies of the thesis, together with an abstract of the contents, 250 to 500 words in length, must be deposited in the office of the Deaii at least three weeks before commmencement. It is the responsibility of the student also to provide copies of the thesis for the use of the members of the examining committee prior to the date of the final examination.

The original copy should not be bound by the student, as the University later binds uniformly all theses for the general University library. The carbon copies are bound by the student in cardboard covers which may be obtained at the students' supply store; one is later sent to the University library and one to the Library of Congress. The abstracts are published by the University in a special bulletin.

A manual giving full directions for the physical make-up of the thesis IS m the hands of each professor who directs thesis work and should be consulted by the student before typing of the thesis is begun. Students may obtain copies, of this manual at the Dean's office, at nominal cost.

197

i

i

Final Examination. The final oral examination is held before a com- mittee appointed by the Dean. One member of this committee is a repre- sentative of the graduate faculty who is not directly concerned with the student's graduate work. One or more members of the committee may be persons from other institutions who are distinguished scholars in the student's major field.

The duration of the examination is approximately three hours, and covers the research work of the candidate as embodied in his thesis, and his at- tainments in the fields of his major and minor subjects. The other detailed procedures are the same as those stated for the Master's examination.

RULES GOVERNING LANGUAGE EXAMINATIONS FOR CANDIDATES FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

1. A candidate for the Doctor's degree must show in a written exami- nation that he possesses a reading knowledge of French and German. The passages to be translated will be taken from books and articles in his spe- cialized field. Some 300 pages of text from which the applicant wishes to have his examination chosen should be submitted to the head of the De- partment of Modern Languages at least three days before the examination. The examination aims to test ability to use the foreign language for re- search purposes. It is presumed that the candidate will know sufficient grammar to distinguish inflectional forms and that he will be able to trans- late readily in two hours about 500 words of text, with the aid of a dic- tionary.

2. Application for admission to these tests must be filed in the office of the Department of Modern Languages at least three days in advance of the tests.

3. No penalty is attached to failure in the examination, and the un> successful candidate is free to try again at the next date set for these tests.

4. Examinations are held near the office of the Department of Modem Languages, on the last Wednesday in September and the first Wednesdays in February and June, at 2 p. m.

GRADUATE FEES

The fees paid by graduate students are as follows:

All Students:

A matriculation fee of. $10.00. This is paid once only, upon admission to the Graduate School.

A diploma fee (Master's degree), $10.00.

A graduate fee, including hood (Doctor's degree), $20.00.

College Park:

A fixed charge, each semester, of $6.00 per semester credit hour for students carrying eight hours or less; for students carrying more than eight hours, $50.00 for the semester.

Laboratory fees range from $2.00 to $8.00 per course per semester.

198

n

BaUimore:

School of Medicine: A fixed charge, each semester, of $8.00 per semester

redit hour. Laboratory fees range from $10.00 to $20.00 per course.

^ School of Pharmacy: A fixed charge, each semester, of $6.00 per semes-

fpr credit hour. This fee is required of all graduate students except

assistants, who will pay only a laboratory fee of $3.00 per semester credit

hour.

Summer Sessions, College Park:

" Students in the Summer Session pay the regular matriculation and diploma fees. The hour credit fee is as follows:

A full load of six semester hours, $25.00.

A load of less than six semester hours, $6.00 per semester credit hour. •

Living Expenses:

Board and lodging are available in many private homes in College Park and vicinity. The cost of board and room ranges from about $35.00 to $45.00 a month, depending on the desires of the individual. A list of accommodations is maintained in the offices of the Dean of Men and the Dean of Women.

FELLOWSHIPS AND ASSISTANTSHIPS

Fellowships. A number of fellowships have been established by the Uni- versity The stipend for the University fellows is from $400 to $500 for the academic year and the remission of all graduate fees except the diploma fee. Several industrial fellowships, with varying stipends, are also available in certain departments.

Fellows are required to render minor services prescribed by their major departments. The usual amount of service required does not exceed twelve clock hours per week. Fellows are permitted to carry a full graduate program, and they may satisfy the residence requirement for higher degrees in the normal time.

Scholarships. A limited number of scholarships are available, carrying a stipend of from $150 to $200, without remission of fees. Scholarships are awarded pn the basis of ability and of financial need. Scholars carry full time work and only minor services are required by the departments.

Applications for fellowships and scholarships are made on blanks which may be obtained from the office of the Graduate School. The application, with the necessary credentials, is sent by the applicant directly to the Dean of the Graduate School. Applications which are approved by the Dean are forwarded to the departments, where final selection of fellows and scholars is made. The awards of University fellowships and scholarships are on a competitive basis.

Graduate Assistantships. A number of teaching and research graduate assistantships are available in several departments. The compensation for these assistantships is from $600 to $1000 a year and the remission of al?

199

graduate fees except the diploma fee. Graduate assistants are appointed for one year and are eligible to reappointment. The assistant in this class devotes one-half of his time to instruction or to research in connection with Experiment Station projects, and he is required to spend two years in resi- dence for the Master's degree. If he continues in residence for the Doctor's degree, he is allowed two-thirds residence credit for each academic year at this University. The minimum residence requirement following the Bach- elor's degree, therefore, may be satisfied in four academic years and one summer, or three academic years and three summer sessions of eleven or twelve weeks each.

Applications for graduate assistantships are made directly to the depart- ments concerned, and appointments are made through the regular channels for staff appointments. Further information regarding these assistantships may be obtained from the department or college concerned.

COMMENCEMENT

Attendance is required at the commencement at which the degree is conferred, unless the candidate is excused by the Dean of the Faculty.

Application for diploma must be filed in the office of the Registrar before April 1 of the year in which the candidate expects to obtain a degree.

Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement. Candi- dates who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the Students' Supply Store. Order must be filed before April 1, but may be cancelled later if the student finds himself unable to complete his work for the degree.

iff

SUMMER SESSION

Harold Benjamin, Director

A Summer Session of six weeks is conducted at College Park. The pro- gram serves the needs of the following classes of students: (1) teachers and supervisors of the several classes of school work — elementary, secondary, vocational, and special; (2) regular students who are candidates for degrees; (3) graduate students; (4) special students not candidates for degrees.

Terms of Admission

The admission requirements for those who desire to become candidates for degrees are the same as for any other session of the University. Before registering, a candidate for a degree will be required to consult the Dean of the College or School in which he wishes to secure the degree. Teachers and special students not seeking a degree are admitted to the courses of the summer session for which they are qualified. All such selection of courses must be approved by the Director of the Summer Session.

Credits and Certificates

The semester hour is the unit of credit as in other sessions of the Uni- versity. In the summer session, a course meeting five times a week for six weeks and requiring the standard amount of outside work has a value of two semester hours.

Courses satisfactorily completed will be credited by the State Depart- ment of Education towards satisfying certification requirements of all classes.

Summer Graduate Work

For persons wishing to do graduate work towards an advanced degree in the summer sessions, special arrangements are made supplementing the regular procedure. Teachers and other graduate students working for a degree on the summer plan must meet the same requirements as to admis- sion, credits, scholarship, and examinations as do students enrolled in the other sessions of the University.

For detailed information in regard to the Summer Session, consult the special Summer Session announcemeyity issued annually in April.

200

201

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS

Thomas D. Finley,! Lieut. Col., Infantry, U, S. Army Professor Robert E. Wysor, Jr., Lieut, Col, Infantry, U, S. Army, Acting Professor

RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS

The work in this department is based upon the provisions of Army Regu- lations No. 145-10, War Department.

Authorization

An infantry unit of the Senior Division of the Reserve Officers* Training Corps was established at the University under the provisions of the Act of Congress of June 3, 1916, as amended.

Organization

The unit is organized as a regiment of four battalions of three rifle companies each, and a band. All units are commanded by Advanced Course students, who have been selected for these commands on a basis of merit. The course of instruction is divided into two parts: the Basic Course and the Advanced Course.

Objectives * Basic Course

The object of this course is to afford to students enjoying the privileges of State and Federal aided education an opportunity to be trained for posi- tions involving leadership, within either the State or the nation. To this end the methods employed are designed to fit men mentally, physically, and morally for pursuits of peace or, if necessity requires, for national defense. A member of the R. 0. T. C. is not in the Army of the United States, and membership in the unit carries no legal obligation to serve in the Army, or any of the armed forces.

JAdvanced Course

The primary object of the Advanced Course is to provide military instruc- tion and systematic training through the agency of civil educational in- stitutions to selected students, to the end that they may qualify as reserve officers in the military forces of the United States. It is intended to attain this objective in accordance with the terms of the contract during the time the students are pursuing as undergraduates their general or professional studies, thus causing minimum interference with the preparatory require- ments of their projected civil careers.

A student prior to enrollment in this course must have satisfactorily completed the basic course and must have indicated in writing his desire to

undertake the course. The applicant further must obtain on this document the recommendation of both the Dean of his College and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics, and submit same to the President of the Insti- tution for approval. No student will be enrolled in the Advanced Course without the approval of the President of the University.

Time Allotted

For first and second years, basic course, three periods a week of not less than one hour each are devoted to this work, of which at least one hour is utilized for theoretical instruction.

For third and fourth years, advanced 'course, elective, five periods a week of not less than one hour each are devoted to this work, of which at least three periods are utilized for theoretical instruction.

Physical Training

Physical training forms an important part of military instruction, and it is the policy of the Military Department to encourage and support the physical training given by civilian teachers, thus cooperating in an eifort to promote a vigorous manhood.

Physical Examination

All members of the Reserve Officers* Training Corps are required to be examined physically at least once after entering the University.

Uniforms*

V

Members of the Reserve Officers* Training Corps must appear in proper uniform at all military formations and at such other times as the Professor of Military Science and Tactics may designate with the approval of the President of the University.

Uniforms, or commutation in lieu of uniforms, for the Reserve Officers* Training Corps, are furnished by the Government. The uniforms are the regulation uniforms of the United States Army, with certain distinguishing features; or, if commutation of uniforms is furnished, then such uniforms as may be adopted by the University. Such uniforms must be kept in good condition by the students. They remain the property of the Government; and, though intended primarily for use in connection with military instruc- tion, may be worn at other times unless the regulations governing their use are violated. The uniform will not be worn in part nor used while the wearer is engaged in athletic sports other than those required as a part of the course of instruction. A Basic Course uniform which is furnished to a student by the Government will be returned to the Military Department at the end of the year; or before, if a student severs his connection with the

tOn leave.

*Required of qualified students.

^Elective for qualified undergraduates in accordance witli the contract.

202

*Each new student entering the R. O. T. C is required to purchase a pair of shoes approved by the Military Department, at the approximate cost of $3.90. These shoes are on sale at the Armory and will be fitted and paid for at the time uniforms are issued.

203

Department. In case commutation of uniforms is furnished, the uniform so purchased becomes the property of the student upon completion of two years* work.

Commutation

Students who elect the Advanced Course and who have signed the con- tract with the Federal Government to continue in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps for the two remaining years of the Course are entitled to a small per diem money allowance, for commutation of subsistence, payable quarterly from and including the date of contract, until they complete the course at the institution. An allowance of approximately twenty-nine dollars is allowed for uniform.

Summer Camps

An important and excellent feature of the Reserve Officers' Training Corps is the summer camp. In specially selected parts of the country, camps are held for a period not exceeding six weeks for students who are members of the Advanced Course Reserve Officers' Training Corps. These camps are under the close and constant supervision of army officers, and are intended primarily to give a thorough and comprehensive practical course of instruction in the different arms of the service.

Parents may feel assured that their sons are carefully watched and safe- guarded. Wholesome surroundings and associates, work and healthy recre- ation are th« keynote to contentment. Social life is not neglected, and the morale branch exercises strict censorship over all social functions.

The attendance at summer camps is compulsory only for students who are taking the advanced course, which, as has been previously stated, is elective.

Students who attend the summer camps are under no expense. The Government furnishes transportation from the institution to the camp and from the camp to the institution, or to the student's home, unless the mile- age is greater than that from the camp to the institution. In this case, the amount of mileage from the camp to the institution is allowed the student. Clothing, quarters, and food are furnished. The Advanced Course students. in addition to receiving quarters and food, are paid seventy cents for each day spent in camp. To obtain credit for camp a student must be in attend- ance at camp at least 85 per cent of the prescribed camp period.

Federal Government as being of a superior order. The "Generally Excel-- ,lt" rating supersedes the former designation of "Distmguished College, which designation has been discontinued by the War Department for mst.- tutions such as this University.

Credits

Military instruction at this University is on a par with other university work, and the requirements of this department as to proficiency the same as those of other departments.

Students who have received military training at any educational insti- tution under the direction of an army officer detailed as professor of military science and tactics may receive such credit as the professor of military science and tactics and the President may jointly determme.

Commissions

(a) Each year, upon completion of the Advanced Course, students quali- fied for commissions in the Reserve Officers' Corps will be selected by the head of the institution and the professor of Military Science and Tactics.

(b) The number to be selected from each institution and for each arm of the service will be determined by the War Department.

(c) The University of Maryland has received a rating from the War De- partment of "Generally Excellent" for the past several years. This rating indicates that the work of its R. 0. T. C. unit has been recognized by the

204

205

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION, AND ATHLETICS

The purpose of the program of physical education at the University is broadly conceived as the development of the individual student. To accom- plish this purpose, physical examinations and classification tests are given the incoming students to determine the relative physical fitness of each. Upon the basis of the needs disclosed by these tests, and individual prefer- ences, students are assigned to the various activities of the program.

For Men

Freshmen and sophomores assigned to physical education take three activity classes each week throughout the year. In the fall, soccer, touch football, and tennis are the chief activities; in the winter, basketball, volley- ball, and other team games; and in the spring, track, baseball, and tennis. In addition to these team activities, sophomore students may elect a con- siderable number of individual sports, such as fencing, boxing, wrestling, horseshoes, ping pong, bag punching, badminton, shuffleboard, and the like.

An adequate program of intramural sports is conducted also. Touch foot- ball and soccer in the fall, basketball and volleyball in the winter, baseball and track in the spring, are the chief activities in this program. Plaques, medals, and other appropriate awards in all tournaments of the program are provided for the winning teams and individual members.

Every afternoon of the school session the facilities of the Physical Educa- tion Department are thrown open to all students for free unorganized recreation. Touch football, soccer, basketball, basket shooting, apparatus work, fencing, boxing, wrestling, bag punching, tennis, badminton, and ping pong are the most popular contests engaged in.

The University is particularly fortunate in its possession of excellent facilities for carrying on the activities of the program of physical education. Two large modern gymnasia, a new field house, a number of athletic fields, tennis courts, baseball diamonds, running tracks, and the like, constitute the major part of the equipment.

In addition to the activities described above, the University sponsors a full program of intercollegiate athletics for men. Competition is promoted in varsity and freshman football, basketball, baseball, track, boxing, lacrosse, soccer, wrestling, golf, and tennis. The University is a member of the Southern Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and cooperates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics.

For Women

The Department of Physical Education for Women has excellent facilities for conducting a full activities program. Seasonal team sports including hockey, soccer, speedball, basketball, volleyball, softball; individual sports, consisting of riding, tennis, badminton, fencing, golf, archery, deck tennis,

206

.ohlP tennis, and the like, are offered. Opportunity is given for various types f dancing including, modern, square, folk, and ballroom. The proximity f the University to Washington and Baltimore provides excellent oppor- tunity for groups to attend professional programs in dance.

The Women's Athletic Association sponsors and conducts intramural tournaments in the seasonal sports, sports days with neighboring colleges, and intercollegiate competition in rifle shooting.

The University also maintains curricula designed to train men and women students to teach physical education and coach in the high schools of the state, and to act as leaders in recreational programs in communities.

For a description of the courses in Physical Education, see College of Education, and Section III, Description of Courses.

207

SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY

J. Ben Robinson, Dean. Faculty Council

Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., F.A.C.D. George M. Anderson, D.D.S., F.A.C.D Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S., F.A.C.D. Grayson W. Gaver, D.D.S., F.A.C.D. Burt B. Ide, D.D.S., F.A.C.D. Harry B. McC.^thy, D.D.S., F.A.C.D. Robert L. Mitchell, Phar.D., M.D. J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S.. F.A.C.D.

HISTORY

The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery occupies an important and mterestmg place in the history of dentistry. At the end of thP rl i session, 1939-40, it completed its one hundrV^r of Lvice^t^^^^^^^^^^ educatjon^ The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents th^^^^^^^^^

The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr Horace

the ySs'ls'a'i' Y^r^t^^^ ^-^^-^^ School of MediJine, 'bftr: the years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions in the School of Medicine and were discontinued It was Dr Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention thTn had been given it by medicme or could be given it by the preceptorial pL of

ttr houTd be^ d'^'l " 7^" '' "^^ ^^^^ ^^^ opinion^hat'dentil'lcf tion should be developed as a special branch of medical teaching TTie

tTe ™! ZTT'T'f ^'^^^^^^^ ^'^'^^ '^ the Medical School defeated cation "^ ^""^"^^^ ^^""^^^ education upon medical edu-

18?o'' ^ITf^.l f-^'^'^T ^'^? ^^" P"^'*^"" "^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^ Baltimore in 1800. From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation

for a scientific, serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris

came to Baltimore to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of

unusual ability and possessed special qualifications to aid in establishing

and promoting formal dental education. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had

been interrup ed at the University of Maryland and there was an apparent

msurmountable difficulty confronting the creation of dental departments

m medical schools, an independent college was decided upon A charter

was apphed for and granted by the Maryland Legislature February 1, 1840.

208

m

The first faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840, at which time Horace H. Hayden was elected president and Chapin A. Harris, dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Harris on November 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus was created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, the first and oldest dental school in the world.

Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of the dental profession, con- tributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for professional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of Dental Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture into peri- odic dental literature to the time of his death. The files of the old American Journal of Dental Science testify to the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American Society of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its president and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as its corresponding secretary. This was the beginning of dental organization in America, and was the forerunner of the American Dental Association, which now numbers approximately forty-five thousand in its present membership. The foregoing suggests the unusual influence Balti- more dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery have exercised on professional ideals and policies.

In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore Col- lege of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1879, at which time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A department of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed institution until 1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Department of the Baltimore Medical College was established in 1895, continuing until 1913, when it merged with the Dental Department of the University of Maryland.

The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct department of the University under State supervision and control. Thus, in the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Univer- sity of Maryland, is found a merging of the various efforts at dental educa- tion in Maryland. From these component elements have radiated develop- ments of the art and science of dentistry until the strength of its alumni is second to none, either in number or degree of service to the profession.

The University of Maryland Medical School was organized December 28, 1807, as the College of Medicine of Maryland. On December 28, 1812, the University of Maryland charter was issued to the College of Medicine of ^laryland. There were at that period but four other medical schools in America — the University of Pennsylvania, founded in 1765; the College of

209

1

Physicians and Surgeons of New York, in 1767; Harvard University, in 17S2- and Dartmouth College, in 1797.

It is of interest to note that the University of Maryland as it now exists is the youngest State University in America, but that its various schools rank among the oldest in existence. The School of Medicine at its begin- ning was the fifth oldest existent medical school in America; the Law School was organized in 1823; the Dental School, 1840, is the oldest dental school in the world; the Pharmacy School was founded in 1841; the College of Agriculture, 1856, is the second oldest land grant college in America. While the present form of the University of Maryland is young, its sub- stance and character date back to the earliest period in education in the various professions.

BUILDING

The School of Dentistry is located at the northwest comer of Lombard and Greene Streets, adjoining the University Hospital. The building occu- pied by the Dental School provides approximately fifty thousand square feet of floor space, is fireproof, splendidly lighted and ventilated, and is ideally arranged for efficient use. It contains a sufficient number of large lecture rooms, classrooms, a library and reading room, science laboratories, technic laboratories, clinic rooms, and locker rooms. It is furnished with new equipment throughout and provides every accommodation necessary for satisfactory instruction under comfortable arrangements and pleasant surroundings.

Special attention has been given to the facilities in clinic instruction. The large clinic wing contains 145 operating spaces; each space contains a chair, operating table and unit equipped with an electric engine, compressed air» gas, running water, etc. Clinic instruction is segregated, and the fol- lowing departments have been arranged for effective teaching: Operative, Prosthetic (including Crown and Bridge and Ceramics), Anesthesia and Surgery, Orthodontics, Diagnosis, Pathology, Pedodontia, Radiodontia, and Photography. All technic laboratories are equipped with every modern facility to promote efficiency in instruction.

LIBRARY

The Dental School is fortunate in having one of the best equipped and organized dental libraries among the dental schools of the country. It is located in the main building and consists of a stack room, collateral offices and a reading room that will accommodate ninety-six students. It contains over eight thousand bound volumes of dental textbooks and files of dental magazines, numerous pamphlets, reprints, etc.; while over 140 current dental magazines reach its reading tables. The two full-time librarians promote the growth of the Library and serve the student body in its use of library material. The Library is financed by direct appropriations from the State, by the income ffom an endowment established by the Maryland State Dental Association and by the proceeds of the sale of books to

210

students. One of the most important factors of the dental student s educa- on is to teach him the value and the use of dental literature m his formal education and in promoting his usefulness and value to the profession during practice. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to take care of this phase of dental study.

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION

The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, offers a four-year course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of didactic lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, confer- ences, and quizzes. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to tram the student in the value and use of dental literature.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY

(a) Applicants for admission must present evidence of having success- fully completed two years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences based upon the completion of a four-year high-school course. No applicant will be considered who has not completed all requirements for advancement to the junior year in the arts and sciences college from which he applies. His scholastic attainments shall be of such quality as to ensure a high quality of achievement in the dental course.

(b) The minimum as a basis for admission is two years^ credit toward a baccalaureate degree in an accredited college of arts and sciences. The following minimum quantitative requirements are prescribed:

Biology - ^ semester hours

Inorganic Chemistry - 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry ^ semester hours

Physics -^ semester hours

English 6 semester hours

Electives - ^^ semester hours

Deviation from these minimum requirements is allowed in all of the required subjects except chemistry, and is dependent upon the length of college training and the level of achievement attained by the student in his college work.

Semester Hours Deviation

60 semester hours - — ^^"®

90 semester hours - ^ ^^"^^

Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts Degree „ 9 hours

Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy Degree 12 hours

(c) Applicants who have been dropped for poor scholarship, or who have failed at other institutions or other colleges of the University of Maryland last attended, will not be considered for admission.

211

I

REQUIEEMENTS FOR MATRICULATION AND ENROLLMENT ? r^ ,?^ "quiremente for admission and the Jad.mic ro„E*

i*^ry tS'o i-iLr- £S5 ™"'*^ •' ---. --;

$10.00, and IS not enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of S-iOnn . insure registration in the class. « P lu a aeposit of $50.00 to

APPLICATION PROCEDURE

Application blanks may be obtained from the office of the D^=.„ • r .

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO THE PREDENTAL

CURRICULUM

q.J!^! ^^^^'I^^ .f hool requirements observed by the College of Arts and Sciences^ University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to-^aduatton fit an accredited secondary school which requires for ffraduatiof t o ^ cour<!P not- loco tVio., -Id -i * rm 'i"^^^" ^"'^ srdauation m a four-vcar course not less than 15 urnts.* The equivalent in entrance examination, may be offered by nongraduates of a secondary school. ^^*'«">^t.ons

Required: English (I. II, III, IV), 3 units; algebra to quadratics 1

unit; plane geometry, 1 unit; history, 1 unit; science, 1 unit. Stal 7 units

Elective: Agriculture, astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry civics

t1rS:rTar^r"'' -lence, geology, history, h;me econo^U :^:: Clonal subjects, languages, mathematics, physical geography, physics zooIoct

eS S musthf i "'J'.^T^ '"^^'^ '^^"^^^ °^ '''^^«-«ity entrance, i^ignt units must be submitted from this group.

Predental Curriculum

Semesters

-Required seven (7). and elective eight (8) units for entrance. Total fifteen (15) units.

freshman Year I

Survey and Composition (Eng. ly) 3

♦Elements of College Mathematics (Math. 8f, 10s) 3

Inorganic Chemistry (Chem. ly) 4

Reading and Speaking (Speech ly) 1

General Zoology (Zool. 25f) _ 4

Vertebrate Zoology (Zool. 26s) —

Technical Drawing (Dr. ly) 1

16 Sophomore Year

Organic Chemistry (Chem. 2y). 2

Organic Chemistry Laboratory (Chem. 3y) 2

General Physics (Phys. ly) ~ 4

French (French ly or French 3y) or German (German ly

or German 3y) „ 3

English Survey ( Eng. 2y ) „ _ 2

Principles of Sociology (Soc. If) „ 3

Principles of Economics (Econ. 57s) —

//

3 3 4 1

4 1

16

2

2 4

3 2

212

16 16

The above curriculum is offered in the Baltimore branch of the University, and its equivalent at College Park.

Fees for the Predental Course

Application fee (paid at time of filing application for admission) $2.00

Matriculation fee (paid at the time of enrollment) 10.00

fTuition for the session, resident student 220.00

fTuition for the session, non-resident student 270.00

Laboratory fee (each session) 50.00

Locker fee (each session) -.. 3.00

Laboratory breakage deposit (each session) 5.00

Penalty foi late registration , 5.00

Examination taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00

Student Activity Fee — Special

For the purpose of administering and disciplining various student activi- ties the student body has voted a fee of $10.00 to be paid at the opening of the school year to the treasurer of the Student Activity Committee.

Academic Regulations

The academic regulations of the College of Arts and Sciences are applied in the predental curriculum.

*Stu(ients whose preparation permits will take College Algebra (Math. 21f) and Analy- tic Geometry (Math. 22s).

tDefinition of resident status of student given on page 217.

213

A student must attain marks higher than P ir. fi^^f,.

mark of C-2.0 (A, 4; B. 3; P^^^^^jJ^^^'^^'^^'^"!"'" with a minimum average

DENTAL CURRICULUM

DeS::t;""^"^"" ^^ •^^^^^'^^^^^ ^^ ^"" - ^^e bunetin of the Schooi , r«^ TV. c . '^*''"'^«'«>n '^'th Advanced Standing

of Dental Schools. members of the American Association

twl'l^morTreaS Tnt^redic^arsSl ^"a "t hT^ ^'^ '^^^^ <=-^>-^^ School of Medicine, UniverStyof M^rvitd !,? , '^ '''^"''''' '" ''' ing to the Sophomore ye./p^LT/lTf'.ZL^:,'^!^^^^^^^ competent regular instruction the courses ^n denf",l .^i T^ *' ™'^" scheduled in the first year. technology regularly

(c) Applicant for transfer iniKsf n\ «,„^i. * i. x, admission to the first year S tTedenta c^ e- 'j"; bellS'T"'^ '" ion to the next higher class in the school f;om;iiehLsTe£%o^^ 'T" (3) show an average grade of five per cent ahlvl If * tr&nsier;

school where transfer credits wer! eaLed U^t ^T''^ ""^'^ '" *>>« attainments, character and plrsonS 'r.?^ '7*^'"'" '^ '*=''°'^«'

dismissal and recommendSon from t£'dean ofTh". T. °' ^°"°"'"' transfers. " °^ ^'^^ ^'^^'^^^ from which he

apSlan^s S^rtVef mSfp'^erent tt •="? '^^-"^ ^''^' ^^^'' ''■ ^" before qualifying certTficarcaTbe issued" " "'"''" '"'■• ^^ ^"*™'

Attendance Requirements which ttei. lecture, lo .11 cl.LTl,..1„ j P'" ='*^»" "P"* "

..,,. .he a,.. ,c, w.cf.r.j=r jTisi- r i:

.ve pe, cen. .nen^ance^riT- --«* re^^ S^X^E

Promotion

214

five per ^^^^ above the passing mark shall be promoted to the next suc- ceeding year.

2. Students who are deficient in courses amounting to not more than 20 per cent of the scheduled hours of their course will be permitted to proceed with their class with the understanding that such deficiency shall be removed before the beginning of the next regular school year. Students with conditions will not be admitted to senior standing.

3. A grade of 75 per cent is passing. A grade between 60 per cent and passing is a condition. A grade below 60 per cent is a failure. A condition may be removed by a re-examination. In such effort, failure to make a passing mark is recorded as a failure in the course. A failure can be removed only by repeating the course.

Equipment

A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and clinic courses and textbooks for lecture courses will be announced for the various classes. Each student will be required to provide himself with whatever is necessary to meet the needs of his course and present same to an assigned instructor for inspection. No student who does not meet this requirement will be permitted to go on with his class.

Deportment

The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires, of its students, evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness to be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. Integrity, sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and associates, and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a degree.

Requirements for Graduation

The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who has met the following conditions:

1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained the age of 21 years.

2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full four-year course of study of the dental curriculum, the last year of which shall have been spent in this institution.

3. He will be required to show a general average of at least 80 per cent during the full course of study.

4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the va- rious departments.

5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the begin- "ii'.g of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations m the community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.

215

Fees for the Dental Course

Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for ad- mission) _ „ $ 2.00

Matriculation fee (paid at time of enrollment) lO.Oo

♦Tuition for the session, resident student - 275.00

♦Tuition for the session, nonresident student - 375.00

Dissecting fee (first semester. Freshman year) 15.00

Laboratory fee (each session) — 20.00

Locker fee — Freshman and Sophomore years (first semester) 3.00

Locker fee — Junior and Senior years (first semester) 5.00

Laboratory breakage deposit — Freshman and Sophomore years

(first semester) _.... - » _ — 5.00

Graduation fee (paid with second semester fees of Senior year) 15.00

Penalty fee for late registration _ 5.00

Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00

One certified transcript of record will be issued free of charge.

Each additional copy will be issued only upon payment of 1.00

Student Activity Fee — Special

For the purpose of administering and disciplining various student activi- ties the student body has voted a fee of $10.00 to be paid at the opening of the school year to the treasurer of the Student Activity Committee.

Refunds

According to the policy of the Universtiy no fees will be returned. In case the student discontinues his course, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but are not transferable.

Registration

The registration of a student in any school or college of the University shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required by each professional school.

A student who neglects or fails to register prior to or within the day or days specified for his school, will be called upon to pay a fine of $5.00. The last day of registration with fine added to regular fees is Saturday at noon of the week in which instruction begins, following the specified registration period. (This rule may be waived only on the written recommendation of the Dean.)

Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the Registrar, and pay to the Comptroller one-half of the tuition fee in addition to all other fees noted as payable first semester before being ad- mitted to class work at the opening of the session. The remainder of tuition and second semester fees must be paid to the Comptroller during registra- tion period for the second semester.

The above requirements will be rigidly enforced.

*Definition of resident status of student given on page 217.

216

Definition of Resident Status of Student

Students who are minors are considered to be '■^^^'^^"^/^"'^^"J^i,^/* *' ti^e of Seir registration, their parents* have been residents of this State

^^ ";* .r^Uentfar; considered to be resident students if, at the time of

first registration m tne univerb y, ^^_^ts* move to and become legal

^'•"rlr^f^strby ^nSn"^ sS^^^ at least one full

residents f}^''^l^°J ^l .j ^t of the student (minor) to change from rSn r'esS to T rTidlnJ stLs must be established by him prior to registration for a semester in any academic year.

Summer Courses Aside ,ro„ »d Wpenden. ^ ^r/l'JrTt^lfnTcd t^'Sn'"

conducted ^^""^ . ^g^^^ in the school. It offers opportunities to

ILT fc.^nfrdSfln .h. .li„U from ^^'-^^ -^'int

as those who desire to gain more extended practice during their training perSd^he clinics are under the direction of capable demonstrators, full credit being given for all work done.

The Gorgas Odontological Society

The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary

student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission The

00 S is'Sied aS Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas a pioneer in denta

^duration a teacher of many years experience, and durmg his life a great

coSSrtrd^ntal literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his

name that the society adopted it. , ,. ■ • * ^.i,!;,. ;„r„-nr

Students become eligible for membership at the beginning of t^^ir jun^r year if, during their preceding years of the dental course, they have at aTned a general average which places them in the -PP;%4Xv 'nromteS class. Meetings are held once each month, and are ^f ?^^^^«^^^y P^^"/"* dental and medical men, an effort being made to °^t^>"JP^f "^^ "f J°" nected with the University. The members have an opportunity even while students, to hear men associated with other educational institutions.

Omicron Kappa Upsilon

Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon honorary Cental fraternity was chartered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Um-

"^^^ilT;;;; .-parents- includes persons who. by reason of f^^'^^^^^^^^-Zm t^s^h .tancos, have been legally constituted the guardians of or stand m loco parentis

minor students.

217

versity of Maryland, during the session of 1928-1929. Membership in the fraternity is awarded to a number not exceeding twelve per cent of the graduating class. This honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course of study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct, earnestness, evidence of good character, and high scholarship recommend them to election.

Scholarship Loans

A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educa- tional foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry-. These loans are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need on the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry. It has been the policy of the faculty to recommend only students in the last two years for such privileges.

The Henry Strong Educational Foundation — From this fund, established under the will of General Henry Strong, of Chicago, an annual allotment is made to the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Uni- versity of Maryland, for scholarship loans available for the use of young men and women students under the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the privileges of these loans are limited to students in the junior and senior years. Only students who through stress of circumstances require financial aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational progress are con- sidered in making nominations to the secretary of this fund.

The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund — Under a pro- vision of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New Haven, Conn., an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds of which are to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental education.

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organization has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland.

218

THE SCHOOL OF LAW

Roger Howell, Dean

The Faculty Council

Randolph Barton, Jr., Esq., A.B., LL.B.

Hon. W. Calvin Chesnut, A.B., LL.B.

Edwin T. Dickerson, Esq., A.M., LL.B.

Hon. Henry D. Harlan, A.M., LL.B., LL.D.

Charles McHenry Howard, Esq., A.B., LL.B.

Roger Howell, Esq., A.B., Ph.D., LL.B.

G. Kenneth Reiblich, A.B., Ph.D., J.D., LL.M.

Edwin G. W. Ruge, Esq., A.B., LL.B.

G. RiDGELY Sappington, Esq., LL.B.

Hon. Morris A. Soper, A.B., LL.B.

John S. Strahorn, Jr., A.B., LL.B., S.J.D., J.S.D.

While the first faculty of law of the University of Maryland was chosen in 1813, and published in 1817 "A Course of Legal Study Addressed to Students and the Profession Generally," which the North American Review pronounced to be "by far the most perfect system for the s^dy of law ^ which has ever been offered to the public," and which recommended a course of study so comprehensive as to require for its completion six or seven years, no regular school of instruction in law was opened until 1823. ine institution thus established was suspended in 1836 for lack of P^^Pf P^^^™" ary support. In 1869 the School of Law was reorganized, and m 1870 regular instruction therein was again begun. From time to time the course has been made more comprehensive, and the staff of instructors increased in number. Its graduates now number more than three thousand, and included among them are a large proportion of the leaders of the Bench and Bar of the State and many who have attained prominence m the pro- fession elsewhere.

The Law School has been recognized by the Council of the Section of Legal Education of the American Bar Association as meeting the standards of the American Bar Association, and has been placed upon its approved list.

The Law School is a member of the Association of American Law Schools, an association composed of the leading law schools in the United States, member schools being required to maintain certain high standards relating to entrance requirements, faculty, library, and curriculum.

The Law School is also registered as an approved school on the New York Regents' list.

The Law School Building, erected in 1931, is located at Redwood and Greene Streets in Baltimore. In addition to classrooms and offices for

219

the Law faculty, it contains a large auditorium, practice-court room .it dents' lounge and locker rooms, and the law library, the latter contain!?" a collection of carefully selected text-books, English and American renorh leading legal periodicals, digests, and standard encyclopedias. No fee i charged for the use of the library, which is open from 9.00 a. m to mil p. m. •*^"

Course of Instruction

The School of Law is divided into two divisions, the Day School and thf Evenmg School. The same curriculum is offered in each school, and th* standards of work and graduation requirements are the same.

The Day School course covers a period of three years of thirty-two weeks each, exclusive of holidays. The class sessions are held during the dav chieily m the morning hours. The Practice Court sessions are held on Mon day evenings from 8.00 to 10.00 p. m.

The Evening School course covers a period of four years of thirty-six weeks each, exclusive of holidays. The class sessions are held on Mondav Wednesday, and Friday evenings of each week from 6.30 to 9.30 p m This plan leaves the alternate evenings for study and preparation by the student

The course of instruction in the School of Law is designed thoroughly to equip the student for the practice of his profession when he attains the Bar Instruction is offered in the various branches of the common law, of equity' of the statute law of Maryland, and of the public law of the United States' 1 he course of study embraces both the theory and practice of the law, and aims to give the student a broad view of the origin, development, and func- tion of law, together with a thorough practical knowledge of its principles and their application. Analytical study is made of the principles of sub- stantive and procedural law, and a carefully directed practice court enables the student to get an intimate working knowledge of procedure.

Special attention is given to the statutes in force in Maryland, and to any peculiarities of the law in that State, where there are such. All of the subjects upon which the applicant for the Bar in Maryland is examined are included m the curriculum. But the curriculum includes all of the more important branches of public and private law, and is well designed to pre- pare the student for admission to the Bar of other States.

Requirements for Admission

The requirements for admission are those of the Association of American Law Schools. Applicants for admission as candidates for a degree are re- quired to produce evidence of the completion of at least two years of college work ; that is, the completion of at least one-half the work acceptable for a Bachelor's degree granted on the basis of a four-year period of study by the University of Maryland or other principal college or university in this State.

To meet this requirement, a candidate for admission must present at least sixty semester hours (or their equivalent) of college work taken in an insti- tution approved by standard regional accrediting agencies and exclusive of

220

credit earned in non-theory courses in military science, hygiene, domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental music, or other courses without intellectual content of substantial value. Such prelegal work must have been done in residence, no credit being allowed for work done in corre- spondence or extension courses, and must have been passed with a scholastic average at least equal to the average required for graduation in the institu- tion attended.

In compliance with the rules of the Association of American Law Schools, a limited number of special students, not exceeding 10 per cent of the aver- age number of students admitted as beginning regular law students during the two preceding years, applying for admission with less than the aca- demic credit required of candidates for the law degree, may be admitted as candidates for the certificate of the school, but not for the degree, where, in the opinion of the Faculty Council, special circumstances, such as the maturity and apparent ability of the student, seem to justify a deviation from the rule requiring at least two years of college work. Such applicants must be at least twenty-three years of age and specially equipped by train- ing and experience for the study of law.

Combined Program of Study Leading to the Degrees of Bachelor of Arts

and Bachelor of Laws

The University offers a combined program in arts and law leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws.

Students pursuing this combined program in college and prelegal sub- jects will spend the first three years in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park. The fourth year they will register in the School of Law, and upon the successful completion of the work of the first year in the Day School, or the equivalent work in the Evening School, the degree of Bach- elor of Arts may be awarded. The degree of Bachelor of Laws will be awarded upon the completion of the work prescribed for graduation in the School of Law.

Details of the combined course may be had upon application to the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Md., or by reference to page 127.

Combined Program of Study Leading to the Degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Laws

The University also offers a combined program in commerce and law leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Laws.

Students pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Commerce at College Park. In the fourth year they will register in the School of Law, and upon the successful completion of the work of the first year in the Day School, or the equivalent thereof in the Evening School, may be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science. The degree of Bachelor of Laws will be awarded upon the completion of the work prescribed for graduation in the School of Law.

221

Details of the combined course may be had upon application to the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Md., or bv reference to page 147.

Advanced Standing

Students complying with the requirements for admission to the school who have, in addition, successfully pursued the study of law elsewhere in a law school which is either a member of the Association of American Law Schools or approved by the American Bar Association, may, in the dis- cretion of the Faculty Council, upon presentation of a certificate from such law school showing an honorable dismissal therefrom, and the successful completion of equivalent courses therein, covering at least as many hours as are required for such subjects in this school, receive credit for such courses and be admitted to advanced standing. No student transferring from another law school will be admitted unless eligible to return to the school from which he transfers. No degree will be conferred until after one year of residence and study at this school.

Fees and Expenses

The charges for instruction are as follows:

Registration fee to accompany application. j 2.OO

Matriculation fee, payable on first registration JO.OO

Diploma fee, payable upon graduation „ ^ ^ 15.00

Tuition fee, per annum:

Day School _ $200.00

Evening School _ 150.00

An additional tuition fee of $50.00 per annum must be paid by students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland.

The tuition fee is payable in two equal instalments, one-half at the time of registration for the first semester, and one-half at the time of registra- tion for the second semester.

Further information and a special catalogue of the School of Law may be had upon application to the School of Law, University of Maryland Redwood and Greene Streets, Baltimore, Md.

THE UNIVERSITY OP MARYLAND

SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

AND

COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS

H. Boyd Wylie, Acting Dean.

Medical Council

Arthur M. Shipley, M.D., Sc.D.

Hugh R. Spencer, M.D.

H. Boyd Wyue, M.D.

Carl L. Davis, M.D.

Maurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D.

Frank W. Hachtel, M.D.

Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D.

Clyde A. Clapp, M.D.

John C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D.

Walter D. Wise, M.D.

J. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.A., M.D.

William R. Amberson, Ph.D.

Louis H. Douglass, M.D.

The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland is one of the oldest foundations for medical education in America, ranking fifth in point of age among the medical colleges of the United States. In the school building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Baltimore was founded one of the first medical libraries and the first medical college library in the United States.

At this Medical School for the first time in America, dissection was made a compulsory part of the curriculum, and independent chairs for the teaching of gynecology and pediatrics (1867), and of ophthalmology and otology (1873), were installed.

This School of Medicine was one of the first to provide for adequate clinical instruction by the erection in 1823 of its own hospital, and in this hospital intramural residency for senior students first was established.

222

Qinical Facilities

The original University Hospital, property of the University, is the oldest institution for the care of the sick in Maryland. It was opened in Septem- ber, 1823, and at that time consisted of four wards, one of which was re- served for eye patients.

223

Besides its own hospital, the School of Medicine has control of the clinical facilities of the Mercy Hospital, in which were treated last year 6,682 persons.

In connection with the University Hospital, an outdoor obstetrical clmic is conducted. During the past year 2,108 cases were delivered in the University Hospital and under supervision in this Outdoor Clinic.

The hospital now has 435 beds and 50 bassinets — ^for medical, surgical obstetrical, and special cases; and furnishes an excellent supply of clinical material for third-year and fourth-year students.

Dispensaries and Laboratories

The dispensaries associated with the University Hospital and Mercy Hos- pital are organized on a uniform plan in order that teaching may be the same in each. Each dispensary has departments of Medicine, Surgery, Oncology, Ophthalmology and Otology, Genito-Urinary, Gynecology, Gastro- Enterology, Oral Surgery, Cardiology, Pediatrics, Neurology, Ortho- pedics, Proctology, Psychiatry, Dermatology, Larjmgology and Rhinology, and Tuberculosis. All students in their junior year work each day during one-third of the year in the Departments of Medicine and Surgery of the dispensaries. In their senior year, all students work one hour each day in the special departments, where 141,142 cases were treated last year. This gives an idea of the value of these dispensaries for clinical teaching.

Student laboratories conducted by the School of Medicine purely for medical instruction are as follows: Gross Anatomy, Histology and Embry- ology, Physiology, Bacteriology and Immunology, Biological Chemistry, Pharmacology, Pathology, Clinical Pathology, Operative Surgery and Sur- gical Anatomy.

Prizes and Scholarships

The following prizes and scholarships are offered in the School of Medi- cine. (For details see School of Medicine Bulletin.)

Faculty Medal; Dr. A. Bradley Gaither Prize; Dr. Samuel Leon Frank Scholarship; Hitchcock Scholarships; Randolph Winslow Scholarship; Uni- versity Scholarship; Frederica Gehrmann Scholarship; Dr. Leo Karlinsky Memorial Scholarship; Clarence and Genevra Warfield Scholarships; Israel and Cecelia A. Cohen Scholarship; Dr. Horace Bruce Hetrick Scholarship, and the Medical Alumni Association Scholarship.

Method of Making Application for Admission

Application forms may be filed beginning October 1 for the following September classes. These forms may be secured from the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, University of Maryland, Baltimore.

Application for Admission to the First Year

Application for admission is made by filing the required form and by having all pertinent data sent directly to the Committee on Admissions, in accordance with the instructions accompanying the application.

224

i

Application for Admission to Advanced Standing

Students who have attended approved medical schools are eligible to file applications for admission to the second- and third-year classes. These applicants must be prepared to meet the current first-year entrance require- ments in addition to presenting acceptable medical school credentials, and a medical school record based on courses which are quantitatively and quali- tatively equivalent to similar courses in this school.

Application for advanced standing is made in accordance with the instruc- tions accompanying the application form.

Minimum Requirements for Admission

The minimum requirements for admission to the School of Medicine are:

(a) Graduation from an approved secondary school, or the equivalent in entrance examinations, and

•

*(b) Three calendar years of acceptable premedical credit earned in an approved college of arts and sciences. The quantity and quality of this preprofessional course of study shall be not less than that re- quired for recommendation by the institution where the premedical courses are being, or have been, studied.

The premedical curriculum shall include basic courses in

English

Biology

Inorganic Chemistry

Organic Chemistry

Physics

French or German

and such elective courses as will complete a balaiiced three-year schedule of study.

The elective courses should be selected from the following three groups:

Natural Sciences

Comparative V e r t e - brate Anatomy

Embryology

Physical Chemistry or Quantitative Analy- sis

Mathematics

Social Sciences Economics History

Political Science Psychology (a basic

course should be

taken) Sociology, etc.

Humanities I English (an advanced

course in English

composition should be

taken, if possible) I Scientific German or

French (a reading

knowledge of either

language is desirable,

although German is

preferred) [Philosophy

„ 1*°^ admission to the Premedical Curriculum the requirements are the same as for the ladd r^^'^ class in the College of Arts and Sciences of the University with the prescribed I ^^"on of two years of one foreign language. (See Section I, Admission.)

225

Careful attention should be given to the selection of elective courses in the natural sciences. Accordingly, it is suggested that the elective list given above be a guide in this connection and that the remainder of the college credits be accumulated from courses designed to promote a broad cultural development. Students should avoid the inclusion of college courses in subjects that occur in the medical curriculum, for example, histology histological technique, human anatomy, bacteriology, physiology, neurology physiological chemistry.

It is not intended that these suggestions be interpreted to restrict the education of students who exhibit an aptitude for the natural sciences or to limit the development of students who plan to follow research work in the field of medicine.

In accepting candidates for admission, preference will be given to those applicants who have acceptable scholastic records in secondary school and college, satisfactory scores in the Medical Aptitude Test, favorable letters of recommendation from their premedical committees, or from one instruc- tor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry, and physics, and who in all other respects give every promise of becoming successful students and physicians of high standing.

Those candidates for admission who are accepted will receive certificates of entrance from the Director of Admissions of the University.

xperience. In addition to these the student must bear in mind the expen- diture for a microscope.

Low

„ , $ 50

Books ■- *^

College Incidentals - - - J^^

Board, eight months ^^^

Room rent — ^

Clothing and laundry. »"

All other expenses 25

Total - - -- ?409

Advice to Premedical Students

Average	Liberal
$ 75	$100
20	20
250	275
80	100
80	150
50	"fh

$556

$720

It is suggested that students registered in the Premedical secure a copy of the latest bulletin of the School of Medicine in are interested, early in their freshman year in college, in order themselves with the latest requirements for admission.

Copies of the Bulletin of this School of Medicine may be writing to the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, of Maryland, Baltimore.

Curriculum which they to acquaint

secured by University

Fees*

Matriculation fee (paid once) - _ $ lO.OO

Tuition fee (each year) — Residents of Maryland 450.00

Tuition fee (each year) — Non-Residents _ 600.00

Laboratory fee (each year) _ 25.00

Conditioned examination fee (each subject) 5.00

Student health service fee (each year) _ 10.00

Student activities fee (each year) .^..._ 5.00

Maintenance and service fee (each year) :

First year 6.00

Second year _ 3.00

Third year _ 2.30

Fourth year — '^-^^^

Graduation fee - ~ 15.00

Transcript fee to graduates. First copy gratis, thereafter, each

copy „ - 1'^^

Personal Expenses

The following estimates of personal expenses for the academic year of eight months have been prepared by students, and are based upon actual

*The above tuition fees applicable until the end of the session 1940-1941 only. /^^

right is reserved to make changes in these fees whenever the authorities deem it expedient

226

227

SCHOOL OF NURSING

Annie Crighton, R.N., Director and Superintendent of Nurses

The University of Maryland School for Nurses was established in the year 1889. Since that time it has been an integral part of the University of Maryland, coming under the same government. The school is non-sec- tarian, the only religious services being morning prayers.

The new University of Maryland Hospital is a general hospital, contain- ing 435 beds and 50 bassinets. It is equipped to give young women a thorough course of instruction and practice in all phases of nursing.

Programs Oflfered

The program of study of the school is planned for two groups of students: (a) the three-year group and (b) the five-year group.

Requirements for Admission

A candidate for admission must be a graduate of an accredited high school or other recognized preparatory school, and must present record showing that she has completed satisfactorily the required amount of pre- paratory study. Preference will be given to students who rank in the upper third of the graduating classes in their preparatory schools.

Candidates are required to present 15 units for entrance: required (7), and elective (8) .units.

Required: English (I, II, III, IV), 3 units; algebra to quadratics, 1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit; history, 1 unit; chemistry, 1 unit. Total, 7 units.

Elective: astronomy, biology, botany, civics, drawing, economics, general science, geology, history, home economics, vocational subjects, languages, mathematics, physical geography, physics, zoology, or any other subject offered in a standard high school or preparatory school for which graduation credit is granted toward college or university entrance. Eight units must be submitted from this group, of which not more than four units can pertain to vocational subjects.

In addition to the above requirements, students must meet certain other definite requirements in regard to health, age, and personal fitness for nursing work.

The preferable age for students registering for the three-year course is 20 to 35 years, although students may be accepted at the age of 18. Women of superior education and culture are given preference, pro\aded they meet the requirements in other particulars. If possible a personal interview with the Director of the School should be arranged on Tuesday or Friday from 11:00 a. m. to 12:00 m.

228

Blank certificates will be furnished upon application to the Director of the School of Nursing, University of Maryland Hospital, Baltimore, Mary- land.

Registration With Maryland State Board of Examiners of Nurses

By regulation of the Maryland State Board of Examiners of Nurses, all students entering schools of nursing in Maryland must, at the beginning of their course, register with the Board in order to be eligible for exami- nation and license on completion of this course.

The fitness of the applicant for the work and the propriety of dismissing or retaining her at the end of her term of probation are left to the decision of the Director of the School. Misconduct, disobedience, insubordination, inefficiency, neglect, and failure to develop those qualities considered essen- tial in a nurse, are causes for dismissal at any time by the President of the University.

The requirements for admission to the five-year combined program of the School of Nursing are the same as for the other schools and colleges. (Special catalogue will be sent upon request.) The three-year program is designed to meet the requirements for the diploma in Nursing, and com- prises the work of the first, second, and third hospital years.

Admission to the School

Students for the spring term are admitted in February, for the fall term in September or October, and for the five year course in September.

Hours of Duty

During the preparatory period the students are engaged in class work for the first four months with no general duty in the hospital, and for the remainder of this period they are sent to the wards on eight-hour duty. During the first, second, and third years the students are on eight- hour day duty and nine-hour night duty, with six hours on holidays and Sundays. The night-duty periods are approximately two months each, with one day at the termination of each term for rest and recreation. The period of night duty is approximately five to six months during the three years.

The first four months of the preparatory period are devoted to theoretical instruction given entirely in the lecture and demonstration rooms of the training school, hospital, and medical school laboratories. The average number of hours per week in formal instruction, divided into lecture and laboratory periods, is 30 hours. This instruction includes courses in anat- omy, physiology, cookery and nutrition, dosage and solution, hygiene, bac- teriology, chemistry, materia medica, practical nursing, bandaging, ethics, and history of nursing. During the last two months of the probation period the students are placed on duty in the hospital wards for instruction in bedside nursing, and are expected to perform the duties assigned to them by the Director of the School. At the close of the first semester the

229

I,

students are required to pass satisfactorily both the written and the practical tests; failure to do so will be sufficient reason for terminating the course at this point.

Sickness A physician is in attendance each day, and all students, when ill, are cared for gratuitously. The time lost through illness in excess of two weeks, during the three years, must be made up. Should the authorities of the school decide that, because of time lost, the theoretical work has not been sufficiently covered to permit the student to continue in the current year, it will be necessary for her to continue her work with the next class.

Vacations

Vacations are given between June and September. A period of four weeks is allowed the student at the completion of the first year, and of the second year.

Expenses

A fee of $50.00, payable on entrance, is required from each student. A student activity fee of $5.00 is to be paid each year at the beginning of the first semester by each student. These will not be returned. A student receives her board, lodging, and a reasonable amount of laundry from the date of entrance. During her period of probation she provides her own uniforms, obtained through the hospital at a nominal cost. After being accepted as a student nurse, she wears the uniform supplied by the hospital. The student is also provided with text-books and shoes. In her senior year she is required to be prepared to meet an expense of $30.00 for affiliations. Her personal expenses during the course of training and instruction will depend entirely upon her individual habits and tastes.

GENERAL PLAN OF INSTRUCTION

The course of instruction covers a period of three years, including the preliminary term of six months. The course of instruction is, in general, as follows:

First Year

First Semester

The first semester, or preliminary term, is devoted to theoretical instruc- tion given in the class rooms of the Nursing School and in lecture rooms and laboratories of the Medical School, and to supervised practice in the wards of the hospital. The courses offered are anatomy, physiology, cookery and nutrition, dosage and solutions, chemistry, bacteriology, hygiene, history of nursing, ethics, psychology, principles and practice of nursing, bandaging and surgical supplies.

Excursions are made to the filtration plant, hygienic dairies, markets, and other places of interest.

At the close of the first semester the students are reqtiired to pass satisfactorily both written and practical tests. Failure to do this will be sufficient reason to terminate the course at this period.

230

Second Semester

During this term the students receive theoretical instruction in general surgery, surgical technic, massage, diet therapy, materia medica, advanced nursing procedures and charting, and the case study method. Ward assignments and instruction provide experience in medical, surgical, gyneco- logical and urological nursing, also in the diet school and outpatients department. This experience is under the direction and supervision of the supervisors of the departments.

Second Year

During this period the theoretical instruction includes general medicine, clinical pathology, venereal and skin diseases, x-ray, radium, commimicable diseases, pediatrics, obstetrics, gynecology, orthopedics, and diseases of eye, ear, nose, and throat. The hospital assignment here provides instruc- tion and experience on the public wards, on the private floors, and in the operating room.

Third Year

During the third year the theoretical instruction includes psychiatry, public health, professional problems, and survey of the nursing field. The assignments include experience in psychiatric nursing, in public health nursing, in obstetrics and pediatrics.

Attendance at Classes

Attendance is required at all classes for each course for which the student is registered. Absences are excused only in cases of illness or of absence from the school.

Examinations

These are both written and oral, and include practical tests. Failure in two or more subjects may necessitate increasing the length of the course.

During the three years of nursing experience in the various depart- ments of the hospital, a monthly record of the student's nursing work is submitted by the nurse in charge. The student's standing is based upon the examinations in the theoretical subjects and these monthly records.

Graduation

The diploma of the school will be awarded to those who have success- fully completed the required course of three years, and have maintained the required average in each course and phase of work.

Five- Year Program

In addition to the regular three-year course of training, the University offers a combined Academic and Nursing program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science and a Diploma in Nursing.

The first two years of the course (or prehospital period), consisting of 68 semester hours, are spent in the College of Arts and Sciences of the University, during which period the student has an introduction to the

231

general cultural subjects which are considered fundamental in any college training. At least the latter of these two years must be spent in residence at College Park. The last three years are spent in the School of Nursing in Baltimore.

The degree of Bachelor of Science and the Diploma in Nursing may be conferred upon students who complete successfully the prescribed combined academic and nursing program, maintaining the required averages in each branch of the course.

Scholarships

One scholarship has been established by the alumnae of the Training School, which entitles a nurse to a six-weeks' course at Teachers College Columbia University, New York. This scholarship is awarded at the close of the third year to the student whose work has been of the highest excellence, and who desires to pursue graduate study and special work. There are two scholarships of the value of $50.00 each: the Edwin and Leander M. Zimmerman prize for practical nursing and for displaying the greatest interest and sympathy for the patients; and the Elizabeth Collins Lee prize, given to the student having the second highest average in schol- arship. An alumnae pin is presented by the Women's Auxiliary Board to a student who at the completion of three years shows marked executive ability. A prize of $25.00 is given by Mrs. John L. Whitehurst to a student who at the completion of three years of work shows exceptional executive ability.

SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

A. G. Du Mez, Dean

Faculty Council

A. G. Du Mez, Ph.G., B.S., M.S., Ph.D. E. F. Kelly, Phar.D., Sc.D. Walter H. Hartung, B.A., Ph.D. Clifford W. Chapman, B.A., M.Sc, Ph.D. J. Carlton Wolf, B.Sc, Phar.D.

B. Olive Cole, Phar.D., LL.B. H. E. WiCH, Phar.D. Thomas C. Grubb, A.B., Ph.D.

A. W. RiCHESON, B.S., A.M., Ph.D.

The School of Pharmacy began its existence as the Maryland College of Pharmacy. The latter was organized in 1841, and operated as an inde- pendent institution until 1904, when it amalgamated with the group of professional schools in Baltimore then known as the University of Maryland. It became a department of the present University when the old University of Maryland was merged with the Maryland State College in 1920. With but one short intermission, just prior to 1865, it has continuously exercised its function as a teaching institution.

LOCATION

The School of Pharmacy is located at 32 South Greene Street, in close proximity to the Schools of Medicine, Law, and Dentistry.

AIMS

The School of Pharmacy provides systematic instruction in pharmacy, the collateral sciences, and such other subjects as are deemed to be essential in the education of a pharmacist. Its chief aim is to prepare its matriculants for the intelligent practice of dispensing pharmacy, but it also offers the facilities and instruction necessary for the attainment of proficiency in the practice of the other branches of the profession and in pharmaceutical re- search.

RECOGNITION

This school is accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education and holds membership in the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. The object of these agencies is to promote the interests of pharmaceutical education; and all institutions accredited by the Coimcil or holding membership in the Association must maintain certain minimum requirements for entrance and graduation. Through the influence of the

232

233

Council, uniform and higher standards of education have been adopted* and the fact that several states by law or by Board ruling recognize the standards of the Association is evidence of its influence.

The school is registered in the New York Department of Education, and its diploma is recognized in all states.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION*

The requirements for admission meet fully those prescribed by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education and the American Associa- tion of Colleges of Pharmacy.

ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN CLASS FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS

An applicant from a secondary school may be admitted either by certifi- cate, or by examination, or by a combination of the two methods.

Admission by Certificate

An applicant must be a graduate of a secondary school which is approved by the State Board of Education of Maryland or by an accrediting agency of at least equal rank, and which requires for graduation not less than 15 units, grouped as follows:

Distribution Of Units Between Required and Elective Subjects: Required subjects, 7 units; electives, 8 units. Total, 15 units.

Required Subjects: English, (I, II, III, IV), 3 units; algebra to quad- ratics, 1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit; history, 1 unit; science, 1 unit. Total, 7 units.

Elective Subjects: agriculture, astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, civics, drawing, economics, general science, geology, history, home economics, vocational subjects, languages, mathematics, physical geography, physics, zoology, or any subject offered in a standard high or preparatory school for which graduation credit is granted toward college or university entrance. Total, 8 units.

A unit represents a year's study in any subject in a secondary school, and constitutes approximately one-fourth of a full-year's work. It pre- supposes a school year of 36 to 40 weeks, recitation periods of from 40 to 60 minutes, and for each study four or five class exercises a week. Double laboratory periods in any science or vocational study are considered as equivalent to one class exercise. Normally, not more than three units are allowed for four years of English. If, however, a fifth course has been taken, an extra unit will be granted.

A graduate of an approved secondary school in Maryland who meets the certification requirements of the State Department of Education or the

*The right is reserved to refuse admission even to applicants with sufficient scholastic credit if their presence in the School would, in the judgment of the Faculty Council, be detrimental to the best interests of the School.

234

Department of Education of Baltimore City will be admited upon the pre- sentation of the proper certificate from the principal. A graduate who does not meet fully these requirements may be required to present further evi- dence of ability to undertake college work. At the discretion of the Director of Admissions, this may include an appropriate examination. Such exami- naiions will be given during the first week of July, August, and September at Baltimore and at other convenient places in the state. Applicants con- cerned will be notified when and w^here to report.

An applicant for admission by certificate from a secondary school not located in Maryland must be recommended by the principal, and must have attained the certification-to-college grade of the school. If the school does not have such a quality grade, then the average of the applicant's school grades must be at least ten points or one letter higher than the lowest passing grade of the school.

Admission by Examination

An applicant from a secondary school who is not eligible for admission by certificate may seek entrance through either of two types of examination: (1) he may appeal to the Director of Admissions for permission to report at the University for an examination, the result of which will be used in conjunction with the secondary school record to determine whether the applicant should be admitted, or (2) he may be admitted on presenting evidence of having passed satisfactorily other approved examinations in the subjects required for graduation from an accredited secondary school. Such examinations are offered by the College Entrance Examination Board, 431 West 117th Street, New York City; the Regents of the University of the State of New York, Albany; and the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg.

Applications for admission must be approved, not only by the Director of Admissions, but also by the Committee on Admissions of the Faculty Council of the School of Pharmacy.

ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING

A student who presents, in addition to high school requirements, credit for work done in a school of pharmacy accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education will receive credit for the courses which correspond in length and content to those prescribed for the first three years of the curriculum and be admitted with advanced standing, provided he presents an official transcript of his record and a proper certificate of honorable dismissal.

Credit for general educational subjects will be given to a student pre- senting evidence of having completed work in an accredited academic insti- tution equal in value to that outlined in this catalogue.

A transferring student in either case must satisfy the preliminary educa- ional requirements outlined under "Requirements for Admission to Fresh- man Class from Secondary School."

235

SPECIAL STUDENTS

An applicant who cannot furnish sufficient entrance credit and who does not desire to make up the units in which he is deficient may enter as a special student and pursue all the branches of the curriculum, but will not be eligible for graduation and will not receive a diploma. The Faculty Council reserves the right to decide whether or not the preliminary train- ing of the applicant is sufficient.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

The degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy (B.S. in Phar.) will be conferred upon a candidate who has met the following requirements:

1. Completion of the full prescribed curriculum. The work of the last year must have been in courses offered in this school, and must have been done in residence at this school.

2. A total semester hour credit of not less than 140, with a grade point count for each of the last two years of not less than twice the total semester hours of credit scheduled for these years.

MATRICULATION AND REGISTRATION

The matriculation ticket must be procured from the office of the School of Pharmacy, and must be taken out before one enters classes. After matriculation,, all students are required to register at the office of the Director of Admissions. The last date of matriculation is Sept. 25, 1941.

EXPENSES

Laboratory Tuition and

Resident Non-Resident Breakage

$220.00 $270.00 $60.00 (yearly)

Matriculation $10.00 (only once)

Graduation $15.00

Tuition for the first semester and laboratory and breakage fee shall be paid to the Comptroller at the time of registration; and tuition for the second semester and graduation fee (the latter returned in case of failure) on or before Jan. 31, 1942.

A bulletin giving details of the course in Pharmacy may be obtained by addressing the School of Pharmacy, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland.

236

STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

816 Fidelity Building, Baltimore, Maryland.

H. C. Byrd Executive Officer

F. K. Haszard „ Executive Secretary

Mark Welsh State Veterinarian

The law provides that the personnel of the State Board of Agriculture shall be the same as the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland. The President of the University is the Executive Officer of the State Board of Agriculture.

General Powers of Board: The general powers of the Board as stated in Article 7 of the Laws of 1916, Chapter 391, are as follows:

''The State Board of Agriculture shall investigate the conditions sur- rounding the breeding, raising, and marketing of live stock and the products thereof, and contagious and infectious diseases affecting the same; the rais- ing, distribution, and sale of farm, orchard, forest, and nursery products, generally, and plant diseases and injurious insects affecting the same; the preparation, manufacture, quality analysis, inspection, control, and distri- bution of animal and vegetable products, animal feeds, seeds, fertilizers, agricultural lime, agricultural and horticultural chemicals, and biological products; and shall secure information and statistics in relation thereto and publish such information, statistics, and the results of such investigations at such times and in such manner as to it shall seem best adapted to the ef- ficient dissemination thereof; and except where such powers and duties are by law conferred or laid upon other boards, commissions, or officials, the State Board of Agriculture shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the herein recited matters, and generally of all matters in any way affecting or relating to the fostering, protection, and development of the agricultural interests of the State, including the encouragement of de- sirable immigration thereto, with power and authority to issue rules and regulations in respect thereof not in conflict with the Constitution and Laws of the State or the United States, which shall have the force and effect of law, and all violations of which shall be punished as misdemeanors are punished at common law; and where such powers and duties are by law conferred or laid on other governmental agencies may co-operate in the execution and performance thereof, and when so co-operating each shall be vested with such authority as is now or may hereafter by law be conferred on the other. The powers and duties herein recited shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any power and duties which now are or hereafter may be conferred or laid upon said board."

Under the above authority and by special legislation, all regulatory work is conducted under the general authority of the Board. This includes the following services:

237

i

LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE

816 Fidelity Building, Baltimore, Maryland. Mark Welsh .: State Veterinarian

This Service has charge of regulatory work in connection with the control of animal and poultry diseases, such as bovine tuberculosis, Bang's disease, hog cholera, encephalomyelitis, rabies, anthrax, blackleg, and scabies in animals; and pullorum disease and blackhead in poultry. The Service co- operates in these activities with the U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Well equipped laboratories for research, diagnostic work, and the examina- tion of specimens, are maintained at College Park, and branch laboratories for the convenience of persons residing in other sections of the State are maintained at Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore; Salisbury; and Cen- treville.

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT

College Park, Maryland.

T. B. Symons Director of Extension Service

E. N. Cory „ „ „.... State Entomologist

R. A. Jehle ^ « „ State Pathologist

The State Horticultural Law was enacted in 1898. It provides for the inspection of all nurseries and the suppression of injurious insects and dis- eases affecting plants of all kinds. The work of the department is con- ducted in close association with the departments of Entomology and Pathology of the University. The regulatory work is conducted under the authority of the law creating the department as well as the State Board of Agriculture. For administrative purposes, the department is placed under the Extension Service of the University on account of the close association of the work.

INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE

College Park, Maryland.

(Feed Stuffs, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides

and Fungicides.)

L. B. Broughton State Chemist

L. E. Bopst Associate State Chemist

W. C. Supplee Biological Chemist

E. C. Donaldson Chief Inspector

W. J. Footen Inspector

E. M. Zentz Inspector

H. R. Walls „ - Assistant Chemist and Microscopist

L. H. Van Wormer. Assistant Chemist

238

Assistant Chemist R. E. Baumgardner Assistant Chemist

A. B. Heagy -^- - - Assistant Chemist

J. E. Schueler, Jr ; Assistant Chemist

R.H. Flowers Laboratory Assistant

R. G. Fuerst ~ - -■•- -"•

The Inspection and Regulatory Service is ^^'^^'''^^ 'l.^'f^^^^^^^ fr iv T 5.W Feed Stuff Law, Agricultural Lime Law, and the Insecticide ^ fC.^^^^^^ apply to agricultural products. This involves

and ^'''^^'''l^^^^^ all materials sold, securing samples for

the --^fl^'^;^^^^^ checking labeling requirements, publi-

:a:rof th?reS^ and the prosecution of violators of these

statutes.

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE

College Park, Maryland.

Seed Inspector

F. S. Holmes -

, X 4.- Qi^r^n^ \^ T^laced by law under the general super-

•"'^ o?tt Tg^tlLa^xy;^^^^^^^ This service takes samples

IS 2r:d f or s^ltand tesl them for quality and germination.

STATE DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY

1411 Fidelity Building, Baltimore, Maryland.

F. W. Besley State Forester

Karl E. Pfeiffer. Assistant State Forester

Walter J. Quick, Jr .Assistant Forester

This department is responsible under State laws for certain administra- tive functions including:

1. A State-wide forest protection system to protect the 2.225,000 acres of forest land against fires. , . ^ 4.

2. A system of nine state forests, comprising 105,000 acres, and six state

parks of 4,000 acres. ^

3. The operation of a State Nursery for growing and distributing small seedlings for forest and windbreak planting.

, . . i. 4.- r.^ fVio Pnadside Tree Law involving the protec-

State.

The department also renders a service to 7°^1-/ "^^^^"f^t'stTnd agement of their woodlands and the preparation of plans for

roadside planting.

239

STATE WEATHER SERVICE

Edward B. Mathews _ Director

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. John R. Weeks Meteorologist

U. S. Custom House, Baltimore, Maryland.

The State Weather Service compiles local statistics regarding climatic conditions and disseminates information regarding the climatology of Marv land under the Regents of the University of Maryland through the Stale Geologist as successor to the Maryland State Weather Service Commission Ihe State Geologist is ex-officio Director, performing all the functions of former officers with the exception of Meteorologist, who is commissioned bv tfie Governor and serves as liaison officer with the United States Weather liureau. All activities except clerical are performed voluntarily.

MARYLAND GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

Edward B. Mathews State Geologist

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland.

The Geological and Economic Survey Commission is authorized under the genera jurisdiction of the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland to conduct the work of this department. The State Geological and Eco- nomic Survey is authorized to make the following:

Topographic surveys showing the relief of the land, streams, roads, rail- ways, houses, etc.

Geological surveys showing the distribution of the geological formations and mineral deposits of the State.

Agricultural soil surveys showing the areal extent and character of the different soils.

Hydrographic surveys to determine the available waters of the State for potable and industrial uses.

Magnetic surveys to determine the variation of the needle for land surveys.

A permanent exhibit of the mineral wealth of the State in the old Hall of Delegates at the State House, to which new materials are constantly added to keep the collection up-to-date.

240

SECTION in Description Of Courses

The courses of instruction described in this section are offered at College Park. Those offered in the Baltimore Schools are described in the separate announcements issued by the several schools.

For the convenience of students in making out schedules of studies, the subjects in the following Description of Courses are arranged alphabetically :

Page

Agricultural Economics - 242

Agricultural Education and Rural Life „ 246

Agronomy (Crops and Soils) ^ 248

Animal Husbandry - 250

Art - - - -- •..: 253

Astronomy - - 254

Botany - 258

Business Administration 263

Chemistry „ 273

Classical Languages and Archaeology 281

Comparative Literature 283

Dairy Husbandry 285

Education 292

Engineering 305

English Language and Literature. - 318

Entomology 326

Farm Forestry 329

French _ 353

Geology 330

German 356

Greek 281

History „.„ _ _ .„ 330

Home Economics 334

Horticulture _ - 339

Latin 281

Library Science 345

241

.

Page Mathematics _ > 345

Military Science and Tactics _ 352

Modem Languages -... 353

Philosophy _... .„ 361

Political Science 367

Poultry Husbandry „... _ > 371

Psychology _ „... 373

Socioloe^ Q77

Speech. „ „ 382

Statistics - - - _ 384

Veterinary Science „ 385

Zoology ^ 386

Courses for undergraduates are designated by the numbers 1-99; courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates, 100-199 ; courses for graduates, 200-299.

The letter following the number of the course indicates the semester in which the course is offered: thus, 1 f is offered the first semester; 1 s, the second semester; 1 y, the year; 1 f and s indicates that the course is repeated in the second semester; 1 f or s that the course may be given in either the first or the second semester. A capital S after a course number indicates that the course is offered in the summer session only.

The number of hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out his program. Students will obtain these schedules when they register.

Students are advised to consult the statements of the colleges and schools in Section II when making out their programs of studies; also Regulation of Studies, Section I.

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND FARM MANAGEMENT*

Professor DeVault; Lecturer Baker; Associate Professors Walker, Coddington; Assistant Professor Hamilton; Mr. Poffenberger.

A. E. 1 f. Agricultural Industry and Resources (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory.

A descriptive course dealing with agriculture as an industry and its re- lation to climate, physiography, soils, population centers and movements, conmiercial development, transportation, etc.; the existing agricultural re- sources of the world and their potentialities, commercial importance, and geographical distribution; the chief sources of consumption; the leading

*See also related courses in Economics and in Business Administration.

242

trade routes and markets for agricultural products. The history of Ameri- can agriculture is briefly reviewed. Emphasis is upon the chief crop and livestock products of the United States.

A. E. 2 s. Farm Organization (3) — Three lectures.

A study of farm organization consisting of an introduction to the com- plex problems of the agricultural industry as these problems affect the life and welfare of the individual farmer. More specifically, the course includes the choice of agriculture as a vocation; adaptation of farms to particular enterprises; types of farming and factors influencing the same; farm returns; the use of labor, machinery, and land in production; combi- nation of crop and livestock enterprises as they affect the farmer's income; and a study of successful and unsuccessful Maryland farms.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates A. E. 100 f. Farm Economics (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Econ. 51f, 52s, or 57.

A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to population trend, agricultural wealth, land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and marketing. (DeVault.)

A. E. 102 s. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisite, Econ. 5 If, 52s, or 57.

A complete analysis of the present system of transporting, storing, and distributing farm products, and a basis for intelligent direction of effort in increasing the efficiency of marketing methods. (DeVault.)

A. E. 103 f. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — Three lectures.

Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organi- zations with some reference to farmer movements; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity developments; the Federal Farm Board; banks for cooperatives; present trends. (Poffenberger.)

A. E. 104 s. Farm Finance (3) — Three lectures.

Agricultural Credit requirements; development and volume of business of institutions financing agriculture; financing specific farm organizations and industries. Farm insurance — fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance, with special reference to mutual development — ^how provided, benefits, and needed extension. (Poffenberger.)

A. E. 105 s. Food Products Inspection (2) — One lecture; one laboratory.

This course, arranged by the Department of Agricultural Economics in cooperation with the State Department of Markets and the United States Department of Agriculture, is designed to give students primary instruc- tion in the grading, standardizing, and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy products, poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruction covering the fundamental principles will be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and practical work will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to Washington, D. C, and Baltimore.

(Staff.) 243

A. E. 106 s. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory.

A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with

emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.)

A. E. 107 s. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — One lecture; two lab- oratories.

A concise practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing of farm accounts. (Hamilton.)

A. E. 108 f. Farm Management (3) — Three lectures.

A study of the organization and operation of Maryland farms from the standpoint of efficiency and profits. Students will be expected to make an analysis of the actual farm business and practices of different types of farms located in various parts of the State, and to make specific recom- mendations as to how these farms may be organized and operated as suc- cessful businesses. (Hamilton.)

A. E. 109 f, 110 s. Research Problems (1-2, 1-2).

With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research problems in agricultural economics which they may choose, or a special list of subjects will be made up from which the students may select their re- search problems. There will be occasional class meetings for the purpose of making reports on progress of work, methods of approach, etc. (DeVault.)

A. E. Ill f. Land Economics (3) — Three lectures.

Concepts of land economy are discussed, as well as conditions and ten- dencies influencing land requirements in relation to land resources. A study of major land problems and land policies including erosion and its control; farm tenancy; tax delinquency and tax reverted lands; land use planning and production control; public policies for facilitating land use adjustments; and directional measures for discouraging undesirable land uses. (Coddington.)

For Graduates

A. E. 200 f, 201 s. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2).

An advanced course dealing more extensively with some of the economic problems affecting the farmer; such as land problems, agricultural finance, farm wealth, agricultural prices, transportation, and special problems in marketing and cooperation. (Staff.)

A. E. 202 y. Seminar (1-2).

This course will consist of special reports by students on current eco- nomic subjects, and a discussion^ and criticism of the same by the members of the class and the instructor. (DeVault.)

A. E. 203. Research (8).

Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics imder the supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original in- vestigation in problems of agricultural economics, and the results will be presented in the form of theses. (DeVault.)

244

A. E. 210 s. Taxation in Relation to Agriculture (2) — Two lectures.

Principles and practices of taxation in their relation to agriculture, with special reference to the trends of tax levies, taxation in relation to land utilization, taxation in relation to ability to pay and benefits received; a comparison of the following taxes as they affect agriculture: general prop- erty tax, income tax, sales tax, gasoline and motor vehicle license taxes, in- heritance tax, and special commodity taxes; possibilities of farm tax reduc- tion through greater efficiency and economies in local government.

(Walker, DeVault.)

A. E. 211 f. Agricultural Taxation in Theory and Practice (3) — Two lec- tures; one laboratory.

Ideals in taxation; economic effects of taxation upon the welfare of society; theory of taxation: the general property tax, business and license taxes, the income tax, the sales tax, special commodity taxes, inheritance and estate taxes; recent shifts in taxing methods and recent tax reforms: conflicts and duplication in taxation among governmental units; practical and current problems in taxation. (Walker, DeVault.)

A. E. 212 f, 213 s. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production (3, 2)—

Two double lectures.

A presentation, by regions, of the basic physical conditions of the economic and social forces that have influenced agricultural settlement, and of the resultant utilization of the land and production of farm products; followed by a consideration of regional trends and interregional shifts in land utiliza- tion and agricultural production, and the outlook for further changes in each region. (Baker.)

A. E. 214 s. Consumption of Farm Products and Standards of Living (3)

—Two double lectures.

A presentation of the trends in population and migration for the nation and by states; of trends in exports of farm products and their regional sig- nificance; of trends in diet and in per capita consumption of non-food prod- ucts; followed by a consideration of the factors that appear likely to influ- ence these trends in the future; and of the outlook for commercial as con- trasted with a more self-sufficing agriculture. (Baker.)

A. E. 215 s. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (2) — Tw^o lectures.

An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives.

(Poffenberger.)

245

I

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE

Professors Cotterman, Carpenter; Assistant Professor Ahalt. For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

R. Ed. 101 f, 102 s. Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (1, 1) — One

laboratory. Cannot be used for graduate credit.

This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning ac- quired in the several departments of the University with the problems of doing and demonstrating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher. It aims particularly to check his training in the essential practicunis and demonstrations in vocational agriculture, and to introduce him to the conditions under which such activities must be carried on in the patronage areas and laboratories of vocational departments. Laboratory practice in deficiencies required. (Ahalt.)

R. Ed. 107 s. Observation and the Analysis of Teaching for Agricultural Students (3) — ^Two lectures; one laboratory. Required of juniors in Rural Life and Agricultural Education. Elective for others.

This course deals with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups.

(Cotterman, Ahalt.)

R. Ed. 109 f. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107 s; A. H. 2 f ; D. H. 1 s; P. H. 1; Soils 1; Agron. 1, 2; Hort. 1, 11; Agr. Engr. 101, 104; A. E. 2, 102, 10i8 f.

A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of voca- tional agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farm- ing programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer work, and objectives and methods in all-day, continuation, and adult instruction.

(Cotterman, Ahalt.)

R. Ed. 110 s. Rural Life and Education (3) — Three lectures.

An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communi- ties, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the con- ditioning effects of economic differences. The course is designed especially for persons who expect to be called upon to assist in shaping educational and other community programs for rural people. (Cotterman.)

R. Ed. 112 s. Departmental Organization and Administration (1) — One

lecture. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107 s, 109 f.

The work of this course is based upon the construction and analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of vocational agri- culture. As a project, each student prepares and analyzes in detail an admin- istrative program for a specific school. Investigations and reports.

(Ahalt.)

R. Ed. 114 s. Teaching Farm Mechanics in Secondary Schools (1) — One lecture.

Objectives in the teaching of farm shop and farm mechanics; contempo- rary developments; determination of projects; shop management; shop pro-

246

crrams; methods of teaching; equipment; materials of construction; special projects. (Carpenter.)

R. Ed. 120 y. Practice Teaching (5 to 6)— First semester, 2 credits. Second semester, 3 to 4 credits. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107 s, 109 f.

Under the direction of a critic teacher the student in this course is required to analyze and prepare special units of subject matter, plan lessons, and teach in cooperation with the critic teacher, exclusive of observation, not less than 125 clock hours of day class vocational agriculture and related subjects. A sixth semester hour may be earned by supervising home projects in the field not less than twenty-five clock hours, or teaching the equivalent time in part-time or evening classes, or any combination of these three types of work. (Cotterman.)

For Graduates

R. Ed. 201 f, 202 s. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— Prerequisite, R. Ed. 110 s or equivalent.

A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life in rural communities. It embraces a study of the organization, administra- tion, and supervision of the several agencies of public education as compon- ent parts of this movement and as forms of social economy and human de- velopment. Discussions, assigned readings, and major term papers in the field of the student's special interest. (Cotterman.)

R. Ed. 207 f, 208 s. Problems in Vocational Agriculture, Related Science,

and Shop (2, 2).

In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons who have had several years of teaching experience in this field. The three phases of the vocational teacher's program— all day, part-time, and adult work— receive attention. Discussions, surveys, investigations, and reports.

(Cotterman.)

R. Ed. 250 y. Seminar in Rural Education (2-4).

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the sev- eral agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports.

(Cotterman.)

R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. Students must be especially qualified by previous work to pursue with profit the research to be undertaken. (Cotterman.)

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

Professor Carpenter; Associate Professor Krewatch; Assistant

Professor Burkhardt.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Agr. Engr. 101 f. Farm Machinery (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory.

A study of the design and adjustments of modern horse- and tractor- drawn machinery. Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines, their calibration, adjustment, and repair. (Carpenter.)

247

Agr. Engr. 102 s. Gas Engines, Tractors, and Automobiles (3) — Two lec- tures; one laboratory.

A study of the design, operation, and repair of the various types of in- ternal combustion engines used in farm practice. (Carpenter.)

Agr. Engr. 104 f. Farm Mechanics (1) — One laboratory.

This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and farm equipment repair and construction projects. It is offered primarily for prospective teachers of vocational agriculture. (Carpenter.)

Agr. Engr. 105 f. Farm Buildings (2) — Two lectures. A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm heating, lighting, water supply, and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.)

Agr. Engr. 107 s. Farm Drainage (2) — One lecture; one laboratory.

A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drain- age, the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of construction, and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of time will be spent upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating thereto. (Carpenter.)

AGRONOMY Division of Crops

Professor- Kemp; Associate Professor Eppley; Mr. A. W. Woods.

Agron. 1 f. Cereal Crop Production (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. History, distribution, adaptation, culture, improvement, and uses of cereal, forage, pasture, cover, and green manure crops.

Agron. 2 s. Forage Crop Production (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Continuation of Agron. 1 f .

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Agron. 102 f. Technology of Crop Quality (1-3) — Students, other than those specializing in agronomy, may register for either portion of the course. Part one (Grading Farm Crops) — one lecture; one laboratory. The market classifications and grades as recommended by the United States Bureau of Markets, and practice in determining grades. Part two (Grain, Hay, and Seed Judging and Identification) — one laboratory. (Eppley.)

Agron. 103 f. Crop Breeding (2) — Prerequisite, Zool. 104 f. The principles of breeding as applied to field crops, and methods used in crop improvement. (Kemp)

Agron. 104 f, 105 s. Selected Crop Studies (1-2, 1-2) — Credit according to work done.

This course is intended primarily to give an opportunity for advanced study of crop problems or crops of special interest to students. (Staff,)

248

Agron. 121 s. Methods of Crop and Soil Investigations (2)-Two lee-

tures. ,

^ consideration of agricultural investigation methods at the variou experiment stations, and the standardization of such methods. (Staff.)

For Graduates '

Agron. 201 y. Crop Breeding (4-10)— Credits determined by work ac- complished. „ - , . -11 i„ The content of this course is similar to that of Agron. 103 f . bu will be adapted more to graduate students, and more of a range wUl be allowed m choice of material to suit special cases. ^ Aeron. 203 y. Seminar (2)— One report period each week. t£ seminar is devoted largely to reports by students on current scientific publications dealing with problems in crops and soils. ^ftan.; Agron. 209. Research (6-8)-Credit determined by work accomplished^ With the approval of the head of the department, .f "dent will be allowed to work on any problem in agronomy, or he will be given a list ol suggested problems from which he may make a selection. it'^an.,

Division of Soils Professor Thomas; Dr. Madigan, Dr. Bodily. Soils 1 f and s. Soils and Fertilizers (3-5)-Three lectures; two labora- tories. Prerequisites, Geol. 1 f, Chem. 1 y, 12 Ay. Lectures may be taken without the laboratory.

A study of the principles involved in soil formation and classification. The influence of physical, chemical, and biological activities on plant growth, together with the use of fertilizers in the maintenance of soil fertility.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Soils 102 s. Soil Management (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, Soils 1.

A study of the soil fertiUty systems of the United States, with special emphasis on the interrelation of total to available plant food, the balance of nutrients in the soil with reference to various cropping systems^nd the economic and national aspect of permanent soil improvement. (Thomas.) Soils 103 f. Soil Geography (3)— Two lectures; one discussion period. A study of the genealogy of soils, the principal soil regions of North America, and the classification of soils. Field trips will be made to empha- size certain important phases of the subject. (i nomas.) Soils 112 s. Soil Conservation (3)— Three lectures.

A study of the factors relating to soil preservation, including the influence of cropping and soil management practices, fertilizer treatments, construc- tive and destructive agencies of man and nature on conservation, history of

research in soil erosion, and field trips to soil demonstration areas.

(Thomas.)

249

For Graduates Soils 201. Special Problems and Research (10-12). Original investigation of problems in soils and fertilizers. (Staff.)

Soils 202 y. Soil Science (3-5i f, 2 s) — Three lectures, two laboratories first semester; two lectures, second semester. Prerequisites, geology, soils and organic and quantitative chemistry. The lectures and laboratory may be taken separately.

A discussion of the physical, chemical, and biological processes involved in the development of soils with special emphasis on soil water, organic matter, structure colloids, base exchange, and plant food deficiencies in their relation to soil fertility. The laboratory involves a study of the methods used in soil investigation. (Thomas.)

Soils 204 s. Soil Micro-Biology (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, Bact. 1.

A study of the micro-organisms of the soil in relation to fertility. It in- cludes the study of the bacteria of the soil concerned in the decomposition of organic matter, nitrogen fixation, nitrification, and sulphur oxidation and reduction, and deals also with such organisms as fungi, algae, and protozoa.

The course includes a critical study of the methods used by experiment stations in soil investigational work. (Bodily.)

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY

Professors Leinbach, Meade; Lecturer Finney; Mr. Outhouse,

Mr. Hensel.

A. H. 2 f. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — Three laboratories.

The relation of livestock to agriculture and the nation's welfare. A study of the types, breeds and market classes of beef cattle, sheep, hogs, and horses; systems of livestock farming; functions of shows, sales, breed and livestock associations; general problems in breeding, feeding, and manage- ment. Practice will be given in the selection, fitting, showing of livestock; and livestock farm analysis.

A. H. 51 s. Livestock Judging (2) — Two laboratories. Prerequisite, A. H. 2 f.

Training in the judgfing of beef cattle, sheep, hogs and draft horses. Occasional judging trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are Maintained.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

A. H. 102 f. Feeds and Feeding (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites, Chem. ly, 12 Ay.

Elements of nutrition, source, characteristics, and adaptability of the various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the calculation and compounding of rations. (Meade.)

250

A. H. 103 s. Principles of Breeding (3)-Two lectures; one laboratory.

Prerequisite, Zool. 104 f. . , . ,. ^ Viprpditv variation, selection.

The practical aspects of -^-^^' ^^1'^^^'^:':^^'^^, consid;red. development, systems of breeding, and pedigree wor (Meade.)

, „ 104 f Sheep Production (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisite, A H. 2 f .

piples 'underlying the practical and ^'^^^^'^^X:^^, including a study of the breeds and their -^aptab 1 ty Breeding ^^^^^ Ind management of purebred and commercial flocks, the ^^^^^^^^^ ^

Th. 105 s. Livestock Management (2)-T.-o laboratories. Prerequisite.

'Ti'ugh livestock management course ^^^-^-JJ^^^cf ^^ie^^^^^^

with the practical handling and -^^^ll^^J^.X^teAin^, fitting, and given actual practice and traming in ^^^^ ™^'"^™^' (Outhouse.)

preparation of animals for show and work purposes. A. H. 106 f. Meat and Meat Products (l)-One laboratory. Prerequisite,

' A^Irse designed to give the student information on t, P~g^^^^^

handling of the nation's meat supply f J^-f;^*^;;4:rll\';%Uucts. and structural differences -^-h affect the ^alue of m ^^^^^

Numerous trips are made to packmg houses ana ^Leinbach, Hensel.)

A H 107 s. Pork Production ' (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisite, A. H 2 f. PHnJiples underlying the practical ^d econo^^^^^^^^^

breeding, feeding, and management of purebred ana ^Leinbach.)

breeds of swine and their adaptability. A H 108 f Advanced Livestock Judging (2)-Two laboratories. Pre-

course are chosen to represent the University ^^""^ ^^^^^^^^^ Leinbach.) livestock judging contests. A. H. 109 s. Draft Horse Production (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisite,

^ Prindpies underlying the practical and economical f "^'^^"^JJ/';^^^^^^^^^^ draft horses, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability. (Meade.)

A. H. 110 f. Beef Cattle Production (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisite,

"^Prindples underlying the practical and economical production of bee^^ cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability, breedmg, feed

251

L^VettaUr^^'"^"* °' ^""-^'^^^ ^"-^ -—^^1 •'erds; the feedi„, ,,

A H 119 4^ f • . , , (Leinbach.)

A. «. 112 f. Livestock Markets and Marketinor r9^ t,,. i .. reqursite, A. H. 2 f. inarKeimg (2)— Two lectures. Pre.

tm^'hT °' ''*•"'"'"• ^tsorpllon, .„d metabolism of nutTOnte- „,„ ■

tional balances: naturp nf nnfY-if,-^^ ^ • iiutnenrs, nutn-

and reproduction '^"t"taonal requirements for growth, production,

A. H. 116 f. Light Horse Production (l)_One lecture. '^"^''^

nefs 'of each A Sn^n'^"'' '''''' "'* ^"P'^^^'^ '^'^ ^he types and useful-

..™?z::°r„,\vSh."rot",:™ ■ "■ "" '• ■"■»" » • =">' «' »•

in. co„.„, o, ..a.f4re.fS LT/fS^S SL'^f-^:;^ ^,

(Brueckner, Finney, Outhouse.) For Graduates A. H. 201 f or s. Special Problems in Animal Husbandrv t9 1^ n a: given m proportion to amount of work completed "^ (2-3)-Credit

A TT « « * (Staff.)

A. H. 202 f or s. Seminar (1)

presentation hefore^aS ^J::X1^Z:'''' ''''' ^^^^^^ ^ip, actt of work dtT"'"''"''' '"^ ""' '^^^^^^^'^ ^^ ^^^ — t and char-

reSdt%rsr:ri:j,a^'L'"\"' ^'^ '^^^'^'"^"*' ^^^^^-^^ -» "«

carry the sa^e to L^^irS^ ^ ^ L^-^nr o^/fS

104^f"A.H'l03s^''""' ^"'^'""^ ^'^-^^-^ '-*--• P-equisiterzfol!

rec^mbi^S tntmtaW TrV'^'T' ^'^^^^ ''' ^-«^^^>^. ™t- .en..eci.^ntr--far;:t^^^^^

252 ^^^^^'-^

A. H. 206 f, 207 s. Advanced Livestock Management (3, 3) — Two lec- tures; one laboratory.

An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields as these apply to the management and commercial production of livestock.

(Leinbach.)

*ART

Professor Marti; Associate Professor Highby.

Art 1 f. Art in Ancient Civilization (2) — Two lectures.

Egypt and the Ancient Near East up to 1000 B. C. A survey of the architectural remains, sculpture, painting, and minor arts of Egypt, Sumeria, Babylonia, and Palestine. Attention is given to the stages of human history and cultural development reflected in the archaeological and artistic remains. Lectures are freely illustrated by slides. (Not given in 1941-42.)

Art 2 f. Art in Ancient Civilization (2) — Two lectures.

The Near East after 1000 B. C. and the Pre-Greek Civilization of the Eastern Mediterranean. Hittite, Assyrian, and Persian art are chiefly con- sidered in the first half of the course. The important archaeological dis- coveries of Heinrich Schliemann and Sir Arthur Evans at Troy, the Greek mainland, and in Crete are then treated in detail. Conducted with the use of slides.

Art 3 s. Art in Classical Civilization (2) — Two lectures.

Greek art: Architecture, sculpture, and vase-painting. The course covers the archaeic period, treats in detail the highly developed art-forms of the Golden Age, and shows the main trends in the late Greek or Hellenistic era. Emphasis is placed on the interrelation between motifs as they appear on art objects and in Greek literature. Lectures illustrated by slides.

Art 4 s. Art in Classical Civilization (2) — Two lectures.

Monuments of Ancient Rome : A survey of the architectural remains and decorative art of the Romans. The related Etruscan art development will also be briefly considered, as well as the remains of Pompeii and important outlying sites in the Roman world. The study of the monuments in Rome itself will be carried to the early Christian period. Illustrated with slides. (Not given in 1941-42.)

Art 11 s. Medieval Art (2) — Two lectures.

An introduction to the figurative arts, and to the development of style. European architecture, sculpture, and painting, from the third century A. D. to the Renaissance, studied by means of slides. (Not given in 1941-42.)

Art 12 s. Modem Art (2) — Two lectures.

Similar to Art 11 s. European art from the Renaissance to the present. Illustrated lectures. Occasional visits to the museums in Washington.

* For other conrses in Art see page 335.

253

Art 21 f. German Art (2)— Two lectures.

A survey of the development of German architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art, from the time of Charlemagne to the early twentieth cen tury Similar developments in German literature will be considered A knowledge of German is desirable, though not a prerequisite.

Art 22 f. French Art (2)— Two lectures.

Similar to Art 21 f. French art from Charlemagne to the present. Simi- lar developments in French literature will be considered. A knowledge of French is desirable, though not a prerequisite.

Art 23 f. Italian Art (2)— Two lectures.

A study of the development of Italian art since the third century A D with special emphasis on the Renaissance and the Baroque. Reference will be made to Italian history and literature. Occasional visits to the Mellon Gallery.

Art 51 f. Principles of Art Appreciation (2)-Two lectures. Open to upper classmen and by special permission to sophomores.

A course designed to help those who seek the proper approach to figurative art, and the best enjoyment of it. Lectures illustrated with slides showing sample works from the fields of architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art. Class discussion of principles. Occasional visits to the mu- seums in Washington.

The increasing art activities in our schools confront teachers with the task of guiding their pupils to an intelligent appreciation of contemporary creations as well as of older works of art. A reasonable amount of time will be given to the pedagogical application of the principles studied in this course. ("Not given in 1941-42.)

ASTRONOMY

Mr. N. a. Gilbert.

Astr. 101 y. Astronomy (4)-Two lectures. Elective, but open only to juniors and seniors.

An elementary course in descriptive astronomy. (Gilbert.)

BACTERIOLOGY*

Professors James, Black; Assistant Professor Faber; Dr. Bodily Dr. Speck, Mr. Nolte, Mr. Snyder, Mr. McBee, Mr. Harvey,

Mrs. Goldsmith.

A. Bacteriology

Bact. 1 f and s. General Bacteriology (4)-Two lectures; two labora- tones. Sophomore standing.

mpthnrf ^'T7 ^^1 bacteriology; microscopy; morphology; classification; metabolism; bacterial enzymes; application to water, milk, foods, and soils;

be^gwL'duXe tl^e^enin'/'f ""Z""' ''' ''''°'^' under^aduates and graduates may charged * ^ ""' ''^^"" ^' "'^^''^'" "^^«^«^- ^ «P«"*1 '«« "

254

relationship to disease and to the industries. Preparation of culture media; sterilization and disinfection; microscopic and macroscopic examination of bacteria; isolation, cultivation, and identification of bacteria; effects of physical and chemical agents. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Bact. 1 A f and s. General Bacteriology (2) — Two lectures. Sophomore standing. This course consists of the lectures only of Bact. 1.

Bact. 2 s. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — ^Two lectures; two laboratories. Sophomore standing. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. Registration limited.

Principles of infection and immunity; characteristics of pathogenic micro- organisms. Isolation and identification of bacteria from pathological ma- terial; effects of pathogens and their products. Laboratory fee, $8.00.

Bact. 2 A s. Pathogenic Bacteriology (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Bact. 1 and sophomore standing.

This course consists of the lectures only of Bact. 2 s.

Bact. 3 s. Household Bacteriology (3) — One lecture; two laboratories. Junior year. Home Economics students only.

A brief history of bacteriology; bacterial morphology, classification, and metabolism; their relation to water, milk, dairy products, and other foods; infection and immunity; personal, home, and community hygiene. Labora- tory fee, $5.00.

Bact. 4 s. Elements of Sanitary Bacteriology (1) — One lecture. Senior year. Engineering students only.

Bacteria and their application to water purification and sewage disposal.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Bact. 101 f. Milk Bacteriology (4) — T\\^o lectures; two laboratories. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. Registration limited.

The sources and development of bacteria in milk; milk fermentation; sani- tary production; care and sterilization of equipment; care and preservation of milk and cream; pasteurization; public health requirements. Standard methods of milk analysis; the bacteriological control of milk supplies and plant sanitation; occasional inspection trips. Laboratory fee, $7.00.

(Black.)

Bact. 102 s. Dairy Products Bacteriology (3) — One lecture; two lab- oratories. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. Bact. 101 f desirable.

Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to cream, concentrated milks, fermented milks, starters, butter, ice cream, cheese, and other dairy prod- ucts; sources of contamination. Microbiological analysis and control; occa- sional inspection trips. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Black.)

255

Bact. in f. Food Bacteriology (3)— One leptnr^. +«,^ i u Prerequisite, Bact. 1. Registratiof limited ' *^" laboratories.

Bacteria, yeasts, and molds in foods; relation to nreservatio,, =.„ , . age; sanitary production and handling- foodTnfe.tfo.fII?. "P""' Microbiological examination of normaf knd spot/Ci 2ctl°^ preservation. Laboratory fee, $7.00. lactors affecting

bage and refuse; municipal sanitation. Standfrd tethS's fo^eximlr significance of the coli-aerogenes group. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Black )

tension; gas analysis; special culture methods- fi ItrS.- ^t '- ^''

niques and preparation of dye solutions; Advanced stdT i'™!?/""^ *"'■

tion. Laboratory fee $7 00 ^ reagent prepara-

R , . . (Bodily)

disease. Laboratory fee, $8.00. "actena and diagnosis of

Bact. H6 s. Epidemiology (2)-Two lectures. Prereauisite^ R«,.f ^ !L credit or registration in Bact. 2 s or 2 As. ^'^erequisites, Bact. 1 and

Epidemiology of important infectious disease.^ inri.,^.-^ v.- .

u X -.-- (Faber.)

:rBtf .'j^^ ^sr. :;tr;s^. -r""™^' -- «=s^

P (James.)

Bact. 118 s. Systematic Bacteriology (2)--Two Ippfnvoc t> Bacteriology, 10 hours. lectures. Prerequisite,

coS^'^oY nle^'ltre-^'rf '*r' ^^"^^''^ relationships; international

OffeL alte~years ' ""'*"" ^' '' ^''^'=*^ classification.

(James.) 256

Bact. 123 f, 124 s. Bacteriological Problems (2, 2) — Two laboratories. Prerequisites, Bact. 1, 2 s and any other courses needed for the projects. Registration limited.

This course is arranged as an introduction to research. Subject matter suitable to the needs of the particular student or problem will be arranged. The problems are to be selected, outlined, and investigated in consultation with and under the supervision of a member of the department. Results are to be presented in the form of a thesis. No graduate credit for students majoring in Bacteriology. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Staff.)

Bact. 125 f. Clinical Methods (2) — Two laboratories. Prerequisite, Bact. 2 s or consent of instructor.

Methods for microscopic examination of blood; bacteriological examina- tion of sputum, feces and spinal fluids; microscopic and routine chemical methods for examination of urine. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Faber.)

Bact. 131 f, 132 s. Journal Club (1, 1) — Prerequisites, Bact. 1, 2 s.

Students will submit reports on current scientific literature or on indi- vidual problems in bacteriology, which will be discussed and criticised by members of the class and staff. No graduate credit for students majoring in Bacteriology. (Black.)

For Graduates

Bact. 205 f. Research Methods (1) — One lecture. Prerequisite, Bac- teriology, 6 hours.

Methods of research; library practice; current literature; preparation of papers; research institutions, laboratory design, equipment and supplies; academic practices; professional aids. (Black.)

Bact. 207 f, 208 s. Special Topics (1, 1) — Prerequisite, Bacteriology,

10 hours.

Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects.

(Black.)

Bact. 211 f. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisites, Bact. 1, Chem. 12 y, or equivalent.

Growth, nutrition, physiological inter- relationships; bacterial enzymes; T'espiration; fermentations; chemical activities of micro-organisms; indus- trial fermentations. (Black.)

Bact. 221. Research (1-6) — Credit will be determined by the amount and character of the work accomplished. Prerequisites, Bact. 1, 2 s and any other courses needed for the particular project.

Properly qualified students will be admitted upon approval of the depart- ment head and with his approval the student may select the subject for research. The investigation is outlined in consultation with and pursued under supervision of a faculty member of the department. I^aboratory fee, $3.00 per credit hour. (Staff.)

Bact. 231 f, 232 s. Seminar (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Bacteriology, 10 hours.

Discussions and reports prepared by the student on current research,

selected subjects, and recent advances in bacteriology. (James.)

267

B. Food Technology* F. Tech. 1 s. Introduction to Food Technology (1) — One lecture. Discussions of the general phases of study comprising food technology.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates F. Tech. 100 f. Food Microscopy (2) — Two laboratories.

Microscopical analysis of foods following the methods used in the Federal Government and other agencies. Studies of the structural composition of agricultural and manufactured foods. Use of microscopic tests in factory control and analyses. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (James.)

F. Tech. 108 s. Preservation of Poultry Products (2) — Two laboratories. Prerequisite, Bact. 1.

Studies of the microbiology of poultry, alive and during storage; micro- biology of shell eggs, fresh and during storage; microbiology of frozen and dried eggs. This is taught in cooperation with department of Poultry Husbandry. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (James, Gwin.)

F. Tech. 110 f. Regulatory Control (1) — One lecture and demonstration.

Methods followed in the control of foods in interstate and intrastate

commerce. Consideration of laboratory basis of standards of control.

(James.)

F. Tech. 120 s* Food Sanitation (2) — Lecture, laboratory, and field work. Prerequisites, Bact. 1, 111 f or equivalent. Enrollment limited, with prefer- ence given to students majoring in this field.

Principles of sanitation in food manufacture and distribution; methods of control of sanitation in commercial canning, pickling, bottling, preserv- ing, refrigeration, dehydration, etc. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (James.)

F. Tech. 130 y. Technology Conference (2) — One lecture. Reports and discussions of current developments in the field of food technology. (James.)

BOTANY '

Professors Appleman, Norton, Jehle, Bamford; Assistant Professors Brown, Woods, Shirk; Mr. Jones, Miss Kemp, Mr. Haney,

Mr. Pierce, Mr. Stewart.

A. General Botany and Morphology

Hot. 1 f. General Botany (4) — Two lectures; two laboratories.

General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the sub- ject. The chief aim in this course is to present fundamental biological principles rather than to lay the foundation for professional botany. The student is also acquainted with the true nature and aim of botanical science, its methods, and the value of its results. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

*One or more of the scheduled courses for advanced undergraduates and ^aduates may be given during the evening, if a sufficient number of students register. For further ;«• formation, address the Department of Bacteriology. A special fee is charged.

258

Bot. 2 s. Introductory Botany (3)-Two lectures; one demonstration

''rcour^^'^imilar to Bot. 1 f, except that only one demonstration or lab- oratory period is required. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Bot. 3 s. General Botany (4)— Two lectures; two laboratories. Pre- requisite, Bot. 1 f or 2 s.

A continuation of Bot. 1 f. A brief study of algae, fungi, liverworts mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the seed plants. The evolutiona relationships of these groups is emphasized. The identification of loca plants by use of manuals and keys is introduced. Several field trips will be arranged. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Bot. 101 f. Plant Anatomy (3)— One lecture; two laboratories. Pre-

requisite, Bot. If. • xu

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the vas- cular plants, with special emphasis on the structures of roots, stems, and leaves. Reports of current literature are required. Laboratory fee, $3m

Bot. 103 f or s. Plant Taxonomy (3)-0ne lecture; two laboratories.

Prerequisite, Bot. 3 s. , , . . , „,v.;«v.

Classification of the vegetable kingdom, and the principles on which classification is based; methods of taxonomic research in Aeld. garden, herbarium, and library. The identification of plants is continued Each stu- dent works on a special problem during some of the laboratory time.

(Brown, Norton.)

Bot. 104 f. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3)— One lecture; two labora- tories. Prerequisite, Bot. 103.

Principles and criteria of plant taxonomy. Reviews and criticisms of cur- rent taxonomic literature. Emphasis on the identification and recognition of the Compositae and other species blooming in the fall. Each student works on a special problem during the laboratory time. (Norton.;

Bot. 105 s. Economic Plants (2)— Two lectures.

The names, taxonomic position, native and commercial geographic dis- tribution, and use of the leading economic plants of the world are studied. A collection of plant products from markets, stores, factories, etc., is made by students to illustrate the useful plants both in the natural forni and as , , (Norton.)

used by man.

Bot. 106 f. History and Philosophy of Botany (1)— One lecture.

Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, also a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Norton.)

Bot. 107 f or s. Plant Microtechnique (2)— Two laboratories. Pre- requisite, Bot. If. .

Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro-

259

scope slides of plant materials. Practice with the most generally used techniques on a variety of tissues. An opportunity for the student to make a private collection of several hundred slides. Laboratory fee, $3.00

(Brown.) Bot. 108 f and s. Undergraduate Seminar (1).

Discussion of current literature, problems, and progress in botany. For undergraduate majors and minors; no graduate credit given. (Brown.)

For Graduates

Bot. 201 s. Cytology (4) — Two lectures; two laboratories. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 f, Zool. 104 f, or equivalent.

A detailed study of the cell during its metabolic and reproductive stages. The major portion is devoted to chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the relation of these stages to current theories of heredity and evolution. The laboratory involves the preparation, examination, and illustration of cytological material by current methods. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

(Bamford.)

Bot. 202 s. Plant Morphology (2) — Two lectures and demonstrations. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 f, 3 s, 101 f.

A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with special reference to their phylogeny and development. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Bamford.)

Bot. 203 f and s. Seminar (1).

The study of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology.

(Bamford.)

Bot. 204. Research. — Credit according to work done. (Norton, Bamford.)

Note: See announcement on page 390 for further botany courses given at the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory.

B. Plant Pathology

Pit. Path. 1 f. Diseases of Plants (3-4) — Two lectures; one or two laboratories. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 f or equivalent.

An introductory study in the field, in the laboratory, and in the litera- ture, of symptoms, causal agents, and control measures of plants. The work is so arranged that a student may devote part of his time to the important diseases of the plants in which he is particularly interested. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Pit. Path. 101 f, 102 s. Diseases of Special Crops (3, 3)— Three lectures. Prerequisite, Pit. Path. 1 f or equivalent.

First semester, diseases of fruits and ornamentals; second semester, diseases of garden and field crops. (With consent of department, student may register and receive credit for one semester only.) Intended for students of plant pathology, horticulture, agronomy, entomology, who wish

260

fo obtain more detailed information on diseases of special crops than is vaiSe in Pit. Path. 1 f. Lectures are given by different members of the

^aff who are specialists in the fields covered.

staff wno are y (Woods, Jehle, McClellan, Cox, Jeffers.)

Pit Path. 103 f, 104 8. Research Methods. (1, l-2)-0ne conference; laboratory according to credit desired. Prerequisite, Pit. Path. 1 f or equivalent. Graduate credit not given.

Students who are interested in obtaining advanced training m basic technics such as preparation of phytopathological culture media, cultural ShTds, isolation of pathogens, and other essential procedures, should Agister for two credits in 104 s. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per ^emester^^^^

Pit. Path. 106 f and s. Seminar (1).

Conferences and reports on plant pathological ^^^^^^^^^^ j^^^^^^/^^^ investigations. '

Pit. Path. 108 f. Mycology (4)— Two lectures; two laboratories. Pre- requisite, Bot. If. . , ./5 i-'^^o

An introductory study of the morphology, life histories classifications and economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Norton, Woods.)

For Graduates Pit. Path. 201 s. Virus Diseases (2-3)— Two lectures; or two lectures, one laboratory.

Consideration of the physical, chemical, and physiological aspects of plant viruses and plant virus diseases. The laboratory credit 's earned by partially independent work. The instructor should be consulted before registering for laboratory credit. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Woods.)

Pit. Path. 203 f. Non-Parasitic Diseases (3)— Two lectures; one labora- tory.

Effects of maladjustment of plants to their environment; injuries due to climate, soil, gases, dust, sprays, fertilizers, improper treatment, and other detrimental conditions. (Not given in 1941-1942.)

Pit. Path. 205. Research— Credit according to work done. (Staff.)

Pit. Path. 206 f. Plant Disease Control (3)— Three lectures. An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant dis- ease control. A good general knowledge of elementary plant Pathology is presupposed. (Jeffers, Jehle, McClellan, Cox, Woods.)

Pit. Path. 209 f. Advanced Seminar (1)— One two-hour meeting, bi- weekly. Attention is given to the advanced technical literature of P^J't^P^^^Jj/-

261

C. Plant Physiology For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Pit. Phys. 101 f. Plant Physiology (4)-Two lectures; two laboratories Prerequisite, Bot. If. ^^'

A summary view of the general physiological activities of plants. The aim m this course is to stress principles rather than factual details. Lab- oratory fee, $3.00. ,p^^ ^\

(Brown.)

Pit. Phys. 102 s. Plant Ecology (3)— Two lectures; one field trip. Pre- requisite, Bot. 1 f. ^ ^

The study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant formations and successions in various parts of the country are briefly treated. Much of the work, especially the practical, must be carried on in the field, and for this purpose type regions adjacent to the University are selected Students pay cost of field trips. (Brown ^"

For Gradua.tes

Pit. Phys. 201 s. Plant Biochemistry (4)— Two lectures; two labora- tories. Prerequisite, an elementary knowledge of plant physiology and organic chemistry.

An advanced course in plant physiology, in which the chemical aspects are especially emphasized. It deals with the important substances in the composition of the plant body and with the important processes in plant life Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Not given in 1941-1942.) (Appleman, Shirk.)'

Ro^^'; 7vn 'p^ ^ in/J""* Biophysics (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 f. Pit. Phys. 101 f, or equivalent.

An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical forces in 209^^ f P^oc^sses. Students electing this course should elect Pit. Phys.

(Appleman, Shirk.)

Pit Phys. 202 B f. Biophysical Methods (2)-Two laboratories. Labora- tory fee, $3. ^gj^.^^^

Pit Phys. 203 s. Plant Microchemistry (2)-0ne lecture; one labora- tory. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 f, Chem. 1 y, or equivalents.

The isolation, identification, and localization of organic and inorganic substances found m plant tissues by micro-technical methods. The use of these methods in the study of metabolism in plants is emphasized Lab- oratory fee, $3.00. .^ . ' ^ (Brown.)

1942^' ^^^^' ^^^ ^' ^'''''^^^ ^""^ Development (2)— (Not given in 1941-

( Appleman.) Pit. Phys. 205 f or s. Mineral Nutrition Seminar (1).

Students are required to prepare reports on papers in the current litera- ture. These are discussed in connection with the recent advances in the

subject. /A 1 ^

(Appleman.)

262

Pit. Phys. 206. Research. — Credit according to work done. Students must be specially qualified by previous work to pursue with profit the research to be undertaken. (Staff.)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONt

PROFESSORS Stevens, Wedeberg, Gruchy; Lecturer Riggleman; Associate Professors Marshall, Bennett, Wyckoff; Assistant Professors Gay, Cissel, Fisher, Kirkpatrick, Clark; Mr. Reid, Mr. Mullin, - Mr. Shirley, Mr. Benton, Mr. Peregoff.

Some of the specialized courses in the following lists may be offered only in alternate years, whenever prospective enrollments therein do not justify repeating annually. Such courses are indicated by an asterisk.

A. Accounting Acct. 51 y. Principles of Accounting (8) — Three lectures; one lab- oratory.

This course has two aims, namely, to give the prospective business man an idea of accounting as a means of control, and to serve as a basic course for advanced and specialized accounting. A study is made of methods and procedures of accounting in the sole proprietorship, partnership, and corporation.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Acct. 101 f, 102 s. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisite, Acct. 51 y.

Advanced theory and problems in connection with the following: work- ing papers; statements; corporations; actuarial science; cash; accounts receivable; notes and acceptances; inventories; consignments; installment sales; tangible fixed assets; intangible assets; investments; liabilities; funds and reserves; correction of statements and books; comparative statements; the analysis of working capital; miscellaneous ratios; profit and loss analysis; and statement of application of funds. (Cissel.)

Acct. 121 f. Cost Accounting (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Acct. 51 y.

The need and value of cost accounting; cost systems and cost classifica- tions; classification of accounts; subsidiary ledgers and cost records; outline of specific order cost accounting; accounting for material; material storage and consumption; valuation of materials; accounting for labor costs; special features of accounting for labor cost; accounting for manufacturing ex- pense; distribution of service department costs; distribution of manufac- turing expense to production; control of distribution cost; monthly closing entries. Theory, problems, and practice set. (Cissel.)

tSee also related courses in Economics, in Agricultural Economics, especially A. E. 1 f, 2 s, 102 s. 104 s, 106 s, 109 y, 210 s, 211 f, 212 f, 213 s, 214 s, and 215 s; and in Psychology, especially Psych. 4 f, 141 s, and 160 f.

263

Acct. 122 s. Advanced Cost Accounting (2) — Two lectures. Prerequi- site, Acct. 121 f.

Preparation of analytical statements; comparative statements; process cost accounting; standard costs; analysis of variances; accounting for standard costs; estimating cost systems; special considerations; arguments for and against including interest on investments; graphic charts; uniform methods. A discussion of advanced theory and problems. (Cissel.)

Acct. 14d. Apprenticeship in Public Accounting. (0) — Open only to seniors in the upper ten per cent of the class. Prerequisites, Acct. 171 f, 172 s, (credit or concurrent registration).

A one month's apprenticeship with nationally known firms from about January 15 to February 15.

Acct. 161 f. Income Tax Procedure (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Acct. 102 s.

Income tax in theory and practice. Selected cases and problems illus- trating the definition of taxable income of individuals, corporations, and estates. (Wedeberg.)

Acct. 171 f, 172 s. Auditing Theory and Practice (2, 2) — One lecture; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Acct. 102 s.

Principles of auditing, including a study of different kinds of audits, the preparation of reports, and illustrative cases or problems. (Cissel.)

Acct. 181 f, 182 s. Specialized Accounting (3, 3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisite, Acct. 102 s.

Accounting for partnerships; ventures; insurance; receiverships; branches; consolidations; mergers; foreign exchange; estates and trusts; budgets; public accounts; savings banks; commercial banks; national banks; building and loan associations; stock brokerage; consignments; department stores; real estate; extractive industries; hotels; government; electric utilities; and others. (Wedeberg.)

Acct. 186 s. C. P. A. Problems (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, con- sent of the instructor.

This course is arranged to coordinate all previous work in accounting with special emphasis on the solution of practical C. P. A. problems and the discussion of C. P. A. theory. (Wedeberg.)

For Graduates ^

Acct. 228 f, 229 s. Accounting Systems (3, 3) — Prerequisites, Acct. 181 f, 182 s. Students who do not have these prerequisites must attend all classes in Acct. 181 f, 182 s concurrently.

A discussion of the more difficult problems in connection with the indus- tries covered in Acct. 181 f, 182 s. Also includes the statement of affairs; realization and liquidation account; parent and subsidiary ac- counting; and financing. (Wedeberg.)

264 ^

. . 2^8 f 299 s Special Problems in Accounting (3) -Prerequisites, pXnS courses in t'he field of specialization, and permission of the

'"tvettTgations of specific problems, aJ directed by individual conf^^^^^ . whpS^^^^ The subjects selected for investigation may be closely :i'';ir« ™.. n:t b.\he subi,.. discus,^, in the --.^^ -^«; thesis.

B. Finance^

Fin 53 s. Money and Banking (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s. An analysis of the basic principles of money and credit; the history of money; the operations of the commercial banking system.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Fin. 105 f.* Consumer Financing (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s,

or 57, Fin. 53 s.

The economics of installment selling; methods of financing the '="«'•' and operations of the personal finance company.

Fin 106 f. Public Finance (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s, or 57.

Thfi nature of public expenditures, sources of revenue, taxation, and bu'dStinrSpelia? emphasi's on the practical, social, and econo«ob-

lems involved. c-i ^ f;9

Fin. Ill f. Corporation Finance (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s,

or 57, Acct. 51 y. . • ^ t-.xt.o* nf se-

The organization and financing of -J^-^^^^^^'J^'^^ IScontrd. curities and their utilization in apportionmg ™<=°'"^' "^J' ^f^„ p^o- Problems of capitalization, refunding, ^^fl^^ZT^'^nrSL curement of capital. Public regulation of the sale of -<=-'g*;^^-^^^^ ^^^^.^^

Fin 115 f. Investments (3)— Prerequisite, Fin. Ill f.

nn. 11& in> Classes of investments, govern-

Sources of information for the investor Classes oti ^^Uroads,

ment bonds, municipals, real estate "'"rtgag^, public utiM , ^^^.^^

industrial securities, movement of security P^-^^^^ ^"f ^^^^ „,,ds of the

statements, adapting the investment policy to the V^'^^'^^^^^^^^ j^^uin.)

investor. „ ri .r ro -

Fin 116 s * Investment Banking (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 61 f, 52 . Hn. lib s. in „nprations of investment banking institu-

A study of the ^"'J^tions and op^^rations of ^^^.^^ ^^^ ^^^

tions and their "l^^^'^^J-'Ji^r.f Lestment banking. (Not offered emphasis on the trends and problems oi (Gruchy.)

in 1941-42.)

. . in Agricultural Economicg, especially A. E. 104 8, 210 ».

tSee also related courses in Agricultural

and 211 1. 265

m 1941-42.) ^ «egulation of the exchanges. (Not offered

(Gruchy.)

sit2:Eeltl tsTTor ^Z' S^r'"'" ^"^^ ^'•-"^ (3)-Prere,u,

The incorporation, orsamyafim. „ ^

of departn^ents and probfe^ o^ e^sti TeC""" t •'^"'^^- ^"^^o- governmental regulation. customer relations. Bank legislation and

V ,n (Gruchy.)

*'"• ^25 f-* Credits and Collections rs^ P

Nature and function of credit aT ^'^-'^'■^'•^•'"'^'*^' ^-t- 51 y.

of credit investigation and aSys" ^e 1 w* r*'™'"^"*^- Principles

aiysis. The work of the credit manager.

Fin. 129 <! * Tn»«- *• . „ (Bennett.)

Fin. 53? " I"t-„at.o„a. Finance (3)_Prere.uisites, Econ. 51 f. 52 s,

i^y':^.:;Z7roti:::i rtej-^ti '"*^™^*^'^"^' -^-^^ ^^ -e.

lem and the Bank for InternatiorSe'iTtr '"''■''*^- ''''' ^'"'^ P-""

Fin 143 f p (Gay.)

sites. Econ. 51 f, 52T ' '''"'"^ ^"^ ^•^''^^^ I"«"rance (2)-Prerequi.

rists -7cUl.tl:^cov^^"esTt;^^^^^^^^^^ --ance; liability

insurance, coverages. Analys s of the inl "^ *'°"^"' ^"'^ miscellaneous

Fin 144 f T -r r^ (Fisher.)

p. (Fisher.)

credl^r lLu^r:nt';eS2r1n'Sf 53 T ^7"^ (2)-Prere.uisites, courses needed for proper understanding S ^" .-^"^ specialized finance Fin. 105 f. 106 f, 111 f, 115 f, lis s "ml "J.'T^o"'' '"^'"^^«' ^-^ as

151 s. Consent of the instructor^'necessarr'this w ifn^ l'' '■' ''' '' "^

^'iry, tms will not be given unless

266

the position arranged for a given registrant in a commercial business is of such a nature that effective experience can be obtained.

This practice in actual work in an approved financial institution under guidance may be arranged for any period of the year. The method of individual conferences reports, and supervised collateral reading is utilized.

(Gruchy.)

Fin. 151 s.* Real Estate (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s, or 57.

The principles and practices involved in owning, operating, merchandis- ing, leasing, and appraising real estate and real estate investments.

(Bennett.)

Fin. 199 s. Financial Analysis and Control (3) — Prerequisites, senior standing or consent of instructor, and Fin. Ill f .

Internal administration of a business from the viewpoint of the chief executive. Departmentalization and functionalization, anticipation and bud- getary control of sales, purchases, production, inventory, expenses, and assets. The coordination of financial administration. Policy determina- tion, analysis, and testing. (Stevens, Fisher.)

For Graduates

Fin. 229 f or s. Special Problems in Finance (1-3) — Prerequisites, grad- uate standing, preliminary courses in the field of specialization, and per- mission of the instructor.

Individual study of specific problems as directed by the instructor. The subjects selected for investigation may be closely allied with, but must not be the subject discussed in the student's major thesis.

(Stevens, Gruchy.)

C. Marketing, Merchandising, and Sales Administration:]: For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Mkt. 101 f. Principles of Marketing (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s, or 57.

A study of the fundamental principles of assembling and dispersing manufactured goods; functions of wholesale and retail middlemen; branch house distribution; mail order and chain store distribution; price and price policies; cash and quality discounts; price maintenance; and a discussion of the problem of distribution costs. (Bennett.)

Mkt. 106 s. Salesmanship (2) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s or 57, Mkt. 101 f or consent of the instructor.

An analysis of the fundamental principles of salesmanship and the technique of personal presentation of ideas, goods, and services. Analysis of customer buying motives, habits, and sales reactions. (Kirkpatrick, Reid.)

tSee also related courses in Agricultural Economics, especially A. E. 102 s, 103 f, 105 8, 106 s, and 215 s; and in Psychology, especially Psych. 4 f, 140 f, and 141 s.

267

Mkt. 108 s. Salesmanagement (2)— PrereauUitA ^r-^Au registration in Mkt. 106 s. ^-rerequisite, credit or concurrent

JttSr. r ^d^SL^artSTrizr ^ r- ^

equipping, stimulating, and supervising a sa'esTorce ''"^' ^^^f/;

52To*r 5*? '* ^"""^'"^ "' Advertising (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 5l f,

tatioTormedt T""" ^'"Pj!-"-^ of advertising; selection and adap.

In^Jaiir UV^TieX IpprZSons'^'d"' ^"^^ -^^"^ effectiveness ^ojecuves, appropriations, and measurements of

(MuUin.) orl?' "^ '•* ^"""^^'"8 Technique (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s,

Ascertaining sources of supply; substitutes; utilization of catalogues tion; P^^d '»f°™-«on, and cooperative purchasing; buyLg on specffica t^ons, sampling, testing, bargaining, terms, discounts relations with sales'

Sat;ri«?"''"Tf*'r"""'^"'' ""'^ '"^rpretation of market and pr ce di I" Materials control. Interdepartmental and office organization.

(Kirkpatrick.)

(Kirkpatrick).

Mkt. 149 f, 8, or S. Supervised Practice in Marketing (2^ p

credit or concurrent registration in Mkt 101 flZT <2)-Prerequisites,

ing course needed for proper underlnding of a paXurb "'' "'""'^t as Mkt. 106 s, 108 s 109 f 115 ., nr iio f / Particular business, such

necessary; thi; will ^ott^en ^slh ' po'sS^^U^^^^ ^^

registrant in a commercial business is of such a nat^rJhft effe^T

experience can be obtained. This internship may be arranged f

penod of the year. ^ arranged for any

Practice in actual marketing work under euidancf^ TJ,^ ^ ^i. j r individual conferences, reports, and supervised coirat"ar;eaJl:rg Tstnized

(Stevens, Reid, Mullin.)

Mkt. 199 s. Marketing Research and Market Policies (3)-Prereauisite nine credit hours in marketing. prerequisite,

A study of the methods and problems involved in marketing research.

(Stevens, Bennett.) 268

For Graduates

Mkt. 229 f or s. Problems in Marketing (1-3) — Prerequisites, graduate standing, preliminary courses in the field of specialization, and permission of the instructor.

Individual study of specific problems as directed by the instructor. The subjects selected for investigation may be closely allied with, but must not be the subject discussed in the student's major thesis. (Staff.)

D. Trade and Transportationt

T. and T, 1 f. Economic Geography (3) — For freshmen, admitted with consent of instructor.

Sophomores

A study of economic and physical factors which are responsible for the location of industries and which influence the production, distribution, and exchange of goods throughout the world. This course deals pri- marily with regional geography; that is, the industrial development and commerce of the separate regions and countries with especial reference to the U. S.

T. and T. 4 s. Development of Commerce and Industry (3) — For fresh- men. Sophomores admitted with consent of instructor.

Ancient and medieval economic organization. The guild, domestic, and mercantile systems. The industrial revolution, laissez-faire, modem indus- trial and commercial organizations in Europe and America. Post-war re- strictions on commerce.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

T. and T. 101 f. Principles of Foreign Trade (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s, T. and T. 1 f, 4 s, or consent of instructor.

A study of the basic principles and practices of foreign trade, its develop- ment and significance in relation to domestic commerce and national develop- ment. Modem commercial policies, the tariff controversy, and the growth of economic nationalism. (Gay.)

T. and T. 102 s. World Resources and Industries (3).

Economic, political and geographic factors affecting the distribution of industries. Problems of industrial migration, land utilization, and regional planning. Effects of resource patterns upon current world economic and political developments. (Gay.)

T. and T. Ill f. Principles of Transportation (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s, or 57.

A study of the development of transportation facilities in the United States, and the regulatory measures that have accompanied this develop-

tSee also related courses in Agrricultural Economics, especially A. E. 1 f, 212 f, and 213 s.

269

ment. The principles of railway rates and tariffs and their effects on agricultural and business organization. Changing transportation methods; the modem "railroad problem." (Gay.)

T. and T. 121 s.* Export and Import Trade Procedure (3)— Prerequi- site, T. and T. 101 f.

Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and procedures used in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States. Field trips are arranged to study actual import and export procedure. A nominal fee is collected before each trip to cover expenses incurred. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Gay.)

T. and T. 148 f, s, or S. Supervised Practice in Transportation (2) —

Prerequisites, credit or concurrent registration in T. and T. Ill f and any- other ' specialized course needed for proper understanding of a particular type of transportation enterprise. Consent of the instructor is necessary; this will not be given unless the position arranged for a given registrant in a commercial business is of such a nature that effective experience can be obtained.

This practical work under guidance in an approved transportation agency may be arranged for any period during the year. The method of individual conferences, reports, and supervised collateral reading is utilized. (Gay.)

T. and T. 149 f, s, or S. Supervised Practice in Foreign Trade (2) — Pre- requisites, credit or concurrent registration in T. and T. 101 f and any other specialized course needed for proper understanding of a particular business, such as T. and T. Ill f, and 121 s. Consent of the instructor is necessary; this will not be given unless the position arranged for a given registrant in a commercial business is of such a nature that effective experience can be obtained.

This practical work under guidance in an approved exporting or import- ing house may be arranged for any period during the year. The method of individual conferences, reports, and supervised collateral reading is utilized.

(Gay.)

For Graduates

^, and T. 229 s. Problems in Foreign Trade (1-3) — Prerequisites, grad- uate standing, preliminary courses in the field of specialization, and per- mission of the instructor.

Individual study of specific problems as directed by the instructor. The, subjects selected for investigation may be closely allied with, but must not be the subject discussed in the student's major thesis. (Gay.)

270

Organization and Management $ 0. and M. 51 f. Elements of Business (2)-Prerequisites, junior stand- ino- and consent of instructor.

A rapid survey of the elements of business and of the management of personal finances for non-Commerce students.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates n and M 101 s, 102 f. Business Law (3, 3)-Section A is limited to „.a^;; fn Accolu^g. or those who have consent of the instructor.

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable in^t-ments, ..pncv partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sa es. Son rta mor; intensive treatment of the law of contrac J -Je^, 'egotTable instruments, agency and partnerships than is given m Sec ion b S is designed to prepare students for the -ounti^ofes.^^^ Maryland.

O. and M. 103 s. Advanced Business Law (2)-Prerequisites, O. and M.

101 S, 102 f. , . . 4. „4.:^,

The principles of the law of corporations, trusts, and the admmistratio , of the 'estate's of bankrupts and decedents, presented ma -a-e^ di- lated to prepare students for the accounting profession in Maryland.^^^^^

n and M 105 f Business Cycles and Business Indexes (3)-Prerequi-

siti Stat 14 f, E;on. 51 f, 52 s, consent of the instructor.

business cycle analysis.

0. and M. 11* f. Fundamentals of Business Administration (2)-Open

only to senior Engineers. , ^ ^. r r^rnHnr

An analysis of the business structure, showing f^^^^l^^^:^:^, tion, marketing, and finance, and the use of the tools of as a functional statistics. Designed to show the engmeer his ^f ^'^"/^^P/^^p^/rt^^^^^ to expert to other functional experts and to give an academic "PP^-^" J apply technical knowledge in business problems. ^t ;

O and M 121 s. Industrial Management (3)-Prerequisites, Econ. 61 f, 52 s, or 57,' Fin. Ill f, Mkt. 101 f, or consent of the instructor.

ThP course is based upon analysis of actual business cases concerned with va^oLTsp" t: of managements, problem of production, inelud-gPar^^^^^^^ larlv the following: specialization of plant, equipment, and 'fl^or, simpii ficaLn standardfzation; diversification; expansion; -n -cti-^^^^^^^ tion; raw materials supply; purchasing; plant lo-tion; plant la>°; - '""^J supply; job standards and wage payment; personnel relations, P'annmg and scheduling; organization and control.

Psychology, especially Psych. 3 s. 160 f. 161 s.

271

$See also related courses in

52^.' nrtl^'^^'-T^"'"'^- '" "• P^'-^"'"'^' (3)-Prerequisites, Econ 5] f 52 s or 57. Psych. 3 s or 4 f, or permission of instructor. ^■

npinf '^f °^ *''^P'"°'''^'"s '"solved in the organization and management of personnel m modern business and industry. A consideration of empToyee

sotne rffil"""^"' f ""^' '"'''''"'' °' ^^^^••'P-^ --^ maintaining per sonnel efficiency. Supplementary reading material for Commerce studrnK

will confonn to the individual's particular interests and wiirbrunder th! direction of Dr. Wyckoff and Dr Marshall Qo i i Vl "*

133 f. Industrial Relat^ns ""'' '"'' '"'"'"•^ '?"f U^<=''"-

(W. Clark.)

r.?:,-.^ ^ ^i® ^' ^' "■■ ^- ^"P^'-vised Practice in Cooperation (2)_Pre requisites, credit or concurrent registration in Econ. 161 s and any speciali/ed courses needed for proper understanding of a particular cooperative en , prise. Consent of the instructor is necessary; this will not be given unless the position arranged for a given registrant is of such a nature that effecv experience can be obtained. euecnve

This practical work under guidance in an approved cooperative orirani.a- t.on may be arranged for any period during the year. The method of nd! vidual conferences, reports, and supervised collateral read^g is utilized.

(L. Clark.)

^it?;*"^ t' ^" ^-l ''™'"«™« '" Cooperative Administration (3)-I-rerequ:- sites, eight semester, hours in accounting, three in finance, egh Tneeo-

Tn ro;;S«vV';hr"''r ' T^ " -gamzation and managemenf. and th re m cooperative theory. Graduate students will be required to do additional

thai ir=de- -rg^^: -s ra^iirsr ^ii^rr "^-^

of travel is required, for which a nominal fee oSed at the t'imi T"1 field trip to cover the expenses incurred. '^^"ected at the time of each

{L. Clark.)

Ec^^^'^Jf sfs.^- ''"'^ ^"^ '^"'"'"^^^•^' Organizations (3)-Prerequisites.

niem£hir:u'i,r; Tot:r:zLrT''''T '^^"^^"^^' «--^"^'

and program builZ^ In f organization and procedure, conventions responsSL ^' ''*'"" '"^ dissemination of information. Public

(Stevens, Clark.)

(l.^'o-Prtquiit's'ln •'"""' ''^""'^'"•^ '" «"^'-- Administration

.e £. Of ZiSd^drs^^ s:s -.— - 1 Of rdSr^rrLt^—pr ^^^^^^^ - .rr

resourcefulness, maturity, and high scholas fc sfand£' it tish tfdo extensive organized reading in a special field of businfss adnSStrSion

(Staff.) 272

For Graduates

0. and M. 201. Research (2-6) — Credit in proportion to work accom- plished. Student must be especially qualified by previous work to pursue efTectively the research to be undertaken.

Investigation or original research in problems of business organization and operation under supervision of the instructor. (Staff.)

0. and M. 208 s. Legal Aspects of Business Problems (2) — Prerequisites, six semester hours in commercial law, twelve in accounting, nine in eco- nomics, and six in political science.

Law as an institution conditioning economic behavior. The law applicable to problems in management and production, marketing, and finance.

(Shirley.)

0. and M. 291 f or s. Problems in Business Organization (1-3) — Pre- requisites, preliminary courses in the field of specialization, six semester hours in organization and management, eight in accounting, nine in eco- nomics, and three in statistics.

Individual investigation of specific problems, under direction of the instructor. The subjects selected for investigation may be closely alliet^ with, but must not be the subject discussed in the student's major thesis.

(Staff.)

CHEMISTRY

Professors Drake, Broughton, Haring, White; Associate Professor Wiley; Assistant Professors Supplee, Svirbely; Dr. Lamb, Dr. Reeve, Dr. Westgate, Mr. Anspon, Mr. Beamer, Mr. Borum, Mr. Chapman, Mr. Ehrich, Mr. GolDxMan, Mr. Hechmer, Mr. Lander, Mr. Leed, Mr. Linnig, Mr. Longley, Mr. Love, Mr. Peterson, Mr. Power, Mr. Tollefson, Mr. Whiton, Mr. Wingate, Mr. Woodrow, Mr. Young, Mr. Yourtee.

A. Inorganic Cliemistry

Chem. 1 A y. General Chemistry (8) — Two lectures; two laboratories.

A study of the non-metals and metals. One of the main purposes of the course is to develop original work, clear thinking, and keen observation.

Course A is intended for students who have not had high school chem- istry, or have passed their high school chemistry with a grade lower than B. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester.

Chem. 1 B y. General Chemistry (8) — Two lectures; two laboratories.

This course covers the same ground as Chem. 1 A y, but the subject matter is taken up in more detail, with emphasis on chemical theory and important generalization. The laboratory work deals with fundamental principles, the preparation and purification of compounds, and a systematic qualitative analysis of the more common metals and acid radicals.

Course B is intended for students who have passed an approved high school chemistry course with a grade not lower than B. Laboratory fee, ?7.00 per semester.

273

Chem. 2 y. Qualitative Analysis (6) — ^Two lectures and one laboratory during the first semester; one lecture and two laboratories during the sec- ond semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 y.

A study of the reactions of the common metals and the acid radicals, their separation and identification. The physical and chemical principles are stressed. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester.

Chem. 3 y. Introductory Chemistry (6) — Two lectures; one demonstra- tion.

The subject matter is essentially the same as that of Chem. 1 A y. This course is designed for students desiring some knowledge of elementary chemistry. It is not accepted as a prerequisite for advanced chemistry courses. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.

For Graduates

Chem. 200 A y. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (4)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, Chem. 2 y.

A course devoted to the study of the elements not usually considered in the elementary course. (White.)

Chem. 200 B y. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (4) — Two laboratories. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

A laboratory study of the compounds of elements considered in Chem. 200 A y. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester. (White.)

Chem. 201 f or s. An Introduction to Spectographic Analysis (1).

A laboratory course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamen- tals of spectographic analysis. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (White.)

Chem. 233 s. Inorganic Microanalysis (2) — Two laboratories. Prerequi- sites, Chem. 2 y, 6 y, or equivalent.

A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with the qualitative and quantitative techniques available for the analysis of milligram samples.

The qualitative procedures are carried out on the microscope slide, in the microcentrifuge cone, in the capillary, and in the fibre. The quantitative procedures include residue determinations, the use of the filter stick, etc. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Westgate.)

B. Analytical Chemistry

Chem. 4 f or s. Quantitative Analysis (4) — Two lectures; two labora- tories. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 y.

Quantitative analysis for premedical students, with special reference to volumetric methods. Laboratory fee, $7.00.

Chem. 6 y. Quantitative Analysis (8) — Two lectures; two laboratories. Prerequisite, Chem. 2 y.

This course includes a study of the principal operations of gravimetric and volumetric analysis, the standardization of weights and apparatus used

274

.ivtical work and a study of indicators and typical colorimetric ^' raf tI riculalJons of volumetric and gravimetric analyses are em- 5:Sd. i:cXefT^^^ students whose major is^chemistry. Laboratory fee, $7-00 per semester.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Chem 101 y Advanced Quantitative Analysis (8)-Two lectures; two laboratories. Prerequisite, Chem. 6 y or equivalent.

The first semester is devoted to mineral and gas analysis, ^unng the second semester the emphasis is on instrumental analysis. Labora^o^^^^ fee, $7.00 per semester.

Chem 130 y. Chemical Microscopy (4)-0ne lecture; one laboratory. Prerequisite, special permission of instructor.

A course designed to acquaint the student -i^^^^;!^^^^';^^^ % 3e scopic analysis. The latter part of the course is devoted to a ^^udy o^t ^^^ ^ fibers. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester.

For Graduates

rh^m 24^ V Special Problems in Quantitative Analysis (4)-Two lab- oratorfe-s iLc^^l Chem. 6 y. Laboratory work and conferences.

A complete treatment of some special problem or problems, chosen to meet trneeds and interest of the individual student. Laboratory^ fe^^$7^00 per semester.

rh.m 240 f Chemical Microscopy (2)-0ne lecture; one laboratory.

Tmo're extensive course than Chem. 130 y designed to acquam, , student with the fundamentals of microscopic analysis. Labora^^^^J, j^' $7.00.

Chem. 241 s. Chemical Microscopy (2)-0ne lecture; one laboratory.

'T^ d?v:SdTo 'the study of the optical properties of ^c^.tal. Laboratory fee, $7.00.

C. Organic Chemistry Chem. 8 A y. Elementary Organic Chemistry (4)-^^vo lectures. Pre- requisite, Chem. 1 y. ' , ^ , .

This course includes an elementary study of the fundamentals of organic chlmLry and is designed to meet the needs of students speciahzmg in chemistry, and of premedical students. Chem 8 B y. Elementary Organic Laboratory (4)-Two laboratories A course designed to familiarize the students with the f-damenta methods of the organic laboratory. This course, with Chem. 8 A V. satisfies the premedical requirements in organic chemistry. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.

275

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

sites*"chem'8 A fl'T'' "''^^"'^ Chemistry (4)_Two lectures. Prerequi. sues, «^nem. 8 A y, 8 B y, or equivalent. ^

A course devoted to a more advanced study of the compounds of carbon than IS undertaken in Chem. 8 A y. Graduate students who desfre 1 accompanymg laboratory course should elect Chem. 205 andTor 207 '"

Chem. 117 y. Organic Laboratory (4)-0ne lecture; one laboratorr*"^

A course devoted to a study of organic qualitative analysis The wort

ncludes the identification of unknown organic compounds, and coSlspIn^s

„. , (Reeve.)

Chem 118 y. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2)-0ne laboratory

A study of organic quantitative analysis and the preparation of oreani.

compounds. Quantitative determinations of carbon and hydrogen ni^ro^^n

and halogen are carried out, and representative syntheses mor'eScui;

than those of Chem. 8 B y, are studied. Laboratory^, So per se^S'

(Reeve.) For Graduates Chem. 203 A f. Stereochemistry (2)— Two lectures. A comprehensive study of stereoisomerism. (Not offered in 1941-42.) „, ' (Drake.)

lec^Ire": ' ^ '" '"'' ''"'"'"' '*'"'"^"'^' '"'' ^*'^'''" V"-'- (2)_Two

A study of the structure and reactions of the more important polvene

pigments and those vitamins whose structure is known. (Se J

Chem. 203 C f. Sterols and Sex Hormones (2)— Two lectures

A study of the stnicture and reactions of the more important sterols and

the sex hormones. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Drake )

Chem. 205 f or s. Organic Preparations (2-4)_Two or four laboratories.

thtaul^fH.T ''"'!^ 1 th; synthesis of various organic compounds and of the quantitative methods of determining carbon and hydrogen, nitrogen and halogen in organic compounds. Laboratory fee, $8.00. fZevf)

the'^SnfctL.' " " ^'■''"'" *«"-->y- (4)-Prerequisite, consent of

mitit°'^of 'L'w/ °' '^^ "'''''°^' u°' P'"'^^ ^'"- *« quantitative deter-

SrX fee'^S' "'"'^"' "''''"' ^"'^ ''^^'•°^^"' -^*^-^>' «^«-

(Drake.)

Chem. 207 f or s. Organic Qualitative Analysis (2-6).

Laboratory work devoted to the identification of pure organic substances and of. mixtures. This course serves as an intensive preparation for the

276

problems of identification encountered in organic research, and should be taken by all students planning to do research in organic chemistry. Lab- oratory fee, $8.00. (Reeve.)

Chem. 209 f. The Chemistry and Biochemistry of Certain Enzymes and Polysaccharides (2) — Two lectures. (Not offered 1941-42.) (Pigman.)

Chem. 210 f or s. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2-3) — Two or three lab- oratories. Prerequisites, Chem. 205, 207, or equivalent.

A laboratory course designed to fit the needs of a student about to begin research in organic chemistry. The course consists of work on the identifi- cation of mixtures of organic compounds, difficult syntheses and ultimate analyses for carbon and hydrogen, nitrogen, and halogen but can be varied to fit the needs of the individual student. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Reeve.)

Chem. 235 A s. Chemistry of Certain Nitrogen Compounds (2) — Two

lectures.

A study of the chemistry of open chain nitrogen compounds and of alkaloids. ( Reeve. )

Chem. 235 B s. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures.

The practical applications of modem theories of physics and physical chemistry to the problems of structure and reactions of organic substances. (Not offered 1941-42.) (Reeve.)

Chem. 235 C s. The Heterocyclics (2) — Two lectures.

A study of some of the heterocyclic compounds with special reference to those related to natural products. (Not offered 1941-42.) (Reeve.)

D. Physical Chemistry

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Chem. 102 A y. Physical Chemistry (6) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, Chem. 6 y; Phys. 2 y; Math. 23 y.

Graduate students taking laboratory will elect Chem. 218 f, 219 s; under- graduates will elect Chem. 102 B y.

This course aims to furnish the student with a thorough background in the laws and theories of chemistry. The gas laws, kinetic theory, liquids, solutions, elementary thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, chem- ical kinetics, etc., will be discussed. (Haring.)

Chem. 102 B y. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (4) — Two laboratories. For undergraduates taking Chem. 102 A y. Prerequisite, Chem. 4.

The course consists of quantitative experiments designed to demonstrate physico-chemical principles, illustrate practical applications and acquaint the student with precision apparatus. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester.

(Lamb.)

277

Chem. 103 A y. Elements of Physical Chemistry (4)-Two lecturo. Prerequisites, Chem. 1 y; Phys. 1 y; Math. 8 f. 10 s; or 21 f 2^1 Under graduates taking this course must also register for Chem. 103 By.

The course is designed to meet the needs of premedical students and others unable to pursue the subject farther. Accordingly such topks as

for determining pH, etc., are stressed. (Lamb )

Chem. 103 B y. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2)-0ne aboratory. This course must be taken by undergraduates enrolled in Chem 103 A y. Prerequisite, Chem. 4.

in ChZTn^T^""'^"''^ experiments illustrating the principles discussed in Chem. 103 A y are performed. Laboratory fee. $7.00 per semester.

(Lamb.)

For Graduates

Note: All courses in this group have, as prerequisites, Chem 102 A v for lecture courses and Chem. 102 B y for laboratory courses, or their equivalents. '

Chem.^102^ A /' '^"^"'^ "^ ^"'""""' ^^^''^^'^ ^''=*"'"^- Prerequisite,

A systematic study of the theories and properties of solutions. Subjects considered are solubility, regular solutions, dipole moments, solution kinetics, and modem theories of dilute and concentrated electrolytes.

(Svirbely.)

Chem. 212 A f, 213 A s. Colloid Chemistry (2, 2)-Two lectures

„™.K 'T''T °J *' ^^^'*' "^ '"^^'^ *"» "'^emical reactions; numerous practical applications. /tt •

(Hanng.)

Chem. 212 B f, 213 B s. Colloid Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2)-Two lab- oratories, which must accompany or be preceded by Chem. 212 A f 213 A s Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester. (Haring )

Chem. 214 f, 215 s. Structure of Matter (2, 2)— Two lectures.

A study of the structure of atoms, molecules, solids and liquids'. Molecular structure and related topics will be studied from the standpoints of Se moments, Raman spectra, and infra-red spectra. (Lamb!)

Chem. 216 f. Phase Rule (2)— Two lectures.

A systematic study of heterogeneous equilibria. One. two. and three com-

(Nr;ivrr;94tk)^ '"'''''''''' ^^*" '''''"''' applications of each

'' (Hanng.)

Chem. 217 s. Catalysis (2)— Two lectures.

This course consists of lectures on the theory and applications of catalysis. (Not given m 1941-42.) (Haring.)

278

Chem, 218 f, 219 s. Reaction Kinetics (2, 2)— Two lectures.

A study of reaction velocity and mechanisms of reactions in gaseous and liquid systems, and the effect of temperature, radiation, etc., on the same. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Lamb.)

Chem. 220 A f, 221 A s. Electrochemistry (2, 2) — Two lectures. A theoretical discussion coupled with practical applications. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Haring.)

Chem. 220 B f, 221 B s. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — Two labora- tories, which must accompany or be preceded by Chem. 220 A f, 221 A s. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Haring.)

Chem. 226 y. Chemical Thermodynamics (4) — ^Two lectures. A study of the methods of approaching chemical problems through the laws of energy. (Haring.)

Chem. 231 f, 232 s. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2 or 3, 2 or 3)— Two

laboratories and one conference.

Students taking this course may elect six credits of lectures in Chem. 102 A y to replace the conference. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester.

(Lamb.)

E. Biological Chemistry

CTiem. 12 A y. Elements of Organic C!hemistry (4)— Two lectures.

The chemistry of carbon and its compounds in relation to biology. This course is particularly designed for students in Agriculture and Home Eco- nomics.

Chem. 12 B y. Elements of Organic Laboratory (2) — One laboratory.

A course designed to familiarize the student with the fundamental meth- ods of the organic laboratory. The course is designed to accompany Chem. 12 A y. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.

Chem. 14 s. Chemistry of Textiles (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites, Chem. 12 A y, 12 B y.

A study of the principal textile fibres, their chemical and mechanical structure. Chemical methods are given for identifying the various fibres and for a study of dyes and mordants. Laboratory fee, $7.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates^ and Graduates

Chem. 108 f or s. General Physiological Chemistry (4) — Two lectures; two laboratories. Prerequisites, Chem. 12 A y, 12 B y, or equivalent.

This course is a study of the fundamental principles of human nutrition, the chemistry of foods, digestion, absorption, assimilation, metabolism, tissue composition, and excretion. The laboratory work consists of experi- ments in food analysis, salivary, gastric, pancreatic and intestinal digestion, and identification of components of blood and urine. Laboratory fee, $8.00.

(Supplee.) 279

be attended by all studLr Lk fg 1h^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^T*^' "'"'' '""^^

..res...,. L.b<,„.o^ «» TsS. i'r .i^.'"* '""'"■""'" "^J^

For Graduates Chen. 208 f or ,. Blologic.l An.l„fe (2)_Two labonKori.s

An advanced course in physiological chemistry. For the first semester the course consists of lectures and assigned reading on the chemTsTrv o the carbohydrates, fats, proteins, and enzymes. The second semester deal wUh digestion, absorption, metabolism, excretion, hormones, aTdnSritt

r^r. ««« ^ (Supplee.)

Chem 222 B f, 223 B s. Physiological Chemistry Laboratory (2 2)

Two laboratories. Prerequisites, Chem. 4, Chem. 12 A y, 12 B "'or'^quiv;:

and oiTtlwr'r *", ^'=.'='''"P^"y Chem. 222 A f, 223 A s. Qualitative and quantitative food analysis; digestion, nutrition, metabolism and resoira-

oratory lee, $8.00 per semester. zo , x

(Supplee.)

tor^es""'liforato?' TH ^''"'''. '^'"'"^'"^ ^'■'' 2-4)-Two to four labora- of 0 hoifs ° wlT' p'^''^' '"'' '^'^'^^'-^"'^e ^ork amounting to a minimum the Ltructor. P^^'^^'l^'-tes, Chem. 222 A f, 223 A s and consent of

of^he fauv'! T'?*' °^ '*",^'"' "' 'P""^' "^^*°*1^' ^"<=h as the separation of the fatty acids from a selected fat, the preparation of carbohydrates or

or'S: dSled^ determination of the distribution of nitrogen in'a pttein

TL? 1 5 ,^''' °^ '"'"^ 'P^"«^ type of tissue. The student will

LaboTator?fi"t no'"^ *^ 'f ^*"*^'^ "'^^ *^^ ^^^^^^ ^^ *- - "™c7o r. i^aDoratory fee, $8.00 per semester. /«^.| x

Chem. 250 s. Toxicology (4)-Two lectures; two laboratories

bvVrion^ .n J^r T'^'^Tu ''''''^"'' '^^'' '^''^' ^"^ detection. Lectures by various specialists will be arranged. /^H^ ^

280

F. History of Chemistry For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Chem. 121 y. The History of Chemistry (2)— One lecture. Prerequisites, Chem. 1 y, 8 y, or equivalent.

The development of chemical knowledge, and especially of the general doctrines of chemistry, from their earliest beginnings up to the present day.

(Broughton.) G. Seminar and Research

For Graduates

Chem. 227 f, 228 s. Seminar (1, 1) — Required of all graduate students in chemistry.

Students are required to prepare reports on papers in the current litera- ture. These are discussed in connection with the recent advances in the subject. (Staff.)

Chem. 229. Research in Chemistry. — The investigation of special prob- lems and the preparation of a thesis towards an advanced degree. (Staff.)

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND ARCHAEOLOGY

Associate Professor Highby; Mr. Banta.

Greek

Greek 1 y. Elementary Greek (6) — Three lectures.

Drill and practice in the fundamentals of Greek grammar and the trans- lation of simple prose.

Greek 2 y. Greek Authors (6) — Prerequisite, Greek 1 y or equivalent. Translation of parts of Xenophon and Plato.

Latin

Both a major and a minor are offered in Latin. The minor requires the successful completion of at least 12 semester hours in Latin language courses higher than Latin 2 y. Four entrance units will also be regarded as fulfilling the regular requirement of 12 credit hours prerequisite to the minor.

Latin 1 y. Elementary Latin (6) — Three lectures.

This course is intended to give a substantial and accurate knowledge of Latin grammar and syntax, together with practice in reading simple prose.

Latin 2 y. Intermediate Latin (6) — Prerequisite, Latin 1 y or two entrance units in Latin.

Review of forms and syntax. Readings from Caesar, Cicero, Ovid and Virgil.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Latin 101 f. Review of Latin Literature (3) — Three lectures. Prerequi- site, Latin 2 y or 4 entrance units; three units will admit well qualified students.

A review of Latin literature by selected readings in the Latin from the origins down to the time of the late Republic. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

281

Latin 102 s. Review of Latin Literature (3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisite, Latin 101 f or special permission of the instructor.

Review continued; the Age of Augustus and the Early Empire. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

Latin 111 f. Livy's History of Rome (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Latin 2 y or 4 entrance units in Latin; three units acceptable in the case of well qualified students. (Highby.)

Latin 112 s. Horace's Odes (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Latin 111 f or equivalent. (Highby.)

Latin 121 f. Roman Prose Writers (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, 6 credit hours beyond Latin 2 y.

Essays of Cicero and Seneca. (Highby.)

Latin 122 s. Roman Satire (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Latin 121 f or equivalent.

Satires of Horace and Juvenal. (Highby.)

Latin 131 f. The Historian Tacitus (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, 12 credit hours beyond Latin 2 y. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

Latin 132 s. Martial, Selected Epigrams (3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisite, same as for Latin 131 f. (Highby.)

Latin 141 f. Lucretius' I>e Natura Rerum (3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisite, 12 credit hours beyond Latin 2 y. (Highby.)

Latin 151 s. Advanced Latin Prose Composition (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, 6 credit hours beyond Latin 2 y. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

Courses Given in English

Classics 3 f. Latin and Greek in Current English Usage (2) — Two lec- tures.

This course aims to show how Latin roots are used in English and to make for a more accurate use of English vocabulary. It also supplies the basic knowledge involved in the comprehension or creation of scientific nomenclature.

Classics 4 s. Latin and Greek in Current English Usage (2) — Two lec- tures. Prerequisite, Classics 3 f.

A continuation of the course outlined above. The study of the Latin language elements is continued and that of the Greek added.

Note: Attention is here called to the courses in "Art in Ancient Civiliza- tion" which deal with Egypt, the Near East, and the Minoan and Mycenaean civilization (Art 1 f and 2 f) and most especially to those in "Art in Classical Civilization" which treat of Greek and Roman Art and Archaeology (Art 3 f and 4 s). Also the courses in Ancient History, which present the Near East and Greece (History 131 f) and Rome (History 132 s).

282

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE

101 f, 102 s.

^ ¥ ;* 1 f rirppk Poetrv (2) — Two lectures.

ground. r„mn I it 2 s Later European Epic Poetry (2)— Two lectures.

their relationship to and comparison with the Greek epic.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Comp Lit. 101 f. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3)-

"B ssri s^r -r sr set ;: ^t

translations of GreeK ana i.^tiii , . .. ^ ^^,v trao-edv comedy, and

to the ancients is discussed and illustrated. Comp. Lit. 102 s. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3)-

Three lectures. .„ ^i f. study of medieval and modem Conti-

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 101 t, stuay oi me (Zucker.)

nental literature.

Comp. Lit. 103 f. Chaucer (3)-Three lectures. ^^^^^^

Same as Eng. 104 f , cf. p. 321.

Comp. Lit. 104 s. The Old Testament as Literature (2)_Two lectures A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Hale.,

Comp Lit 105 f. Romanticism in France (2)-Two lectures. Lectu;es and readings in the F-ch ~t^^^^^^^^^ from Rousseaujo Baudelaire. Texts are read m English translations. V

Comp. Lit. 106 s. Romanticism in Germany (2)-Two '-*--• Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105 f German literature from Buerger t Heine The reading is done in English translations. (^^^'^

Comp. Lit. 107 f. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature

'^-^rdVoTrraust Legend of the Middle A^es and its later tr.tment by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe m Faust. (f ra

283

(Murphy.) (Barby.)

Comp. Lit. 108 f. Milton (2)_Two lectures. Same as Eng. 108 f, cf. p. 321.

• SZ'^V^J:- Cervantes (6)-Three lectures. t>ame as Spanish 105 y, cf. p. 359.

Comp. Lit. 110 s. Introduction to Folklore (2)-Two lectures Origin, evolution, and bibliography of tvDes I ittrIL c «

Comp «. 1,2,. lb.„ (2)_Two l„t„„. """"'"'•'

Same as Eng. II3 f, 114 s, cf. p. 322. .^ ,

(Warfel.)

For Graduates Comp. Lit. 200 s. The History of the TheatrP r2^ t i .

trs::ic^,r::^: -^-^"^-- -- -er?ri^it^i- -z: j-;

reLS^bi^i^l^-iSS --e. lnc;..ua,

Sra"Lr20^4V,rra25."'"^"'^ '" "-'^^ <^>--- '-ureV'

Comp. Lit 203 y. Schiller (4)-Two lectures ^^^'"'^

bame as German 203 y. cf. p. 357

Comp. Lit 204 y. Goethe (4)-Two lectures. ^''"^^''^

bame as German 204 f, 205 s, cf. p. 357 fZ k )

^ Jomp. Lit. 205 y. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist. Novelist (4)-^:o Same as French 204 y, cf. p. 355.

lectuTes.- '^"- '"' " '^'"^"^•- '" «"^*-""' C-»-y ^terature (2)-T^. Same as Eng. 205 s, cf. p. 325.

Comp. Lit. 207 f. Seminar in Shakesoeare r2^ T. i . ^^^^""^^^'^ requisites, Eng. 11 f, 12 s. ^"^^^espeare (2)— Two lectures. Pre-

Same as Eng. 207 f, cf. p. 326.

(Zeeveld.) 284

DAIRY HUSBANDRY

Professors Turk, England; Associate Professor Berry;

Assistant Professor Hughes.

Dairy Production

D. H. 1 s. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 y. Not open to freshmen.

This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairy husbandry. A study is made of the development and characteristics of the important breeds of dairy cattle; feeding, breeding and management of the dairy herd; calf raising; dairy organizations; production of high quality in milk; ele- mentary judging of dairy cattle and dairy products; fitting and showing of cattle; important dairy manufacturing industries; physical and chemical properties of milk; distribution and marketing of dairy products; and the Babcock Test and other quantitative tests. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

D. H. 50 s. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Two laboratories. Not open to freshmen.

This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various dairy farms for judging practice will be made.

D. H. 51 s. Grading Dairy Products (1) — One laboratory. Not open to freshmen.

Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream in the commercial field. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

D. H. 101 f. Dairy Production (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisites, D. H. 1 s, A. H. 102 f.

A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding and herd management, designed for advanced students in dairy husbandry. It covers the efficient feeding of the dairy herd, including milking cows, dairy heifers, calves, and dairy bulls; common diseases of dairy cattle and their treatment; dairy farm sanitation; problems of herd management; dairy barns and equipment; and the factors essential for success in the dairy farm business. (Turk.)

D. H. 104 f. Advanced Dairy Cattle Judging (1) — One laboratory. Pre- requisite, D. H. 50 s.

Advanced work in judging dairy cattle. Credit only to students who do satisfactory work in competition for the dairy cattle judging team. (Turk.)

D. H. 105 s. Dairy Breeds and Breeding (2) — One lecture; one laboratory. Prerequisites, D. H. 1 s, Zool. 104 f, A. H. 103 s.

A study of the historical background; characteristics; prominent blood lines; noted families and individuals of the major dairy breeds. A survey

285

cf ttle Th. ZTTtl ^'":*'' ""*^ env-onmental factors as applied to dairy cattle. The use of the pedigree, various indices, herd and production reco!7 m selection and formulating breeding programs. (BeSy J

site:5'H"'/s. ''"'■'' ^'*"' Management (2)_Two laboratories. Prerequi-

j,.li?"*"^^T^"* '"""^^ ^^"^^^"^ *° familiarize students with the practio^i handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actuaTt.? tice and training in the University dairy bams. (T^rk Be^rj:'.';

Dairy Manufacturing For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

D. H. 109 f. Cheese Making (3)-0ne lecture; two laboratories Pr. requisites, D. H. 1 s, Bact. 1. "dooratones. Pre-

^t^^jl^'K^^ ■^'"^ r^'*'"^ "^ '"^'^'"^ ''^^^^ «nd cheese, including a

See w-S delude' ''rr'' ^"'^ ''°'°^^^^ '^"^'^ --'-'1 LabotTor practice will include visits to commercial factories. Laboratory fee, $2.00

r» n (Hughes.)

site;, D. H- ;-s,^c:r''"' '''-^^"^ '"*""' '"•^ '^''-^*-^- ^--^i-

The principles and practice of making butter, including a studv of th. physical, chemical, and biological factors involved Laboral.^ praeticf,^! include visits to commercial factories. Laboratory fee, $1 (S^ 'rEngland )

re^uistl"D^H.TsXc?i;^ """'' ^'^"^"^ '^*=*"-= -^ >«^-^t-^- P- .J^^-n"""^!^" and' practice of making condensed milk, evaporated milk

(England.) re^Mlef^: n'\ ^Tct'^f"'^ ^'^"^"^ '^^*"-= *- '^^-atories. Pre-

(England.)

D. H. 113 f. Market Milk (5)— Three lecture^:, twn iaKn,.of • requisites, D. H. 1 s, Bact. 1. lectures, two laboratones. Pre-

to^'iri^'^^^^^^^^ ^'^^^^ ^'."!^^^^ -^^^^ -^h special reference

Its transportation, processing, and distribution; certified milk, mm mercial buttermilk; milk laws; duties of milk inspectors dKiw'' Z Plant cons^^^^^^^^ and operation. Laborato^Ti^^^^^^^^ inlt^^^^^^ local dames. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Not given in 1941-42.) (E^^Zd)

286

D. H. 114 s. Analysis of Dairy Products (4) — Two lectures; two labora- tories. Prerequisites, D. H. 1 s, Bact. 1, Chem. 4, 12 A y, 12 B y.

^ The application of chemical and bacteriological methods to commercial dairy practice; analysis by standard chemical, bacteriological, and factory methods; standardization and composition control; tests for adulterants and preservatives. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Not given in 1941-42.) (England.)

D. H. 116 s. Dairy Mechanics (2) — Two laboratories. Prerequisite, D. H. 1 s.

The theory and operation of the compression system of mechanical re- frigeration. Construction, design, and care of dairy equipment; repairing, soldering, pipe fitting, and wiring. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Hughes.)

D. H. 117 s. Dairy Accounting (1) — One laboratory. Prerequisite, D. H. 1 s.

Methods of accounting in the market milk plant and dairy manufacturing plants. (Not given in 1941-42.)

D. H. 118 f. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — One laboratory. Prerequisite, D. H. 51 s.

Advanced work in the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. Open only to students who comprise the dairy products judging team. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (England.)

D. H. 119 f, 120 s. Dairy Literature (1, 1) — One lecture. Prerequisite, D. H. 1 s.

Presentation and discussion of current literature in dairying.

(England, Berry, Turk.)

D. H. 121 f. Dairy Plant Experience (2) — Prerequisite, 10 hours of dairy husbandry.

Ten weeks' practical experience or its equivalent (following completion of junior year) in an approved market milk plant or factory manufacturing dairy products. A written report of the work is required. (England.)

D. H. 122 s. Dairy Plant Experience (1) — Prerequisite, D. H. 1 s.

Two hundred hours' practical experience in the University of Maryland Dairy Manufacturing Plant. The grade will be based on the dependability and efficiency of the student in performing work assigned.

(England, Hughes.)

D. H. 123 f, 124 s. Methods of Dairy Research (1-3)— Credit in accord- ance with the amount and character of work done.

This course is designed especially to meet the needs of those dairy stu- dents who plan to enter the research or technical field of dairying.

Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the student is pursuing will be assigned. (England, Berry, Turk.)

287

For Graduates

D. H. 201 f. Advanced Dairy Production (3).

A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and man- agement. Headings and assignments. (Tyrk )

D. H. 202 f. Dairy Technology (2)— Two lectures.

A consideration of milk and dairy products from the physiochemical point ^^ ^^^- . (England.)

1>. H. 203 s. Milk Products (2)— Two lectures.

An advanced consideration of the scientific and technical aspects of milk P^^^"^^^- (England.)

D. H. 204 f or s. Special Problems in Dairying (1-3)— Credit in accord- ance with the amount and character of work done.

Special problems which relate specifically to the work the student is pur- suing will be assigned. (Staff )

D. H. 205 f or s. Seminar (1).

Students are required to prepare reports on current literature in dairy husbandry and allied fields. These reports are presented and discussed in the class. (S^^^^

D. H. 206. Research— Credit to be determined by the amount and quality of work done.

The student will be required to pursue, with the approval of the head of the department, an original investigation in some phase of dairy husbandry, carry the same to completion, and report results in the form of a thesis.

(Staff.) ECONOMICS^:

Professor Stevens, Gruchy, DeVault; Lecturer Nevins; Associate

Professors Marshall, Wyckoff, Bennett; Assistant Professors Gay,

Fisher, Kirkpatrick ; Mr. Reid, Mr. Mullin, Mr. Shirley.

Some of the specialized courses in the following lists may be offered only in alternate years, whenever prospective enrollments therein do not justify repeating annually. Such courses are indicated by an asterisk.

Econ. 51 f, 52 s. Principles of Economics (6)— Econ. 51 f is prerequisite to Econ. 52 s. Not open to freshmen.

A study of the general principles of economics; production, exchange, distribution and consumption of wealth. Lectures, discussions, and student exercises.

12rr T^'and''^T^'\m°7'711'^^'''T?^ Administration, especially Fin. 106 f , 1 11 f. o ^\a ™ • ^^^ ^' ^^^ ^' ^^^ in Agricultural Economics esDeciallv A F If 2 s. 104 s. 106 s. 109 y. Ill y. 210 s, 211 f. 212 f. 213 s. 214 s.' and 215 1

288

Econ. 57 f or s. Fundamentals of Economics (3)— Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 51 f, 52 s. Not open to freshmen.

A brief study of the general principles underlying economic activity. Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups, such as students of engineering, home economics, agriculture, and others who are unable to take the more complete course provided in Economics 51 f , 52 s.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Economics, 129 s (Fin. 129 s), International Finance (3)— Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f , 52 s or 57. Open to Commerce students only as Fin. 129 s. Credit may not be received for both Econ. 129 s and Fin. 129 s.

Class sessions with Finance 129 s but readings and reports stress the economic, as contrasted with the managerial and business man's viewpoint. Assumed previous knowledge of finance is less than in Fin. 129 s. (Gay.)

Econ. 130 f. Labor Economics (3)— Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s or 57.

Insecurity, wages and income, hours, substandard workers, industrial con- flict; wage theories; the economics of collective bargaining; unionism in its structural and functional aspects; recent developments. (Marshall.)

Econ. 131 s.* Labor and Government (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s.

A study of society's efforts through legislation to improve labor con- ditions. State and federal laws and court decisions affecting wages, hours, working conditions, immigration, convict labor, union activities, industrial disputes, collective bargaining, and economic security. (Marshall.)

Econ. 133 f.* Industrial Relations (3)— Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s.

A study of the development and methods of organized groups in indus- try with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitra- tion, mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunctions. (Marshall.)

Econ. 136 s. Economics of Consumption (3)— Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s or 57.

The place of the consumer in our economic system. An analysis of demand for consumer goods. The need for consumer-consciousness and a technique of consumption. Cooperative and governmental agencies for con- sumers. Special problems. (Marshall.)

Econ. 145 s.* Public Utilities (3)— Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s, or 57.

Economic and legal characteristics of the public utility status; problems of organization, production, marketing, and finance; public regulation and alternatives. (Wyckoflf.)

289

Econ« 151 f.* Comparative Economic Systems (3) — Prerequisites, Econ

51 f, 52 s.

An investigation of some of the more important social reform movements and programs of the modern era. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the capitalistic system, followed by an analysis of alter- native types of economic control such as socialism, communism, nazisni, fascism, and the cooperative movement. (Wyckoff.)

Econ. 152 s.* Social Control of Business (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f,

52 s or 57.

The reasons for and the methods of avoidance, escape, and abuse of competition as a regulating force in business. Social control as a substi- tute for, or as a modification of, preservation of competition. Law as an instrument of social control through administrative law and tribunals. The constitutional aspects of social control. (Shirley.)

EJcon. 153 f.* Industrial Combination (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s.

The development of industrial combinations in the United States; the causes which brought about the trust movement; trade and business methods employed by these combinations; types of big business; anti-trust legisla- tion in this country and its effects. (Wyckoff.)

Econ. 161 f. Economics of Cooperative Organization (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f, 52 s or 57. (See also O. and M. 116, 149 A. E., 103 f.)

Analysis of the principles and practice of cooperation in economic activity from the viewpoint of effective management and public interest. Potentiali- ties, limitations, and management problems of consumer, producer, market- ing, financial, and business men's cooperatives. (Stevens, Bennett.)

Econ. 190 f. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f , 52 s or 57, and consent of the instructor.

An analysis of advanced economic principles with special attention to recent developments in value and distribution theory. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 191 s. Contemporary Bkonomic Thought (3).

A survey of recent trends in English, American and Continental economic thought, with special attention paid to the institutionalists, the welfare economists, and the mathematical economists. (Gruchy.)

Ek^on. 195 f, 196 s. Special Problems in Economics (1, 1) — Prerequisites, preliminary courses in Economics and in the field of specialized study, high scholastic standing, and consent of the instructor.

Independent study of economic problems in a specialized field. The methods of individual conferences and reports is utilized. For students of initiative, resourcefulness, maturity, and high scholastic standing who wish to do extensive organized reading in a special field of economics. (Staff.)

290

For Graduates

Econ. 201. Research (2-6)-Credit in proportion to work accomplished. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. Student must be especially quali- fied to pursue effectively the research to be undertaken.

Investigation or original research in problems of economics under super- vision of the instructor. - (Staff.)

Econ. 203 y. Seminar (4-6)— Prerequisites, concurrent graduate major in economics or business administration and consent of instructor.

Discussion of major problems in the field of economic theory, account^ing, cooperation, or business.

Econ. 205 f. History of Economic Thought (3)— Prerequisites, Econ. 51 f , 52 s.

A study of the development of economic thought and theories, including the ancients, the Greeks, the Romans, scholasticism, mercantilism, physi- ocrats, Adam Smith and contemporaries, Malthus, Ricardo, and John Stuart Mill. (Marshall.)

Econ. 206 s. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3)— Prerequi- site, Econ. 205 f.

A study of the various schools of economic thought, particularly the classicists, the neo-classicists, the Austrians, and the socialists. (Marshall.)

Econ. 210 f, 211 s. Special Problems in Economic Investigation (1-3, 1-3)

—Credit in proportion to work accomplished.

Technique involved in economic research. Practice in drawing up sched- ules and programs. Individual conferences and reports. (Stevens.)

Econ. 233 s. Problems in Industrial Relations (3)— Prerequisite, prelim- inary courses in the field of specialization and permission of the instructor.

The subjects selected for study may be closely allied with, but must not be the subject discussed in the student's major thesis. (Marshall.)

Econ. 252 s. Problems in Government and Business Interrelations (3)—

Prerequisites, preliminary courses in the field of specialization and permis- sion of the instructor.

The subjects selected for study may be closely allied with, but must not be the subject discussed in the student's major thesis.

Econ. 298 f, 299 s. Problems in Economics of Cooperation (1-3. 1-3)-—

Prerequisites, eight semester hours in accounting, three in finance, three in statistics, eight in economics, and three in cooperative theory.

Problems may involve practical work with the National Cooperative Council and other Washington (D. C.) or Maryland cooperative organiza- tions. The subjects selected for investigation may be closely allied with, but must not be the subject discussed in the student's major thesis.

(Stevens, Bennet.)

291

EDUCATION

Professors Benjamin, Brown, Drew, Hand, Joyal, Long, Mackert, McNaughton; Associate Professor Brechbill; Assistant Professor

Gallington; Miss Smith, Miss Wiggin.

Ed. 2 f or s. Introduction to Education (2)— Required of freshmen in education and of students in other colleges desiring to elect a curriculum in education.

An exploratory and finding course designed to afford students a better basis for deciding whether to enter the field of education. Types of work, supply and demand, salaries, tenure, prestige, avenues of advancement! ethics, limitations on personal freedoms, types of personal and professional competence required, requirements for teaching certificate, and bases of selection and rejection in the College of Education are among the topics included.

The selective admission testing and observational program of the College of Education is begun in this course.

Ed. 3 f or s. Educational Forum (1)— Required of all sophomores in the College of Education.

In this course the prospective teacher is introduced in a variety of ways to the various problems and processes of education around which much of the work in his later professional courses will be centered.

The selective admission testing and observation program begun in the freshman year is continued in this course, as are the organized but informal faculty guidance helps.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Ed. 100 f. History of Education in the United States (2)— Two lectures. A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 102 s. History of Modern Education (2) — Two lectures.

A survey of the history of education with emphasis upon the modern period in Europe. (L^^^^ j

Ed. 103 s. The High School (2)— Two lectures.

The secondary school population, its nature and needs; the school as an instrument of society; relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary education; curriculum and methods in relation to aims; extra-curricular activities; guidance and placement; the school's opportu- nities for service to its community; teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the District of Columbia. (Brechbill)

Ed. 105 f. Educational Measurements (2)— Prerequisite, consent of in- structor.

A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical con- cepts, and processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school '"a^^s. (Brechbill.)

292

Ed. 107 f. Comparative Education (2) — Two lectures.

A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for judging their worth. Emphasis upon European systems. (Long.)

Ed. 108 s. Comparative Education (2) — Two lectures.

This course is a continuation of Ed. 107 f, with emphasis upon the national educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. (Benjamin.)

Ed. 110 s. The Junior High School (2)— Two lectures.

This course is designed to give a general overview of education in the junior high school. It includes material on the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, staff; and other similar topics, together with their implication for prospective teachers. (Joyal.)

Ed. 112 f. Educational Sociology-Introductory (2).

This course deals with certain considerations as derived from the data of the social sciences which are germane to the work of teachers and school administrators. Prominent among those treated are the following: demo- cratic ideology as the value benchmark for all educational endeavor; educa- tional tasks imposed by population and technological trends; the distribu- tion of welfare and its educational consequences; the welfare status of the school population and the consequent demands made upon the school; the selective character of the school in welfare terms and the educational impli- cations of this class structuring; the socio-economic composition and atti- tudes of school board members, school administrators, and teachers and the limiting conditions which these impose upon the work of the school; the problem of securing academic freedom in the schools; the community approach to education. (Hand.)

Ed. 114 s. Guidance in the Schools (3).

This course is primarily designed for the classroom teacher in terms of the day-by-day demands made upon him as a teacher in the guidance of the youth in his classes and in the extra-class activities which he sponsors. The stress throughout will be upon practical common-sense guidance proce- dures of demonstrated workability. A variety of practical use-materials helpful in the guidance of youth will be examined (Hand.)

See also Agricultural Education and Rural Life, page 246.

For Graduates

Ed. 200 f. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2).

This course deals with so-called "external" phases of school administra- tion. It includes study of the present status of public school administration ; organization of local, state, and federal educational authorities; and the administrative relationships involved therein. (Joyal.)

293

Ed. 202 s. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Sec- ondary Schools (2).

This course is designed as a continuation of Ed. 200 f , but may be taken independently. It includes what is called "internal" administration; the organization of units within a school system; the personnel problems mvolved; and such topics as schedule making, teacher selection, public relations, and school supervision. CJoyal.)

Ed. 203 s. High School Supervision (2).

This course will deal with the nature and functions of supervision in a modern school program; recent trends in supervisory theory and practice; teacher participation in the determination of policies; planning of super- visory programs; appraisal of teaching methods; curriculum reorganization and other direct and indirect means for the improvement of instruction.

(Joyal.)

Ed. 212 s. Educational Sociology- Advanced (2).

This course is essentially a continuation of Ed. 112 f in that it is designed further to round out the study of various considerations derived from the data of the social sciences which are pertinent to the work of all public school educators. However, Ed. 112 f is not required as a prerequisite.

The educational implications of such topics as the following are studied: role of an ideology, national defense crisis, status of civil liberties, deple- tion status of natural resources, folklore of education, interest and pressure groups, press, radio, pictures, economic myths, behavior of electorate, youth problems, consumer behavior, recreational trends, occupational trends, safety, teachers* organizations, and follow-up studies. (Hand.)

Ed. 216 s. School Finance and Business Administration (2).

This course deals principally with these topics: school revenue and taxa- tion; federal and state aid and equalization; purchase of supplies and equipment; internal school accounting; and other selected problems of local school finance. (Joyal.)

Students qualifying for the degree of Master of Education will elect the required four semester hours of seminar work from the following list of seminars (Ed. 220-234, inclusive). These courses are open for election by any other graduate student in Education.

Ed. 220 f. Ed. 222 f. Ed. 224 s. Ed. 226 f. Ed. 228 s. Ed. 230 f. Ed. 232 s.

Seminar in Secondary Education (2). Seminar in Adult Education (2). Seminar in History of Education (2). Seminar in Administration (2). Seminar in Special Education (2). Seminar in Science Education (2). Seminar in Guidance (2).

294

(Hand.)

(Benjamin.)

(Long.)

(Joyal.)

(Cain.)

(Brechbill.)

(Hand.)

Ed. 234 s. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). (Benjamm.)

Note- Ed B 236 f or s. Seminar in Vocational Education (2), com- monly given in the summer session and in the Baltimore division, may be used to satisfy this requirement.

Psych. 210 y. Seminar in Educational Psychology (6) may also be used to satisfy this requirement.

Note: See also Phys. Ed. 201 f or s, page 305.

B. Educational Psychology (For full descriptions of these courses, see "Psychology," p. 373.) Psych. 10 f and s. Educational Psychology (3). Psych. 110 f or s. Advanced Educational Psychology (3). Psych. 125 f. Child Psychology (3). Psych. 130 f and s. Mental Hygiene (3). Psych. 210 y. Seminar in Educational Psychology (6).

C. Methods in High School Subjects For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Graduate credit for courses in this section will be given only by special permission of the College of Education.

Ed. 120 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-English (3)— Pre- requisite, Psych. 10. • - .

Objectives in English in the different types of high schools; selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practice and group needs; evaluation of texts and references, bibliographies; methods of pro- cedure and types of lessons; the use of auxiliary materials; lesson plans; measuring results. Twenty periods of observation. (bmitn.;

Ed. 122 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation- Social Studies (3)— Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

Objectives and present trends in the social studies; texts and bibliogra- phies; methods of procedure and types of lessons; the use of auxiliary materials; lesson plans; measuring results. Twenty periods of observation.

Ed. 124 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-Foreign Language (3)_Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

Objectives of foreign language teaching in the high school; selection and organization of subject matter in relation to modern practice and group needs; evaluation of texts and references; bibliographies; methods of pro- cedure and types of lessons; lesson plans; special devices; measuring results. Twenty periods of observation.

Ed. 126 8. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation- Science (3)— Pre- requisite, Psych. 10. , , . i..

Objectives of science teaching; their relation to the general objectives

296

of secondary education; application of the principles of psychology and of teaching to the science class-room situation; selection and organization of subject matter; history, trends, and status; textbooks, reference works and laboratory equipment; technic of class room and laboratory; measure- ment, standardized tests; professional organizations and literature. Twenty periods of observation. (Brechbill )

Ed. 128 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-Mathematics (3)-. Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

Objectives; the place of mathematics in secondary education; content and construction of courses; recent trends; textbooks and equipment; methods of instruction; measurement and standardized tests; professional organizations and literature. Twenty periods of observation. CBrechbill.)

Note: See also H. E. Ed. 103 f or s. Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics, page 297; Ind. Ed. 162 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation, page 300; Ed. 142 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation- Physical Education, page 297.

Ed. 138 f. Visual Education (2).

Visual impressions in their relation to learning; investigations into the effectiveness of instruction by visual means; projection apparatus, its cost and operation; slides, film strips, and films; physical principles underlying projection; the integration of visual materials with organized courses of study; means of utilizing commercial moving pictures as an aid in realiz- ing the aims of the school. ' (Brechbill.)

Ed. 139 f or s. Methods and Practice of Teaching I (3)— Prerequisite, approval of faculty committee.

Thirty periods of observation, participation, and teaching in a high school class under the direction of the regular teacher of the class and the uni- versity supervisor. The student carries major responsibility for the instruc- tion of the high school pupils for approximately 25 periods.

Two hours weekly of class sessions are included, in which study is made of the principles and methods of teaching.

Application forms for this course must be obtained and submitted, prop- erly filled in, at the time of registration. Students taking this course should arrange their schedules so as to avoid serious conflicts with other courses.

E. English

L. Language

M. Mathematics

C. Commercial Subjects

SS. Social Studies

Sc. Science

P. E. Physical Education

I. Industrial Education

(Brechbill and Staff.)

Ed. 140 f or s. Methods and Practice of Teaching II (6) — Prerequisite, approval of faculty committee.

Students who register in this course serve as apprentice teachers in the high schools to which they are assigned. One-half of each school day

296

throughout the semester is devoted to this work, which is carried on under the direction of a university supervisor. Opportunity is afforded for expe- rience in connection with school activities, guidance, records and reports, and other phases of school life, as well as classroom teaching.

Two hours weekly of class sessions are included in which study is made of the principles and methods of teaching.

Application forms for this course must be obtained and submitted, prop- erly filled in, not less than thirty days before registration.

E. English

L. Language

M. Mathematics

C. Commercial Subjects

SS. Social Studies

Sc. Science

P. E. Physical Education

I. Industrial Education

(Brechbill and Staff.)

*Ed. 142 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observati^jn-Piiysical Education

(3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

Materials and procedures in relation to program planning, physical exam- inations, records, grading, directed observation, reports, conferences and criticisms. Twenty periods of observation.

Ed. 150 f, 151 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-Commercial Subjects (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

Aims and methods for the teaching of shorthand, typewriting, and book- keeping in high schools. Twenty periods of observation.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

Professor McNaughton.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. E. Ed. 101 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

Philosophy of homemaking education; community survey; analysis of characteristics, interests, and needs of the high school girl; construction of a course of study; directed observations; use of various technics; selec- tion of illustrative material; the home project. (McNaughton.)

H. E. Ed. 102 f or s. Child Study (3)— Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

The study of child development in relation to the physical, mental, and emotional phases of growth; adaptation of material to teaching of child care in high school; observation and participation in a nursery school.

(McNaughton.)

H. E. Ed. 103 f or s. Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics: Methods and Practice (3)— Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 101 s.

Observation and teaching in a vocational department of a Maryland high school or in a junior high school in Washington. Organization of

Open to men and women.

297

units, lesson plans, field trips; planning and supervision of home projects. After completing the teaching unit the student observes in home economics departments other than the one in which she has taught. (McNaughton.)

H. E. Ed. 104 s. Nursery School Techniques (2-3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 10. Not open to juniors. Designed for nursery school teachers.

Philosophy of preschool education; principles of learning; routines; study of children's interests and activities; observation and teaching in the nursery school. (McNaughton.)

H. E. Ed. 105 f or s. Special Problems in Child Study (3) — Not open to juniors. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 102.

Methods and practice in nursery school; making of particular studies related to the mental, emotional, or physical development of preschool children. % CMcNaughton.)

H. E. Ed. 106 f, 107 s. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (1, 1).

Reports of units taught; construction of units for high school course of study; study of various methods for organization of class period; analysis of text books; evaluation of illustrative material. (McNaughton.)

For Graduates H. Em Ed. 201 f or s. Advanced Methods of Teaching Home Economics (2-4).

Study of social trends as applied to the teaching of home economics.

(McNaughton.)

H. E. Ed. 250 y. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2-4).

(McNaughton.) INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Professor Brown; Assistant Professor Gallington.

For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the specific needs of the course.

Ind. Ed. 1 f, 2 s. Mechanical Drawing (2, 2) — Ind. Ed. 1 f or its equiva- lent is prerequisite to Ind. Ed. 2 s.

Fundamental practices in the projection of objects, the making of work- ing drawings, pattern layouts, tracing and blue-printing, and the principles in machine design including the study of conventions and the sketching of machine parts.

Ind. Ed. 3 f. Elementary Woodworking (3).

This course deals with the use and care of woodworking tools and mate- rials in bench practice involving the principles of joinery, including the application of woodworking finishes. Laboratory fee, $4.00.

Ind. Ed. 4 s. Advanced Woodworking (3) — Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 3 f or equivalent.

Practice in the application of design and construction of projects in wood involving the use of woodworking machinery suitable for the high

298

school shop. It includes furniture construction and machine cabinet work, with some emphasis on manufacturing practices. Basic wood turning and a working knowledge of wood pattern making is taught, and practice given in coloring, finishing, and painting wood. Laboratory fee, $4.00.

Ind. Ed. 5 f. Sheet Metal Work (2).

Information is given on materials, tools, and processes. Practice is given in soldering, the laying out of patterns, and the making of a group of elementary graded problems which involve items of practical use. Labora- tory fee, $2.50.

Ind. Ed. 6 s. Art Metal Work (2).

This course deals with the designing and construction of art metal projects, including the use of brass, copper, silver, aluminum, pewter, and other alloys. Laboratory fee, $2.50.

Ind. Ed. 7 y. Architectural Drawing (2)— Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1 f or

equivalent. ^

Practical experience in the design and planning of homes and other buildings. Drawings, specifications, and blue-prints including the study of conventions and detail parts are featured.

Ind. Ed. 8 y. Electricity (4).

The essentials of electricity in industrial and other life situations. Units of work are completed in house and signal wiring, power wiring, auto- ignition, and the fundamental principles involved in direct current machin- ery and alternating current machinery. It provides teachers of electricity with sufficient material and data to cope with the problem of electrical projects for high school class construction. Laboratory fee, $2.50 per semester.

Ind. Ed. 9 s. Elementary Machine Shop (2)— Alternate, Shop 4 s. Includes bench work, tool grinding, and elementary practice in the fun- damentals of operating machine tools. Laboratory fee, $2.50. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

Ind. Ed. 10 f. Cold Metal Work (2).

This course is concerned with the development of fundamental skills and knowledges involved in the design and construction of projects from band iron and other forms of mild steel. Laboratory fee, $2.50. Ind. Ed. 11 f. Foundry (1)— Alternate, Shop 101 f.

Laboratory practice in bench and floor moulding and elementary core making. Theory and principles covering foundry materials, tools, and ap- pliances are presented, including consideration of mixtures for casting gray iron, brass, bronze, and aluminum. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Not offered in 1941-42.) Ind. Ed. 12 s. Forge Practice (1)— Alternate, Shop 1 s. Laboratory practice in forging and heat treating of metals. Theory and principles of handling tools and materials in the drawing out, upsetting, cut- ting, bending, twisting, welding, annealing, hardening, tempering and grind- ing of steel. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

299

Ind. Ed. 13 s. Advanced Machine Shop (2) — Alternate, Shop 103 s. Pre- requisite, Ind. Ed. 9 s or equivalent.

Laboratory experiences in the fundamental operations on lathe, shaper, drill press, and other machine shop equipment. Laboratory fee, $2.'50. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

Ind. Ed. 14 s. Shop Maintenance (1) — Prerequisite, 8 semester hours of Shop credit or equivalent.

Skill developing practice in the up-keep and care of school shop tools and equipment. Saw filing, the sharpening of edged power tools, the design and construction of tool racks, and the adjusting and oiling of power ma- chinery are among the major units offered. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

For Advanced Undergraduates

Ind. Ed. 160 y. Essentials of Design (2) — Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 f, 2 s or equivalent.

A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application to the construction of high school shop projects. It presents knowledge and develops abilities in the art elements of line, mass, color, and design, and employs laboratory activities in freehand and mechanical drawing, tracing, and blue-printing. (Gallington.)

Ind. Ed. 162 s. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Prerequi- site, Psych. 10^

Major functions and specific aims of industrial education; their relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools; selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modem practices and needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results; professional standards. Twenty periods of observation. (Brown, Gallington.)

Ind. Ed. 164 f. Shop Organization and Management (2).

This course recapitulates methods of organization and management for teaching shop subjects. It includes organization and management of pupils; daily programs; projects; pupils' progress charts; selection, location, and care of tools, machines, equipment, and supplies; records and reports; and good school housekeeping. Opportunity is provided for visits to industrial plants as a basis for more practical planning of shop instruction and management. (Brown.)

Ind. Ed. 167 y. General Shop (2-4)— Elective.

A general survey course designed to meet teacher training needs in organ- izing and administering a high school General Shop course. Special teach- ing methods are emphasized as students are rotated through skill and knowledge developing activities in mechanical drawing, electricity, wood- working, and general metal working. Laboratory fee, $2.50 per semester.

(Gallington.)

300

B.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education for Men and Women

A. Professor Mackert; Mr. English, Mr. Warner. PROFESSOR drew; Miss Davis, Miss Terhune, Miss Watts.

Phys. Ed. 1 y. Physical Activities I: (2)-An activities course for male freshmen which meets three periods a week.

The activities taught are soccer, touch football, basketball, volleyball, soft baseball, track and natural gymnastics.

A special uniform is required of all men enrolled m this course.

Phys Ed. 2 y. Personal Hygiene (l)-Freshman course for women.

This course consists of instruction in hygiene. The ^e^^^^^.^^^^^^^^^^^' attainments, care of the body by diet, exercise, sleep, bathmg, etc., and

social hygiene.

Phys. Ed. 3 y. Physical Activities II: (4)-An activities course for sopho- more men which meets three periods a week.

The activities taught are the team sports of the freshman year and mdi- viJual :;orts which include fencing, wrestling, tumbling, boxing, ping pong, horseshoe pitching, handball, golf, tennis, and badmmton

A special uniform is required of all men enrolled m this course.

**Phys Ed 4 y. Physical Activities (1)— Freshman course for women. Meets twice each week, with the exception of riding which meets one two- hour period each week.

Students may elect from a wide range of activities, including archery, bowling, dance, equitation, golf, hockey, tennis, etc.

The cost to the student varies in accordance with the activity chosen, and ranges from approximately $0.00 to $17.25 per semester.

Phys. Ed. 5 y. Athletics I: (4)-Required of male freshmen in physical education. Meets five times a week.

Two periods are devoted to training in activities for squad leadership and three periods to participation in the activities of the general physical

education program. . „„„^„^

A special uniform is required of all men enrolled m this course.

Phys Ed. 6 y. Community Hygiene (2)-Sophomore course for women.

Continuation of the freshman course. The work in hygiene includes the elements of physiology; the element, of home school, and commumty hygiene; and a continuation of social hygiene.

*.An activity program suited to need is arranged upon the recommendation of the University physician.

301

**Phys. Ed. 8 y. Physical Activities (2)— Sophomore course for women. Meets twice each week.

A continuation of Phys. Ed. 4 y. With the permission of the head of the department, a student may substitute activity courses offered in the major curriculum.

Phys. Ed. 10 y. Dance I: (2)— Required of freshmen women whose major is Physical Education; open to others with the permission of the instructor.

This course includes practice in elementary techniques and considers the basic principles of time, force, and space underlying all dance. Opportunity IS given for creating short dances in respect to form and content.

Phys. Ed. 12 y. Athletics I: (4)— Required of freshmen women^ whose major is Physical Education. Meets twice each week plus two hours ar- ranged in which the student acts as assistant in a section of Phys. Ed. 4 y.

The following sports are considered: in the first semester, hockey, soccer, basketball, badminton, and volleyball; in the second semester, bowling, tennis, golf, and soft ball.

*Phys. Ed. 13 f. Accident Prevention (1)— Required of all juniors in Physical Education. Meets twice a week.

This course is designed to help the professional student detect accident hazards in physical activities and to train him in safety precautions.

Phys. Ed. 14 y. Dance II: (2)— Prerequisite, Phys. Ed. 10 y or equiva- lent. Required of sophomore women whose major is Physical Education. Open to others with the permission of the instructor.

This course includes practice in techniques of modem dance and a study of the contemporary field. Opportunity is given to create dance patterns for group or individual in respect to form and content.

Phys. Ed. 15 y. Gymnastics I (2)— An activities course required of sophomore men in Physical Education which meets three periods a week.

The activities taught are light and heavy gymnastics, including marching, calisthenics, tumbling, pyramid building, and exercise on apparatus.

*Phys. Ed. 16 s. First Aid (1)— Required of junior men and women whose major is Physical Education. Meets twice each week.

The course presents the fundamentals necessary for offering aid in ac- cidents and injuries until medical attention can be secured. Practical work is required of all students.

Phys. Ed. 17 y. Gymnastics II (2)— Prerequisite, Phys. Ed. 15 y or equivalent. An activities course for juniors and seniors, which meets three periods a week.

This course is a continuation of Phys. Ed. 15 y. Advanced work in tumb- ling, apparatus and pyramid building.

Unive^rsitrphJScian'?^'^"' '""'^^^ ^"^ ""^^^ '" arranged upon the recommendation of the *Open to men and women.

302

♦Phys. Ed. 18 f. Introductory Hygiene (2) — Required of all freshmen in Physical Education. Meets twice a week.

This course surveys the health practices of college students and their

community in the light of standard criteria, to the end that the individual

student may increase his ability to adapt himself to conditions of finer living.

*Phys. Ed. 20 s. Physical Education I: (3) — Required of sophomore men and women whose major is Physical Education. Meets twice each week.

This course considers interpretations and objectives of physical education.

Phys. Ed. 22 y. Athletics II: (4) — Required of sophomore women whose major is Physical Education.

^ This course is a continuation of Phys. Ed. 12 y.

*Phys. Ed. 26 y. Danoe III: (2) — Required of junior men and women whose major is Physical Education; open to others with the permission of the instructor. Meets twice each week.

The course offers opportunity for the learning of the fundamental ball- room dance steps as well as the more modern routines. Attention is given to ballroom etiquette and the planning of dance parties.

*Phys. Ed. 28 f. Dance IV: (1) — Required of junior women whose major is Physical Education; open to others with the permission of the instructor. Meets twice each week.

This course includes suitable teaching material in tap dancing for school or recreation groups.

*Phys. Ed. 30 s. Dance V: (1) — Required of junior women whose major is Physical Education; open to others with the permission of the instructor. Meets twice each week.

The course includes historical and contemporary folk dances, festivals, and customs of various countries as well as the costume appropriate for each.

*Phys. Ed. 52 y. Physical Activities III: (2) — Required of junior men and women whose major is Physical Education; open to others with the permis- sion of the instructor. Meets twice each week.

The course presents co-educational and co-recreational activities suitable for school, club, and recreation groups. Games and stunts for contests, picnics, school parties, and other social gatherings are considered.

For Advanced Undergraduates

Phys. Ed. 113 y. Athletics III: (2) — Prerequisite, two years of successful intramural participation. Required of junior men in Physical Education. Meets once a week.

Problems of coaching and officiating in intramural play and high school athletics. Participation in the intramural program at the University, or in nearby schools, is a requirement of the course. (Mackert.)

*Open to men and women.

303

Phys. Ed. 114 y. Athletics IV: (2)— Prerequisites, Phys. Ed. 12 y, 22 y.

Required of senior women whose major is Physical Education. Meets twice each week.

The student is given the opportunity to coach and officiate under super- vision in the intramural program on the campus as well as to officiate in the schools of Washington, D. C, and Maryland. With the cooperation of the teachers in nearby schools the students plan and administer invitational sports days in the respective schools. (Drew.)

Phys. Ed. 119 y. Athletics V: (2)— Prerequisite, Phys. Ed. 113 y oi equivalent. A practical course for senior men in Physical Education.

The aim of this course is to provide students with opportunities to assist in teaching, coaching, and officiating in the schools of Maryland and in the athletic tournaments conducted by these schools through the State Depart- ment of Education. The equivalent of two hours of practice is required each week. Individual conferences will be arranged in order that students may discuss with the instructor the problems that arise for them, and the class will meet occasionally to pool experiences. (Mackert.)

*Phys. Ed. 121 f. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Required of all juniors in Physical Education. Meets twice a week.

A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction; the metabolic, circulatory, and respiratory responses in exercise; and their integration by means of the nervous system. (Mackert.)

*Phys. Ed. 123 s. Maturation of the Human Organism (2). A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of the child with especial emphasis on normal development.

Phys. Ed. 127 y. Analysis of Activities (4).

An analysis of activities from the mechanical, anatomical, physiological, and psychological standpoint. Discussions, lectures, field study, and reports.

*Phys. Ed. 133 s. Nature of Play (2) — Required of junior men and women whose major is Physical Education. Meets twice each week.

The psychology of action, the uses of play, the types and organization of play activities and the management of play space are considered in the course. (T)rew.)

*Phys. Ed. 137 f. Recreation IV: (2)— Prerequisites, Phys. Ed. 113 y or 114 y, and three years of successful participation in intramural athletics or equivalent. Required of all majors in Physical Education. Meets twice a week.

The purpose of this course is to study the various aspects of character guidance through leadership in physical activities. Participation in plan- ning, supervising, and directing the University program of intramural activities, or an equivalent situation, is a requirement of the course.

(Mackert.)

.Phys Ed. 144 f. Physical Education IV: (2)-Prerequisites Phys. Ed. ,13 y or 114 y, and three years of successful participation in intramural llhletics or equivalent. Required of all seniors in Physical Education.

Meets twice a week. . , x^j .•

' The organization and administration of programs of Physical Educ^abon

in high school situations.

*Phys Ed. 146 s. Teaching Health (2)-Two lectures Prerequisites. Phys Ed. 18 f, 13 f, 16 s. A course required of seniors in Physical Educa- tion. Meets twice a week.

Philosophy, aims, objectives, problems, materials, methods, and J>ro^e-

dures for teaching health.

For Graduates *Phys Ed. 201 f or s. Problems of Health and Physi«^al Education (3).

This course is designed to aid in solving the multitude of problems that arise in the administration of health and physical education in public chor An attempt will be made to set up standards for evaluating th effectiveness of programs of health and physical education. (Mackert.)

ENGINEERING

PROFESSORS STEINBERG. CREESE. HUFF. YOUNGER; LECTURERS ACHENBACH. DiLLt HXLL, REAR, WALKER, BERTRAM; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS HODGINS. HUCKERTt; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS HOSHALL. PYLE, ALLEN, MaCHWART, ERNST, LANING, GREEN, WICKERSHAM, CoBB; MR. LOWEf, MR. MOORE, MR.

McLaughlin. Mr. Sherwood, Mr. Frayer, Mr. Boyles.

Chemical Engineering

Ch E 10 s. Water. Fuels, and Lubricants (4)-Two lectures; two lab- oratfe's. Prerequisite Chem. 8 A y. 4 f, Phys. 2 y. or permission of

instructor. , .

Laboratory work consists of exercises in the usual -"J;"! -^*°^^^^^^^^^^ testing water, fuels, and lubricants, and some related engineering materials.

Laboratory fee, $8.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Ch. B. 103 y. Elements of Chemical Engineering (6)-Three lectures. Prerequisites, Chem. 8 A y. 8 B y. Phys. 2 y. . . .u ^=

Theoretical discussion of general underlying philosophy and methods in chemLl engineering, such as presentation of ^-'l'^^'^^^^^^'::;^ and heat balances. Illustrated by consideration of typical problems and

processes.

'Open to men and women.

♦Open to men and women. tOn leave.

304

305

Ch, E. 104 y. Chemical Engrineering Seminar (2) — Required of all under- graduate students in chemical engineering.

Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering and participate in the discussion of such reports.

Ch. E. 105 y. Advanced Unit Operations (10) — Two lectures; three lab- oratories. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103 y, Chem. 102 A y.

Advanced theoretical treatment of fluid flow, heat flow, evaporation, humidity, distillation, absorption, scrubbing, and analogous unit operations typical of chemical engineering. Problems and laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial type of equipment. A comprehensive problem involving theory and laboratory operations is included to illustrate the de- velopment of a plant design problem that requires the utilization of a number of the fundamental topics. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.

Ch. R 106 y. Minor Problems (13) — Prerequisite, completion of third year chemical engineering course or permission of department of chemical engineering. Completion of or simultaneous registration in Ch. E. 105 y will ordinarily be required.

Original work on a special problem assigned to each student, including preparation of a complete report covering the study. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Not offered in 1941-1942.)

Ch. E. 107 y.. Fuels and Their Utilization (4) — ^Two lectures. Prerequi- site, Ch. E. 103 y or permission of department of chemical engineering.

A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, their economic conversion, distribution, and utilization. Problems. (Huff.)

Ch. E. 108 y. Chemical Technology (4) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, registration in Ch. E. 103 y or permission of department of chemical engi- neering.

A study of the principal chemical industries. Plant inspections, trips, reports, and problems. (Machwart.)

Ch. E. 109 y. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (4) — Two lectures. Prerequisites, Chem. 102 A y, Ch. E. 103 y.

A study of the application of the principles of engineering and chemical thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice of chemical engineering.

Ch. E. 110 y. Chemical Engineering Calculations (9) — Three lectures, first semester; six lectures, second semester. Prerequisites, Math. 23 y, Ch. E. 103 y.

A study of methods for analyzing chemical engineering problems along quantitative and mathematical lines, with the calculus and other mathe- matical aids such as infinite series and Bessel's functions. Emphasis is placed on graphical presentations and the engineering utility of the results.

306

For Graduates Ch. E. 201 y. Graduate Unit Operations (10 or more).— Prerequisite, permission of department of chemical engineering.

Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations in chemical engineering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale semi-com- micial type equipment with supplementary reading, conferences, and reports. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.

Ch. E. 202 s. Gas Analysis (3)— One lecture; two laboratories. Pre- requisite, permission of department of chemical engineering.

Quantitative determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors, and important gaseous impurities. Problems. Laboratory fee, $7.00.

Ch. E. 203 f, 204 s. Graduate Seminar (2)— Required of all gradu- ate students in chemical engineering.

Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering, and participate in the discussion of such reports. (Staff.)

Ch. E. 205. Research in Chemical Engineering.

The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis

in partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree. -L^a^^^-

tory fee, $8.00 per semester. ^^^^ ''

Ch. E. 207 A f, 208 A s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3)— Three lectures.

Prer^uisite, permission of department of chemical engineering.

An examination of the fundamentals entering into the selection of pro- cesses, the specifications for and choice and location of equipmen^^d plant sites. Problems. ^

Ch E. 207 B f 208 B s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (2, 2)— Six hours of laboratory work which may be elected to accompany or be pre- ceded by Ch. E. 207 A f, 208 A s. Prerequisite, permission of department of chemical engineering. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Machwart.) Ch. E. 209 y. Gaseous Fuels (4)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, permis- sion of department of chemical engineering.

An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles in- volved in the production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels. Problem in the design and selection of equipment. (Hutt.J

Civil Engineering For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates C. E. 101 s. Hydraulics (4)— Three lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi- site' Mech. 101 f. Required of juniors in civil engineering.

Hydrostatic pressures on tanks, dams, and pipes. Flow through orifices, nozzles, pipe lines, open channels, and weirs. Use of Reynolds number Measurement of water. Elementary hydrodynamics. (B^mst.)

307

C. E. 102 s. Hydraulics (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi- site, Mech. 101 f or 102 f. Required of juniors in electrical and mechanical engineering.

A shorter course than C. E. 101 s, with emphasis on water wheels, tur- bines, and centrifugal pumps. (Sherwood, McLaughlin.)

C. E. 103 f. Curves and Earthwork (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Surv. 2 y. Required of juniors in civil engineering.

Computation and field work for simple, compound, and reversed circular curves; transition curves; vertical and horizontal parabolic curves; rail- way turnouts, track layout, and string lining of curves. (Allen.)

C. E. 104 s. Theory of Structures (4) — Three lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Mech. 101 f. Required of juniors in civil engineering.

Analytical and graphical determination of dead and live load stresses in framed structures. Influence lines for reactions, shears, moments, and stresses. Analysis of lateral bracing systems. Elements of slope and deflections. (Allen.)

C. E. 105 f. Elements of Highways (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Mech. 101 f. Required of seniors in civil engineering.

Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements. Field inspection trips. ^ (Steinberg.)

C. E. 106 y. Concrete Design (7) — Three lectures, one laboratory first semester; two lectures, one laboratory second semester. Prerequisite, C. E. 104 s. Required of seniors in civil engineering.

A continuation of C. E. 104 s, with special application to the design and detailing of plain and reinforced concrete structures, which include slabs, columns, footings, beam bridges, arches, retaining walls, and dams. Applications of slope-deflection and moment distribution theories and rigid frames. . (Allen.)

C. E. 107 y. Structural Design (7) — Three lectures, one laboratory first semester; two lectures, one laboratory second semester. Prerequisite, C. E. 104 s. Required of seniors in civil engineering.

A continuation of C. E. 104 s, with special application to the design and detailing of structural steel sections, members and their connections, for roof trusses, plate girders, highway and railway bridges, buildings, bracing systems, and grillage foundations. (Allen.)

C. E. 108 y. Municipal Sanitation (6) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, C. E. 101 s. Required of seniors in civil engineering.

Methods of estimating consumption and designing water supply and sewerage systems. (Hall.)

C. E. 109 s. Soils and Foundations (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, C. E. 104 s. Required of seniors in civil engineering.

An introductory study of the properties and behavior of soil as an engi- neering material. Applications to engineering construction. (Lowe.)

308

C E 110 y. Thesis (3)— One laboratory, first semester; one lecture, one laboratory second semester. Elective for seniors in civil engmeermg.

The student selects, with faculty approval, a subject in civil engineering design or research. He makes such field or laboratory studies as may be needed. Weekly progress reports are required, and frequent conferences are held with the member of the faculty to whom the student is assigned for advice. A written report, including an annotated bibliography, is reqmred to complete the thesis.

For Graduates C. E. 201 f. Advanced Properties of Materials (3)-Three lectures. Pre- requisite, Mech. 103 or equivalent.

A critical study of elastic and plastic properties, flow of materials, resistance to failure by fracture, impact, and corrosion, the theories of failure. Assigned reading from current literature. vi^xn^^u/

C. E. 202 f. Advanced Strength of Materials (3)— Three credits. Pre- requisite, Mech. 101 f or equivalent.

Special problems in engineering stress analysis. Limitations of flexure

and torsion formulas, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, combined

stresses, thin tubes, thick-walled cylinders, and flat plates. (Ernst.)

C. E. 203 s. Applied Elasticity (3)— Three credits. Prerequisite, Math.

114 f or equivalent.

Two dimensional elastic problems, general stress-strain analysis in three dimensions, stability of beams, columns, and thin plates. (Ernst.)

C. E. 204 f. Soil Mechanics (3)— Three credits. Prerequisite, C. E. 109 s or equivalent.

A detailed study of the properties of engineering soils. Assigned read- ing from current literature. (Lowe.) C. E. 205 s. Advanced Foundations (3)— Three credits. Prerequisite C. E. 106 y or equivalent.

A detailed study of types of foundations. Design and ^^^s^^^^^j^^j'^^^^ meet varying soil conditions. ^ ^^''

C. E. 206 s. Highway Engineering (3)— Three credits. Prerequisite, C. E. 105 f or equivalent.

An intensive course in the location, design and construction of highways.

(Steinberg.)

C. E. 207 y. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (6)— Three credits. Pre requisite, Mech. 103 or equivalent.

A thorough review of the methods for the design of concrete mixtures, followed by a study of factors affecting the properties of the Resulting concrete This course is intended as a background for work m the field of concrete, concrete aggregates, or reinforced concrete. ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^

309

a E. 208 Research (2-6)-Credit in accordance with work outlined.

Drawing

fien i e^gSS? """^ '''''^^ •^»'°'^*--- ^^^^^-^ of

di^Sl'ln/'nrfi^'^T*"*'' "'^o^^Phi'^ projection, technical sketches, Sr hW I ^""^ *^°'" ™^™°^' "^"^^^"S f^^"! description; inkinj tracing, bluepnntmg, isometric and oblique projection and sections.

Dr^i' f p*"* ^^ P*f ''P"^« Geometry (2)_Two laboratories. Prerequisite Dr. 1 f. Required of freshmen in engineering prerequisite.

reSgT'tii%!Lt iSr a?d ?.?"' V ."'^ "'"*^^" "' ^P-« P-^-^ developLnt. /ppLlS's t p^- al "^^S^Vl^^^^

r:rprotsrfi:j° '"'=*^'=^' ^-^^"^^'•^"^ ^-^^-^ - *'« stude^^;

nee'S^g'sLe^:."'"'"' ^'^^^"^ ^^^"^"^ '^^-«*«^^- ^P- to non-engi-

v^nttt"?' ^^^^^''^' ^"d working drawings of machines; including con- ventions, tracing, isometric and cabinet projections, and bl^eprintfng

Electrical Engineering

lectrt 'one l^bi^^It^""'"' ''^""'^ ^'^"^^ '^*=*"^^^' «^«t ^^^^^^r; two 23 yS Phvs It Zrr /'T*'""- ''"^^" concurrently with Math. I Phys. 2 y. Required of sophomores in electrical engineering

Principles involved in the flow of direct currents in conductors- current and voltage relations in simple circuits; magnetism and magnetic circuS- electromagnetic induction, simple dielectric circuits and dynSSs ExS ments on direct current circuits and machines. ^

For Advanced Undergraduates E. E. 101 s Principles of Electrical Engineering (3)— Two lecturer- nnp

rators, motors, and transformers. ^ cnaracteristics of gene-

(Hodgins.)

310

E. E. 102 y. Principles of Electrical Engineering (8) — Three lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites, Phys. 2 y, Math. 23 y. Required of juniors in chemical and in mechanical engineering.

Study of elementary direct current and alternating current circuit char- acteristics. Principles of construction and operation of direct and alter- nating current machinery. Experiments on the operation and characteristics of generators, motors, transformers, and control equipment.

(Creese, Laning.)

E. E. 103 f. Direct Current Machinery (4) — Three lectures; one labora- tory. Prerequisites, Phys. 2 y. Math. 23 y, and E. E. 1 y. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.

Construction, theory of operation and performance characteristics of direct current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments on the operation and characteristics of direct current generators and motors.

(Hodgins.)

E. E. 104 s. Direct Current Design (1) — One laboratory. Prerequisite, E. E. 103 f. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.

The purpose of this course is to help the student in electrical engineering to acquire a thorough knowledge of the basic principles upon which any design depends. A study is made of design formulas and materials, suit- able for direct current machinery, and the reasons for the various standards of practice. The student is required to make all calculations for a direct current generator or motor. (Hodgins.)

E. E. 105 y. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism (7) — Two lectures, one laboratory first semester; three lectures, one laboratory second semester. Prerequisites, concurrent registration in E, E. 103 f, 106 s. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.

A study of electric and magnetic fields; of electric and magnetic proper- ties of materials; of solid, liquid and gaseous conduction; and of electrical circuits and measurements. (Laning.)

E. E. 106 s. Alternating Current Circuits (5) — Three lectures; two laboratories. Prerequisite, E. E. 103 f. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.

Introduction to the theory of alternating current circuits, both single phase and polyphase; methods and apparatus used to measure alternating currents, voltage, and power; current and voltage relations in balanced and unbalanced polyphase systems. (Hodgins.)

E. E. 107 y. Alternating Current Machinery (9) — Three lectures, one laboratory first semester; four lectures, one laboratory second semester. I'rerequisite, E. E. 106 s. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.

Construction, theory of operation and performance characteristics of transformers, alternators, induction motors, synchronous motors, syn- chronous converters, commutator type motors, and other apparatus; tests and experiments. (Creese, Hodgins.)

811

req^uisL^E E iT"'^^ """"""' ''"''^" ^'>-°"^ laboratory. Pre- requisites, E. E. 104 s and concurrent registration in E. E. 107 y. Required of seniors m electrical engineering. required

cinTe^'tn'TV'-^ continuation of E. E. 104 s, and applies the same prin- ciple, to the design of an alternator and transformer. (HodgE )

tJt ^P ^"^ ^' .,^'*''"*^''' Communications (6)-Two lectures; one labora- tory. Prerequisite, E. E. 106 s. ituora-

Principles of wire and radio communication. Theory and calculation o'

a'nTraruLZ'f "^'"r"^ transmission lines and coupled circuits. Th:or; and calculaton of non-lvnear impedances including the vacuum tube Intro duction to electromagnetic wave propagation. (Rear )

site,' E. "^106 ,"'""''•''""" (3)-Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi-

Electric illumination; principles involved in design of lighting systems Illumination calculations, photometric measurements (CreesT)'

E. E. Ill f. Electric Railways (.3)_Three lectures. Prerequisite takpr, concurrently with E. E. 107 y. ^ icrequisite, taken

Mechanism of train motion. Application of electrical equipment to trans portation. Construction and operation of control apparatus used in diffe en fields of electrical transportation such as urban railways trunk w" rai ways trolley busses and diesel-electric equipment. Power r^qurements distribution systems and signal systems. (HodS)

E. E 112 s. Electric Power Transmission (3)_Three lectures Pre- requisite, taken concurrently with E. E. 107 y. 'ectures. fre-

A study of the electrical, mechanical, and economic consideration of power transmission; a survey of central station and substation equipment and a consideration of the fundamentals of transients. (Sng )'

E. E. 113 s. Engineering Electronics (3)— Two lecturer- «„» i»i, * Prerequisite, E. E. 106 s. ^^^o 'ectures, one laboratory.

A review of the properties, emission and utilization of electron^ in vacuum gases, and vapors; a study of the application of electJortube^

To^eZ. ^"""^^^' ^^^^""^ '"^ ''^ '"''- --"- industrilltnlTese'^S

(Laning.)

tricalt^L^Hn^^^^^ '''""''"^ ''''''''''''' ^^^^^^^^ '^' ^^^^^ ^^ e^-

The student selects, with faculty approval, a special problem in elec

S /T;Ii"^- "' "''" ^"^' '^^' ^^ ^^^-^'->^ studies a" LX arP h 1 ,t\l """"^"T ''^'''' ^'' ^^^^^^^^' ^^d frequent conferences are held with the member of the faculty to whom the student S assTJ^ed for advice. A written report, including an annotated bibllgraX is required to complete the thesis. "lonography, is

(Staff.) 312

General Engineering Subjects

Engr. 1 f. Introduction to Engineering (1) — One lecturo. Required of freshmen in engineering.

A course of lectures by the faculty and by practicing engineers covering the engineering professional fields. The work of the engineer, its require- ments in training and character, and the ethics and ideals of the profession. The purpose of this course is to assist the freshman in selecting the par- ticular field of engineering for which he is best adapted.

Engr. 2 f. Engineering Geology (2) — Two lectures. Required of sopho- mores in civil engineering.

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications.

For Advanced Undergraduates

Engr. 102 s. Engineering Law and Specifications (2) — Two lectures. Required of seniors in civil engineering; elective for seniors in electrical and in mechanical engineering.

A study is made of the fundamental principles of law relating to business and to engineering; including contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, corporations, and common carriers. These principles are then applied to the analysis of general and technical clauses in engineering contracts and specifications. ( Steinberg. )

Mechanics

Mech. 1 s. Statics and Dynamics (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Dr. 3, and to be taken concurrently with Math. 23 y and Phys. 2 y. Required of sophomores in civil and in electrical engineering.

Analytical and graphical solutions of coplanar and non-coplanar force systems; equilibrium of rigid bodies; suspended cables, friction, centroids and moments of inertia; kinematics and kinetics; work, power, and energy; impulse and momentum.

Mech. 2 s. Statics and Dynamics (5) — Four lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Dr. 3, and to be taken concurrently with Math. 23 y and Phys. 2 y. Required of sophomores in mechanical engineering.

Analytical and graphical solution of coplanar and non-coplanar force systems; equilibrium of rigid bodies; suspended cables, friction, centroids and moments of inertia, kinematics and kinetics; work, power, and energy; impulse and momentum.

The course also embraces the fundamentals of kinematics necessary to the study of kinematics of machinery. Plane motion of a particle and the general laws governing the transmission of plane motion are treated by vector and graphical methods.

313

For Advanced Undergraduates

Mech. 101 f. Strength of Materials (5) — Five lectures. Prerequisite, Mech. 1 s or 2 s. Required of juniors in civil and in mechanical engineering.

Riveted joints; torsional stresses and strains; beam stresses and detlec- tion; combined axial and bending loads; column stresses; principal stresses and strains ; impact and energy loads ; statically indeterminate beams ; shear center; unsymmetrical bending; composite members including reinforced concrete beams. Instruction in the use of an approved handbook containing the properties of rolled steel sections. (Younger, Ernst.)

Mech. 102 f. Strength of Materials (3) — ^Three lectures. Prerequisite, Mech. 1 s or 2 s. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.

A shorter course than Mech. 101 f . Instruction in the use of an approved handbook containing the properties of rolled steel sections. (Ernst.)

Mech. 103 f and s. Materials of Engineering (2) — One lecture; one lab- oratory. Prerequisite, Mech. 101 f or 102 f. Required of juniors in civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering.

The composition, manufacture, and properties of the principal materials used in engineering, and of the conditions that influence their physical characteristics. The interpretation of specifications and of standard tests. Laboratory work in the testing of steel, wrought iron, timber, brick, cement, and concrete. (Pyle.)

Mechanical Engineering For Advanced Undergraduates

M. E. 101 f. Principles of Mechanical Engineering (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites, Math. 23 y, Phys. 2 y. Required of juniors in civil engineering.

Elementary thermodynamics and the study of heat, fuel, and combustion in the production and use of steam for the generation of power. Includes study of fundamental types of steam boilers, fuel burning equipment, prime movers, and their allied apparatus. Supplemented by laboratory tests and trips to industrial plants. (Sherwood.)

M. E. 102 f. Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, Math. 23 y, Phys. 2 y. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.

The theory and application of thermodynamics to the steam engine, steam turbine, nozzles. The properties of vapors, cycles of heat and entropy, including discussion of machines and their uses. (Green.)

M. E. 103 s. Power Plants (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi- site, senior standing. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.

A study of heat, fuel, and combustion in the production and use of steam for the generation of power. Includes the theory and operation of steam

314

engines, boilers, condensers, steam turbines, and their accessories. Practical power problems as applied to typical power plants, supplemented by lab- oratory tests and trips to industrial plants. (Careen.)

M E. 104 y. Thermodynamics (5)— Two lectures, first semester; three lectures, second semester. Prerequisites, Math. 23 y, Phys. 2 y. Required of juniors in mechanical engineering.

The properties and fundamental equations of gases and vapors. Thermo- dynamics of heat cycles, air compressors, and steam engines. ■^ (Huckert, Sherwood.)

M E. 105 s. Aerodynamics and Hydrodynamics (3)-Three lectures. Prerequisites, Math. 23 y, Phys. 2 y. Required of juniors in mechamcal engineering, aeronautical option.

A study of the fundamental principles of the flow of air and of water. Applications with special reference to the airplane; airfoil and propeller theory; theory of model testing in wind tunnels; design perfonnance cal-

. . » • 1 (Younger.)

eulations of airplanes.

M. E. 106 f. Heating and Ventilation (3)-Two lectures; one labora- tory. Prerequisite, M. E. 104 y. Required of seniors in mechanical engi- neering.

The study of types of heating and ventilating systems for a particular building; layout of piping and systems, with complete calculations and esti- mates of costs; fundamentals of air conditioning. (um.)

M E 107 s. Refrigeration (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, M. E. 104 y. Required of seniors in mechanical engineering.

Problems involving the different methods and processes of refngeration. Air conditioning for offices, buildings, factories and homes. (i^m.)

M E 108 y. Thesis (3)-0ne laboratory, first semester; one lecture, one laboratory second semester. Required of seniors in mechanical engi-

"'Srstudent selects, with faculty approval, a object in mechanic^ engi- neering desTgn or res'earch. He makes such field or '-^^/^J^^/^J may be needed. Weekly progress reports are required, and frequent coSerences are held with the member of the faculty to whom the gudent Is assigned for advice. A written report, including an annotated bAhog- raphy, is required to complete the thesis. *^

M E. 109 y. Prime Movers (8)-Three lectures; one laboratory Pre- requisites, Mech. 101 f, C. E. 102 s. Required of seniors m mechanical

engineering. , . ^ t*

A course covering the use of prime movers to convert heat into power. It includes a study of heat, fuels and combustion processes followed by the theory, construction and operation of internal combustion engines, steam engines, boilers, condensers, steam turbines and their auxiliary equipment.

316

Theory is supplemented by practical problems and by laboratory tests IT, entire course is closely integrated with the mechanical laborTtor; couSe.

M. E. 110 y Mechanical Engineering Design (7)-Two lectures'^^'wl iaboratones first semester; one lecture, two laboratories second sem;ster Prereqmsite, Mech. 101 f. Required of seniors in mechanical engineering deiriT embracing the kinematics and dynamics of machinery and the design of machme members and mechanisms. Special problems on 't balancmg, vibration, and critical speeds of machine members a^ treated

( Huckfirt )

M. E. Ill y. Mechanical Laboratory (4)-0ne lecture; one laboratory Prerequisite, senior standing. Required of seniors in meckanical engS

Calibration of instruments, gauges, indicators, steam, gas and wat.r meters. Indicated and brake horsepower of steam and in emal cTmh.^t engines, setting of valves, tests for economy and cap^ "f Srs eSl" detr- TT^'"' f '^'' P"-?. -— Feed'watlr heaters 'and^eo;.' plant tests.' "''"' "^ '"''^' ^"''°"'' ""^ "^"'<* ^"^^^^ ^"^ power

m'^E 1o."<f ''; ^""^''''t S*'-"*^*"'-^^ (6)-Three lectures. Prerequtue option. ""' °' "'"'"'■^ ^" '"^^'^^"'^^l engineering, aeroLtics'

The fundamental principles of structural analysis and design of airplanes The air worthiness requirements of the Civil Aeronautics ^uthS and

fpLitrSsiSror ^ -' ''- ~* --- branched aryv^;

(Younger.) For Graduates

M. E. 201 y. Advanced Statics and Dynamics of Machinery f6)-Three lectures. Prerequisites, Mech. 101 f, Math. 114 f, or equivalent

dat^S'r NiZ"''r" ^f ''"'^'. '" "'^''^'''''- Vibrations, and vibration

(Younger.)

reauisft'e 'm F .ff ""*="'^ ^'''r^' Structures (6)-Three lectures. Pre- requisite, M. h, 112 y or equivalent.

rep?rSs t\f. ^""f/f '"l ""^^^^'"^ ^'"^^'^^^ "^ designing. Study of research reports m aircraft structures. (Wickersham, Younger.)

M. E. 203 y. Advanced Hydrodynamics and Aerodynamics (6)--Three

lectures. Prerequisite, M. E. 105 s or equivalent. Theoretical and experimental study of the flow of fluids. (Wickersham.)

M. E. 204 y. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (6)-Three

lectures. Prerequisites, M. E. 104 y, 109 y, or equivalent ^

Entl'i'?'''''. 'V^".^^""' '^ thermodynamics to industrial processes. Energy transfer by radiation, conduction, and convection. (Green.)

316

M. E. 205 y. Seminar (2-6) — Credit in accordance with work outlined. Seminars may be organized in any field of mechanical engineering for the study of general theory or specific problems. (Staff.)

M. E. 206. Research (2-8) — Credit in accordance with work done. (Staff.)

Shop

Shop 1 s. Forge Practice (1) — One combination lecture and laboratory. Required of freshmen in engineering.

Lectures and recitations on the principles of forging and heat treatment of steel. Demonstrations in acetylene and electric welding, brazing, cutting, and case hardening. Laboratory practice in drawing, bending, upsetting, forge welding, hardening, tenipering, and thread cutting.

Shop 2 f. Machine Shop Practice (1) — One laboratory. Required of sophomores in electrical engineering.

Practice in bench work, turning, planing, drilling, tapping, knurling, and tool sharpening.

Shop 3 f. Machine Shop Practice (2) — One lecture; one laboratory. Re- quired of sophomores in mechanical engineering.

Study of the fundamental principles of machine tools, such as lathe, planer, shaper, milling machine, drilling machine, and grinding machines. Calculation for cutting threads, spur and helical gears, fluting and cutting speeds. The laboratory work in this course is identical with Shop 2 f.

Shop 4 s. Machine Shop Practice (2) — Two laboratories. Required of juniors in Industrial Education.

Practice in bench work, turning, planing, drilling, pipe threading, thread cutting, surface grinding, and fluting and cutting spur and helical gears.

For Advanced Undergraduates

Shop 101 f. Foundry Practice (1) — One combination lecture and lab- oratory. Required of juniors in mechanical engineering.

Lectures and recitations on foundry products and layouts, materials and equipment, hand and machine moulding, cupola practice and calculating mixes. Core making, moulding, and casting in aluminum. (Hoshall.)

Shop 102 s. Machine Shop Practice (1) — One laboratory. Required of juniors in mechanical engineering.

Advanced practice with standard machine tools. Exercises in thread cutting, fluting, cutting spur and helical gears, jig work, and cutter and surface grinding. (Hoshall.)

Shop 103 s. Machine Shop Practice (2) — Two laboratories. Prerequisite, Shop 4 s. Required of seniors in Industrial Education.

Boring, reaming, broaching, fluting, milling, jig work, gear cutting, and sharpening milling cutters. (Hoshall.)

317

Surveying

Surv. 1 f and s. Elements of Plane Surveying (1) — Combined lecture and laboratory work. Prerequisites, Math. 21 f, 22 s. Required of sopho- mores in chemical, electrical, and mechanical engineering.

A brief course in the use of the tape, compass, level, transit, and stadia. Computations for area, coordinates, volume, and plotting.

Surv. 2 y. Plane Surveying (5) — One lecture, one laboratory first se- mester; one lecture, two laboratories second semester. Prerequisites, Math. 21 f, 22 s. Required of sophomores in civil engineering.

Theory of and practice in the use of the tape, compass, transit, and level. General survey methods, traversing, area, coordinates, profiles, cross- sections, volume, stadia.

For Advanced Undergraduates

Surv. 101 f. Advanced Surveying (4) — Two lectures; two laboratories. Prerequisite, Surv. 2 y. Required of juniors in civil engineering.

Adjustment of instruments, latitude, longitude, azimuth, time, triangula- tion, precise leveling, geodetic surveying, together with the necessary adjustments and computations. Topographic surveys. Plane table, land surveys, and boundaries. Mine, tunnel, and hydrographic surveys. (Pyle.)

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Professors Hale, Warfel; Lecturer McManaway; Associate Professor Harman; Assistant Professors Lemon, Fitzhugh*, Zeeveld, Bryan, Cooley, Murphy, Ball, Ide; Mr. Gravely, Miss Miller, Mr. Peden, Mr. Robertson, Mr. Sv^aringen, Mr. Ward, Mr. Smith, Dr. Weeks, Mr.

Taft, Mr. McCollom, Mr. Tyler, Miss Beall.

Eng. 1 y. Survey and Composition I (6) — Three lectures. Freshman year. Prerequisite, three units of high school English and successful pass- ing of the qualifying examination given by the department, or successful completion of Eng. A f. Required of all four-year students.

A study of style, syntax, spelling, and punctuation, combined with an historical study of English and American literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Written themes, book reviews, and exercises. Each semester of this course will be repeated in the following semester.

Eng. A f. Special Preparatory Course (0) — Three lectures. Freshman year. Prerequisite, three units of high school English. Required of all students who fail to pass the qualifying examination. Students who show sufficient progress after five weeks of Eng. A f will be transferred to Eng. 1 y. Others will continue with Eng. A f for one semester. The department reserves the right to transfer students who make unsatisfactory progress from Eng. 1 y to Eng. A f.

A course in grammatical and rhetorical principles designed to help students whose preparation has been insufficient for Eng. 1 y. Exer- cises, conferences, precis writing. This course will be repeated in the second semester.

* Absent on leave.

318

Eng 2 f. Survey and Composition II (3)— One general lecture given bv various members of the department; two quiz sections. Prerequisite, Eng. 1 y- Required of all students in the College of Arts and Sciences.

A continuation of work in composition based on the work accomplished in Eng 1 y. An historical study of English Literature from the begin- nings through the Romantic Age. Themes, book reports, conferences.

Eng. 3 s. Survey and Composition II (3)— One lecture; two quiz sections. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 f.

Continuation of Eng 2 f .

Eng. 4 s. Business English (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 1 y, 5 f. Limited to students in commerce.

This course develops the best methods of writing effective business letters.

Eng. 5 f. Expository Writing (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, Eng.

Study of the principles of exposition. Analysis and interpretation of material bearing upon scientific matter. Themes, papers, and reports. Eng. 6 s. Expository Writing (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, Eng.

5 f . ' ,

Continuation of Eng. 5 f . % Eng. 7 f, 8 s. Survey of American Literature (3, 3)— Three lectures. Pre- requisite, Eng. 1 y. . - ^nt\n \ 1QCC I First semester, American thought and expression from 1607 to 18b&, with emphasis upon colonial cultural patterns, upon the rise of nationalism, and upon sectional conflict. Reports and term paper.

Second semester, emphasis upon the changing social forces which influ- enced American wTnters after 1865. Reports and term paper. Eng. 11 f, 12 s. Shakespeare (3, 3)— Three lectures. Prerequisite, Eng.

First semester, eleven significant early plays, illustrating the drama as a distinct form of art. Dramatic criticisms; preparation of acting script; experimental production.

Second semester, ten significant late plays.

Eng. 13 s. Introduction to Narrative Literature (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, Eng. 1 y. Not open to freshmen.

An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history and technique of the short story and of other narrative forms.

Eng. 14 f and s. College Grammar (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisite, Eng. 1 y. Required of students preparing to teach English.

Studies in the descriptive grammar of modern English.

Eng. 15 s. The contemporary Novel (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 1 y.

A study of the contemporary novel in Britain, America, and on the

Continent. (Not given in 1941-1942.)

319

Drama 1 f. Amateur Play Production (3) — Three lectures. Admissioh by the permission of the instructor.

A basic course for little theatre workers and secondary school teachers of dramatics. Brief survey of the mechanics used in the theatre from early Greek tragedy to contemporary times. Plays of each major period studied with attention to the method of creating theatrical effectiveness.

Drama 2 s. Amateur Play Production (3) — Three lectures; one labora- tory. Admission by the permission of the instructor.

Fundamental principles of acting and of direction of amateur produc- tion. Each student will make a production book of one or more plays and engage in practical laboratory work.

Journ. 1 y. Introduction to Journalism (6) — Three lectures. Prerequi- site, Eng. 1 y. Registration only by permission of the instructor.

A study of the elementary principles of journalism.

Journ. 15 y. Graphic Design (4) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Eng. 1 y. A study of typography and its application.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Qualified major students who wish to read for honors in English should apply to the chairman of the department. The reading may be done in the last two years, but should, if possible, be begun earlier.

In addition to the twelve hours of basic freshman and sophomore English, a student taking his major work in this department must pass one semester of Advanced Writing, one semester of College Grammar, and one semester of either History of the English Language or Old English. In addition, he must complete one of the schedules below.

a. Major work in general literature (recommended for those preparing to teach English in secondary schools) : Introduction to American Litera- ture, Shakespeare, and at least six hours from the following: Milton; Literature of the 18th Century; Prose and Poetry of the Romantic Age; Victorian Literature; Modern and Contemporary British Poets; Emerson, Thoreau, and Whitman; American Fiction; Contemporary American Poetry and Prose; the English Novel; Elizabethan Drama.

b. Major work in American literature: Survey of American Literature; Emerson, Thoreau, and Whitman; American Fiction; Contemporary Ameri- can Poetry and Prose; American Drama.

c. Major work in drama: Shakespeare, and twelve hours from the fol- lowing: Medieval Drama, Elizabethan Drama, Modern Drama, Contempo- rary Drama, American Drama, Amateur Play Production, Introduction to Comparative Literature (first semester), The Spanish Drama, The Faust Legend, Ibsen.

320

A Major work in English literature: Shakespeare, and at least twelve hours in the department in advanced courses other than American litera-

^"ninor work may also be elected in these fields, but no major and minor combination of a. and b. or of a. and d. will be permitted.

Eng. 101 s. History of the English Language (3)-Three lectures. Pre- requisite, Eng. 14 f. '

An historical survey of the English Language: its nature, origin, and development, with special stress upon structural and phonetic changes in English speech and upon the rules which govern modern usage. (Harman.)

Eng. 102 f. Old English (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisite, Eng. 14.

A study of Old English grammar and literature. Lectures on the prin- ciples of phonetics and comparative philology. (Ball.),

Eng. 103 s. Beowulf (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisite, Eng. 102 f.

A study of the Old English epic in the original. (Ball.)

Eng 104 f. Chaucer (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f , 3 s.

A study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and CHseyde, and the principal minor poems, with lectures and readings on the social ^^^^^^J^^^^^^J Chaucer's time.

Eng. 105 f. Medieval Drama in England (3)— Three lectures. Pre- requisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s. . 1 • •

A study of the development of medieval English drama from its beginning to 1540. Class discussion of significant plays, outside ''^^^'"l^.^^^^^'J^^-

Eng. 106 s. Elizabethan Drama (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisites,

Eng. 2 f , 3 s.

A study of the change in spirit and form of English drama from 1540 to 1640, as seen in the works of the important dramatists other than Shake- speare. Class discussion of significant plays, outside reading, written dramatic criticisms. (Zeeveld.)

Eng. 107 s. Renaissance Poetry and Prose (3)— Three lectures. Pre- requisites, Eng. 2 f , 3 s.

A study of the literary manifestations of humanism and the new

national spirit in sixteenth-century England, with emphasis on the prose

works of More, Lyly, Sidney, Hooker, Bacon, and the translators of the

Bible, and on the poetry of Spenser. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Zeeveld.)

Eng. 108 f. Milton (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

A study of the poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.)

Eng. 109 f. Literature of the Seventeenth Century to 1660 (2)— Two

lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

A study of the chief prose writers and of the Metaphysical and Cavalier traditions in poetry. (Murphy.)

321

Eng. 110 f. The Age of Dryden (2) — ^Two lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

This course emphasizes the relation of literature to the philosophical movements of the age. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Murphy.)

Eng. Ill f, 112 s. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (2, 2)--Two lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

First semester, readings in the period dominated by Defoe, Swift, Addi- son, Steele, and Pope.

Second semester. Dr. Johnson and his Circle; the Rise of Romanticism; the Letter Writers. (Fitzhugh.)

Eng. 113 f, 114 s. Prose and Poetry of the Romantic Age (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

First semester, a study of the development of the Romantic movement in England as exemplified by the prose and poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Lamb, De Quincy, and others.

Second semester, a study of the later Romantic writers, including Byron, Shelley, Keats, and others. (Hale.)

Eng. 115 f. Scottish Poetry (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s. No knowledge of the Scottish dialect required.

Readings in the Scottish Chaucerians; Drummond of Hawthornden; song and ballad literature; poets of the vernacular revival: Ramsay, Ferguson, and Burns. Papers and reports. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Fitzhugh.)

Eng. 116 f, 117 s. Victorian Prose and Poetry (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

A study of the chief English authors of the Nineteenth Century from the close of the Romantic Period. (Cooley.)

*

Eng. 118 s. Modern and Contemporary British Poets (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

A study of the chief English and Irish poets of the Twentieth Century.

(Murphy.)

Eng. 120 f, 121 s. The History and Development of the Novel in England (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

A study of the origin and development of the novel as a form in England. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Ide.)

Eng. 123 f. Modern Drama (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

A survey of English drama during the two centuries from 1660 to I860. Class discussion of significant plays, outside reading, reports. (Fitzhugh.)

322

Eng. 124 s. Contemporary Drama (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f , 3 s.

A study of significant European and American dramatists from Ibsen fn O'Neill. Class discussion of significant plays, outside reading, reports. ^" ^ (Fitzhugh.)

Eng. 125 f. Emerson, Thoreau, and Whitman (3)— Three lectures. Pre- requisites, Eng. 7 f , 8 s.

A study of the major writings of Emerson, Thoreau, and Whitman, with emphasis on transcendentalism, idealism, and democracy. (Warfel.)

Eng. 126 s. American Fiction (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng.

7 f , 8 s.

Historical and critical study of the short story and novel in the United States from 1789 to 1920. (Warfel.)

Eng. 127 f. Contemporary American Poetry and Prose (3)— Three lec- tures. Prerequisites, Eng. 7 f , 8 s.

Tendencies and forms in non-dramatic literature since 1920. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Warfel.)

Eng. 128 s. American Drama (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 7 f , 8 s.

Historical study of representative American plays and playwrights from 1787 to 1920. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Warfel.)

Eng. 129 f. Types of English Literature (3)— Three lectures.

An historical and critical survey of the principal types of English litera- ture, with especial attention to the influence of classical myth and legand and of classical literary ideals upon English and American writers.

(Harman.)

Eng. 135 f. Introduction to Creative Writing (2)— Two lectures. Pre- requisites, Eng. 2 f , 3 s.

Theory and practice in the short story and lyric, with some study of the novelette and play at the election of the class. Major students in English must elect either this course or Eng. 136 s. (Bryan.)

Eng. 136 s. Magazine Writing (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

The production and marketing of such literary forms as the magazine article, the personal essay, the biographical essay, and the book review.

(Bryan.)

Eng. 137 s. Advanced Creative Writing (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, Eng. 135 f or 136 s; open to other advanced students by permission of the instructor after submission of an original composition.

Study and exercise in original literary expression as an interpretative art. (Bryan.)

323

Eng. 140 f. Major American Poets (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

Intensive study of the poetry and poetic theories of the major American poets since Bryant.

Eng. 141 s. Major American Prose Writers (3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisites, Eng. 2 f, 3 s.

Intensive study of the major non-fiction prose writers of nineteenth- century United States.

For Graduates

Requirements for Advanced Degrees with major in English (in addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School):

Master of Arts

Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in the Department of English must demonstrate a reading knowledge of French or German at the time of admission or not later than six months before taking the degree.

In the thesis, the candidate will be expected to demonstrate his ability to use the ordinary methods of research in the discovery of knowledge and to organize and present his findings in a clear, effective English style.

The final examination will be based in part upon the courses pursued and in part upon first-hand knowledge of all the literary works included in the departmental list of readings for the Master's degree. The examina- tion will test the candidate's powers of analysis and criticism.

Major work in the department may be elected in any of the following fields, the requirements of which are listed below.

a. Major work in English literature: Old English, and at least six hours from seminar courses in Medieval Romance, the Elizabethan period, the Eighteenth Century, The Romantic period, the Victorian period.

b. Major work in American literature: the seminar in American litera- ture, and at least six hours from the advanced undergraduate courses in American literature.

c. Major work in drama: History of the Theatre, and at least six hours from the following : Introduction to Comparative Literature (first semester), Medieval Drama, Elizabethan Drama, Modern Drama, Contemporary Drama, American Drama, The Faust Legend, The Modem German Drama, Spanish Drama, Ibsen.

d. Major work in philology: Old English, Beowulf, Seminar in Old English Poetry, Middle English, Gothic, and either Medieval Romance or Chaucer.

e. General major (designed chiefly for teachers in secondary schools): Old English, and at least six hours from the following groups: Elizabethan Drama, or an Elizabethan seminar; Milton; the Eighteenth Century, either undergraduate or seminar; Prose and Poetry of the Romantic Age or

324

Seminar in the Romantic Period, Contemporary American Prose and Poetry or the American seminar; Victorian Prose and Poetry or Seminar in the Victorian Period; The English Novel; Advanced Writing.

Minor work may also be elected in these fields, but no major and minor combination of a. and e. will be permitted.

Doctor of Philosophy

In addition to the requirements of the Graduate School, each candidate must have the following courses :

a. Three credit hours in Comparative Literature.

b. Six credit hours in Old English, English 102 f, 103 s, and 212 s.

c. Four credit hours in the Middle English Language (Eng. 202 f) and Gothic (Eng. 203 s).

Candidates must pass a comprehensive written examination one year before they expect to be awarded degrees. This examination will mclude linguistics (morphology and phonology) and each of the major literary fields from which the candidate may select two for particularly detailed examination, specifically: Old English, Middle English, the Drama the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries, the Eighteenth Century, the Nine- teenth Century, American Literature.

Eng. 200 f or s. Seminar in Special Studies (1-3)— Credit proportioned to the importance of the problems assigned.

Work under personal guidance in some problem of especial interest to the graduate student, but not connected with the thesis. (Staff.)

Eng. 201. Research (2-4)— Credit proportioned to the amount of work and ends accomplished. ^

Original research and the preparation of dissertations for the doctor s

, . ( Staff. )

degree.

Eng. 202 f. Middle English Language (2-3)— Two lectures. Prerequi- sites, Eng. 102 f, 103 s.

A study of readings of the Middle English period, with reference J:o etymology and syntax. ' arman.)

Eng. 203 s. Gothic (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, Eng. 102 f.

A study of the forms and syntax, with readings from the Ulfilas Bible. Correlation of Gothic speech sounds with those of Old English. (Harman.)

Eng. 204 y. Medieval Romance in England (4)— Two lectures.

Lectures and readings in the cyclical and non-cyclical romances in Medi- eval England, and their sources, including translations from the Old French. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Hale.)

Eng. 205 s. Seminar in Sixteenth Century Literature (2-3)— Two lec- tures.

Studies and problems in sixteenth-century literature other than Shake- speare. (Zeeveld.)

325

Eng. 206 y. Seminar in Elizabethan Literature (2)— Two lectures Pro requisite, Eng. 107 s or equivalent. lectures. Pre-

Subject for 1941-42: A survey of the works of Edmund Spenser, with special attention to The Faerie Queene. (McManaw^ )

^n^\^^^y^9 ^^'"'»" .ta Shakespeare (2.3)-Two lectures. Prerequisites, Ji-ng". 11 f, 12 s, or equivalent.

Studies and problems in Shakespeare. (Zeeveld )

Eng. 208 s. Seminar in Eighteenth Century Literature (2-3)--Two lee- tures.

centuS''''^ '^""^^ °^ °"^ ™^"'' "^""■'^ "'■ "* ''"^ important movement of the

(Fitzhugh.)

^•f- ^?^ ^: S^"'"*"- '" American Literature (4-6)-Two lectures. Critical and biographical problems in nineteenth century American Litera ture^ The subject for 1941-42, first semester, will be th^major^tingl^^

Twa?; and H^wSr "'' '"' ^"'^ ^^'^^^^ ''^'''^'' ^^^^^ '>^ ^-^^'

(Warfel.)

ty^^'altl' ^""" •".'''*' Romantic Period (2-3)-Two or three lec- tures. One discussion period of two hours. Prerequisites, Eng. 113 f 114 . or equivalent satisfactory to the instructor.

Special studies of problems or persons associated with the Romantic nh^dis ^"Wect-matter of the course will vary with the interests

(Hale.)

Eng. 211 y. Seminar in the Victorian Period r4.fi^ T\,r^ ^u tures. Prerequisites, Eng. 116 f, 117 s, or the per^llstL"^^^^^^^

Special studies of problems or persons in the Victorian Age. The su'wt^^^ matter of the course will vary with the interests of the clasf. (Cooley )

A study of Old English poetic masterpieces other than the Beowulf.

ENTOMOLOGY ^^^"'^

Professor Cory; Lecturers Snodgrass, Yeager; Assistant Professors KNIGHT, DiTMAN, Abrams; Dr. Langford, Mr. McConnelJ M^ Muma!

Ent. 1 f and s. Introductory Entomology (3)^Two lectures- onp T,.!. oratory. Prerequisite, 1 year college biology lectures, one lab-

JJ^lUf^f^'^V '^ 'f '"'" ^ ^^^ ^'^^''^'^ ^^ ^^^kind; the general principles of insect morphology, classification, adaptation; elementary nrin ciples of economic entomology. Field work and the preparS^n ofTcolS" tion of representative insects of Maryland. Laboratory fee $3 00

re^:!^illntr' """''^'^^^ ^'^-^"^ ^^^^"^^^ '^^ laboratories. Pre-

A study of the anatomy of insects, given especially in preparation for work m insect taxonomy and biology. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

326

Ent. 3 f. Insect Taxonomy (3) — One lecture; two laboratories. Pre- requisite, Ent. 2 s.

The general principles of taxonomy. An intensive study of the classifica- tion of all orders of insects and the principal families in the major groups. The preparation of a collection of insects is a major portion of the course. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

Ent. 4 f. Beekeeping (2). — One lecture; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Zool. 1.

History of beekeeping, natural history and behavior of the honeybee. A study of the beekeeping industry. A non-technical course intended to acquaint the student with the honeybee as an object of biological and cultural inter- est, and to serve as an introduction to the science of apiculture.

Ent. 5 s. Insect Biology (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Ent. 1.

A continuation of some of the general aspects of entomology begun in Ent. 1, with emphasis upon the adaptations, behavior, inter-relationships, and ecology of insects.

Ent. 6 f. Apiculture (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Ent. 1.

A study of the life history, yearly cycle, behavior, and activities of the honeybee. The value of honeybees as pollenizers of economic plants and as producers of honey and wax. Designed to be of value to the student of agriculture, horticulture, entomology, and zoology.

Ent. 7 s. Apiculture (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Ent. 6 f .

Theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the student who wishes to keep bees or desires a knowledge of practical apiary man- agement.

Ent. 8 f, 9 s. Entomological Technic and Scientific Delineation (2, 2) —

Two laboratories. Prerequisite, Ent. 1.

Collecting, rearing, preserving, and mounting of insects. The prepara- tion of exhibits, materials for instruction, entomological records and pub- lications. Methods of illustrating, including drawing, photography, lantern slide making, and projection. Laboratory fee, $2.00 per semester. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Ent. 101 y. Economic Entomology (4) — Two lectures.

An intensive study of the problems of applied entomology, including life history, ecology, behavior, distribution, parasitism, and control. (Cory.)

Ent. 102 y. Economic Entomology (4) — Two laboratories. Expansion of Ent. 101 y to include laboratory and field work in economic entomology. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Cory.)

327

n.f?!^^"^' ^"1^- ^""^"^ ^*^'« "^ Special Groups (3, 3)-Two lecture one laboratory. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. f v . 7 x wo lectures,

A study of the principal insects of one or more of the following eroun, founded upon food preferences and habitat. The course is inteTded ^If the general student a comprehensive view of the inLcts tha Se of impTrT

:z:^^i:z^^:'''-'' -' ^-"^^ ^"^— «- - ^he zz

Insect Pests of 1. Fruit. 2. Vegetables. 3. Flowers, both in the open and under glass^ 4 Ornamentals and Shade Trees. 5. Forests. 6. F^ld Crop

koT;:' sf^et? • '■ "'^^ '''"'''■ '• ^^^^ «--'^°'^- I-boratory'?::;

(Cory.)

Ent. 105 f Medical Entomology (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisites Fnf 1 and consent of instructor. ^'erequisites, Knt.

nJv!!r '^•^*'°" °'. '""""*" *° ^''^^'^' °f «»an. directly and as carriers of JalaSy"""^"'^"^- ^°"*^°' °^ P-*^ "^ -"• The fundamSj :[

Ent. 106 s. Insect Taxonomy (3)-Two lectures; one laboratory.

n.otrnnXmVtL-^n^otl-.^y-^*'' ^^^ -"-'^ -'^ --«- -^erlyin,

(Gurney.)

Ent. 107 8. Theory of Insecticides (3)-Three lectures.

The deve bpment and use of contact and stomach poisons, with regard to their chemistry, toxic action, compatibility, and foliage iSvR.int work with insecticides will be especially emphasized. SraZy 'fee, JS

ir»f inn T ^, (Ditman.)

the nervous system, and metabolism. /v ?

„ (x eager.)

niine"db"?he' stiff.'- '"""' '''"'"^"•^- "^^'^* ^"'^ ^--^''^^"^ ^'> »>« <^eter- The intensive investigation of some entomological subject. A report of the results is submitted as part of the requirements for graduaS

Ent. 112 y. Seminar (2). ^^*^^'^

ini^mnTmeralr^"^' "°''^' ^^"'^ '•^^^^-' -'^ ^^^^-ts of the .ore

(Cory, Knight.)

For Graduates

arriement'- '''''""'' "^"""""'"^^ ^^"^^-^^ ^-^"-^ l^^o-tory by Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy, and applied ento- mology, with particular reference to preparation for individual research

328 ^^^'-y-^

Ent. 202. Research in Entomology.

Advanced students having sufficient preparation, with the approval of the head of the department, may undertake supervised research in morphology, taxonomy, or biology and control of insects. Frequently the student may be allowed to work on Station or State Horticultural Department projects. The student's work may form a part of the final report on the project and be published in bulletin form. A dissertation suitable for publication must be submitted at the close of the studies as a part of the requirements for an advanced degree. (Cory.)

Ent. 203 f. Insect Morphology (2-4) — Two lectures; laboratory work by special arrangement, to suit individual needs.

Insect anatomy with special relation to function. Given particularly in preparation for work in physiology and other advanced studies.

(Snodgrass.)

Ent. 204 y. Economic Entomology (6) — Three lectures.

Studies of the principles underlying applied entomology, and the most significant advances in all phases of entomology. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

(Cory.) Ent. 205 s. Insect Ecology (2) — One lecture; one laboratory.

A study of the fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism adjusted to the environment. (Langford.)

Ent. 206 s. Coccidology (2) — Two laboratories.

A study of morphology, taxonomy, and biology of the higher groups of the scale insects. The technic of preparation and microscopy are empha- sized. Laboratory studies are supplemented by occasional lectures. Labora- tory fee, $2.00. (McCk)nnell.)

FARM FORESTRY

Professor Besley.

For. 1 s. Introduction to Forestry (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 f , 3 s.

A general survey of the field of forestry. Principles of forestry applied to the establishment, care, and protection of stands of timber. Identifica- tion and distribution of commercially important trees.

For Advanced Undergraduates For. 101 s. Farm Forestry (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 f.

A study of the principles and practices involved in managing woodlands on the farm. The course covers briefly the identification of trees; forest protection; management, measurement, and utilization of forest crops; nursery practice; and tree planting. (Besley.)

329

GEOLOGY

Professor Hess.

Ch!"Vy/' """'"^^ ^'^-''"° •^^*"^^^'- ^- '-''°-t«ry. Prerequisite.

A textbook, lecture, and laboratory course, dealing with the nrin^;,,] of geology and their application to agriculture WhTle tWs cour? designed primarily for agriculture stude^s in prepara L for tech!!,;' courses, it may also be taken as part of a liberal educatTon '"

HISTORY

Professors Gewehr, Baker-Crothers, Strakhovsky; Associate Professor Highby; Assistant Professors Thatcher, Silver, Prange; Dr D™

Mr. Worthington.

tion" Vh"i,^ S-'-^^y of Western Civilization (6)-Two lectures; one recita-

sen-;rs ^th rV' "'."? ""' sophomores; it is open to juniorsld

seniors with the permission of the instructor, hut with reduced credit

whth'^^SributeTto tTT"^ ?' '?"' movements of European history wnich contributed to the formation of modern institutions. The aim of thp

?ng Torid "^ ' *'^ ^*"'^"' '=°^"'^^"* °^ '""^ P--"* *-"d^ in trcha^;

rec^teLns "tSTo"' ''""'"' ''"' ^•■*''' ^"'^•" ^«>-0"- "ecture; two recitations. This course is open to freshmen and sophomores- it i« „„1 7

upper Classmen with the permission of the instruLTbuT wU^ Zlll

froreaXTtLrtrtlTpl^nr^"'"""" °^ "^'^^ ^^ «-* ^r"-

Pr!I;;«w/' S "' ^'"*"*=*" History (3, 3)-Three lecture-discussion meetings Primarily for sophomores but open to freshmen. meetings.

A survey of American history from colonial times to the present First semester, to the Civil War. present.

Second semester, since the Civil War.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H 101 y. American Colonial History (6)-Three lectures PrereaukitP. H. 5 f, 6 s, or equivalent. ^"-"les. prerequisites,

A study of the political, economic and social development of the American

330

people from the discovery of America through the formation of the consti- tution. CBaker-Crothers.)

H. 107 f or s. The United States from the Civil War to 1900 (3)— Three

lectures. Prerequisite, H. 6 s or equivalent.

Selected topics intended to provide a historical basis for an understanding of problems of the present century. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

( Baker-Crothers. )

H. 108 f or s. The United States in the 20th Century (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisite, H. 6 s or equivalent.

A study of the outstanding economic and political problems and of the cultural changes of the last fifty years, with the purpose of understanding our own day. ^ (Gewehr.)

H. Ill f, 112 s. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1860 (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, H. 5 f, 6 s, or equivalent.

First semester, an advanced course giving a synthesis of American life in the colonial period. Second semester, the period from 1790 to 1860 is studied.

( Baker-Crothers. )

H. 115 y. Constitutional History of the United States (6) — Three lec- tures. Prerequisites, H. 5 f, 6 s.

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the consti- tution, and of the development of American constitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. (Thatcher.)

H. lift f, 120 s. Diplomatic History of the United States (2, 2)— Two

lectures. Prerequisites, H. 5 f, 6 s, or equivalent.

An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of the United States from the American Revolution to the present. (Dozer.)

H. 121 f, 122 s. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequisites, H. 5 f, 6 s, or equivalent.

A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping Ameri- can institutional development.

First semester, the trans-Allegheny West.

Second semester, the trans-Mississippi West. (Gewehr.)

H. 123 f. The Old South and the Civil War (3)— Three lectures. Pre- requisites, H. .5 f, 6 s, or equivalent.

A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South with particular reference to the development of sectionalism and the back- ground of the Civil War. (Gewehr.)

331

H. 124 s. Reconstruction and the Recent South (3) — Three lectures. Pre- requisites, H. 5 f, 6 s, or equivalent.

Economic, social and political changes in the South after the Civil War. Factors and influences shaping the present South and some of the con- comitant problems. (Gewehr.)

H. 125 f, 126 s. History of Maryland (2, 2)— Two lectures. Prerequisites, H. 5 f , 6 s, or equivalent.

First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of colonial Maryland.

Second semester, Maryland's historical development and role as a state in the American Union. (Dozer.)

H. 127 f, 128 s. Latin American History (2, 2)— Two lectures. Pre- requisite, 6 hours of fundamental courses.

First semester, a survey of the colonial history of Latin America through the wars of independence.

Second semester, history of the Latin American states from the wars of independence to the present, with special attention to Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico, and their relations to the United States. (Dozer.)

H. 131 f, 132 s. Ancient History (3, 3)— Three lectures.

First semester, the Near East and Greece.

Second semester, History of Rome. (Highby.)

H. 133 y. Medieval History (6) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, H. 1 y or equivalent.

A study of the Medieval period with special emphasis on the legacy of the Middle Ages. (Prange.)

H. 135 f, 136 s. Renaissance and Reformation (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, H. 1 y or equivalent.

First semester, the Renaissance. Second semester, the Reformation. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Prange.)

H. 137 f, 138 s. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (2, 2) — Two lec- tures. Prerequisite, H. 1 y or equivalent.

First semester. Revolutionary France and its influence on Europe.

Second semester, the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power. ("Not offered in 1941-42.) (Silver.)

H. 13ft f, 140 s. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1914 (3, 3)—

Three lectures and assignments. Prerequisite, H. 1 y or equivalent.

A study of the political, economic, social and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the World War. (Strakhovsky.)

332

^ a- ^« 1Q1A r2 2^— Two lectures and assignments.

H 143 f> 144 s. Buroi>e Since 1914 C^> ^) ^^" '*"

prerequisite, H. 1 y or equivalent. development of

A study of the political, economic -^^^^^^^^^^ World Wars.

Europe with special emphasis towards understanding (g^^^i^^vsky.) (Not offered in 1941-42.)

the Franco-Prussian War. (Not offered in 1941 4^) ^

H. 155 f, 156 s. History of Central Europe (3, 3)-Three lectures. Pre- requisite, H. 1 y or equivalent. ^ j

H 157 f. 158 s. Central Europe in the World Today (2. 2)-Two lectures.

Prerequisite, H. 1 y or equivalent. ^^^ ^^^ ^^,,,,, „f

An analysis of the ongin the P^^^^^Pj^^^^' J. ^j^ ^ placed upon the National Socialism and Hitler. Special emphasis will be p ^ ^

problems involved in the present world conflict. ^ ^

^ , .u x:»„.. T?a«* (2 2)— Two lectures and

H 161 f 162 s. History of the Near East CA i)

of Berlin of 1878. ^^^ ^^^^^^ f,„„ i878 to

Second semester, a study ot tne edi«. (Strakhovsky.)

'';T7iTi72 s. History of the British Empire (3, 3)-TTiree lectures.

Pre;equisite, HI ^J J^/; ;/ ^^ orMercantilist Empire in the east and First semester, the rise oi rne v . • Revolution.

west and its decline in the period of ^^^^ Amen- ^ ^^^_

Second semester, the evolution of Greater uriia (Silver.)

monwealth of Nations.

For Graduates Special Departmental Requirements for Advanced Degrees.

Master of Arts.

1. c ^-f flip total maior course requirement of all

thesis, i. e., European History or American History.

Doctor of Philosophy

must be acquired in the general field of the thesis, or European History.

2. At least ten semester hours of the thirty required for a minor in History must have been taken at the University of Maryland.

3. Candidates must pass a preliminary oral examination covering the major and minor fields before admission to candidacy, preferably one year before they expect to be awarded degrees.

4. The final oral examination will be confined to a defense of the thesis and the testing of the candidate's knowledge of the bibliography of his major field.

H. 200. Research (2-4) — Credit proportioned to the amount of work.

(Staff.)

H. 201, y. Seminar in American Colonial History (4) — Conferences and reports in related topics. (Baker-Crothers.)

H. 202 f. Historical Criticism and American Bibliography (2).

(Thatcher.)

H. 203 s. Historical Criticism and European Bibliography (2).

(Strakhovsky.)

H. 204 y. Seminar in European History (4) — Round table discussions and reports on specified topics. (Strakhovsky.)

H. 205 y. Russia-U. S. S. R. (4) — Lectures, round table discussions and reports. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Strakhovsky.)

H. 206 y. Seminar in Central European History (4).

Topics pertaining mainly to recent Germany. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

(Prange.)

HOME ECONOMICS

Professors Mount, McFarland, Welsh; Assistant Professors Curtiss, KiRKPATRicK, Moore; Miss Enright, Miss Burnette, Mrs. Baumann,

Miss Mitchell.

Home Economics Lectures

H. E. 1 y. Home Economics Lectures (2) — One recitation. Required of Home Economics freshmen.

Lectures, demonstrations, group and individual discussions on grooming and clothing budget for the college girl, personality development, personal

adjustments, health, and social usage.

Textiles, Clothing and Art Textiles

H. E. 71 f and s. Textiles (3) — Two recitations; one laboratory.

History of textile fibers; their source, production, manufacture, charac- teristics, identification, and use. Collection and analysis of new materials; regulations governing standardization. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

334

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates H F 170 f or s Consumer Problems in Textiles (3)-Tw(* recitations; onf lat Itory P^ereVite, H. E. 71 or consent of the instructor.

Laundering and dry cleaning of clothing and household /-nishrngs ; 3to'rge r^^^^^^ and furs; comparison and evaluation of fabrjc^.^La^ oratory fee, $3.00.

H E 171 f or s. Advanced Textiles (3)-0ne recitation; two laboratories. Prerequisites, H. E. 71, Chem. 12 A y, 12 B y.

A studv of recent research and commercial development m textiles, JtnTX:L:Z physical and chemical analysis of textile ^abncs^^^^; oratory fee, $3.00.

H. E. 172 f or s. Problems in Textiles (4)-0ne recitation; two labora- tories. Prerequisite, H. E. 171. nwoore) Experimental work in textiles. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Moore.)

Clothing H E. lit and »■ Clothing <3)-Thre. l.bo»lori». Prereq.l.it., H. E. 24

°""'oT::Ler.l., pa.,™.; co«n.e.i.n o, three ,a™.nts .ccordln. « modern methods. Laboratory fee, $2.50.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates H. E. HI f and s. Advanced Clothing (3)-Three laboratories. Prerequi-

cites H E 11. 24. or equivalent. .

sites, H. SL. 11, ^t, H stressing style, design

Draping of garments in cloth on a dress ™' (McFarland.)

and suitability to the individual. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mctar

H. E. 112 f or 8. Problems in Clothing (3)-Three laboratories, Pre-

TAniiitsite H. E. Ill or equivalent.

requisite, n. r.. , ., • „ f-„ children and individual clothing proj-

Clothing renovation, clothing foi children, ana (Mitchell.)

ects. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

H. E. 113 f or s. Pattern Designing (2)-Two laboratories. Prerequisite,

"a^' comparative study of commercial patterns; the development of a foundation patU and^ts adaptation in the designing of .armen^J^^^Lab-

oratory fee, $3.00.

Art*

H E 21 f and s. Design (3)-0ne recitation; two laboratori^es Elements of design; application of design principles to da.ly hvmg practice in designing. Laboratory fee, $1.00.

* For other courses in Art, sec page 253.

335

^i

H. E. 24 f and s. Costume Design (3) — One recitation; two laboratories. Prerequisite, H. E. 21 or equivalent.

A study of fundamentals underlying taste, fashion, and design as they relate to the expression of individuality in dress. Survey of the fashion industry. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

H. E. 25 f or s. Crafts (2) — Two laboratories.

Creative art expressed in clay modeling, plastic carving, metal working, paper mache, modeling, etc. Emphasis is laid upon inexpensive materials and tools and simple techniques. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. E. 120 f. Advertising Layout and Store Coordination (2) — Two labora- tories. Prerequisite, H. E. 21 or equivalent.

Lettering, elementary figure sketching, and freehand perspective draw- ing applied to graphic advertising in the field of each student's major interest. Discussion of department and specialty store organization; lec- tures by retail executives from Baltimore and Washington. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Baumann.)

H. E. 121 f, 122 s. N Interior Design (3, 3) — First semester, two recita- tions, one laboratory; second semester, three laboratories. Prerequisite, H. E. 21 or equivalent.

Study of traditional styles and design principles with relation to per- sonalities in home planning and furnishing; trips to historic buildings; special merchandise lectures showing what the market provides. In second semester floor plans and wall elevations are drawn to scale and rendered in color. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Curtiss.)

H. E. 123 f, 124 s. Advanced Interior Design (2, 2) — Two laboratories. Prerequisites, H. E. 121 f, 122 s, or equivalent.

Designing of rooms, including interior architecture, furniture, fabrics, accessories; scale drawing and color rendering in plan, elevation and perspective. A study of furniture manufacture and merchandising. Plan- ning of exhibition rooms or houses when possible. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

( Curtiss. )

H. E. 125 f and s. Merchandise Display (2) — Two laboratories. Prerequi- site, H. E. 21 or equivalent.

Practice in effective display of merchandise windows, show cases, and other parts of store interiors. Cooperation with retail establishment. Five large display windows in the home economics building provide demonstration space for the courses. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Curtiss.)

H. E. 126 f or s. Store Experience (3) — (160 clock hours or 20 eight-hour days).

Selling, buying, advertising, or executive work done under supervision in a specified department store. (Curtiss.)

336

H. E. 127 f, 128 s. Advanced Costume Design (2)-Two laboratories. Prerequisite, H. E. Ill or equivalent. * .

Falion i lustration and design. Special emphasis is placed on origmaMy an! tr adaptability of designs to fabrics and Pe-naht.s. ^LaWatory

fee, $2.00.

Foods and Nutrition

H. E. 30 y. Introductory Foods Study (6)-0ne recitation; two labora-

'tle'mentary food selection and preparation for students not majoring in home economics. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester. H. E. 31 y. Foods (6)-0ne recitation; two laboratories. Prerequisite,

Tmpos'don, selection, and preparation of food, f ^J./^f,,l*; scientific principles involved; analysis of recipes and study of standard products. Laboratory fee, $7.00 per semester.

H E 32 f or s. Elements of Nutrition (3)-Three recitations.

a' study of normal nutritional needs; the relation of food to health; planning of adequate dietaries for adults.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. E. 131 f or s. Nutrition (3)-Three recitations. Prerequisites, H. E. 31 y, Chem. 12 A y.

A scientific study of principles of human nutrition. (Weisn.;

H. E. 132 s. Dietetics (3)-Two recitations; one laboratory. Prerequi-

" A fJy offood selection for health; planning and calculating dietaries

for adults and children. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Weisn.^

H. E. 133 f and s. Demonstrations (2)-Two laboratories. Prerequisites,

"practL^L^demonstrations. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Welsh, Enright.) H E. 134 f and s. Advanced Foods (3)-0ne recitation; two laboratories. Prerequisite, H. E. 31 y. Laboratory fee, $7.00. Advanced study of manipulation of food materials. (Weisn.)

H. E. 135 f and s. Experimental Foods (4)-Two recitations; two labora- tories Prerequisites, H. E. 31 y, 137, Chem. 12 A y.

A study o? food 'preparation processes from experimenta^^ew^int Practice in technics. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Kirkpatnck.)

H. E. 136 s. Child Nutrition (3)-Two recitations; one laboratory. Pre-

Trinct^les !f 'humafnutrition applied to growth and development of chMrenf experience with children in the nursery school, in children's hos-

pitals and clinics.

337

/

I

H. E. 137 f and s. Food Buying and Meal Service (3)— One recitation, two laboratories. Prerequisite, H. E. 31 y. recitation,

Study of problems in food buying; planning and serving meals for the family group m relation to nutritional needs and cost. Includes simple enter taming. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Kirkpatrick, Enright, Burnette )

requiL!'H.\. m." """''" ^'^-°"^ '■^'^''^"^"= '^' laboratories. Pre-

Modification of the principles of human nutrition to meet dietary needs of certain diseases. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Enright )

For Graduates H. E. 201 f or s. Seminar in Nutrition (2).

Oral and written reports on current literature of nutrition. (Welsh.)

of woS Tne ^^^'■'^''"-^^^^^^ ^ b^ determined by amount and quality

With the approval of the head of the department, the student may pursue an original investigation in some phase of foods. The result may form the Dasis of a thesis for an advanced degree. (Wejsh.)

lab^r^ories ^ """^ ^' ^^''^''''^^ Experimental Foods (3)-0ne recitation; two

Individual experimental problems. Special emphasis on use of Maryland products. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Kirkpatrick.)

H. E. 204 f. Readings in Nutrition (2)— Two recitations.

Reports and discussions of outstanding nutritional research and investi- ^"'^^^- . (Welsh.)

ment ^ ^^^ ^ """" ^' Nutrition (3)-0ne recitation; laboratory by arrange-

n/nfo^fi'' V''^^''^'^^''*' ^""^ conducted on laboratory animals to show effects of diets of varying compositions. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Welsh.)

Home and Institution Management For Advanced Undergraduates

laSrSor^^ ^' ^^^ ^' ^^"''^^"*^''* ^^ ^^^ ^ome (3, 3)-Two lectures; one

The family and human relations; household organization and manage- ment; budgeting of time and money. Housing as a social problem; federal and civic housing projecrs; housing standards for the family; building and financing a home. Selection and care of household equipment and fumish-

'''^' (Welsh.)

338

H. E. 143 f or s. Practice in Management of the Home (3) — Prerequi- sites, H. E. 141 f, 142 s.

Experience in operating and managing a household composed of a mem- ber of the faculty and a small group of students for approximately one- third of a semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Enright.)

H. E. 144 y. Institution Management (6) — Three recitations. Prerequi- sites, H. E. 31 y, 141 f, 142 s, 131. The last three may be taken concurrently.

The organization and management of food service in hospitals, clubs, schools, cafeterias, and restaurants; management of room service in dormi- tories; organization of institution laundries. Institutional accounting and purchasing of supplies, furnishings and equipment. (Mack.)

H. E. 145 f or s. Practice in Institution Management (3) — Prerequisite, H. E. 144 y.

Practice work in one of the following: the University dining hall, a tea room, hospital, cafeteria, or hotel. This must be done under direction for not less than six weeks full time. (Staff.)

H. E. 146 s. Advanced Institution Management (3) — One recitation weekly and individual conferences with the instructor. Prerequisite, H. E. 144 y.

Special problems in institution management. (Mack.)

H, E. 147 f or s. Institution Cookery (3) — One recitation; two labora- tories. Prerequisites, H. E. 31 y, 137, 144 y.

Application of principles of food preparation to large quantity cookery; study of standard technics; menu planning and costs; standardization of recipes; use of institutional equipment; practice in cafeteria counter service. Laboratory fee, $7.00. (Mack.)

Home Economics Extension

H. E. 151 f or s. Methods in Home Economics Extension (3) — Given under the direction of Venia M. Kellar and specialists. (Specialists.)

HORTICULTURE

Professors Mahoney, Schrader, Thurston, Walls; Associate Professors Haut, Lincoln, Shoemaker; Dr. Stier, Mr. Hitz, Mr. Shutak.

Hort. 1 f. General Horticulture (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, sophomore standing.

A foundation course planned to give the student a background of methods used in the commercial production of fruits and vegetables. The production problems of the commercial growers are presented to acquaint the student with a general outlook on the future of the industry in the state and in the country as a whole. The laboratory work consists of actual practice by the student on the various procedures used by successful producers of fruits and vegetables.

339

Hort. 2 s. General Horticulture (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, sophomore standing.

One-half of semester is devoted to a consideration of the landscape de- velopment of the suburban home and farmstead, so as to increase the use- fulness, efficiency and attractiveness of such areas. Simple and practical information is given covering the proper arrangement of trees, shrubs, and flowers; the location and construction of walks and drives; planting methods; lawn building and care; and such maintenance problems as prun- ing, plant feeding and insect and disease controls. Illustrated lectures, field work and plan making.

The second half of the semester will be devoted to a study of home flori- culture, greenhouse practices, and plant propagation. The work will cover design and planting of annual and perennial borders, flower boxes, and pot culture in soil and nutrient solutions.

Hort. 3 f. Fruit Production (2-3) — One lecture; one or two laboratories.

A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage principles and practices in tree fruit production. One laboratory is devoted to the actual operations involved in these orchard practices, and includes field trips to commercial packing and storage houses. The second laboratory is devoted to apple variety identification and judging. A fruit judging team is selected to compete in the Eastern States Intercollegiate Fruit Judging League, of which Maryland is a member.

Hort. 4 s. Fruit Production (2) — One lecture; one laboratory. Prerequi- sites, Bot. 1 f , Chem. 1 y.

A continuation of Hort. 3 s, devoted to the practical application of the principles involved in tree fruit production. Establishment of the orchard, soils, sites, fertilizers, cultural practices, fruiting habits, pollination, and pruning receive consideration. The laboratory is especially designed to provide actual practice in the application of the various orchard operations.

Hort. 5 s. Vegetable Production (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisites, Chem. 1 y, Bot. 1 f.

A study of the underlying principles of vegetable production. This course deals with proper soil types and maintenance of soil fertility, seedage, plant production and plant growing structures, methods in cultivation, harvesting and storage, the selection of proper types and varieties to suit various market requirements; and discussion of the more important diseases and insect pests and their control, incident to vegetable production for home use, as well as on a commercial scale.

Laboratory work will cover practical exercises in the above phases of vegetable growing. Working out of detailed plans of a farm garden, to insure an adequate food supply for the family will be required, as well as the maintenance of a demonstration garden.

Hort. 6 f. Greenhouse Construction and Management (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory.

A detailed consideration of various types of houses and their manage-

340

^pnf location with respect to sites and markets; arrangement construc- Sn i cTs^ of builcEng and operation; practical me^^^^^^^^ of handhng greenhouses under various conditions. (Not given m 1941-42.)

Hort. 7 s. Greenhouse Management (3-4)-Two or three lectures; one laboratory. No prerequisite.

A continuation of Hort. 6 f . (Not given in 1941-42.)

Hort. 8 s. Small Fruits (2-3)-Two lectures; one laboratory. Lectures may be taken without laboratory.

A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of the small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, black- brries cranberries, etc. Plant characteristics, varieties, propagation, site and X planting, soil management, fruiting habits, pruning, fertilizers, harvesting, and marketing receive consideration.

Hort. 9 f. Garden Flowers (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory.

Plants for garden use; the various species of annuals, herbaceous peren- nials, bulbs, bedding plants, and roses and their cultural requirements. (Not given in 1941-42.)

Hort. 10 y. Commercial Floriculture (6-7)— Two lectures; one or two laboratories. Prerequisite, Hort. 6 f , 7 s.

Methods of handling florists* bench crops and potted plants the market- ing of cut flowers, the retail business, and floral design and decoration. Trips to important commercial centers and flower shows will be made.

Hort. 11 f. Landscape Gardening (2)— Two lectures.

The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their ap- plication to private and public areas. Special consideration is given to the improvement and beautiflcation of the home grounds, farmsteads, and small suburban properties. Adapted to students not intending to specialize m landscape, but who wnsh some theoretical and practical knowledge of the subject.

Hort. 12 f. Landscape Design (3)— One lecture; two laboratories. Pre- requisite, Hort. 11 f.

A consideration of the principles of general landscape design supple- mented by direct application in the drafting room. Attention is given to the reading of plans, practice in lettering, and the technique of landscape drafting. Practice in obtaining field data by various expedient methods is given and field trips to observe local examples, illustrating the principles of landscape design, will be taken. Simple landscape sketch plans will be pre- pared applying the principles of walk and drive locations, the arrangement of trees, shrubs and flowers and other items incident to the landscape de- velopment of small home-grounds.

341

Hort. 13 s. Landscape Design (3)— Three laboratories. Prerequisite,

A continuation of Hort. 12 f with more advanced application. The solu- tion of original landscape problems in the development of home-grounds and small country places where topography, natural features, and the out- line of the property provide factors influencing the development. Consider- ation will be given to the principles of planting design and simple planting plans will be prepared. The design of flower gardens and architectural de- tails used in landscape compositions will be part of the work, and simple grading plans and constructive drawings will be made. Field trips to in- spect and study actual landscape developments will be made.

Note; The courses offered in landscape design are not sufficiently ade- quate in scope, to prepare a student for the professional practice of land- scape architecture, but are designed to be helpful to those who may find some training in landscape design desirable, incident to following other related occupations. Included would be nurserymen, florists, landscape gar- deners, park, estate, and cemetery superintendents; landscape contractors and students of home economics. Students found to have particular aptitude for landscape design and who wish to follow the work professionally may complete the course elsewhere.

Hort. 14 s. Civic Art (2)— Two lectures.

Principles of city planning and their application to village and rural im- provements, including problems in design of civic centers, parks, school grounds, and other public and semi-public areas.

Hort. 16 f or s. Methods of Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops (4) — Three lectures; one laboratory.

The fundamentals of canning and freezing horticultural crops; maturity studies; harvesting methods, including threshing of peas and lima beans; grades and grading of raw products; preparation for processing or freez- ing, such as washing, sizing, and blanching; methods of processing and freezing and storage of frosted foods. Open only to juniors and seniors majoring in agriculture, home) economics, or bacteriology.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Hort. 101 f, 102 s. Technology of Horticultural Plants (Fruits) (2, 2)—

Two lectures. Prerequisite, Pit. Phys. 101 f.

A critical analysis is made of research work in horticulture and allied work in plant physiology, chemistry, and botany, the results of which are interpreted with respect to their application in commercial production. Fundamental principles involved in growth, fruiting, storage, and quality of horticultural plants and products are stressed. (Haut.)

Hort. 103 f, 104 s. Technology of Horticultural Plants. (Vegetables) (2, 2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Pit. Phys. 101 f. These courses are described under Hort. 101 f, 102 s.

342

Hort. 105 f or s. Technology of Horticultural Plants (Ornamentals) (2)

-Two lectures. Prerequisite, Pit. Phys. 101 f.

A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth, flowering, storage, etc., of floricultural and ornamental plants. A critical analysis and interpretation of the result of research studies dealing with water relations, temperature relations, photoperiodism, rest period, soils, fertilizers, and mineral deficiencies on ornamental crops. The applications pertaining to commercial production receive special consideration.

Hort. 106 s. World Fruits and Nuts (2)— Two lectures.

A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic im- portance. The orange, lemon, grapefruit, pineapple, banana, date, fig, olive, avocado, papaya, mango, walnut, pecan, almond, filbert, tung nut, Brazil nut, cashew, and cocoanut receive consideration. Special emphasis is placed upon the botanical relationships, composition, varieties, climatic and cultural requirements, methods and problems of production, and the development and present commercial status of those grown in the United States and its possessions. (Haut.)

Hort. 107 y. Plant Materials (5) — One lecture; one or two laboratories.

A field or laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental

plantings. (Thurston.)

Hort. 108 f or s. Canning Crops Technology (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites, Hort. 16, Pit. Phys. 101 f.

A course dealing with the more technical physico-chemical methods used in the study of the fundamentals or factors influencing the quality of raw products; physiological processes prior to and after blanching; and grade of processed product. In addition, studies will be made of new types of equipment and recent research on methods of processing. Visits to canning plants and commercial laboratories will be required. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Mahoney, Walls.)

Hort. 109 f or s. Systematic Pomology (3) — Two lectures; one labora- tory.

A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, description, pomo- logical classification and identification of tree and small fruits. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Haut.)

Hort. 110 f or s. Systematic Olericulture (3) — Two lectures; one labora- tory.

A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops, and the description and identification of varieties. The adaptation of varieties to different environmental conditions and their special uses in vegetable production. (Walls).

Hort. Ill y. Seminar (2).

Designed to give training in the interpretation, condensation, and oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.)

343

rrV" '; ^'f" '^'"'"' «-«-C'«iit according to work d.n.

For Graduates

4ii'p,t s' ',„fr'"""" '"•""*'" <^ ^>-''-» '-'"- p-

A .ystematic .My of the source, of knowledge and oninlon <u to or..

^per.„e.t st.tJr '7^ ^ o.t e^n'IrS. "^ ^'"= ""'"tiLi'; re,""^! P,[' S,;."; „t;.'"""»'"' »'<■*""«'. «. 2)-Two leeu,res. Pr.-

do« t*ti,rff?trei:ti'tr,^?r.s"thf ^r" •"''™"" -"■

rest period and dormanrv «nH o .'"J'^l ^'^^^ ^^^ temperature relations,

mayLappHed^tTeTe^r4raZ:topr^^^^^^^^^ r- -^^^'^

in research are discussed. Methods and techniques used

(Mahoney.) Hort. 205 f or s, Experimental Pomology (2)~Two lectures A continuation of Hort. 201 f. 202 s

(ochrader.)

Hort. 206 f or s. Experimental Olericulture r9\ t,,.^ i 4. requisites, Zool. 120 s, P,t. Phys. 101 Tofe^i.^^^ "*""'• "^'^ ^^ A course dealing with the field of cyto-genetics in ;elation to horticul-

(Mahoney.) onMlSLy" "• '""^' " «<""'«"»»' «»..roh (2)-o„e ,e«„,.,

anf Sit'-Ju^tSs're'llSedTttl"*-? 'l *' """^ ''''" methods for use in solving nr«f. m detail, cntically evaluating such

technique, app.ic^irofTStLrarpreduTes phrcir °' ^'^"'^'"^'^ designs, survey methods, and e.Ji:^rr;.:^Ss\luT'^.£t

(Staff.)

Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research C4 6 or «>^ r ^-^ •

according to work done ^ ' ' »)— Credit given

w,n be co„t.„„.d ,„H, completed and ,£, re.u,.. S"E:- J^^for 'oT:

344 'S'"'''

Hort. 209 f, 210 s. Advanced Horticultural Seminar (1, 1).

Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or recent research publications in horticulture. Discussion by the students and staff members during and after each report is an essential part of the seminar. The aim of this course is to develop ability to analyze and to pre- sent research results orally as well as to review recent advances in horti- culture. (Staff.)

LIBRARY SCIENCE

Associate Professor Hintz; Mr. Fogg, Mr. Rovelstad.

L. S. 1 f and s. Library Methods (1).

This course is intended to help students use libraries with greater facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lectures and practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources to the student. The course considers the classification of books in libraries, the card catalogue, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential reference books which will be found helpful throughout the college course and in later years.

L. S. 2 s. Sources of Business Information (1).

This course deals with the techniques and practices necessary to the efficient location of business information and the intelligent evaluation of sources of commercial data. Primarily intended for students in the College of Commerce but open to others.

MATHEMATICS

Professors T. H. Taliafe^iro, Dantzig; Associate Professor Martin; Assistant Professors Titt, Lancaster, Vedova; Dr. Alrich, Dr. Van Stockum, Dr. Newell, Mr. Volckhausen, Mr. Gilbert, Mr. Wagner, Mr. Parke, Mr. Eccles, Mr. Rand, Mr. Gibbons, Mr. Herbst, Mr. Kalkstein.

Students taking Mathematics 21 f, 22 s and 23 y who excel in mathe- matical ability are eligible for enrollment in an honors section.

Math. 1 f. Introductory Algebra (0) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, one year of high school algebra. Open without credit to students of engineer- ing, chemistry and physics who lack the required preparation for Math. 21 f, or have failed the qualifying examination in Mathematics.

Fundamental operations, quadratic equations, simultaneous quadratic equations, polynomials and their graphs, progressions, binomial theorem, exponentials and logarithms.

Math. 2 f. Solid Geometry (0) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, plane geom- etry. Open to students in engineering, mathematics and physics who do not offer the entrance credit of one-half unit of solid geometry.

Lines and planes, cylinders and cones, the sphere, polyhedra.

345

1

MatK. 7 f. Solid Geometry (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, plane ffeom etry. This course is designed to prepare a student for teaching geometn" in high school and is open to students in the College of Education.

lines and planes, cylinders and cones, the sphere, polyhedra, geometry on the sphere, regular solids. '^

Math. 8 f, 10 s. Elements of College Mathematics (3, 3)— Three lectures Prerequisite, at least one year of high school algebra. Required of biological* premedical and predental students. '

This course acquaints the student with the elementary ideas in the fol- lowing branches of mathematics: algebra, trigonometry, analytic geom- etry and calculus. Math. 8 f, or its equivalent, is a prerequisite for Math 10 s.

First semester. Algebra: Quadratic equations, theory of equations, ex- ponentials, logarithms, binomial theorem, permutations and combinations Trigonometry: trigonometric functions, solution of triangles, trigonometric equations and identities.

Second semester. Analytic geometry: Cartesian coordinates, the straight line, the circle, the ellipse, graphing of elementary algebraic, exponential and logarithmic functions. Calculus: elementary theory of differentiation and integration.

Math. 18 y. Pictorial Geometry (4)-Two lectures. Required of students whose major is mathematics, and of students in the College of Education with mathematics as their major or minor.

The story of geometry, classical and modem, synthetic and analytic, pre- sented by means of drawings and models made by the students themselves.

Math 20 y. General Mathematics (6)-Three lectures. Primarily intended for students of economics and the social sciences. Required of all students m College of Commerce. Prerequisite, one year of high school algebra.

Principles of algebra, trigonometry, analytic geometry; mathematics of finance; quadratic and higher equations; progressions and logarithms; com- pound interest and annuities; permutations and combinations; probabilities; graphmg of algebraic and trigonometric functions; construction and inter- pretation of graphs; interpolation and approximation methods; rudiments of the calculus; introduction to statistical methods.

Math. 21 f and s. College Algebra (4)-Three lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, high school algebra completed and satisfactory passing of a qualifying examination. Required of all students in the College of Engineer- mg; of students whose major is mathematics, physics, or chemistry; of students m the College of Education who elect mathematics as their maior or minor. **

Foundations of algebra; binomial and multinomial expansions; progres- sions; determinants; elements of the theory of numbers; combinatorial analysis and probabilities; complex numbers; theory of equations; exponen- tial functions and logarithms; principles of trigonometry.

346

Math. 22 s and f. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures; one lab- oratory. Prerequisite, Math 21. Required of all students in the College of Engineering; of students whose major is mathematics, physics, or chem- istry; of students in the College of Education who elect mathematics as their major or minor.

Cartesian and polar coordinates; line and circle; curves of the second order; higher algebraic and transcendental curves; periodograms; solid analytic geometry.

Math. 23 y. Calculus (8) — Three lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi- sites, Math. 8 f, 10 s or 21, 22. Required of all students in the College of Engineering; of students with a major in mathematics, physics or chem- istry; of students in the College of Education who elect mathematics as their major or minor.

Limits, derivatives, and differentials; maxima and minima; curvature; evolutes; envelopes; elements of curve theory; elementary theory of func- tions; partial derivatives. Indefinite and definite integrals; multiple inte- grals; calculation of arcs, areas, volumes, and moments; expansion in series.

Math. 71 f. Applied Mathematics (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisites, either Math. 8 f, 10 s or 21, 22, or equivalent.

Spherical trigonometry with applications to navigation; also topics in aeronautics, ballistics, surveying, map reading, charts, signals, and codes.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Students majoring in mathematics who have completed freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics with distinction in the honors sections are eligible to try for honors in mathematics. To receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must: (1) complete the curriculum in mathe- matics found on page 122 of the catalogue with an average grade of B in all subjects; (2) pass honors examinations in mathematics at the end of the junior and senior years; (3) write a satisfactory thesis on an assigned topic in mathematics in the latter half of the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in mathematics should consult the executive officer of the department at the conclusion of their sophomore year.

Math. Ill f. Elementary Mathematics from an Advanced Standpoint (2) — Two lectures.

A survey course in high school mathematics intended for workers in biological and social sciences, and for prospective teachers of mathematics and physics. (Dantzig.)

Math. 112 s. College Mathematics (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. Ill f or equivalent.

A survey course of analytic geometry, and the calculus, intended for Workers in the biological sciences and for prospective teachers of high- school mathematics and physics. (Dantzig.)

347

i

Math. 7 f. Solid Geometry (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, plane geom- etry. This course is designed to prepare a student for teaching geometry in high school and is open to students in the College of Education.

Lines and planes, cylinders and cones, the sphere, polyhedra, geometry on the sphere, regular solids.

Math. 8 f, 10 s. Elements of College Mathematics (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, at least one year of high school algebra. Reqmred of biological, premedical and predental students.

This course acquaints the student with the elementary ideas in the fol- lowing branches of mathematics: algebra, trigonometry, analytic geom- etry and calculus. Math. 8 f, or its equivalent, is a prerequisite for Math. 10 s.

First semester. Algebra: Quadratic equations, theory of equations, ex- ponentials, logarithms, binomial theorem, permutations and combinations. Trigonometry : trigonometric functions, solution of triangles, trigonometric equations and identities.

Second semester. Analytic geometry: Cartesian coordinates, the straight line, the circle, the ellipse, graphing of elementary algebraic, exponential and logarithmic functions. Calculus: elementary theory of differentiation and integration.

Math. 18 y. Pictorial Geometry (4) — Two lectures. Required of students whose major is mathematics, and of students in the College of Education with mathematics as their major or minor.

The story of geometry, classical and modem, synthetic and analytic, pre- sented by means of drawings and models made by the students themselves.

Math. 20 y. General Mathematics (6) — Three lectures. Primarily intended for students of economics and the social sciences. Reqmred of all students in College of Commerce. Prerequisite, one year of high school algebra.

Principles of algebra, trigonometry, analytic geometry; mathematics of finance; quadratic and higher equations; progressions and logarithms; com- pound interest and annuities; permutations and combinations; probabilities; graphing of algebraic and trigonometric functions; construction and inter- pretation of graphs; interpolation and approximation methods; rudiments of the calculus; introduction to statistical methods.

Math. 21 f and s. College Algebra (4) — Three lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, high school algebra completed and satisfactory passing of a qualifying examination. Required of all students in the College of Engineer- ing; of students whose major is mathematics, physics, or chemistry; of students in the College of Education who elect mathematics as their major or minor.

Foundations of algebra; binomial and multinomial expansions; progres- sions; determinants; elements of the theory of numbers; combinatorial analysis and probabilities; complex numbers; theory of equations; exponen- tial functions and logarithms; principles of trigonometry.

346

Math 22 s and f. Analytic Geometry (4)-Three lectures; one lab-

rftorv' Prerequisite, Math 21. Required of all students m the College

T^ndneering; of students whose major is mathematics, physics, or chem-

LtryTof students in the College of Education who elect mathematics as

their' major or minor.

Cartesian and polar coordinates; line and circle; curves of the second order; higher algebraic and transcendental curves; penodograms; solid analytic geometry.

Math 23 y. Calculus (8)-Three lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi- sites Math. 8 f, 10 s or 21, 22. Required of all students in the College of En^neering; of students with a major in mathematics, physics or chem- istiyrof students in the College of Education who elect mathematics as their major or minor.

Limits, derivatives, and differentials; maxima and minima; curvature; pvolutes- envelopes; elements of curve theory; elementary theory of func- ZTv.S.l derivatives. Indefinite and definite integrals; multiple inte- grals; calculation of arcs, areas, volumes, and moments; expansion m series. Math 71 f. Applied Mathematics (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisites, either Math. 8 f, 10 s or 21, 22, or equivalent. ^ _

Spherical trigonometry with applications to navigation; also topics m aeronautics, ballistics, sur^-eying, map reading, charts, signals, and codes.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Students majoring in mathematics who have completed freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics with distinction in the honors sections are eligible to try for honors in mathematics. To receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must: (1) complete the curriculum m mathe^ matics found on page 122 of the catalogue with an average grade of B in all subjects; (2) pass honors examinations in mathematics at^ the end of the junior and senior years; (3) write a satisfactory thesis on an assigned topic in mathematics in the latter half of the semor year. Students who wish to try for honors in mathematics should consult the executive officer of the department at the conclusion of their sophomore year.

Math. Ill f. Elementary Mathematics from an Advanced Standpoint

(2) — Two lectures.

A survey course in high school mathematics intended for workers in biological and social sciences, and for prospective teachers of mathematics

J T_ . (Dantzig.)

and physics.

Math. 112 s. College Mathematics (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. Ill f or equivalent.

A survey course of analytic geometry, and the calculus, intended for workers in the biological sciences and for prospective teachers of high- school mathematics and physics. (Dantzig.)

347

Math. 114 f. Differential Equations for Eneineers d) Th~^ i .. Prerequisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent. *"•«"***" (3)-Three lectures.

This course is conducted in close cooperation with the ColWe of Fr, • neenng, a«d deals with aspects of mathematics which arise ten^neerif" theory and practice. Among the topics treated are the tolTo^nTu^^^ Afferentzal equations; advanced methods in kinematics aifd dyScs- L'r' cations of analysis to electrical circuits, to aero-dynamics. briSelsi^n^'et

Mafh lie A ,- . ^ (Martin, Lancaster.)

reSL Ma't^ 9?^"^ '''''^"'"f '"■■ ^^''^•"^^'^ (3)-niree lectures, pj requisite. Math. 23 y or equivalent.

n.P^'' ''^T ,'" *=°"/^"'=t«*J '" <=lose cooperation with the Chemistry Depart ment, and deals with the aspects of mathematics which arise in tt^e 2

theli H . derivatives; applications of mathematical analys^te

the^io-dynamics, to molecular and atomic phenomena, and to physicaf chem-

(Lancaster.) MaT23To'equSer ^'•^-""-*^'^ <2>-^- ^-tures. Prerequisite,

seSeTand'in"finf ''J'\''°'^'' ^"'^^ ^*^ ^'"^^^ ^d«'>««e«; trigonometric ™.r . P^<^"<=ts; graphing of periodic functions; hyperbolic tS

onometT '"^°"°'"^*"^ ^°^"*^- «^ ^^-«-' P-ciples of sTheS Sj" ^ , (Dantzig.)

ffistorv „f " -.f ''7 "' Elementary Mathematics (2)_Two lectures. History of arithmetic, algebra and geometry. (Not given in 1941-42.)

M fk io (Dantzig.)

142 *t S™|„T""" ''"•"'■" «>-^'"' '«•»»'■ Pre„,„,s,«,, M.th.

Ti)T *L ^o/^ ^ (Alrich.)

MiS, 23 r ^""""' *""'"'" ''^-''"° '^*=*--- Prerequisite,

Statics, equilibrium of a point and of flexible cord<! vJrf,,,! i . •

rnatics. dynamics of a particle, elementary celeltiaTihlt:.' ^Mardr;

Ma"!S''l3o'?'o;;qu1SS'' ''"''''•" ^'^-^^'^ ^-*-- P-equisite,

Lagran^an equations for dynamical systems of one two and three degrees of freedom. Hamilton's principle Th» «=»»,«?' t l- ,

diflTerential equation. Pnncipie. The Hamilton-Jacobi part.al

(Martin.)

(Staff.) 348

Math. 141 f. Higher Algebra (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent.

Identities; multinomial expansion; combinatorial analysis; mathematical induction; undetermined coefficients; determinants; elementary theory of equations; complex magnitudes. (Lancaster.)

Math. 142 s. Higher Algebra (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 141 f or equivalent.

Inequalities; continued fractions; summation of series; difference equa- tions; theory of numbers; diophantine equations. (Lancaster.)

Math. 143 f. Advanced Calculus (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent.

General methods of integration; multiple integration with physical appli- cations; partial differentiation; geometrical and physical applications; mean value theorem; Jacobians; envelopes. (Titt.)

Math. 144 s. Advanced Calculus (2) — ^Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 143 f or equivalent.

Elliptic integrals; line integrals; Green's theorem; equation of continuity; applications to hydrodynamics. (Titt.)

Math. 145 f. Advanced Plane Analytic Geometry (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent.

Homogeneous coordinates; advanced theory of conic sections; Pliicker characters of algebraic curves; cubic and quartic curves; Cremona transfor- mations. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Van Stockum.)

Math. 146 s. Solid Analytic Geometry (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 145 f or equivalent.

General theory of quadric surfaces; the twisted cubic; line geometry; geometry on a sphere; cubic and quartic surfaces. (Not given in 1941-42.)

(Alrich.)

Math. 151 f. Theory of Equations (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent.

Complex numbers; fundamental theorem of algebra; equations of the third and fourth degree; algebraic solution of equations; finite groups; numerical solution of equations; criteria of irreducibility; cyclotomic equa- tions. (Lancaster.)

Math. 152 s. Introduction to Modem Algebra (2) — Two lectures. Pre- requisite, Math. 151 f or equivalent.

Vectors; matrices; linear dependence; quadratic forms; infinite groups.

(Lancaster.)

Math. 153 f. Advanced Differential Equations (2) — Two lectures. Pre- requisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent.

Equations of the first order; linear equations with constant and variable

349

rrfi?",*'? ."^^"^.^ °^ variables; singular solutions; solution in series-

ZiaTd ffel T^"' "J""""'^ ii^erenm equations in three varfaWes.' partial differential equations. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Titt j

isf ft Stivalent"'" " ^"'''^" ^'^-"^^ '"=*"'^^- ^-requisite. Math.

pSisS U'^rXuiv'x"^^ ^""^^^^ ^^^-^'^ '-^--

The theorems of Desargues and Pappus; cross-ratio and homographv

lZ£Z;':Z:l;''''''-' ^-^^"^^^^^^ ^"*-P-^«- -^ .eneraHza^n'^f

' (Dantzig.)

IWquisit!, Ma;h."2l"f "or rqufv^r"^' "^-"'^ '''-'^^ ^-^--• Infinitesimal properties of plane curves; transformations- orthogonal

tSpf '"''^"^^^' '•"''•^"^^ ^"'^ ^"-^«es; curvilinear :;ord?natri,!

(Van Stockum.)

veq'^LVLh.^lT^^eSlaS^^^^ ^"^'"'^ ^^^""^^ '^^^'^^^ ^- in^*matl ^''"..^'^^^"f «^. ""^ergraduate and graduate students in engineer-

Ls t^il h! rfr"' ^'^^^''^^ ''^''''' <='-yPto?raphy, and communica^ lions will be included among the subjects discussed. (Titt )

For Graduates Math. 220 f. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variahip (9^ t,„ i

tures. Prerequisites, Math. 143 f. 144 s, or equivalent ^ ^~^^" ^''■

Complex numbers, power series, integration of analytic functions Oanrbv

(Newell.) Math. 221 s. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable (2)-Two

lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 220 f or equivalent

coSuaZ^'indT"""'' Weierstrass theory of analytic functions, analytic nZfl) '"'™ '"''"'""' •=""'°'"'"^' representation. (Not given

(Newell.)

Real numbers continuous functions, differentiable functions uniform con

360 '«■""»■'

Math. 225 f. Projective Geometry (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 155 f or equivalent.

Axiomatic development of geometry; fundamental theorems; projective equivalence; the group of collineations in the plane and in space; non- Euclidean geometries. (Dantzig.)

Math. 226 s. Differential Geometry (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 156 s or equivalent.

Principles of vector analysis; skew curves; kinematical applications; geom- etry on a surface; general theory of surfaces; curvature and space struc- ture; Riemannian geometries. (Van Stockum.)

Math. 227 s. Infinite Processes (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 222 f or equivalent.

Convergence of infinite series and products; Fourier series; orthogonal functions; asymptotic series. (Lancaster.)

Math. 231 s. Partial Differential Equations with Applications to Mathe- matical Physics (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisites, Math. 143 f, 144 s, 153 f, or equivalent.

Partial differential equations of the first and second order; linear equa- tions; total differential equations; equations of the Monge- Ampere type; the Laplace equation; harmonics; applications to electricity, heat, elasticity, and hydrodynamics; potential theory. (Titt.)

Math. 232 s. Theory of Probabilities and Least Squares (2) — Two lec- tures. Prerequisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent.

Frequency and probability; the concept of "equally likely"; combinatorial analysis; addition and multiplication theorems; frequency of distribution; continuous probabilities; applications to statistics, to theories of errors and correlations, and to molecular theories. (Titt.)

Math. 235 s. Modem Algebra (2) — ^Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 152 s or equivalent.

Sets; classes; groups; isomorphism; rings; fields; Gtalois theory; ordered and w^ell-ordered sets; ideals; linear algebras. (Newell.)

Math. 240 y. Graduate Colloquium.

A forum for the presentation and critical discussion of mathematical research conducted by the faculty and advanced students. (Staff.)

Math. 250 y. Seminar in the History of Mathematics (4) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, Math. 23 y or equivalent.

Celebrated Problems of Mathematics from antiquity to present day. History of individual mathematical disciplines such as the theory of num- bers, non-Euclidean geometry, vector and matrix analysis, theory of func- tions, theory of groups, theory of aggregates. Special emphasis will be laid on the evolution of mathematical concepts and principles. (Dantzig.)

351

Math. 243.

Math. 244. Math. 245.

Math. 246. Math. 247.

Math. 260.

Selected Topics Courses

In addition to the preceding, a number of courses will be offered from time to time by the various members of the staff in their respective fields of specialization. These courses are intended primarily for candidates for an advanced degree, and aim at developing materials for dissertations; they will, however, be open to any qualified student.

Math. 242. Selected Topics in Modem Geometry.

(Dantzig, Van Stockum.)

Selected Topics in Modem Analysis.

(Martin, Lancaster, Newell.) Selected Topics in Dynamics. (Martin.)

Selected Topics in Mathematical Physics.

(Van Stockum, Titt.)

Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics. (Dantzig, Alrich.)

Selected Topics in Differential and Difference Equations.

(Lancaster.) Research.

The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis to- wards an advanced degree. (Staff.)

. MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS

Professor of Military Science and Tactics, Lieutenant Colonel Fin- ley*; Acting Professor of Military Science and Tactics, Lieutenant Colonel Wysor; Assistant Professors, Lieutenant Colonel Westfall, Major Ellis, Lieutenant Judd, Lieutenant Jones, Lieutenant Williams, Lieutenant Kelly; Sergeant Mars, Sergeant Norris, Sergeant Uhrinak,

Sergeant Martin.

fBasic Course

M. I. 1 y. Basic R. O. T. C. (2) — One lecture; two drill periods. Fresh- man year.

First Semester: National Defense Act, including basic organization and the R. 0. T. C; military courtesy; command and leadership; rifle marks- manship.

Second Semester: Command and leadership; automatic rifle; military his- tory and policy; military hygiene and first aid; citizenship; military organ- ization.

M. I. 2 y. Basic R. O. T. C. (4) — One lecture; two drill periods. Sopho- more year.

First Semester: Scouting and patrolling; musketry; military history; command and leadership.

Second Semester: Military history; combat principles of the squad; com- mand and leadership; map reading.

*Oti leave.

fRequired of qualified students.

352

* Advanced Course M. I. 101 y. Advanced R. O. T. C. (6)-Three lectures; two drill periods.

'TZ^SLster: Aerial photograph reading and ^^^^^.Z!^

Second Semester: Tactical principles and methods ^° ^"^'f ^ ^^"^^f^! platoon and platoons of the ^eay weapons company p.st^m^^^^^ ship; rifle range procedure to include preparation of schedules, and leadership. , .,1 • ^c

M. I. 102 y. Advanced R. O. T. C. (6)-Three lectures; two dnll penods.

Senior year. i-„«f;^oi T^rmrittles and methods

First Semester: Command and leadership; ^^^f ^^J P^^^^tganization of to Include the rifle company and heavy weapons company, organiza

larger combat units; tank tactics. ^nitarv law company ad-

Second Semester: Military history and ^<^'^^l'J^^Z'Z' rTcomp..y ministration; mechanization; tactical exercise to include and heavy weapons company; command and leadership.

MODERN LANGUAGES T ^x.™ WATK5- ASSOCIATE Professor Kramer; Assistant SEsrs D^rv PrLT Mist rJcox, M. Schweizer, Mk- Liot- D-

EeR MR EVANGELIST, MR. SCOPPETTO.E, MK^ MUTZIGER, MR. BACKEN-

stoss, MR. Banta, Mr. Cole, Dr. Cunz.

All students whose major is in Modern Languages are required to take Mroductory Survey of Comparative Literature (Comp. L^t- 101 « , 102 sh -r,H thf>v are strongly advised to take the review course (l-rencn 99 f German 99 f Spanish 99 f). The following courses are recommended: iJvey 7 Western Civilization (H. ly). Introduction to PMosophy iPhil xT The Old Testament as Literature (Comp. Lit. 104 s), Prose and Poetry l\' 2 Romantic Age. (^ng. 113 f, 114 s), Romanti.^sm ^n prance an^ Germany (Comp. Lit. 105 f, 106 s). For a major in German, Old English

't":^:rSlZ Ll: majors in the different languages are as fofC PVench-French 9 y, 10 y, 15 y, and three additional year^cou^^^^^^ in literature in the 100 group; German-German 10 y, ^^ J'^f !^^Zdlt ditional year-courses in the 100 group; Spanish-Spanish 6 y, 15 y, and at least 16 hours in the 100 group.

A. French

French 1 y. Elementary French (6)-Three lectures. Students who offer tw!i in French for entrance, but whose preparation is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for this course.

Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation.

♦Elective for qualified undergraduates in accordance with contract.

353

French 2 s. Elementary Conversation (1) — One lecture. Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in the first semester of French 1 y. Students who are interested in French, and who have done well in the first semester of the elementary year-course, should take this course in conjunction with the second semester of French 1 y.

French 3 y. Second- Year French (6) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, French 1 y or equivalent.

Study of grammar continued; composition; conversation; translation of narrative and technical prose. In the organization of classes, certain sec- tions are set aside for the reading of scientific French texts.

French 4 f. Grammar Review (2) — Two lectures. Designed particularly for students who enter with three or more units in French, who expect to do advanced work in the French language or literature, but who are not prepared to take French 10 y. Properly qualified students may elect this course at the same time as French 6 y, 7 y, 8 y, 15 y.

French 5 s. Intermediate Conversation (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in the first semester of French 3 y. Students who expect to take advanced work in French literature, and who have completed the first semester of French 3 y with the grade of A or B, should take this course in conjunction with the second semester of French 3 y.

Practical exercises in conversation, based on material dealing with French history, art, and music.

French 6 y. The Development of the French Novel (6) — Three lectures.

Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French litera- ture; of the lives, works, and influences of important novelists. Reports.

French 7 y. The Development of the French Drama (6) — Three lectures. Introductory study of the French drama of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. Translation and collateral reading. Reports.

French 8 y. The Development of the Short Story in French (6) — Three lectures.

*

A study of the short story in French literature; reading and translation of representative examples. (Not given in 1941-42.)

French 9 y. French Phonetics (2) — One lecture. Prerequisite, French 1 y.

French 10 y. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (6) — Three lec- tures. Prerequisite, French 3 y.

(French 9 y and 10 y are required of students preparing to teach French.)

French 15 y. Introduction to French Literature (6) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, French 3 y.

An elementary survey introducing the student to the chief authors and movements in French literature. This course is given in French.

354

French 99 f. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (l)-One

''weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of French » ture, art! and music. This course provides a rapid review for majors by mea^s of a brief survey of the entire field.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates A more intensive survey of modem French literature is offered by means of rotating courses roughly divided by centuries.

French 102 y. French Literature of the 17th Century C^^-'^YwUcox!) (Not given in 1941-42.) French 103 y. French Literature of the 18th Century (4)-1V'0 lec^tures.

French 104 y. French Literature of the 19th Century (4)-Two^lectur^^

French 105 y. French Literature of the 20th Century (4)-Two lectoes. (Not given in 1941-42.)

French 110 y. Advanced Composition (6)-Three lectures Prerequr- sitrFrench 10 y. This course is required of students prepanng to^teach

^TtS^tion is also called to Comp. Lit. 105 f, Romanticism in France.

For Graduates French 201. Research (2-4)-Credits determined by work accompUshed.

French 202 y. Diderot and the Encyclopaedists (4)-Two lectures

(Falls.)

French 204 y. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (4)--Jwo

lectures. (Not given in 1941-42.) ^

French 205 y. French Literature of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance " , 1 (Darby.)

(4) — Two lectures.

French 206 f, 207 s. The French Novel in the Fii^t Half of the Nine- teenth Century (2, 2)— Two lectures. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Falls.)

French 208 f, 209 s. The French Novel in the Second Half of th« N™*" teenth Century (2, 2)— Two lectures. (l^aiis.)

French 210 y. Seminar (2-4)-One meeting weekly. ^^"''^^^J^" graduate students in French.

French 212 s. Introduction to Old French (2)-Two lectures.

(Daroy.;

French 220 f, 221 s. Reading Course (2, 2)-One conference. Designed to give graduate students the background of a survey of FrenJh^iterature. Extensive outside reading with reports and conn^ecfang

lectures.

355

n

B. German

German 1 y. Elementary German (6) — Three lectures. Students who offer two units in German for entrance, but whose preparation is not ade- quate for second-year German, receive half credit for this course.

Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation.

German 2 s. Elementary Conversation (1) — One lecture. Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in the first semester of German 1 y. Students who are interested in German, and who have done well in the first semester of the elementary year-course, should take this course in conjunction with the second semester of German 1 y.

German 3 y. Second- Year German (6) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, German 1 y or equivalent.

Reading of narrative and technical prose, grammar review, and oral and written practice. In the organization of classes, certain sections are set aside for the reading of scientific German texts.

German 4 f. Grammar Review (2) — Two lectures. Designed particularly for students who enter with three or more imits in German and who expect to do advanced work in the German language or literature, but who are not prepared to take German 10 y. Properly qualified students may elect this course at the same time as German 6 f or 8 f .

German 5 s. Intermediate Conversation (2) — Two lectures. Prerequi- site, the grade of A. or B in the first semester of German 3 y. Students who expect to take advanced work in German literature, and who have completed the first semester of German 3 y with the grade of A or B, should take this course in conjunction with the second semester of German 3 y.

Practical exercises in conversation; based on material dealing with German history, art, and music.

German 6 f, 7 s. Advanced German (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequi- site, German 3 y or equivalent.

Rapid reading of novels and short stories from recent G^erman literature. (Not given in 1941-42.)

German 8 f, 9 s. Advanced German (3, 3) — Three lectures. Prerequi- site, German 3 y or equivalent.

Rapid reading of dramas from recent German literature. (Not given in 1941-42.)

German 10 y. (Jerman Grammar and Composition (4) — Two lectures. Prerequisite, German 3 y. This course is required of students preparing to teach German.

A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with ample practice in composition work.

356

German 15 y. Introduction to German Literature (6)-Three lectures, prerequisite, German 3 y or^^^^ ^ ^^^^ ^,

An elementary survey of the history oi uennd representative authors and works.

German 99 f. Rapid Review of the History of German Uterature («-

One lecture. • ^ • 4.1,^ i^iQtnrv of German litera-

weekly lectures stressing the h.gh pomts m the Instory of Ge ^^

ture, art, and music. This course provides a rapid review

means of a brief survey of the entire field.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates German 101 f. 102 s. German Literature of the 18th Century (3. 3)-

Three lectures.

First semester, the earlier ^^^f ^i«^\"*7^f """, (Not given in 1941-42.) Second semester, the later classical literature. (Not g ^^^^^^^

German 103 f. 104 s. German Literature of the 19th Century (3, 3)_

Three lectures.

First semester. Romanticism and Young Germany. ^^^^^^

Second semester, the Literature of the Empire.

German 105 f, 106 s. Contemporary German Literature (3. 3)-Three

Ts^dy of the lives, works, and influence of outstanding author^of ^he

"Mention is also called to Comp. ^ .^^^.^TZt^^ I^:^- and Comp. Lit. 107 f. The Faust Legend t« English and Ue German 107 y. Goethe's Faust (4)-Two lectures. (Zucker.)

For Graduates German 201. Research (2-4)-Credits determined by work accompUJjd.

German 202 y. The Modern German Drama (4)-Two lectures.

S™ tie naturalistic, neo-romantic. and expressionistic drama agams the background of Ibsen and other international figures. (Prahl.)

n -« on^i V Schiller (4) — ^Two lectures.

r; ofi^irriL o, s^me,, «... ^ph... »„ .h. m*..,

of his dramas. (Not given in 1941-42.)

German 204 f. Goethe's Faust (2)_Two lectures. (Not given^»|^mi- 42.)

German 205 s. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2)_Two ^-tures^^^^

357

Grerman 206 y. The Romantic Movement (4) — Two lectures.

(Prahl.) German 210 y. Seminar (2-4) — Two meetings weekly. Subject for 1941-42: Grillparzer. Required of all graduate students in German. (Staff.)

German 220 f, 221 s. Reading Course (2, 2) — One conference.

Designed to give graduate students the background of a survey of German literature. Extensive outside reading vdth reports and connecting lectures.

(Prahl.)

German 230 f. Introduction to Indo-European Linguistics (3) — Three

lectures. (Mutziger.)

German 231 s. Middle High German (3) — Three lectures. (Mutziger.)

C. Italian

Italian 1 y. Elementary Italian (6) — Three lectures. Open to freshmen. Also recommended for advanced students in French and Spanish.

Drill in pronunciation and in the elements of the language. Reading of short stories from modem authors.

Italian 2 s. Elementary Conversation (1) — One lecture. Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in the first semester of Italian 1 y. Students who are interested in Italian, and who have done well in the first semester of the elementary year-course, should take this course in conjunction with the second semester of Italian 1 y.

D. Spanish

Spanish 1 y. Elementary Spanish (6) — Three lectures. Students who offer two units in Spanish for entrance, but whose preparation is not ade- quate for second-year Spanish, receive half credit for this course.

Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation.

Spanish 2 s. Elementary Conversation (1) — One lecture. Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in the first semester of Spanish 1 y. Students who are interested in Spanish, and who have done well in the first semester of the elementary year-course, should take this course in conjunction with the second semester of Spanish 1 y.

Spanish 3 y. Second- Year Spanish (6) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Spanish 1 y or equivalent.

Reading of narrative works and plays; grammar review; oral and written practice.

Spanish 4 f. Grammar Review (3) — Three lectures. Designed particu- larly for students who enter with three or more units in Spanish, who are not prepared to take Spanish 6 y or 15 y.

358

,i«. th. gr«l= ot A or B »;''' «;'*„"rS. Ulmtui., and who h.v. .to «P~t lo fko "^'"'f r°* 2h 3 T «lth the sr.do of A or B

^■?Si.V-„e»=os » ..„v.,.«.o.; h».d o„ n,.«H^ deall.g w.th Sp»i,h history, art, mi ».u»=. „.,„„,. p^

,^ sU.hTrr:;,:irsn:Li i ^^r. .. «^^^

■"tScL'^'ph-tt- ,™. .nd written co„po.tlo„^

-:r:rc::r. .h. «... . ..... ...™..™ <.>-

One lecture. . .i, v^io-h noints in the history of Spanish

by means of k brief survey of the entire field.

For Advanced Under.rad«at^ and Gdua^^^^^^ ^^^

Spanish 101 f. Spanish Literature of the 20th Century (.

tures. Novels, the drama, essays and poetry.

Spanish 103 f. 104 s. The Spanish Drama (3, 3)_Three lectures. First semester, the drama of *e Golden Age. ^^^

Second semester, the drama smce Calderon. INot g (parby.)

Spanish 105 y. Cervantes ^^^''^^^.■[f^'^'^ ^^^ks (Darby.)

The life and times of Cervantes; pnncipal prose works.

e • 1, in7 f 108 s The Spanish Novel (3, 3)-Three lectures. l?rserstf;,'clas:ic nove Jand short stories of the Golden Age and

°^£rnfsSUtSy of the development of the modem novel. JNot

given in 1941-42.) lectures Prerequisite,

Spanish 110 s. Advanced Composition (3)-Three lectures, r

Spanish 6 y or the consent of the ™*=^J- for students who are

eoSSX?i?i?==rinTp= CO— m .^^^^^^^

Spanish 151 f. Latin-American Literature : The Colon.al Per.od^^S)- Three lectures. (Not given in 1941-42.)

Spanish 152 s. Latin- Ameri«in Literature: The Modem ^^r.o.^^^' Three lectures. (Not given in 1941-42.)

359

\

For Graduates

Spanish 201. Research (2-4) — Credits determined by work accomplished.

(Staff.)

Spanish 202 y. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (6) — Three

lectures.

Detailed study of the classical authors. (Darby.)

Spanish 203 f, 204 s. Spanish Poetry (3, 3)— Three lectures.

First semester, the epic, the ballad and popular poetry, early lyrics, poetry of the Golden Age.

Second semester, poetry of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Darby.)

Spanish 210 y. Seminar (2-4) — One meeting weekly. Required of all graduate students in Spanish. (Darby.)

Spanish 212 f. Introduction to Old Spanish (2) — Two lectures.

(Darby.)

Spanish 220 f, 221 s. Reading Course (2, 2) — One conference.

Designed to give graduate students the background of a survey of Span- ish literature. Extensive outside reading with reports and connection lectures. (Darby)

MUSIC

Assistant Professor Randall; Mrs. Gavin.

Music 1 y. Music Appreciation (2) — One lecture.

A study of all types of classical music with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy. Lecture recitals will be presented with the aid of performers and records. A study of the orchestra and the instruments that it employs. A study of musical form. The development of the opera and oratorio. Great singers of the past and present. Well-known musicians occasionally appear as guest lecturers and performers.

Music 2 y. History of Music (2) — One lecture.

A comprehensive course in the history of music covering the development of all forms of music from ancient times through the renaissance ; the classic and the romantic schools; and the more modern composers.

Music 3 y. Chorus (1).

This course is offered for those interested in part-singing. After voice trials, students who have ability to read and sing music of the grade of easy songs are admitted. Members of the Women's Chorus and the Men's Glee Club indicated hereafter are combined at times for mixed chorus singing.

360

.A) Women^s Chorus. Study of part-singing for women s voices. C^^^^^^ ., awarded for each year's regular attendance at weekly rehearsals and Participation in public performances of the chorus.

m) MerCs Glee Club. Study of part-singing for men's voices Credit is awarded for each year's regular attendance at weekly rehearsals and par- ticipation in public performances of the Glee Club.

Music 4 y. Orchestra (1).

The purpose of the University Orchestra is study of the classics. Works of tt staXd symphonists from Haydn and Mozart to Wagner and the

I.^ comnosers are used. Students who play orchestral instruments are T h^ fTmeXrship At least one rehearsal of two hours' duration is Xach wXt^^^^^^^ players are expected to take part in public per- formances.

Music 5 y. Harmony (4)-Two lectures.

™s course include— t^^^^^^^^ ^-^ ™ if- r::S£; t'd

S inversions, altered and mixed chords and modulabon.

The above theory is taught to give the student a basas for ear trammg, dictation, melody writing, -and melody harmonization.

PHILOSOPHY

Professor Marti. Phil. 1 f. Introduction to Philosophy (3)-Three lectures. Not open

to freshmen. . , ^ ,.„

A study of Greek and Roman thought and its connection ^th present ways Astuayoi vjiect^. cwi^ chosen in fulfillment of the

of thinking. This course or Phil. 2 s may be cnosen m

philosophy requirement.

Phil. 2 s. Introduction to Philosophy (3)-Three lectures. Not open to freshmen. , _ . _^^

requirement.

Phil. 11 s. Modern European Philosophy (3)-Three lectures. Prerequi- site, Phil. 1 f or 2 s.

A continuation of Phil. 1 f or 2 s. Alternates with Phil. 12 s.

Phil. 12 s. American Philosophy (3)-Three lectures. Prerequisite, Phil.

' A continuation of Phil. 1 f or 2 s. Alternates with Phil. 11 s. (Not given

in 1941-42.)

361

Phil. 21 f. Aesthetics (3)-Three lectures. Prerequisites Phil i f .

nate^s wHh"pTn.^^' Sll. "'"'"'^""'^ *° ^^^ ^^""^^^^ '>' ^^- Alter-

Phil. 22 f. Logic (3)-Three lectures. Prerequisites, Phil. 1 f or 2 s and satisfactory preparation in mathematics or science. »• 1 t or J s, and

nate"s S Pht'Il rand'2?r^' ^^"^^"^ '"^ ^^^^"^^ '"^^•°- ^.te.

Phil. 23 f. EtWcs (3)_Three lectures. Prerequisite, Phil. 1 f or 2 s

wifhPM'2ff*L'"fr*;Nr' "'"'''"cf '' *^ ^°^*^ "^- Alternates ^x I ana ^^ f. (Not given m 1941-42.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates sion'"p"req';isitl^hif f f"S '" ^^'"-""''^ <'' l>-One hour of discus-

disc;:se°;in"c7aTs Ttf^onfc -f,^ P^'osophical works will be read and although the same wirkmavhr 5^^'^^"^''' ^rom semester to semester, Not mL thanT::^.ratr r ^J'lf 2^ ^ '^^ T^tS

Phil 113 f, 114 s. Readings in Philosophy (1, 1)— OnP hnnr .f ^• sion. Prerequisite, Phil. 1 f, or 2 s. i>>— t>ne hour of discus-

Similar to Phil ]llfii9o /XT^

x-nii. ill 1, 112 s. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Marti.)

Phil. 151 f. Proseminar in Aesthetics (3)--Two hm.ve p

zj^:ls^''^ -'■ ^---^^^-. - c'oiL'sTpikztn^

o/of ItlV^y^J/jr ^^^^^^ - -,— o^' aesthetics,

testing study of the Drincinfernf ih ^ . ^""^ historical period, or a

will be chan'ged, ftm y af i^yea^S ^Sh f "^^ "'^i"^'"" ^'^^ ^''^'^ needs of the group partLpating " ""'''"'"" '" ""« ^'* ^he

*■ (Marti, Weeks.)

pleminfr, ^one'^ZTT tl!^^^^^^ ^^ "^^^^^^ ^^>-^- ^ours of philosophy.' No graduate credit ^^^^^-tes, two courses in

oph; Stilt;^:^^^ - P^- of, the philo.

history, or of the philosonhi..^ ^ .''^^ implications of some period of

or theories. The toSwn^be T ^f '' ^^^-^ sociological trends

chosen in line wTth the n^eds S thp"^ ' '"" ^'^' '^ ^'^'^ ^^^ -^^ ^^

the needs of the group participating. (Marti, Thatcher.)

362

Phil. 191 f, 192 s. Systems of Philosophy (3, 3)— Three lectures, student reports, and discussion. Prerequisites, two courses in philosophy and the permission of the professor.

The system of one philosopher, or the development of one movement, will be studied throughout each semester. The topic will be changed, from semester to semester, in line with the needs of the students enrolled.

(Marti.)

Phil. 193 f, 194 s. Systems of Philosophy (3)— Three lectures, student reports, and discussion. Prerequisites, two courses in philosophy and the permission of the professor.

Similar to Phil. 191 f, 192 s. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Marti.)

PHYSICS

Professor Eichlin; Assistant Professor Dickinson; Dr. Myers,

Mr. Smith, Mr. Warner.

Phys. 1 y. General Physics (8) — Three lectures; one laboratory. Re- quired of students in the premedical and predental curricula. This course satisfies the minimum requirement for a science major. Prerequisites, Math. 8 f, 10 s; or 21 f, 22 s.

A study of the physical phenomena in mechanics, heat, soimd, light, magnetism, and electricity. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester.

Phys. 2 y. General Physics (10) — Four lectures; one laboratory. Ke- quired of all students in the engineering curricula, and of those with chemistry, mathematics, and physics majors. Elective for other students. Prerequisites, Math. 21 f, 22 s, 23 y. The last may be taken concurrently.

A study of mechanics, heat, sound, light, magnetism, and electricity. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester.

Phys. 3 y. Introductory Physics (6) — Three lectures.

This introductory course is designed to meet the needs of students who desire to become acquainted with the fundamental principles of physics. Instruction will be given by lectures, recitations, and experimental demon- strations. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester.

Phys. 51 f, 52 s. Photography (2, 2) — One lecture; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, Phys. 1 y, 2 y, or 3 y.

A study of the physical principles of the camera, enlarger, exposure meter, filter, and other photographic devices. Special emphasis on the application of photographic methods in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester. (Not given in 1941-42.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Phys. 101 f. Precision of Measurements (3) — Three lectures. Prerequi- sites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y, Math. 23 y.

A discussion of the principles underlying the treatment of experimental data, as to precision of observations, errors, interpolation, curve analysis,

363

etc., with especial emphasis on the planning of investigations involving measurements. The course is intended as an introduction to quantitative experimental work. (Eichlin.)

Phys. 102 s. Physical Measurements (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory Prerequisite, Phys. 101 f.

This course, supplementing Phys. 101 f, is designed to familiarize the student with the manipulation of various types of apparatus used in experi- mentation in physical problems, and the adaptation and analysis of data so obtained. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Eichlin.)

Phys. 103 y. Advanced Physics (6)— Three lectures. Prerequisite, Phys.

ly.

This course, supplementing Phys. 1 y, is an advanced study of physical phenomena in optics, spectroscopy, conduction of electricity through gases, photoelectricity, etc., with a comprehensive review of basic principles in- volved. It is intended to familiarize the student in a general survey with some of the recent developments in physics. (Smith.)

Phys. 104 y. Advanced Experiments (6)— One lecture; two laboratories. Prerequisite, Phys. 103 y.

This course, supplementing Phys. 1 y, is intended to provide the student with experience in experimental physics. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Myers.)

Phys. 105 f. Heat (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y. n ,

The classical phenomena of heat and radiation are developed on the basis of the kinetic molecular theory and the quantum theory. The first and second laws of thermodynamics are applied to physical processes. Labora- tory fee, $5.00. (Myers.)

Phys. 106 s. Theoretical Mechanics (3)— Three lectures. Prerequisites Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y.

An analytical treatment of the fundamental principles of kinematics and dynamics is presented with problems to illustrate these principles. The use of generalized coordinates is illustrated. The equations of Lagrange are applied to selected topics in the field of dynamics. (Myers.)

Phys. 107 s. Optics (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y.

A study is made of selected topics in the refraction, reflection, interfer- ence, diffraction, and polarization of light. The principles are employed in a detailed study of optical systems of telescope, microscope, spectroscope, and interferometer. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Dickinson.)

Phys. 108 y. Electricity (6) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi- sites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y.

A study of electrical properties of matter and space with applications to common electrical instruments and apparatus. Laboratory fee $5.00 per semester. (Dickinson.)

864

Phys. 109 y. Electron Physics (6)— Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y.

The discrete nature of matter, electricity, and radiation is emphasized from an empirical point of view. The determination of the fundamental electronic and molecular constants is treated in detail. The process of electrical discharge through gas and vacuum is ramified to include discus- sion of radioactivity, photoelectricity, thermionics, and atomic structure. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester. (Myers.)

Phys. 110 f. Sound (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y, Math. 23 y.

A study is made of vibrating systems, the propagation and scattering of sound waves, standing sound waves, sound wave energy, etc. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Myers.)

Phys. Ill f, 112 s. Mathematical Physics (3, 3)— Three lectures. Pre- requisites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y.

Selected topics in physics will be treated to illustrate certain mathe- matical methods, particularly the use of derivatives and differentials, methods of integration, infinite series, vectors, ordinary and partial differen- tial equations, orthonormal sets of functions. (Myers.)

Phys. 113 f, 114 s. Properties of Matter (3, 3)— Three lectures. Pre- requisites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y.

A study of the constituent particles of matter and such properties of matter as gravitation, molecular attraction, elasticity, special properties of solids and of fluids at rest and in motion, wave propagation. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Eichlin.)

Phys. 115 f, 116 s. High Frequency Phenomena (3, 3)— Two lectures, one laboratory. Prerequisites, Phys. 2 y or 1 y. Math. 23 y.

A study of resonant circuits, characteristics of electron tubes, high frequency generators, filters, electromagnetic waves, propagation of waves in wires and through a conducting medium. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Dickinson.)

Phys. 117 y. Applied Mechanics (4)— Two lectures. Prerequisites, Phys. 2 y. Math. 23 y. Required of juniors in chemical engineering.

A study of the fundamentals and principles of the kinetics and kinematics of bodies in translation and rotation, and of elasticity of solids, with special regard to their engineering application. (Eichlin.)

For Graduates

Phys. 201 f. Atomic Structure (3)— Three lectures.

A development of atomic theory by a discussion of the various atomic properties, particularly those of emission of spectra, scattermg of jc-rays and electrons, and valency. (Not given in 1941-42.)

365

(Myers.)

Phys. 202 f. Atomic Spectra (3)— Three lectures.

Interpretation of spectral series, fine and hyperfine structure, line inten- sities and polarization, line contours, and effects of external fields in light of modern atomic theory. (Myers.)

Phys. 203 s. Molecular Spectra (3) — Three lectures.

A discussion of molecular spectra with particular reference to the infor- mation that is given about molecular structure, specific heats, entropy, and related phenomena. (Myers.)

Phys. 204 f, 205 s. Quantum Mechanics (3, 3) — ^Three lectures.

A treatment of the general methods of quantum mechanics with applica- tions to the theory of atomic and molecular structure, the theory of colli- sion processes, and the theories of radiation and electrodynamics.

(Myers.)

Phys. 206 s. Nuclear Structure (3) — Three lectures.

The theory of the nucleus is developed by a discussion of masses, charges, magnetic moments, radioactivity, nuclear reactions, scattering, and inter- action with radiation fields. (Myers.)

Phys. 207 f, 208 s. Modern Physics (3, 3)— Three lectures.

A comprehensive survey of developments in physics leading to recent concepts of atomic structure, theory of radiation, interaction of radiation and matter, quantum theory, relativistic mechanics, cosmology.

(Dickinson.)

Phys. 209 f. Dynamics I (3)— Three lectures.

A treatment of dynamical systems in generalized coordinates by the equations of Lagrange, of Hamilton, and of Hamilton-Jacobi, by the Hamiltonian Principle, and by the use of canonical transformations. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Myers.)

Phys. 210 s. Dynamics II (3) — Three lectures.

Derivation of the equations of motion of a fluid, a study of irrotational motion, vortex motion, motion of solids through liquids, waves through liquids, viscosity. (Not given in 1941-42.) ^ (Myers.)

Phys. 211 f. Electrodynamics (3) — Three lectures.

The electric and magnetic fields; properties of dielectrics; properties of electric conductors; electromagnetic induction; electromagnetic radiation; dispersion theory; electro- and magneto-optics. (Not given in 1941-42.)

(Dickinson.)

Phys. 212 s. Physical Optics (3)— Three lectures.

A mathematical study of the electromagnetic theory of light, with appli- cations to interference, diffraction, dispersion, and polarization. (Not given in 1941-42.) (Dickinson.)

Phys. 213 f, 214 s. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3)— Three lectures.

A comprehensive discussion of the development of theoretical concepts of

elasticity with particular atten^on to to^on^ stre^^^^^

bars, thin plates, stresses produced by dynamical f ^g.^j^j;^ j

waves in solid media.

Phv« 215 f 216 s X-Ray and Crystal Structure (3, 3)-Three lectures.

Phys. 215 I, Zl^> S. A rvaj ^ ^^,

A discussion of the production and --~" ^^ "^^Z^^esoi crystals, cation of X-ray methods to the study of the physical p P (Not given in 1941-42.)

and of original investigations on special problems.

POLITICAL SCIENCE

.» wnwARD- Associate Professor Steinmeyer; Assistant

^''"^^^Ssrs BO^e! KUNE; MR. WA.THER, MR. LEATH.

PC Sei 1 f and s. American National Government (3)-0ne lecture .„d two discussions. Open *« J-^-- ^^^.^,„^,„,

A study of the organization and functions oi of the United States.

Pol. Sci. 4 f and s. State and Local Government (3)_0ne lecture and fwo discussions. Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

Maryland.

Pol sci 7 f 8 s. Comparative Government (2, 2)-Two lectures. Pre- requisite, Pol. Sci. 1. Not open to freshmen.

First semester, a comparative study of the governments of Great T^ritain France, and Switzerland.

tZ^ semes;er, a comparative study of the dictatorial govemmentj of Europe ^^Jth special emphasis upon Italy, Germany, and the U. S. S. R.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Pol. Sci. 101 f. International Relations (3)-Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1 or consent of instructor. underiying international rela-

and the development of international organization..

Pol Sci 102 s. International Law (3)-Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

Tst!:; of the principles governing international intercourse in time peace and war, as illustrated in texts and cases. (

367

366

Pol. Sci. 104 s. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1 or consent of instructor.

The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far East and their influence on world politics. ( Steinmeyer. )

Pol. Sci. 105 f. Problems of World Politics (3)— Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1 or consent of instructor.

The course deals with governmental problems of an international char- acter, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, propaganda, etc. Stu- dents are required to report on readings from current literature.

(Steinmeyer.)

Pol. Sci. Ill f. Principles of Public Administration (3) — Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 4 or consent of instructor.

A functional study of public administration in the United States, with special emphasis upon organization and the relation of administration to the other branches of government. (Howard.)

Pol. Sci. 112 s. Public Personnel Administration (3) — Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. Ill f or consent of instructor.

A study of civil service practices in the United States with particular reference to the organization of the personnel agency, the classification and compensation plans, the selection of employees and the management of personnel. (Howard.)

Pol. Sci. 113 f. Municipal Government and Administration (3) — Pre- requisite, Pol. Sci. 4.

A detailed study of selected problems of municipal government, such as housing, health, zoning, fire and police, recreation and planning. Course includes a visit to Baltimore to observe the agencies of city government at work. (Kline.)

Pol. Sci. 114 s. Public Budgeting (3) — Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. Ill f or consent of instructor.

A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including systems of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, centralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations. (Not offered in 1941-42.) - (Howard.)

Pol. Sci. 117 f, 118 s. Government at Work (3, 3) — One lecture and two field trips. Prerequisites, Pol. Sci. 1 and consent of instructor.

This course consists of visits to various administrative agencies of the national government, supplemented by reading assignments on the work of the agencies visited. (Howard.)

Pol. Sci. 121 f. Political Parties and Public Opinion (3) — Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

A descriptive and critical examination of the party process in govern- ment; nominations and elections, party expenditures, political leadership, the management and conditioning of public opinion. (Bone.)

368

Pol Sci. 123 f. Government and Business (3)— Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

A general survey of governmental activities affecting business, with spe- cial emphasis upon recent developments; federal and state assistance to, and regulation of, business in their historical and legal aspects; goveni- ment ownership and operation.

Pol. Sci. 124 s. Legislatures and Legislation (3)-Prerequisite, Pol.

A comprehensive study of the legislative process, bicanieralism the committee system and the lobby, with special emphasis upon the legislature of Maryland The course includes a visit to Washington to observe Congress at work.

Pol. Sci. 126 s. Government and Social Security (2)— Prerequisite, Pol.

Sci. 4. . , V •

An analysis of the Federal Social Security Act with special emphasis upon its background, purposes, administration, and deficiencies. Attention will be given also to employment assurance and relief policies, and to the efforts of European countries and the 48 states to provide a greater measure . (Bone.)

of security.

Pol. Sci. 131 f. Constitutional Law (3)— Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American consti- tutional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement of the Constitution; the position of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over interstate and foreign commerce; and the rights of citizens and of accused Pef^^n^-^j.^^ ^

Pol. Sci. 134 s. Administrative Law (3)— Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

A study of the principles involved in the expansion of the discretion of administrative boards and commissions, including an analysis of their func- tions; their powers over private rights; their procedure in making findings; the enforcement of their rules and orders; and judicial control of th^'^

(Kline.) actions.

Pol. Sci. 136 s. Elements of Law (3)— Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

Development of law and legal systems; comparison of methods and procedure in making and enforcing law in Roman and common law sys- tems; consideration of fundamental legal concepts; contribution and influ- ence of modern schools of legal philosophy in relation to law ^nd^goveni- ment.

Pol. Sci. 138 s. Law Enforcement (2)— Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1.

A survey of the organization and operation of the agencies involved in the administration of criminal justice, with special reference to the organ- ization and methods of police departments; problems of organized crime and its suppression; the role of the prosecutor and the courts; and the interrelations between these agencies. ( '" •■'

369

Pol. Sci. 141 f. History of Political Theory (3)— Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1 or consent of instructor.

A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of writers from Plato to Bentham. (Walther.)

Pol. Sci. 142 s. Recent Political Theory (3) — Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1 or consent of instructor.

4

A study of recent political ideas, with special emphasis upon theories of socialism, communism, fascism, etc. (Walther.)

Pol. Sci. 144 s. American Political Theory (3) — Prerequisite, Pol. Sci. 1 or consent of instructor.

A study of the writings of the principal American political theorists from the colonial period to the present. (Not offered in 1941-42.)

(Walther.)

For Graduates Pol. Sci. 201 f. Seminar in International Organization (2).

A study of the forms and functions of various international organiza-

tions.

(Steinmeyer.)

Pol. Sci. 202 s. British Empire (3).

A study of the constitutional development of the British Dominions, with particular attention to recent inter-imperial relationships. (Not offered in 1941-42.) , ' (Steinmeyer.)

Pol. Sci. 211 y. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (4).

Reports on topics assigned for individual research in the field of recent federal-state relations. (Howard.)

Pol. Sci. 213 f. Problems of Public Administration (2).

Reports on topics assigned for individual research in the field of national and state administration. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Howard.)

Pol. Sci. 214 s. Problems of Personnel Administration (2).

Reports on topics assigned for individual research in the field of public personnel administration. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Howard.)

Pol. Sci. 216 s. Problems of Government in Metropolitan Regions (2).

Analysis of some metropolitan areas and some of the most pressing problems arising out of the existence of dense populations spread over a large number of small governmental units having similarly inadequate powers and facilities to cope with the problems involved; discussion of possible solutions. (Kline.)

Pol. Sci. 221 f. Seminar in Public Opinion (2).

Reports on topics assigned for individual research in the field of public opinion. (Bone.)

370

Pol. Sci. 222 s^Psych. 280 s. Analysis of Propaganda (3)— Two lec- tures; one discussion. Prerequisite, consent of instructors.

Analytical approach to modern propaganda, including study of organ- izations which employ propaganda, of techniques in actual use m dissem- inating propaganda, and of attempts at measuring the effects of propa- ganda. Responsibility for instruction is shared by the Department of Political Science and the Department of Psychology. (Bone, Jenkins.)

Pol. Sci. 235 f. Problems in Public Law (2).

Readings and reports on topics selected with reference to the needs of the individual student; special attention will be given to methods of research in legal materials and to problems in interstate commerce, police power, due process and equal protection. (Kline.)

Pol. Sci. 251 f. Bibliography of Political Science (2).

This course is intended to acquaint the student with the literature of the various fields of political science and to instruct him in the use of govern- ment documents.

Pol. Sci. 261. Research in Political Science (2-4)-Credit accordrng^to work accomplished.

POULTRY HUSBANDRY

Professors Jull, Byerly; Associate Professors Gwin, Bird, Quigley.

P. H. 1 f. Poultry Production (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory.

This is a general course designed to acquaint the student with modem methods of poultry husbandry. Principles of incubation, brooding, egg production, marketing, and breed improvement are discussed.

P. H. 2 s. Poultry Management (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory.

Material will be presented in this course to acquaint the student with modern methods of feeding, housing, sanitation, and organization neces- sary to the profitable operation of a poultry establishment.

P. H. 3 f. Poultry Biology (1-2)— One lecture; one laboratory. Prerequi- sites, P. H. 1 f, 2 s, or equivalent.

The elementary anatomy of the fowl, selection for eggs and meat pro- duction, and for breed standards are studied. Judging teams for intercol- legiate competitions are selected from members of this class.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates P. H. 101 s. Poultry Genetics (3)— Three lectures, demonstration, and quiz periods. Prerequisites, P. H. 3 f, Zool. 104 f.

The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production and quality are stressed. (Jull.)

371

i

\

p. H. 102 s. Poultry Nutrition (2)— One laboratory; one lecture, demon- stration and quiz period. Prerequisites, P. H. 1 f, 2 s.

The nutritive requirements of poultry and the nutrients which meet those requirements are presented. Feed cost of poultry production is emphasized.

^ , (Bird.)

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107 s.

P. H. 104 f, 105 s. Poultry Products Marketing Problems (2, 2)— Two

lecture, demonstration and quiz periods. Prerequisites, P. H. 1 f, 2 s.

This course includes material on egg and meat quality, commercial grades, relation of transportation and distribution to quality and methods of marketing, especially as related to quality. (Gwin.)

Preservation of Poultry Products, see Bacteriology, F. Tech. 108 s.

P. H. 106 f. Poultry Physiology (1-2)— One lecture; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, P. H. 101 s.

The physiology of development and incubation of the embryo, especially physiological pathology of the embryo in relation to hatchability, is pre- sented. Physiology of growth and the influence of environmental factors on growth and development are considered. (Byerly.)

P. H. 107 f. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) Two lectures.

This course presents the relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance. Consumer prejudices and preferences, pro- duction, transportation, storage, and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses and their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are presented. (Staff.)

P. H. 108 s. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Two lectures, dis- cussion, demonstration, and quiz periods. Prerequisites, ten hours of poul- try husbandry, including P. H. 1 f, 2 s.

A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase of supplies, management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and turkey production, foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, production and financial records. Prior to this course the student should have practical experience with poultry at home, on a commercial poultry farm, or under the supervision of the poultry department. (Quigley.)

For Graduates

P. H. 201 s. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3)— Three lectures. Prerequi- site, P. H. 101 s or equivalent.

This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Linkage, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in de- velopment, inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environment on the expression of genetic capacities are considered.

(Jull.) 372

P. H. 202 f. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Two lectures; one labora- tory. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 s or equivalent.

Deficiency diseases of poultry are considered intensively. Vitamin, min- eral, and protein deficiencies are given special consideration. Synthetic diets, metabolism, and the physiology of digestion, growth curves and their significance, and feed efficiency in growth and egg production are studied. (Bird.)

P. H. 203 s. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory.

The role of the endocrines in reproduction, especially with respect to egg production, is considered. Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, molting, egg formation, ovulation, deposition of egg envelopes, and the physiology of oviposition are studied. (Byerly.)

P. H. 204 f and s. Seminar (1).

Reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students, and guest speakers are presented. (Staif.)

P. H. 205 f and s. Poultry Literature (1-4).

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Oral and written reports required. Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are taught. (Staff.)

P. H. 206. Research in Poultry — Credit in accordance with work done.

Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees of M. S. and Ph. D. ^ (Staff.)

PSYCHOLOGY

Professors Jenkins, Sprowls; Associate Professor Bellows; Assistant Professor Clark; Dr. Macmillan, Dr. Hackman.

Psychological Testing Bureau. The staff of the Department of Psy- chology maintains a bureau of vocational and educational guidance on the basis of adequately standardized psychological tests. The services of the bureau are available without charge to students.

Psych. 1 f and s. Introduction to Psychology (3) — Two lectures; one discussion. Open to sophomores.

A general introduction to typical problems upon which psychologists are at work. Review of experimental investigations of the more fundamental phases of human behavior.

Psych. 2 f. Applied Psychology I (3) — Two lectures; one discussion. Prerequisite, Psych. 1.

Application of controlled observation to practical psychological problems in methods of studying, in vocational orientation, in highway safety, and in the professions.

373

Psych. 3 s. Applied Psychology II (3) — -Two lectures; one discussion. Prerequisite, Psych. 1.

Application of controlled observation to practical psychological problems in business and industry, including industrial selection, methods of produc- tion, advertising, selling, and market research.

Psych. 4 f. Psychology for Students of Commerce (3) — Two lectures; one discussion. Open only to students in economics or business administra- tion.

Topics in applied psychology which relate to practical problems in busi- ness and industry viewed from the standpoint of controlled observation.

Psych. 10 f and s. Educational Psychology (3) — Two lectures; one dis- cussion. Open to juniors and seniors only. Required of students in College of Education.

Experimental studies of basic psychological problems encountered in edu- cation; measurement and significance of individual differences, learning, motivation, transfer of training, etc.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Psych. 110 f or s. Advanced Educational Psychology (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 10.

More advanced treatment of the solution of basic psychological problems in education by methods of controlled observation. (Sprowls.)

Psych. 115 f. Detection and Treatment of Defects in Reading (3) — Pre- requisites, Psych. 1 and permission of the instructor.

A survey of the psychological problems involved in the discovery and treatment of reading defects at the college level. (Macmillan.)

Psych. 120 f. Psychology of Individual Differences (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 10.

The occurrence, nature, and causes of psychological differences between individuals; methods of measuring these differences; and their importance in education, business and industry. (Hackman.)

Psych. 121 s. Social Psychology (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 1.

Results of researches on behavior in social settings; experimental studies of the effects of group membership, of the family, and of current social forces. ( Jenkins. )

Psych. 125 f. Child Psychology (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 10.

Experimental analysis of child behavior; motor and intellectual develop- ment, emotions, social behavior, parent-child relationships, and problems of the growing personality. (Clark.)

Psych. 130 f and s. Mental Hygiene (3) — Two lectures; one clinic. Pre- requisite, Psych. 1 or 10.

The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of adjust- ment. (Sprowls.)

374

Psych. 131 s. Abnormal Psychology (3)— Two lectures; one clinic. Pre- requisite, Psych. 130.

The nature, occurrence, and causes of psychological abnormality with emphasis on the clinical rather than theoretical aspects. (Sprowls.)

Psych. 140 f. Psychological Problems in Market Research (3)— Prerequi- site, Psych. 3 s or permission of instructor.

Use of methods of controlled observation in determining public reactions to merchandise, and in measuring the psychological influences ^J J^«^^^'^ particular markets.

Psych. 141 s. Psychology in Advertising and Selling (3)-Prerequisite,

Psvch 3 s.

Experimental and statistical studies of psychological aspects of advertis- ing; methods of measuring the effectiveness of advertising; the role of such factors as attention, memory, belief, etc.; problems associated vath , . . J- (Hackman.)

specific advertismg media. ^

Psych 150 s. Psychological Tests and Measurements (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, Psych. 120 f or permission of instructor.

Critical survey of psychological tests used in vocational orientation and in industry with emphasis on methods by which such tests are validated; practice in the use of tests and the interpretation of test data. (Macmillan.)

Psych. 155 s. Vocational Orientation (3)— Prerequisite, Psych. 150 s or equivalent.

Psychological methods and results for occupational classification, and for worker selection, classification, and individual orientation. (Bellows.)

Psych. 160 f. Industrial Psychology (3)— Prerequisite, Psych. 3 s or per- mission of instructor.

Controlled observation applied to psychological problems in industrial production, including psychological effects of conditions and niethods of , (xiacKman./

work.

Psych. 161 s. Personnel (3)— Prerequisite, Psych. 3 s or permission of instructor.

Psychological problems involved in the management of personnel in modem business and industry. A consideration of employee selection, measures of ability, methods of developing and maintaining P^^^^J^^J^^^" ciency and morale.

Psych. 162 f. Advanced Personnel Psychology (3)— Lectures; field periods. Prerequisite, Psych. 161 s.

Actual participation in industrial and governmental personnel programs, together with periodic discussions of the principles involved. Intended pri- marily for students planning to enter personnel administration. (Clark.)

376

. i

Psych. 165 s. Psychobiological Problems in Aviation (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 120 f or permission of instructor.

Study of researches dealing with human response to conditions met dur- ing flight. Selection and classification of flight personnel. Eff'ects of high altitudes and accelerations. Effects of noise, fatigue and other conditions. Problems of tension and emotion. (Jenkins.)

Psych. 170 f. Legal Psychology (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 121 s or per- mission of instructor.

Interpretation of researches pertaining to accuracy of observation and of testimony, psychological aids in determination of guilt, and treatment of the offender. (Sprowls.)

Psych. 190 y. Techniques of Investigation in Psychology (6) — Three periods of practice and discussion. Prerequisite, Psych. 3 s.

A consideration of quantitative methods in psychology, the design of experiments, and actual practice in various methods of obtaining data and in treating these results for interpretation. (Hackman.)

Psych. 195 f or s. Minor Problems in Psychotechnology (2-3) — Credit apportioned to work accomplished. Prerequisite, major senior standing and consent of department head. (May not be offered for credit toward graduate degrees.)

Conduct of original research under the supervision of some member of the staff. Satisfactory completion of this project may lead to publication in one of the standard psychological journals. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Psych. 200. Research in Psychotechnology (4-6) — Credit apportioned to work accomplished. (Staff.)

Psych. 210 y. Seminar in Educational Psychology (6) — An advanced course for teachers and prospective teachers.

Systematic approach to advanced problems in educational psychology based upon specific experimental contributions. (Sprowls.)

Psych. 240 y. Seminar in Current Psy-chotechnological Problems (6) — An

advanced course for students pursuing major graduate studies.

A systematic analysis of recent contributions in selected psychotechno- logical fields. (Jenkins.)

Psych. 245 f. Advanced Psychological Problems in Market Research (3).

Graduate study of the specialized problems and techniques employed by the psychologist in market research. The course will attempt to combine systematic theory with actual practice in dealing with these research problems. (Jenkins.)

376

Psych. 250 y. Participation in Testing Clinic (4-6)— Credit apportioned to work accomplished.

Actual practice in the administration of tests of aptitude, interest, and achievement and interpretation of test data in the course of routine opera- tion of the testing bureau. (Bellows.)

Psych. 251 s. Development and Validation of Psychological Tests (3)— Prerequisite, Psych. 150 s.

Methods for evaluating criteria and for the analysis and combination of test and predictor items. (Bellows.)

Psych. 255 s. Occupational Psychology (3)— Prerequisite, consent of in- structor.

Experimental development and use of the vocational counseling interview, aptitude tests, and related techniques for the occupational orientation of youth. (Bellows.)

Psych. 280 s.— Pol. Sci. 222 s. Analysis of Propaganda (3)— Two lec- tures; one discussion. Prerequisite, consent of instructors.

Analytical approach to modern propaganda, including study of organiza- tions which employ propaganda, of techniques in actual use in dissemination of propaganda, and of attempts at measuring the effects of propaganda. Responsibility for instruction is shared by the Department of Political Science and the Department of Psychology. (Bone, Jenkins.)

Psych. 290 f. Problems of Experimental Design in Psychology (3)—

Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

Application of advanced research techniques to specific fields in psycho- technology with actual practice in their use. (Hackman.)

SOCIOLOGY

Professor Joslyn; Associate Professors Wilson, Holt; Assistant Professor Dodson; Dr. Hodge, Mr. Form, Mr. McBrien.

Soc. 1 f, 2 s. Contemporary Social Problems (3, 3) — Two lectures; one discussion. Open to freshmen and sophomores only.

The purpose of this course is to give the student an understanding of the processes of change taking place in our society and the maladjustments resulting from some of thebe changes. Emphasis will be placed upon an analysis of present day social problems: their causes, social implications, and suggested approaches to their solution.

Soc. 3 f, 4 s. Introduction to Sociology (3, 3)— Two lectures; one dis- cussion. Prerequisite for Soc. 4 s, Soc. 3 f or consent of instructor. Not open to freshmen.

An analysis of society and of basic social processes; characteristics of collective behavior; typical social organizations; the role of culture in the development of personality; social products; social interaction; social

change.

377

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Soc. 101 f. Social Organization (2)— Two lectures. Prerequisites, Soc. 3 f, 4 s. •

A systematic analysis of the forms of organization common to basic social mstitutions; variations of these forms in time and space; classifica- tion of forms of organization; conditioning factors of organizational forms; application of findings to contemporary problems. (Joslyn.)

Soc. 102 s. Community Organization (3)— Two lectures; one discussion. Prerequisites, Soc. 3 f , 4 s.

An analysis of the community and its component social groups; ecolog- ical basis of the community; determination of the boundaries of communi- ties and neighborhoods; characteristics of rural and urban communities; social institutions of the community; social change and the community; the structure and functions of special interest groups; the community

council. .j^ , .

(Dodson.)

Soc. 103 f. Rural Sociology (3)— Two lectures; one discussion. Pre- requisites, Soc. 3 f , 4 s.

The structure and functions of rural communities; the evolution of rural culture; rural institutions and their problems; the psychology of rural life; composition and characteristics of the rural population; relation of rural life to the major social processes; the social aspects of rural planning.

^ (Holt.)

Soc. 104 s. Urban Sociology (3)— Two lectures; one discussion. Pre- requisites, Soc. 3 f, 4 s.

The origin and growth of cities; composition and characteristics of city populations; the social ecology of the city; social relationships and group- ings in the city; the organization of urban activities; social problems of the city; the planning and control of urban development. (Holt.)

Soc. 105 f. Population Problems (3)_Two lectures; one discussion. Prerequisites, Soc. 3 f, 4 s.

Population growth in the United States; contemporary trends in fertility and mortality; differential fertility and mortality; changes in the composi- tion of our population and their significance; population migration in modern times; qualitative problems of population; theories of population growth and decline. (Not offered in 1941-42.) (Holt.)

Soc. 106 s. Regional Sociology (3)— Two lectures; one discussion. Pre- requisites, Soc. 3 f, 4 s. Each student will be required to prepare a term paper.

^ An analysis of American society in terms of regional factors and their impact upon social institutions. Problems to be covered will include- the meanings and implications of regionalism; criteria of regional differentia- tion; types of regions in the United States; problems peculiar to these regions; metropolitan, rural, cultural, and administrative regionalism- regional planning and development. (Hodge.)

378

Soc. 107 f. Ethnic Minority Groups (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisites, Soc. 3 f , 4 s, or consent of instructor.

Theoretical aspects of ethnic group relations; cultural backgrounds of immigrant groups in America; social processes and class structure with reference to certain minority peoples; effects of cultural contacts upon personality. (Wilson.)

Soc. 108 s. Marriage and the Family (3) — Two lectures; one discussion. Prerequisite, Soc. 3 f or consent of instructor.

The family as an institution; variations of the family in time and space; family interaction: courtship and mating behavior, marital behavior, parent- child behavior, member roles and personality; family tensions and malad- justments: structural and functional factors, conflict patterns, divorce and desertion; family and society; family adjustment and social change.

(Wilson.)

Soc. 109 s. Comparative Sociology (2) — Two lectures. Prerequisites, Soc. 3 f , 4 s.

A comparative analysis of the basic institutions of primitive and civi- lized societies; resemblances and differences in patterns of material and non-material culture; contrasting types of social organization and member roles; the origin, diffusion, and change of traits and complexes; significance of findings for sociological generalization. (Wilson.)

Soc. 120 f. Social Pathology (3) — ^Two lectures; one field trip. Pre- requisites, Soc. 3 f, 4 s, or consent of instructor.

A study of social maladjustments which represent deviations from gen- erally accepted norms. Problems to be covered will include poverty, unem- ployment, family disorganization, crime and delinquency, suicide, and the misuse of leisure time. (Hodge.)

Soc. 121 f. Criminology (3) — Two lectures; one discussion. Prerequi- sites, Soc. 3 f, 4 s, or consent of instructor.

The social significance of crime; causative factors; forms and processes of criminal behavior; detection, apprehension, and prosecution methods; penology and treatment; public policy and crime prevention. (Wilson.)

Soc. 123 f. The Sociology of Leisure (3) — Two lectures; one discussion. Prerequisite, Soc. 120 f or consent of instructor.

This course deals primarily with the sociological implications of leisure time and its uses. Topics to be considered will include the meaning and significance of leisure; the conditioning factors of leisure time and its uses; the changing uses of leisure; leisure and personality; theories of play and recreation; commercial, public, and voluntary forms of recreation; planning of leisure time activities. (Hodge.)

Soc. 124 s. Introduction to Social Work (3) — Two lectures and one field trip. Prerequisite, Soc. 120 f.

The theory of social work; social case work, generic and specific; pro-

379

Ik

cedure and techniques in social case work; princioles of ^nripi H4o' •

(Joslyn.)

PrSquL'ftel' SocT f ^4"?' J'""":,' S'^"^"'' '^'=*"'-^^' ^^ ^^---o"- rerequisites, hoc. 3 f, 4 s. Required of all sociology majors.

A general survey and critical study of the leading =,.i,„„i. * • , • , thought since 1800 leading schools of sociological

(Wilson.)

Soc. 131 f. Techniques of Investigation in Sociology (3)_Three period.,

sliSrLToi'"^"^^^''"- ''''^'''-' '-■ ' ^." s. ^equSdTftn

variou?method'T"i:"" "'^'^f' '" ^"""'"^^ ^"^ ^<=t-l P-<=tice in various method, of obtaining, analyzing, and interpreting data. (Holt.)

Soc. 150 s. Field Practice in Social Work (3)_Prerequisite Soc 124 s or consent of instructor. Enrollment restricted to avaSrop^'ort^^itfes

Supervised field work of various types undertaken during the summer months and suited to the needs of the individual student. (jZ^)

For Graduates

Soc. 200 y. Seminar in Methodoloffv (6)— ThrPP n^nnHe r.f a- Required of all graduate students in sociology ^ "' discussion.

th^^/K-'^^"!^?'*^'"^"*^' •"et'^odological problems in sociology Amone

cour e '" K '', '*'""'"'"' ""' ^^ '^"^"^^« P-blems in s Jentific Sis course; operational concepts in sociology; the postulates, procedures and methods of science; the uses and limitations of quantitat^ive methods' the

inTsStiol '"''^'^'^" ^^"*^"^^-^^' ^-- ^" -^»'--- tecti's^of

(Staff.)

Soc 201 f. Seminar in Systematic Sociology (3)-Three periods of discussion. Required of all graduate students in sociology

A study of social systems and the processes by which these systems maintain an equilibrium between external and internal forces (JoslyT J

Soc. 202 s Sociological Theory (3)-Two lectures; one discussion Required of all graduate students in sociology. aiscu.sion.

An analysis and evaluation of the works of outstanding theorists in Europe and America. Special attention will be given to Simmel Sa^^^^^^ Von Wiese, Tonnies, Weber, Durkheim, Paretof Thomas, anTLroWn. ^

(Wilson.)

Soc. 203 s. Comparative Sociology (3)-Two lectures; one discussion

A study of certain aspects of the process of personality organization

and disorganization in the framework of selected primitive ZStal

compared with contemporary American society. (Wilson )

380

Soc. 204 s. Community Organi2;ation (3) — Two lectures; one discussion.

Criteria of community organization and disorganization; variables in community organization and their conditioning factors; special problems in the organization of rural, village, suburban, and urban communities; community stability and instability; the lay and professional leader in the community. Classroom and field studies will be made of the composition, structure, and functioning of selected communities. (Dodson.)

Soc. 205 f. Rural- Urban Sociology (3) — Two lectures; one discussion.

A study of the differences between rural and urban societies with ref- erence to composition of population, social mobility, social relationships, differentiation of social groups, standards of living, mores and attitudes, and various pathological conditions. (Holt.)

Soc. 206 s. Regional Sociology (3) — Two lectures; one discussion.

A comparative analysis of regional trends in the United States and vari- ous foreign countries. Topics to be covered will include the meanings and implications of regionalism; historical origins of regionalism; demarcation of regions in the United States on the basis of geographic, economic, demographic, political, and cultural criteria; characteristics and problems peculiar to each region; the role of local, state, and national administrative units in regional planning and development. (Hodge.)

Soc. 207 s. Population Problems (3) — Two lectures; one discussion.

An intensive study of selected problems in the fields of population growth, fertility and mortality, population composition, and population migration.

(Holt.)

Soc. 208 s. Occupational Sociology (3) — Two lectures; one discussion.

Structure and function of the social division of labor; typologies of occupational organization; major bases of differentiation; criteria of a profession; the role of professionalism in social organization; a methodology for analyzing the professions; sociological study of selected professions.

(Wilson.)

Soc. 209 f. Social Organization (3) — Two lectures; one discussion.

A study of the forms of organization common to basic social institutions; classification of these forms; variations of forms of organization in time and space; conditioning factors of organizational forms; application of findings to contemporary problems. (Joslyn.)

Soc. 210 f. Sociological Problems of Leadership (2) — One lecture; one discussion.

An analysis of the leader-follower relationship; leadership defined; factors conditioning the leadership situation; leadership as a function of the group; the leader as an instrument of social control; methods of devel- oping group support; the professional and lay leader; functions of the leader; types of leaders; morale as a function of leadership. (Dodson.)

381

Soc. 221 f. Criminology (3) — Two lectures; one discussion.

A study of the principal theoretical problems of criminological investiga- tion, with emphasis upon a methodological analysis of selected monographs.

(Wilson.)

Soc. 250. Research in Sociology — Credit apportioned to work accom- plished.

Individual research projects involving either field work or analysis of compiled data. (Staff.)

SPEECH

Professor Ehrensberger; Assistant Professors Provensen, Straus- BAUGH; Mrs. Vernon*, Mr. Hutcheson, Mr. Wiksell, Mr. Rigal,

Mr. Dupler.

Speech 1 y. Reading and Speaking (2) — One lecture. Required of all four year students. Prerequisite for Advanced Speech Courses,

The principles and techniques of oral expression, visible and audible; the preparation and delivery of short original speeches; impromptu speak- ing; reference readings; short reports; etc. Opportunities of speech clinic open to students.

Speech Clinic — No credit. »

Speech examinations; training in speech and voice; remedial work in minor speech difficulties. The work of the clinic is conducted in individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours are arranged by con- sultation with the respective speech instructors.

Speech 2 f. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — Three lectures.

Studies in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course does not deal with public speaking exclusively; it is concerned with the whole speech function in private as well as public manifestations. It is given primarily for students who expect to do extensive work in speech. Any student electing this course may take it concurrently with or after completing Speech 1 y.

Speech 2 s. Voice and Diction (3) — Three lectures.

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to improve his articulation and phonation. Study and demonstration of speech sound production, physics of sound, attributes of voice, the breathing mech- anism, the larynx and the ear are combined with intensive drills in articu- lation and voice production.

Speech 3 f, 4 s. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — Two lectures.

Advanced work on basis of Speech 1 y, with special applications and adap- tations. At each session of the class a special setting is g^ven for the speeches — civil, social, and political organizations, etc., and organizations in

*0n leave.

382

the fields of the prospective vocations of the different students. When a student has finished this course he will have prepared and delivered one or more speeches which would be suitable and appropriate before any and all bodies that he would probably have occasion to address m after-life.

Speech 5 f. Oral Technical English (2)— Two lectures. Required of all sophomore engineering students. Limited to engineering students.

The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, etc., on both technical and general subjects.

Speech 6 s. Advanced Oral Technical English (2)— Two lectures. Re- quired of all junior engineering students. Limited to engineering students. This course is a continuation of Speech 5 f. Special emphasis upon engineering projects that fall within the student's own experience. Class discussion and criticism of all speeches and reports.

Speech 7 y. Advanced Oral Technical English (2)— Oiie lecture. Senior seminar. For senior engineering students only.

Advanced work on the basis of Speech 6 s. Work not confined to class room. Students are encouraged to deliver addresses before different bodies in the University and elsewhere.

Speech 9 f, 10 s. Extempore Speaking (1, 1)— One lecture. Much emphasis on the selection and organization of material. Class ex- ercises in speaking extemporaneously on assigned and selected subjects. Newspaper and magazine reading essential. Training in parliamentary law and discussion groups.

Speech 11 f, 12 s. Argumentation (2, 2)— Two lectures. This course stresses not formal debating, but forms of persuasion which will be useful in business and professional life. It deals, to a great extent, with ways in which human beliefs and behavior may be influenced by logical discussion.

Speech 13 f and s. Oral Reading (3)— Three lectures. A study of the technique of vocal expression. The oral interpretation of literature. The practical training of students in the art of reading.

Speech 14 f. Stagecraft (3)— Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Open to sophomores.

Planning and construction of stage settings, costumes, properties. Prac- tice in the stagecraft shop and on stage in performance.

For Advanced Undergraduates

Speech 101 y. Radio Speaking (4)— Two lectures. Admission by audi- tion or consent of instructor.

A laboratory course dealing with the various aspects of modem broad- casting. Practice in program planning, continuity writing, announcing,

383

news reporting, etc. Actual participation in broadcasting at station WJSV in Washington. This course is under the supervision of the Columbia Broadcasting System and the speech department. Laboratory fee, $2.00 per semester. (Ehrensberger.)

Speech 102 f, 103 s. Speech Composition (3, 3) — Three lectures. Not allowed for graduate credit except in English and Education.

A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in conjunction with the preparation and presentation of both general and specific forms of public address. This course is offered to meet the needs of speech majors and students who expect to enter public life. Students electing this course cannot receive credit for Speech 3 f , 4 s. (Ehrensberger.)

Speech 104 f. Speech Pathology (3) — Three lectures. The aim of this course is to familiarize the student with causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common types of speech disorders.

(Hutcheson.)

Speech 105 s. Speech Clinic (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Pre- requisite, Speech 104 f .

A course dealing with the various methods in correction. Actual work in clinic with cases. Library research and detailed reports required.

(Hutcheson.)

Speech 106 s. Advanced Oral Reading (3) — Three lectures. Emphasis upon the longer reading and a more critical and detailed study of literature suitable for oral interpretation. Program planning.

(Provensen.)

STATISTICS

The courses in Statistics are intended to provide training in the tools

and methods employed in statistical description and induction, in the

interpretation of statistical data presented by others, and in the gathering

and organization of original data.

Stat. 14 f. Elements of Statistics (3) — Lectures, recitations, and labora- tory. Not open to freshmen.

A. Open to students in the College of Commerce.

B. Open to students other than those in A.

The purpose of this course is to give the student a knowledge of the fundamentals necessary in the further study of statistics and its applica- tions.

Stat. 15 s. Business Statistics (3) — Lectures, recitations, and laboratory. Prerequisite, Stat. 14 f-A, or consent of the instructor.

In this course, time series, secular trends, etc., are studied and applied to matters concerning business.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Stat. 112 s. Biological Statistics (3) — Three lectures. Prerequisite, Stat. 14 f-B, or consent of instructor.

A study of statistics pertaining to biology and its applications.

384

Stat. 116 s. Statistical Design (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisite, Stat.

^^^' , • • i^e ^f in^ical design for investigations when the

A study of the prmciples of ^^f ^^^ ^f ^^ analysis. Methods and uses

resulting data are to be subjected ^«jf ^^^^^^^^^^ considered in some

of randomization, factorial design, and confoundmg ^^^^^^

detail. ^ ^ _ ,

Stat 117 f 118 s. Advanced Business Statistics (3. 3)-Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite, Stat. 15 s or consent of instructor.

Stat. 131 f. 132 s. Mathematics of Statistics (2. 2)-Two lectures. Pre- requisites, Stat. 14 f-B, Math. 23 y. ^,^„^ the study of statistics A course dealing with the mathematics underlying the ^^^''^ ^^^^^^^^^^^

and its applications.

cw 1 ^n Problems (2-4)— Credit in accordance with work done.

Stat. IdO. Problems (j ' . -^ independent statistical analysis,

To acquire training and experience in y ore-anization analysis,

each student will select an approved problem for organization, ^^^y^^

and presentation of results.

For Graduates

Stat 208 Special Problems (l-4)-Credit in accordance with work done. Stat. 208. «pe relatively complex

Each student registered in this course wm ^^sults (Staff.)

problem for organization, analysis, and presentation of results. (b

VETTERINARY SCIENCE

W,.,«„ RRIIECKNER- ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS CRAWFORD, DeVOLT ;

Professors Welsh, KRUECK.M!-K, abo t%..„c.

Assistant Professor Uavis.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

V S 101 f. Comparative Anatomy and Physiology (3)-Three lectures. S'trtture of the animal body; abnormal as contracted ^^^^^^^^

V S 102 s. Animal Hygiene (3)-Three lectures.

Le' and management of ^o-^^rdt a^ pr^Tt In" a^^^^^^^^^^^^ maintenance of health -^ -^f "^„V° ^^^teZ\ sanitation; infections; recognition of abnormal conditions, f "^'^f' ^^f . ^ aid. (Crawford.)

epizootics; enzootics; internal and external parasites, first

V S 103 f. Hematology (2)-Two laboratories. .u,„„a.

pilogic, pathologic, and ^^^-^l/^^^:^{^^ taking samples; estimating the amount «* '^^"^"gj""'"' '^^ ^^^ leucocytes ical count of erythrocytes and leucocytes ^^^^J^ «^^^^^^^^^ „f leucocytes;

in fresh and fixed stained preparations; ff^^JT^!^ J elements of blood; vital staining; sources and development of the foimed ^^^^^^^

pathological forms and counts.

OoO

V. S. 104 s. Urinalysis (2) — Two laboratories. Bact. 1 desirable.

Physiologic, pathologic, and diagnostic significance of kidney excretions, use of clinical methods including microscopic examination for casts, cells, blood, parasites, bacteria, and interpretation of results. (Brueckner.)

V. S. 105 f. Pathological Technic (3) — Three laboratories. Bact. 1 desir- able.

Elxamination of fresh material; fixation; decalcification; sectioning by free hand and freezing methods; celloidin and paraffin embedding and sec- tioning; general staining methods. (Brueckner.)

V. S. 106 s. Pathological Technic (continued) (2-5) — Laboratory course. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

Special methods in pathological investigations and laboratory procedures as applied to clinical diagnosis. (Brueckner.)

V. S. 107 s. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory period. Prerequisites, Bact. 1, P. H. 106 f.

Study of causes, symptoms, dissemination, life cycle, seasonal appearance, methods of control and eradication of various virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases of poultry including internal and external parasites. The lectures are supplemented by laboratory demonstrations. (DeVolt.)

V. S. 108 f. Avian Anatomy (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory period. Prerequisite, Zool. 1 s.

A study of the gross and microscopic structure of the body of the domestic fowl. The lectures include references to physiological processes. The laboratory provides for a study of systematic anatomy by dissection work combined with demonstrations. The course is designed to meet the needs of the student in poultry husbandry. (DeVolt.)

For Graduates

V. S. 201 f or s. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — Credit according to work done. Prerequisite, degree in veterinary medicine from an approved veterinary college or consent of instructor. Laboratory and field work by assignment (Welsh.)

V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6)— Credit according to work done. Prerequisite, degree in veterinary medicine from an approved veter- inary college or consent of instructor. (Staff.)

ZOOLOGY

Professor Truitt; Associate Professor Phillips; Assistant Professors BuRHOE, Hard, Tressler; Mr. Cronin, Mr. Fiuppi,

Mr. Poland, Miss Teal.

Zool. 1 s. General Zoology (4) — Two lectures; two laboratories.

An introductory course, which is cultural and practical in its aim. It deals with the basic principles of animal development, structural relation-

386

malian form are studied. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Zool 2 y. Fundamentals of Zoology (8)-Two lectures; two laboratories.

A thorough study of the anatomy, classification and ^^^^^JZ resentative invertebrate and vertebrate forms. Jhis cou ^

freshman premedical requirements '"biology. Freshmen choose zoology as a major should register for this course. Lab $5.00 per semester.

Zool. 3 f. introductory Zoology (3)-Two lectures; one «-^^^^^^^^

A course for students desiring Y^-^J^t^:Z^'^ ^^^SZ underlying the growth, development, and behavior of anima

man. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Zool 4 f. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (3)-0ne lecture; two laboratories. Prerequisite, one course in zoology. ^..tebrate

A comparative study of selected organ systems m cert^n vertoljat^e groups. Required of students whose major is zoology, and p students. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Zool. 5 s. Economic Zoology (2)-Two lectures. Prerequisito. one course

^"^e Intent of this course centers ^^^uM^jroU^^^ ^--tion, ^:^Z^tt'^i^^ :=:r bl assigned .ead-

TomMnl^li zool. 6 s, this course should form a P-^-- -- training for professional foresters, game proctors, and conserva

Zool 6 s. Field Zoology (3)-0ne lecture; two laboratories. Prerequi- sites one course in zoology and one m botany.

forms of nearby woods fields and streams ^ j^j environment,

who have a special interest in nature study and outdoor life.

Zool 8 f. Invertebrate Morphology (4)-Two lectures; two laboratories.

Reauired of students whose major is zoology.

Kequirea oi *. , , j ^^^ structure and relationships of

This course consists in a study oi me selected invertebrate groups. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Zool. 12 f. Animal Histology (3)-0ne lecture; two laboratories. Pre- T'^r.niaitp one course in zoology. ^

T^dy of animal tissues and the technic involved in their preparation for microscopic examination. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

387

Zool. 15 y. Human Anatomy and Physiology (8) — Two lectures; two lab- oratories. Prerequisite, one course in zoology. Required of students whose major is physical education, and of those preparing to teach general science or biology.

For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology. Emphasis is placed upon the physiology of digestion, circula- tion, respiration, and reproduction. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester.

Zool. 16 s. Human Physiology (3) — Two lectures; one laboratory. Not open to freshmen.

An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Zool. 20 s. Vertebrate Embryology (3) — One lecture; two laboratories. Prerequisite, one course in zoology. Required of students whose major is zoology and of premedical students.

The development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early mammalian embryology. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Zool. 101 s. Mammalian Anatomy (3) — Three laboratories. Registration limited. Permission of the instructor must be obtained before registration. Recommended for premedical students, and those whose major is zoology.

A course in the dissection of the cat or other mammal. By special permis- sion of the instructor a vertebrate other than the cat may be used for study. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Phillips.)

Zool. 102 s. Histological Technique (3) — One lecture; two laboratories. Registration is limited and the permission of the instructor must be ob- tained before registration.

The preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination. The course is designed to qualify the student in the preparation of tissues and blood for normal and pathological study. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Hard.)

Zool. 103 y. General Animal Physiology (6) — Two lectures; one labora- tory. Prerequisites, one year of chemistry and one course in vertebrate anatomy. Registration limited to twelve, and permission of instructor must be obtained before registration. ^

The first semester work deals with the fundamentals of cellular and general physiology. The second semester is devoted to an application of these principles to the higher animals. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester.

(Phillips.)

Zool. 104 f. Genetics (3) — Three lectures. Required of students intend- ing to take advanced courses in plant and animal breeding, and also of zoology majors.

A general course designed to give an insight into the principles of genetics or of heredity; a consideration of the factors instrumental in

388

. • 4^ .v.«r«Pters through successive generations; and also the transmission of characters ^^Y.^^the breeding of animals and plants, to prepare students for later courses m the breeding (Burhoe.)

zool. 105 f. Aquiculture (3)-Two lectures; one laboratory. Prerequi-

site, one course in zoology. ,pa,.inff aauatic animals

The course deals with the practices employ.d n --"^ ^^^^^^ ,„,i,. and the properties of natural waters which render them ^^^.^^^

onmental purposes. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Zool. 106 y. Journal Club (2)-0ne session

Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature. Required ^^^^^ students whose major is zoology.

, ^ *• /^•^^ Onp lecture; two laboratories, rre- Zool. 120 s. Advanced Genetics (3)— One lecture,

requisite, Zool. 104 f. „atiir<> of the gene, chro-

A consideration of salivary '^^^^"^^^^^t^^ Br^il^ experiments

mosome irregularities, polyploidy, ^"^^ J^^f "^^-^^.ted. Laboratory fee,

with Drosophila and small mammals will be conouc (Burhoe.)

$5.00.

Zool 121 f. Principles of Animal Ecology (3)-Two lectures; one lab-

physical and chemical f^f °f Pj /''^ limaXs are stressed in lecture and

behavior, habits and distribution »* ^""^^'" \ ^^^^^ ;„ the laboratory laboratory. The use of ecological instu^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ .^

and on field excursions to local areas oi p ^^ ^^^^ ^

designed to give a broad survey «* *^ J^^^^^^j^^ ^l^ecial problem in background for students who wish to continue with som (Tressler.)

the field. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

For Graduates

7^1 9nn f Marine Zoology (4)-Two lectures; two laboratories.

Zool. 200 f. Marine aou s» Laboratory

Problems in salt water animal life of the higher pny ^^.^^^

fee, $5.00.

Zool 201 s. Microscopical Anatomy (4)-Two lectures; two laboratories Itetailed study of the morphology and -ivity jfc „ omposing

SUTsSnedTa^Ura^rre^Ul^ L^iSorTLfU (Hard.) zool. 203 s. Advanced Embryol^y (4) TWO ^^^^^^^^^^^

mals, including a consideration of tissue culture ana p (Burhoe.)

oratory fee, $5.00.

389

Zool. 204 f. Advanced Animal Physiology (4) — Two lectures; two labora- tories.

"The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Phillips.)

Zool. 205 s. Hydrobiology (4) — Two lectures; two laboratories.

A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine the growth, distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near micro- scopic organisms in marine and freshwater environments with special reference to the Chesapeake Bay region. Microscopic examination and iden- tification of plankton, and experience with hydrobiological equipment and methods is provided for in the laboratory and field. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

(Tressler.)

Zool. 206. Research — Credit to be arranged. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Staff.)

Zool. 207 y. Zoological Seminar (2).

(Staff.)

CHESAPEAKE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

This laboratory, located in the center of the Chesapeake Bay country, is on Solomons Island, Maryland. It is sponsored by the University of Maryland in cooperation with the Maryland Conservation Department, Groucher College, Washington College, Johns Hopkins University, Western Maryland College, and the Carnegie Institution of Washington, in order to afford a center for wild life research and study where facts tending toward a fuller appreciation of nature may be gathered and disseminated. The program projects a comprehensive survey of the biota of the Chesapeake region.

The laboratory is open throughout the year. Courses are offered for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, during a six-week summer session, in the following subjects: Protozoology, Economic Zoology, Inver- tebrates, Ichthyology, Algae, and Diatoms. Not more than two courses may be taken by a student, who must meet the requirements of the Department of Zoology as well as those of the laboratory before matricu- lation. Classes are limited to eight matriculants. Students pursuing special research may establish residence for the summer, or for the entire year.

Laboratory facilities; boats of various types fully equipped with pumps, nets, dredges and other apparatus; and shallow water collecting devices are available for the work without cost to the students.

For further information about work at the Chesapeake Biological Lab- oratory, apply to Dr. R. V. Truitt, Director, College Park, Maryland.

390

SECTION IV

DEGREES, HONORS,

SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT

. DEGREES CONFERRED, 1939-1940

HONORARY DEGREES Doctor of Engineering

HERSCHEL HEATHCOTE ALLEN

Doctor of Laws

Raymond Asa Kent

Doctor of Science Harvey J. Burkhart William John Gies Arthur Hastings Merritt Thomas Parran, Jr.

Honorary Certificates in A.rKuUure ^ ^^^^^

Chester F. Hockley Tobias Zimmerman

Harry Rieck

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL Doctor of Philosophy

John Morton Bellows, Jk.

B S. University of Vermont 1936 M. S. University of Maryland, 1937

Dissertation: "Embryo-sac Development Triploid Tulip."

in a

William Elbert Bickley, Jr. comparative Study of the Sto-

B. S. university of Tenne-e 934 A^^^ J ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ,, ,,. M. S. University of Tennessee, ^^^^^ „

CHARLES MACFARLANE BREWER

B. S. University of Maryland, 1923 M S University of Maryland, 1924

"A study of Certain Factors which influence the Resistance of Staphy- lococcus Aureus when Grown in Beef Extract."

391

Paul Sherwood Brooks B.S. West Virginia Wesleyan

University, 1935 M. S. University of Maryland, 1938

Arthur r. Buddington B. S. University of Maryland, 1936 M. b. University of Maryland, 1939

Dissertation: "The Use of the Glass Electrode as a Keference Electrode."

Herbert Joseph Florestano A. B. St. Johns College, 1934 M. S. University of Maryland, 1937

Sylvan Ellis Forman

B. S. University of Maryland, 1936 M. b. University of Maryland, 1937

Edward Otto Haenni A. B. Washington University, 1929 M. 55. Washington University, 1931

Earl Thomas Hatos B. S. University of Idaho, 1935 ra- 1>. University of Idaho, 1936

Peter Herman Heinze B. S. Northeast Missouri State

Teachers College, 1935 M. A. University of Missouri, 1938

Edwin Peelle Hiatt A. B. Wilmington College, 1933 M.A. Haverford College, 1934

"Some Studies in the Nutrition and Metabolism of the Yellow Fever Mosquito, Aedes aegypti L., and the Common House Mosquito, Culex pipiens L."

"Studies on Oral Health as Reflect- ed m the Saliva, with Special Ref- erence to the Local and Systemic Use of Citrus Fruits, Oral Acid- unc Micro-organisms, Diastatic Activity and pH."

"SheS"" °' '"''^' Cyclopropyl

"A New Method for the Determi- nation of Cholesterol and Its Ap- plication to the Estimation of the Egg^^^Content of Alimentary

"The Ferromagnetic Properties of Hematite."

"A Physiological and Biochemical Study of the Curing Processes in Sweet Potatoes."

"Extreme Hypochloremia in Does Induced by Nitrate Administra- tion."

George Kirby Holmes, Jr.

B. S. University of Maryland 192fi «Qf»^-

M. S. University of Maryland' llso f.H f T.'""^ ^*""^*"^^ ^^ ^erin

yiana, wso and its Relation to Friedelin."

392

Edmund Houston McNally

B. S. George Washington Univer- sity, 1930 M. A. George Washington Univer- sity, 1934

Dissertation : "The Physiology of Yolk Forma- tion, Especially the Vitelline Mem- brane and the Mechanism of Ovu- lation in the Fowl."

Jesse Arthur Remington, Jr.

A. B. University of Maryland, 1937 "States-Rights in Maryland, 1789- M. A. University of Maryland, 1938 1832."

Arlo Wayne Ruddy

B. S. in Pharmacy, U. of Nebraska,

1936 M. S. University of Nebraska, 1938

William DeMott Stull B. S. Middleburg College, 1934 M. S. Middleburg College, 1936

Daniel Swern

B. S. College of the City of New

York, 1935 M. A. Columbia University, 1936

"The Synthesis and Properties of Fluorinated Organic Arsenicals."

"Some Physiological Differences be- tween the Blood of Frogs at High and Low Temperatures."

"The Action of Lead Tetraacetate Upon Hydroxylated Fatty Acids, Esters, and Related Compounds.

»

Donald Hyde Wheeler

B. A. Oberlin College, 1927 "Triolein and Trilinolein."

M. S. University of Maryland, 1931

393

Herbert Monroe Allison Herbert Eustace Armstrong Katharine Lucille Biehl Edith Long Brechbill George Carl Brown Virginia Byrer Marjorie Haines Campbell Helen Elmira Clevenger Bessie Wood Cramer Muriel Crosby Arthur a. Dick Mylo Snavely Downey Fortuna Lucille Gordon

Master of Arts

Florence Isabel Gregory Frances Smith Haas Alta Lucille Hurlbut Blanche Le Ora Jenkins Diana Stevan Kramer William Conroy Marth Frederick Richmond McBrien

LiSETTE RiGGS

Thomas Charles Gordon Wagner Minnie Warren Lois Belfield Watt Daniel De Walt Willard Margery Walker Wright

Sylvan E. Beck

Charles Lee Benton, Jr.

Thomas Grover Culton

Raymond Davis, Jr.

Bessie A. Stearnes Donnally

JiiMANUEL Friedman

Paul McConkey Galbreath

Shirley Madelyn Glickman

LEX B.AiLEY Golden

George Hall Goldsborough

John Salisbury Goldsmith

Samuel Grober

Albert Carl Groschke

George Philip Hager

Robert Willmott Harrison

Carl Wiluam Hess

Bernice Heyman

Kathryn Johns

Robert Edwin Jones

Daniel Kaminsky

Anne Mary Kunkel

Russell Ernest Leed

Master of Science

Raymond Vandermark Leighty iRViN Levin Melvin Lewis Levine Louis Littman Oscar Keeling Moore Martin Hammond Muma Norman Gerard Paulhus Walter Benjamin Posey August Raspet

Otto E. Rauchschwalbe Max Rubin Alexander Sadle John Logan Schutz Charles Henry Seufferle Fred David Sisler Richard Battell Stephenson Bernard Sussman Robert Edward Thompson Clifton Wilson Van Horn John Paul Wintermoyer Raymond Milton Young

394

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

Bachelor of Science

Louis Franklin Ahalt Wilmer Francis Aist John Alfred Baden George Charles Beneze Mary Louise Brinckerhoff John William Brosius, Jr. Walter Mason Butler, Jr. Albert Harman Cole Harold F. Cotterman, Jr. Howard Grafton Crist, Jr. Elaine Danforth Edward Bloxom Daugherty, Jr. Virginia Elizabeth Davis Edward Joseph Dougherty Edith Farrington Carroll Milton Forsyth Vernon Royston Foster Page DeForrest Fullington Benton Ray Gatch, Jr. William Hansel George Joseph Harris Venton Rufus Harrison Kenneth Samuel Hess Virginia Eyre Hodson Park Painter Howard Sarah Virginia Huffer Kenneth Forthenbaker Jones

Fred Stone Kefauver

Joseph Hugh Keller

Margaret Cobey Kemp *Marcia Ladson

Joshua Melvin Leise

Mary Frances MacLeod

Harry Byrd Matthews, Jr.

James Alan McGregor

DeVoe Kepler Meade

Margaret Charlotte Menke

Joseph Samuel Merritt, Jr.

Joseph Burton Morris

Oscar William Nevares, Jr.

Robert Wescott Pailthorp

Richard Nelson Phelps

Joseph Norbert Pohlhaus

William Vaughn Redding

Arthur Millard Rudy

David Gabriel Freeland Sheibley

Wilson L. Smith, Jr.

Frances Jane Stouffer

Agnes Hope Swann

Dorothy Elizabeth Talbott

S. Ady Ward ♦Patricia Margaret Willingham

Joseph Smith Winter

Gaylord H. Wisner

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Bachelor of Arts

Catherine Carmela Aiello Lola Bernice Barre Alice Marie Blum

♦Phyllis Geraldine Bollinger William Ross Bond Muriel Mabelle Booth^ Leslie Lorentz Bowers

*Thelma Penn Bowling Rose Emlyn Britton

♦Harold Browne Carleton Thomas Carlyle Carrico Gayle Montgomery Davis

Dorothy Coulbourn Dennis John Herbert Edyvean Pearl Ettin Lee Adele Fisch Leona Shirley Freedman Olga Selma Furbershaw Louise Saint Clair Gardiner Carl Goller

Judith Kathryn Greenwood Mary Louise Griffith Evelyn Lee Hampshire Mary Jane Harrington

* Degree conferred September, 1939.

395

Pauline Clayton Harris May Elizabeth Harrover Julia Elizabeth Head Adrienne Marye Henderson Audrey Annette Hornstein Geraldine Viola Jett Ruth Elizabeth Koenig John William Kraus Bertha Mary Langford Richard McGowan Lee Martha Jane Legge James David Leonard Leroy Henry List Ruth Elaine Long Harriette N. McClay Margaret Rebecca McIndoe William Henry McManus, Jr. William Bruce Oswald Noble Luther Owings

♦Gladys Marion Person Merle Reed Preble Stedman Prescott, Jr. Mary Ellen Pyle Bernard Rice Bernard Leon Rosen Ruth Rubin

♦Harold Sachs M. Bertram Sachs Betty Dirks St. Clair George Sempeles Edgar Alan Simpson Adria Jean Smith

♦Eleanor Shirley Snyder Katherine Love Turner Sara Anne Vaiden Helen Owen Welsh Joseph Gordon White Naomi Lorraine Wilson

Bachelor of Science

David Alan Abrams Lawrence Warren Auerbach Agnes Crawford Baldwin Virginia Blanck Bates Belen Noemi Benavent Carl Richard Blumenstein Marian Webster Bond Eloise Ameua Anne Buch Camille Caroline Clark Virginia' Carolyn Conley Alfred Arthur Cooke Harold Dillon RoscoE Daniel Dwiggins ♦Mary Rachel Eckenrode William George Esmond Howard Hoy Fawcett John Hercles Gile Ralph Curtis Hammer Mary Ellen Hunter Walter Vincent Hurley Ann Heath Irvine Melvin Stephen Joseph Jaworski Margaret Elizabeth Johnston Daniel Kaufman

Paul Charles Kundahl ♦Francis Thomas Maxwell

Malcolm Thomas McGoogan, Jr.

Ernest A. Michaelson

Milton D. Mintz

Carroll Funk Palmer

Joseph Algernon Parks, Jr.

Samuel Ronald Pinas

Enos Ray

Charles Gordon Remsburg

Martin Rochlin ♦Martin Rosen

Rita Abigail Scheffler

David Louis Seidel

David Seligson ♦Benjamin Biser Shewbridge

Mary Elizabeth Simpson

William Howard Souder, Jr.

Harold Sterling

Harry William Stern ♦Virginia Annette Terry

Pedro F. Ubides Aponte ♦Frances Joseph Zalesak

*Degree conferred September, 1939.

396

COLLEGE OF COMMERCE Bachelor of Science

George Damon Allen Nathan Askin Herman John Badenhoop Francis Xavier Beamer Burton David Borden Robert S. Brown William Edward Brown, Jr. Robert James Chaney Margaret Lorraine Coyle Joseph Crisafulli Aloyuise Ivor Davis William Bruce Davis Albert W. Dieffenbach Charles Robbins Disharoon, II

Sidney Abraham Dorfman

Edward Hoover Duff

George L. Flax

Edwin Freeland Harlan

Sam Harris

James Wendell Healey

Fred John Hughes, Jr.

Carroll Summers Hutton

Julius Wirth Ireland James Danforth Kemper Charles Walter Kendall, Jr. Henry Arthur Kennedy Stanley Trudman Kummer George Edward Lawrence Samuel Jayson LeFrak Ruth Thornton Magruder ♦Michael E. Panciotti Arthur Peregoff Jay Morton Phillips Thornton C. Race Billie Jane Rittase Frank Joseph Skotnicki Hateva Vivring Smith Douglas Sidney Steinberg Charles Linwood Thompson Ralph Jay Tyser Murray Alvin Valenstein Harry Frederick Vollmer, III Henry F. Wyatt Herbert Scott Young

SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY Doctor of Dental Surgery

Sidney Alfred Belinkoff John Tandy Bonham

JULIAN BARNET BOOKSTAVER

Theodore Francis Czaplinski

BENJAMIN ANTHONY DABROWSKI

Benjamin Diamond Samuel Goldhaber ♦Gilbert Franklin Gorsuch

Julius Irving Kasawich ♦Isidore Legum Burton Litchman George Arthur Lowander, Jr. Eugene Leo Pessagno, Jr. Bernard Randman Horace Lloyd Westcott

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Bachelor of Arts

Mildred Baitz

Richard Kenneth Barnes, Jr. Gladys King Bollinger Helene Toba Brenner ♦Elizabeth Summers Clopper Clayton A. Dietrich

♦Degree'conferred September. 1939.

Nathan Gustavus Dorsey, Jr. Katherine Cornelia Dunn Doris W. Ehrmantraut Annamarie Helene Fricke Helen Virginia Groves Richard Kenneth Hart

a97

Betty Leland Hottel ^

* Helen Lucille Iager Lorraine Valentine Jackson Anne Elizabeth Jarboe Rose Irene Jones Virginia Anderson Keys George William Knepley Bess Louise Paterson

Bachelor

*Kathryn Kalbfus Abbott

Genevieve Aitcheson

Ralph Joseph Albarano ♦Betty Lanier Alder

Ann Calhoun Ames

Bankard Frederick Baer

Allena Weiler Baker

Marie Wollenberg Barnes

* Herman L. Baron Ann Marie Bono Vivian Eulalia Bono

♦Crescent J. Bride

Slater Warner Bryant, Jr.

Thelma Wollenberg Burns

Eva Elizabeth Burroughs ♦Mary Ellen Christie

Mason F. Chronister ♦Jennie De Wilde Clagett ♦Marion Brown Close ♦Alice Mae Coulbourn ♦Alice Katherine Cronise ♦Lydia M. Downton

Laura Roberta Duncan

Halbert Knapp Evans

William Benjamin Evans, Jr.

Blanche Summers Farrow

Sara Frances Ferrell ^Paul Leo Footen

Murray Holmes Fout ♦EvEL Walker Fulgham

Austin Eugene Gisriel

Charles Henry Gontrum ♦E. Marvel Gordy

Edith Marie Grove

Frank Charles Gunderloy

Eunice Marjorie Lee Hackett

Gertrude Ethel Plumer

Ethel Pollack

Margaret Stafford Reynolds

Mary Susan Rinehart

Katharine Elizabeth Short

Ruth Weld

Mary Ovelton Zurhorst

of Science

♦Katharyn Elizabeth Harmon

Delma Mae Holden ♦Jennie M. Hyde

Eldred DeWitt Johnson

Lyda Keating

James Henry Kehoe, Jr.

Katherine Jane Kenney

Judith A. King

Allan Stacy Kinsey, Jr. ♦Marion Kirby

Joseph Kornblatt

Lucille Viola Kornmann

Harvey Wilson Kreuzburg, Jr.

John Bennett Laugerman

Israel Leites

Katherine Ann Longest ♦Elizabeth S. Lynch ♦William Houston Mahaney

Lewis Arnold Matthaei ♦Irvin Curtis Mayes, Jr.

Mildred Lois McCall

Antoinette Darby McKeever

James Gordon Meade ♦Minnie Mae Meese

Clifford Clarence Merkle

Mabel Evitt Myers ♦Bernard Nachlas ♦David Nathanson

Virginia Kathryn Neff

Alice Elinor Nordwall

Cecil Norris

Sophia Jean Ochstein

Anna Belle Owens ♦Dominic Vincent Provenza

Louis Rachanow ♦Leon Rivkin

*Degree conferred September, 1939.

398

Herbert Stewart Roesler

Edna May Schaefer *Glenn Hugh Sensenbaugh

Anna Gertrude Shepperd ♦Mary Veronica Sleeman

James Anthony Stach

A. Terris Stoddart

Lois Teal

*Anne Watson Tennant

♦Naomi Rita Teter ♦Margaret Hardy Tompkins

Charles William Weidinger

Margery Hurd West

Laurence Leighton Williams ♦Margaret Grothey Williams

Helen Louise Wood

♦Saranna White Yonkers

Alice Irene Young

*

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Civil Engineer

Ezekiel John Merrick, Jr.

Electrical Engineer Richard Louis Lloyd

Bachelor Richard Kenneth Bamman Edward Kent Bebb Richard S. Brashears Nicholas Alexander Budkoff Byron Lawrence Carpenter Richard Westley Carroll Joseph Anderson Clarke Thomas Ludlow Coleman James Edward Collins Alfred Arthur Cooke William Hambleton Corkran Junior Newton Cox Leonard Carter Cranford John Joseph DeArmey Arthur Whitney Fletcher, Jr. Harry Gorsuch Gallagher Sigmund Irvin Gerber Orville Wallin Greenwood Leslie Stewart Grogan Louis Kemp Hennighausen, Jr. Wilbur Meade Herbert Harold Herman Joseph Kaminski Paul Gloss Kestler Robert William Kinney Herman Russell Knust Paul Trueman Lanham George Malcolm Lapoint

of Science Lee E. LeMat Robert Joseph Lodge Frank Paul Lozupone Joseph Mossler Marzolf, Jr. Joseph T. Moran Francis Clyde Morris Milton Morton Mulitz Sanford Edsall Northrop Charles Neepier Odell Leonard John Otten, Jr. Charles Richard Parsons Lewis Albert Poole William Dixon Purdum Ralph Louis Rector Joseph Solomon Russell, Jr. BowEN Wood Shaw John Kelso Shipe Harvey Clarence Simms William Alexander Slicer Henry Taylor Stedman, II Warren Eugene Steiner Gardner Hollister Storrs Robert E-\rl Warner William Henry Watkins Loraine Hubert Weeks John Gibson Wilson, Jr. Robert Murray Wilson Wilbur Fisk Yocum

*Degree conferred September, 1939.

399

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS

Bachelor of Science

Henrietta T. Abrahams Edith Ripnitz Bernstein Mildred Alice Bland Katherine Hinwood Bohman Evelyn Adair Bullock Sister Helen Agnes Cashin Margaret R. Collison Mary Lee Rebecca Cramblitt Tempe Haile Curry Marie Dorothy Dippel Margaret Frances Dorsey Beatrice Fennell Margaret Ellen Bishop Ford Sister Mary Louise Fuchs Ruth Garonzik Mariana Grogan Martha Virginia Hickman Dorothy Lura Hussong Jane Louise Kraft Eleanor Margaret Kuhn Lena Lucile Leighty

Mary Adan Logan Elnora Louise Lyon Jane Maxson Lois Charlotte McComas Gertrude Evelyn McRae Esther La Rue Mulunix Florence Jane Repp B. Marie Robinette Richards Ruth Mae Richmond Helen Rodgers Mary Lee Ross Evelyn B. Sachs Catherine Samson Grace Elaine Schopmeyer Harriet Elizabeth Sheild Barbara Belle Skinner Margaret Hunt Smaltz Marie Conners Turner Dorothea Annette Wailes Margaret Virginia Wood Mary Elizabeth Zimmerman

SCHOOL OF LAW Bachelor of Laws

Warren Lee Bailey Thomas Newan Berry

fCHARLES Edward Bichy, Jr. Morris Bogdanow John Joseph Brennan Ethel Louise Brockman Robert MacDonald Bruce Doran Henry Buppert Michael Eugene Bussey David Lesser Caplan Harold Claudius Care John Stephen Connor, Jr. Calvin Albert Douglass

fLEROY Whiting Farinholt, Jr.

tJOHN T. Fey

fTHOMAs Humphries Hedrick

tJoHN Oliver Herrmann Jesse Walter Holmes, Jr.

John Henry Hopkins, IV

Sanford Hordes

George E. Howell

Joseph Franklin Howell

Clarence Leatherbury Johnson t Solomon Kaplan

Richard Estep Lankford

Everett Paul Mason, Jr.

Edwin Ottenheimer

Leonard Paymer

Albin Joseph Plant

Samuel Joseph Polack

Charles Frederick Rechner, Jr.

Hugo Anthony Ricciuti fEMMA Sadtler Robertson fJAY Benson Saks

David Stevenson Scrivener

Reuben Shilling

fWith honor.

400

James Blaine Sweeney, Jr. B. Conway Taylor, Jr. Calvert Thomas

tCHARLES AWDRY THOMPSON

Charles Clifton Virts

Arthur Walter Watchorn ^Lawrence Emerson Williams Alfred Woods P\ul Jacob Yeager Richard Edward Zimmerman

Certificate of Proficiency

Charles Hurley Cox

SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

Doctor of Medicine

Glenn Horner Algire Stephen Ralph Andrews, Jr. William Charles Arney John Cletus Baier Walter Levi Bailey Daniel Cleveland Barker Edmund George Beacham Harold Paul Biehl

Jesse Nachlas Borden

Irving Carlton Brinsfield

Lester Harold Caplan

WELDON Porter Chandler

ROBERT Henry Clifford, 3rd

John Totterdale Cole

Paul Harvey Correll

Louie Samuel Daniel

Edwin Oliver Daue, Jr.

Joseph DeLuca

Charles Frederic Dent

LEONARD VINCENT DON DiEGO, JR.

William Carroll Duffy JAMES Richard Dwyer James Albert Freeman, JR. William Hammond Fusting William Farrow Gassaway Robert Louis Gibbs IRVING Van der Veere Click Walter Raleigh Graham LUIS Roberto Guzman Lopez Morton Hecht, Jr.

EMIL HELLER HENNING, JR.

Albert Heyman Elizabeth Louise Hooton

"^^^Snferrea September. 1939.

Daniel Hope, Jr. Susana Igartua Cardona benjamin Harrison Inloes, JR. William Parks Jamison Louis Cecil Jorgensen James Roscoe Karns JULIAN Gilbert Kirchick Schuyler George Kohn Edward Louis Joseph Krieg

ALBERT ALEXANDER KURLAND ROBERT ESHELMAN LARTZ

William Soy Ming Ling William Cook Livingood Frank Ford Loker Harry Pearce Maccubbin Simeon Van Trump Markline Clarence Wilbur Martin, U ALFRED Richard Maryanov Daniel Hutchinson Mathers Harold Francis McCann James Edward McClung William Dennis McClung George Croxton McDaniel William James McKinnon Forest Chauncey Meade Joseph Miceli Edward Louis Molz FREDERICK Elbert Murphy, Jr. William Travers Muse George Roger Myers, Jr. James Francis O'Hara, Jr.

GUILLERMO PICO SANTIAGO

Ross Zimmerman Pierpont

401

N

Robert Toms Pigpord

William Platt Arthur Edgar Pollock Leonakd Posner John Costello Pound

co^'^% ^A«"N Rhode Conrad Louis Richter Raymond c. Vail Robinson Donald James Roop

Jtnt^"'''' Rothschild Thomas Edgie Russell Jr Philip Joseph Russillo

Joseph' w?'"'' ^^hlesinger JOSEPH Wright Sloan

James Brady Smith

Ruby Arden Smith

Orlando John Squillante

Srp v"^""^"^'^'^ A«E«s ™^ Elaine Albright

Martha Louisa Baer Clarie Patria Broadnax Mary Madora Buss.ard

Virginia CAfioLYNCoNLEY AVA Virginia Duffee J;fELLiE Perrell Gardner

^CA^HrNrH^N^--

Edna r?^*'^"^" McIntosh ^DNA Cecelia Nester

Bessie Marie Parks Laura Grace Pember Dorothy Jane Provance

SCHOOL OP NURSING Graduate in Nursing

Howard Nehemlah Stayton Tp William Joseph Supik Louis Haberer Tankin

ALEXANDER FraNK Thompsov

Samuel Tompakov ^^^^"^ Wilfred Henrv t,^,„. William CZ "^"^^^^^^^^ J«. William Carryl Triplett Merton Theodore Waite William Earl Weeks Jesse Lee Wilkins Herman Joseph Williams

hIrr^JJo^^^"^ ^'^"-' «ARRY Thomas Wilson Jr

William Irwin Wolff James Rhodes Wright Solomon Bernard Zinkin

PAtLINE IS.ABEL Remke

Ruth Anna Rothhaupt Nellie May Scharf ALiDA Sherwood Mary Louise Sinnott Mary Alyce Skaggs Ethel Buffett Smithsom

Dorcas Viola Ward ADA Margaret Watson Amy Lee Wilkins Ruth Carey Woerner

SCHOOL Bachelor of

Alfred Henry Alessi

i-RANClS SaLVATORP R,r ■„ Cl-ARICE CaPLaT ^-'"-^^^O^E

Matthew Joseph Celozzi Harry I. cohen

•Degree conferred September. 1939.

OF PHARMACY Science in Pharmacy

Samuel Cohen

Louis Lester Glaser Albert Goldberg

402

Joseph Greenberg

Leonard Gumenick ♦Irving Jerome Heneson ♦Albert Heyman -^Daniel Hope, Jr. *Benjamin Harrison Inloes, Jr.

Irvin Kamenetz *James Roscoe Karns

Sidney Kline

Robert Harold Klotzman

Bernard Kramer * Albert Alexander Kurland

Anthony J. Kursvietis

NoRBERT Gordon Lassahn

Philip H. Lerman

Leon Phillip Levin

Irving Levy

Edward Miller

*Ross Zimmerman Pierpont Alphonse Poklis Philip Frederick Richman

* Conrad Louis Richter Donald Merle Rosen

*Albert Sachs Norman Robert Sachs Solomon Sandler Mildred Schlaen Joseph William Shook Edgar Mano Silberg Robert Simonoff Daniel E. Smith Irving Sowbel

* Harry Stone

* William Joseph Supik Morris Zukerberg

HONORS, MEDALS, AND PRIZES, 1939-40 Elected Members of Phi Kappa Phi, Honorary Society

Agnes Crawford Baldwin Sylvan E. Beck Charles Lee Benton, Jr. Gladys King Bollinger Marian Webster Bond Burton David Borden John William Brosius, Jr. Arthur R. Buddington Eva Elizabeth Burroughs Walter Mason Butler, Jr. Richard Westley Carroll Muriel Crosby

Nathan Gustavus Dorsey, Jr. Edward Hoo\^r Duff George L. Flax Vernon Royston Foster Murray Holmes Fout Sister Mary Louise Fuchs John Hercles Gile Lex Bailey Golden Mariana Grogan Helen Virginia Groves Mary Jane Harrington May Elizabeth H.vrrover

Martha Virginia Hickman Betty Leland Hottel Margaret Cobey Kemp Jane Louise Kraft George Malcolm Lapoint Richard McGowan Lee Russell Ernest Leed Joshua Melvin Leise Joseph Mossler Marzolf, Jr. Ralph Louis Rector Margaret Stafford Reynolds Mary Susan Rinehart BiLLiE Jane Rittase Mary Lee Ross M. Bertram Sachs Betty Dirks St. Clair David Seligson BowEN Wood Shaw Mary Elizabeth Simpson Walter Marion Sparks Frances Jane Stouffer Agnes Hope Swann LoRAiNE Hubert Weeks Daniel DeWalt Willard

*Deg:ree conferred September, 1939.

403

Citizenship Medal, Offered by Dr H C r .

Richard McGowan Le^ ' ^''''" ''^ ^'»« Citizenship Prize, Offered by Mr. Aiu r.

Athletic Medal, Offered by the n ,

Maryland Ring. Offered by Charles L Li . . James Heney Kehoe jr "^"'^^ («oddard Medal. Offered k ^

' ""ered by Mrs. Annie K r j^

Lee Amos mV^r ^'*^^"^ James

Sigma Phi Sigma Freshman Medal David Hargis Barker ^'

Delta Delta Delta Sorority Med,i

Medal and Junior Memhership, Offered by the An.e • .

^ of Chemists ^ ^^ ^"'«"«^an institute ^^"""^i- Funk Palmer •>«ah Berman Memorial Medal. Offered bv R •

Stuart Tro^ Hai^^ood """'" ^«'™«'' Mortar Board Cup • Gi^vs King BoLUNGER Honor Key. Offered by the Class of lo,« , .

BURTON David Borden

^JeITm^" ^"'""^'y Medal

JEAN MURDAY Persons

Service Award Bess Louise Paterson

^1?!^ ^- ^'^^**'- Award

ALFRED Arthur Cooke

American Society of Civil P„ •

EowIko KeS Br "" ^'^^^^ Timx '^*" »eta Pi Award TINNER Grafton Timberlake Tau Beta Pi Certificate of Merit Joseph Kaminski Alpha Lambda Delfa <a,., -.

Margarh.'^<;'o;b?S ^'^'^•' 404

Edward Powell Lacrosse Trophy

Oscar William Nevares, Jr. J. Leo Mueller, III

Louis W. Berger Baseball Trophy

Earl Victor Springer

Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards

David Louis Seidel Judith Kathryn Greenwood

The Diamondback Medals Allan Carroll Fisher Ralph Jay Tyser

Douglas Sidney Steinberg Betty Leland Hottel

Bess Louise Paterson Morgan Ledyard Tenny

Murray Alvin Valenstein Charles Branson Morris

Bertha Mary Langford

Robert Culler Rice George L. Flax

Betty Dirks St. Clair John Kelso Shipe

The Terrapin Medals

May Elizabeth Harrover Charles Branson Morris Mary Jane Harrington

The Old Line Medals

Charles Fernand Ksanda Mary Ovelton Zurhorst Walter Joseph Kerwin

Battalion Trophy, Offered by Mahlon N. Haines (1894) First Battalion, Commanded by Cadet Major Enos Ray

Governor's Drill Cup Company F, Commanded by Cadet Captain Warren Eugene Steiner

Reserve Officers' Association Award

Cadet Captain Warren Eugene Steiner

Alumni Cup

Second Platoon, Company D, Commanded by Cadet Lieutenant Charles Wiluam Bastian

Scabbard and Blade Cup

Second Platoon, Company D, Commanded by Cadet Lieutenant Charles William Bastian

Military Medal, Offered by the Class of 1899 Cadet Clifford Haines Davis

Pershing Rifles Medal to Each Member of Winning Squad, 1st Squad,

2nd Platoon, Company I

Cadet Robert Hobart Edwards Cadet Victor Philip Klein Cadet John Franklyn Adams Cadet William Allen Spangler

Cadet Herbert Carl Linsley Cadet Robert Francis Byrne Cadet Ramon Grelecki Cadet Sidney Eugene Buck

405

CAD.T ROBEKT WVNN. Lauch/a" S""" T""^'^^ WxsE R,.ev

C.U)ET Wiu!nn''i^r '"'*'''^»"egiate Rifle Match ru ■

Cadet Alden Elon ImusTr ^^''^^ ^"o^as Wise Rilpv

National Rifle Association National r . """ Newgarden

CA.E. ROB.H, wv^rLt^r "^"" "'^-^^

Military Department Gold MeH.. . t

. on Va^^tR^J?J:L'-' "^'^-^ «-" «eore

Cadet Willard Ceciluus Jense. M.'.^ary Department Gold Meda. to Individual F • „

on Freshman Team "^ "'■^'' ^'^""'

• '^^ ''^'"■'"^ All-American Gold Medal for Rifl r

CADET WX..AHD CEOI.U.S Je^SE^^ """"*'"""''

• '''""■'■"^ ^"-American Silver Meda, for Rifle r

Cadet Howard Dean FvlV '^""*^''"«"

CADET J.n.u..ntoZ!tZ "' ''T'"^ ^'''^^ ^'^-^'^

CADET OlEN LSlLtr'' "'^'"'^ ^^'^^"^

D'«trict of Columbia Marine Corps Rifl r, k

CA... ROBERT WV..E ^r ^^ ^^ ^'^ ^ ''^"^•■"-^- C-. A.DE. E.O. ^S^Tr"- C-t RAVMO.D Lo.. Hodces

CADET JOSEPH Moss'ErMA^.IrjR'?"'^ ^^^'"

406

District of Columbia Marine Corps Rifle Club Freshman Rifle Championship,

Junior. Medals for First Place

Cadet George Joseph Newgarden Cadet William Robert Schack Cadet Paul Woolever Newgarden Cadet Robert Matthew Rivello

Cadet Ulrich Aloysius Geller

WAR DEPARTMENT AWARDS OF COMMISSIONS

AS SECOND LIEUTENANTS

The Officers Reserve Corps

Ralph Joseph Albarano George Damon Allen Herman John Badenhoop Richard Kenneth Barnes, Jr. Charles William Bastian, Jr. Francis Xavier Beamer Carl Richard Blumenstein DuRTON David Borden Robert S. Brown William Edward Brown, Jr. Nicholas Alexander Budkoff Mason F. Chronister Thomas Ludlow Coleman Harold F. Cotterman, Jr. Junior Newton Cox Donald Chatterson Davidson William Bruce Davis Clayton A. Dietrich Harold Dillon William George Esmond George L. Flax Carroll Milton Forsyth Vernon Royston Foster Elmer Leroy Freemire Harry Gorsuch Gallagher, Jr. John Gordon Grier Harry Bulkley Hambleton, Jr. Edwin Freeland Harlan George James Heil, Jr. Louis Kemp Hennighausen, Jr.

Charles Chilton Holbrook

WiLLARD CECILLIUS JENSEN

Henry Frankland Kimball, Jr. Robert Wynne Laughead George Edward Lawrence Richard McGowan Lee Robert Joseph Lodge Joseph Mossler Marzolf, Jr. Edward Thomas Naughten, Jr. William Henry McManus, Jr. Stephen Mason Meginniss Alan Randolph Miller Oscar William Nevares, Jr. Leonard John Otten, Jr. Joseph Algernon Parks, Jr. Merle Reed Preble Enos Ray

Thomas Wise Riley, Jr. John Kelso Shipe Frank Joseph Skotnicki William How\\rd Souder, Jr. Warren Eugene Steiner Carl Hoak Stewart, Jr. A. Terris Stoddart Gardner Hollister Storrs Morgan Ledyard Tenny John Sherman Thatcher Ralph Jay Tyser William Henry Watkins

HONORABLE MENTION

College of Agriculture

First Honors — John William Brosius, Jr., Margaret Cobey Kemp,

Walter Mason Butler, Jr., Agnes Hope Swann, Frances Jane Stouffer.

Second Honors — Vernon Royston Foster, Joshua Melvin Leise, David

Gabriel Freeland Sheibley, Sarah Virginia Huffer, Margaret Charlotte Menke.

407

College of Arts and Sciences

First Honors — M. Bertram Sachs, May Elizabeth Harrover, Richard

McGowAN Lee, John Hercles Gile, Mary Elizabeth Simpson, Betty Dirks St. Clair, Mary Jane Harrington, Marian Webster Bond, Agnes Crawford Baldwin, David Seligson.

Second Honors — Camille Caroline Clark, Olga Selma Furbershaw,

Bertha Mary Langford, Eloise Amelia Anne Buch, David Alan Abrams, Carl Richard Blumenstein, Noble Luther Owings, Margaret Elizabeth Johnston, Carroll Funk Palmer, Samuel Ronald Pinas.

College of Commerce Fi rst Honors — Burton David Borden, George L. Flax, Henry Arthur

Kennedy, Billie Jane Rittase.

Second Honors — Edward Hoo\^r Duff, Arthur Peregoff, Ralph Jay

Tyser, William Edw^ard Brown, Jr.

C4>llege of Education

First Honors — Gladys King Bollinger, Eva Elizabeth Burroughs,

Betty Leland Hottel, Helen Virginia Groves, Nathan GusTAVUs DoRSEY, JR., Mary Susan Rinehart, Margaret Stafford Reynolds.

Second Honors — Mildred Baitz, Katharine Elizabeth Short, Judith A.

King, Murray Holmes Fout, Richard Kenneth Hart, Rose Irene Jones.

College of Engineering

First Honors — Joseph Mossler Marzolf, Jr., Richard Westley Carroll,

BowEN Wood Shaw, George Malcolm Lapoint, Ralph Louis Rector.

Second Honors — Joseph Kaminski, Sanford Edsall Northrop, Wilbur

Meade Herbert, Loraine Hubert Weeks, William Dixon PuRDUM, Byron Lawrence Carpenter.

College of Home Economics

First Honors — Jane Louise Kraft, Mary Lee Ross, Sister Mary Louise

FucHS, Mariana Grogan, Martha Virginia Hickman.

Second Honors — Sister Helen Agnes Cashin, B. Marie Robinette Rich- ards, Barbara Belle Skinner, Lena Lucile Leighty.

School of Dentistry

University Gold Medal for Scholarship

Benjamin Anthony Dabrowski

Bernard Randman

Certificates of Honor

John Tandy Bonham

408

School of Law

Elected to the Order of the Coif

Solomon Kaplan John T. Fey j^y Benson Saks

JOHN OLIVER HE^^^^^^r^^^s AWDKV THOMPSON

. • th. Honor Case in the Practice Court

B. CONWAY TAYLOK, JK- JOHN OLIVER HERRMAN RjCHARD EdWARD ZIMMERMAN

Jay BENSON Saks

School of Medicine

University Prize Gold Medal

William Irwin Wolff

JAMES ROSCOE KARNS

Certificates of Honor

LESTER Harold Caplan

JOSEPH WRIGHT SLOAN SAMUEL TOMPAKOV

CARL ELIOT ROTHSCHILD^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^

,, ..i.l Prize Of ?25.00 for the Best Worlc an

CHARLES MARTIN RHODE

,, 5«l Prize of $25.00 for the Best Essay

Edward Louis Molz

TT'kI TX the university of Maryland The Janet Hale Memorial ^^^""'^'ZZel Course in Administra- Nurses' Alumnae Association Jo f^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^, teachers tion, Supervisory, or f^°' ^^ t^^ student Hav-

AVA Virginia Duffee

Pauline Isabel Remke

T y. L Whitehurst Prize for the Highest Average The Mrs. John L. ^^^'f^^^^,^^ Ability

AVA Virginia Duffee 409

The Edwin and Leander M 7-

The u • ^^ "^^^'^'^'^"^ W^^SON ^'*''"*'

^^'^"'^" -"«^^^^^^^ Pin an. Me..er-

School of Pharmacy

Gold Medal for General Excellence Mildred Schlaen ■i'lie William Simon Memorial Prize for P « •

The L. S. Williams Practical Pf,.

xdcticai Pharmacy Prize

Alphonse Poklis The Conrad L WifVi p^^

REGIMENTAL ORGANIZATION, RESERVE OFFICERS'

TRAINING CORPS, 1940-1941

CADET COLONEL JOHN (JEKLEK RECKORD. Commanding

CADET LIEUTENANT COLONEL THOMAS EUGENE WATSON, Executive Officer

CADET MAJOR GINO VALENTL Regimental Adjutant

FIRST BATTALION

CADET LIEUTENANT COLONEL ROBERT WARFIELD SAUM. Commanding CADET MAJOR STANLEY MORRIS WHALEN, Executive Officer CADET FIRST LIEUTENANT FRANK ARTHUR DWYER, Adjutant

COMPANY "B"

COMPANY "AV

Captain Lawrence Judson

Hodgins

1st Lieut. Joseph Howard Randall

2nd Lieut. Raymond Louis

Hodges 2nd Lieut. Donald Spoerer

2nd Lieut. Samuel Coke Streep Onnen

2nd Lieut. Ralph Fletcher Davis

COMPANY "C**

Captain Ernest Gunther Wagner Captain Robert Ramsey

1st Lieut. Richard Savage Reid Westfall

2nd Lieut. Michael Pennella 1st Lieut. Lacy Hall

2rid Lieut. Vaden Jones Haddaway

2nd Lieut. John Francis Greenip

2nd Lieut. Alden Elon Imus

SECOND BATTALION

CADET LIEUTENANT COLONEL WILLIAM FRANCIS GANNON. Commanding CADET MAJOR EDWARD MELVIN LLOYD. Executive Officer CADET FIRST LIEUTENANT ELMER FRANCIS BRIGHT, Adjutant

- COMPANY "D"

Captain Arthur Warren Max Horn

1st Lieut. David George Drawbaugh

2nd Lieut. Warren Purnell Johnson

2nd Lieut. Leonard Treherne Schroeder

2nd Lieut Robert Ashby Groves

COMPANY "E"

Captain John Douj^las Custer

1st Lieut. Jack Foster Cherry

2nd Lieut. William Edwin McMahon

2nd Lieut. Herman Alexander Tapper

2nd Lieut. John Lynwood Crone

COMPANY"F*'

Captain Norman Albert Miller

1st Lieut. Worthington Heaton Talcott

2nd Lieut. Norman Silverman

2nd Lieut. Richard Alvan Clark

2nd Lieut. Charles Wilson Wannan

THIRD BATTALION

CADET LIEUTENANT COLONEL LAWRENCE HOWARD HASKIN, Commanding CADET MAJOR THOMAS ELDON HITCH, Executive Officer CADET FIRST LIEUTENANT JAMES MONROE BEATTIE, Adjutant

COMPANY *'G*'

Captain Nelson Reide Jones

1st Lieut. Allen Vogel Minion

2nd Lieut. James Robert Finton

2nd Lieut. Henry Jacob Rockstroh

2nd Lieut. John Leonard Meakin

COMPANY "H"

Captain Robert DuBois Rappleye

1st Lieut. William Jack Suit

2nd Lieut. Jack Edward Weber

2nd Lieut. Ernest Clifford Saltzman

2nd Lieut. Elliott Brooke Harwood

COMPANY "I"

Captain John Jerome Ryan

1st Lieut. Daniel Julius Harwood

2nd Lieut Richard Tinney Skeen

2nd Lieut. James Edward Hamill

2nd Lieut. Francis Warner Glaze

410

FOURTH BATTALION

CADET LIEUTENANT COLONEL JOHN CHESLEY MARZOLF, Commanding

CADET MAJOR HUGH GIFFORD DOWNS. Executive Officer

CADET FIRST LIEUTENANT ROBERT DOUGLAS MATTINGLY, Adjutant

411

COMPANY "K"

Captain Robert Culler Rice

Ist Lieut. James Bradford Bumside

2nd Lieut. John Marvin Powell

2nd Lieut. Donald Powell Marshall

COMPANY "L"

Captain David Cleveland Kelly

1st Lieut. Carl Albert Cline

2nd Lieut. Richard Charles McDevitt

2nd Lieut. John Norman Bauernschmidt

2nd Lieut. Ralph Frost Crump

COMPANY '*M"

Captain Paul Otto Siebeneichen

1st Lieut. William Kendig Brendle

2nd Lieut. Turner Grafton Timberlake

2nd Lieut. Frederick Charles Maisel

2nd Lieut. Bobby Lee Jones

«««•»♦

COMPANY "A*

Frank Gilbert Carpenter

Isadore H. Alperstein Robert Randolph Ayres Harry Arthur Boswell

Tarleton Smith Bean Frank Lawrence Bentz Rodney Leonard Boyer

BAND

CAPTAIN ALVIN BLAIR RICE

NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICERS

FIRST BATTALION

COMPANY "B"

First Sergreants

Andrew Stilley Deming

Platoon Sersreants

COMPANY "K

John Francis Curtin

Robert Edward Stalcup William Reeves TiUey Arthur Howard Valentine

Fred Carlisle Hic>8 Walter Joseph Kirwm Robert Herman SmitH

FOURTH BATTALION COMPANY "V

First Sergeants

Louis Martin Tierney

Platoon Sergeants

Theodore Merriam Vial James Henry Wharton

Thomas T. Witkowski Guide Sergeants

William Allen McGr^^or Charles August Rauscn

Hiram Henry Spicer

BAND

First Sergeant

Charles R. Beaumont

COMPANY "M"

Howard Marshall Trussell

Robert Charles Henry Robert Welsh Russell Phillip C. Heath

Roy Kenneth Skipton Robert Dale Hall

George Robert Cook Randall Courtney Cronin Neal Dow

Guide Sergeants

Robert Driscoll Condon Clayton Sherwood Dann James Aldrich Hambleton

COMPANY "C"

Bruce Allen Douglas

James Edward Dunn Harold E. Earp John Dechert Eyler

Paul B. Hutson

Donald Richard Magruder

James Horace Miller

COMPANY "D'

Mearle Daniel DuVall

Jeremiah Collins Hege Vincen J. Hughes Lloyd Gordon Huggins

Richard Craig Sullivan Hugh McKeldon Walton George Lawrence Wannall

COMPANY "G"

William Addison Holbrook

Samuel L. Pfefferkom Gerald Eugene Prentice Edward Hector Price

Charles B. Raymond Robert Settle Insley Robert Lee Dorn

SECOND BATTALION COMPANY "E"

First Sergeants

Theodore Eiswald Fletcher

Platoon Sergeants

Lawrence Mackenzie James Edwin Malcolm William Rowland Maslin

Guide Sergeants

Mordecai Gist Welling Thomas McCoy Fields

THIRD BATTALION COMPANY "H"

First Sergeants

William Harvey Schoenhaar

Platoon Sergeants

Frank Sam Reid William Thomas Riley Harry Rimmer

Guide Sergeants

Harry Michael Doukas Thomas Crawford Galbreath

412

COMPANY "F"

Walter Kingsley Grigg

Vernon LeRoy McKinstry Samuel Varick Moore George Pendleton

John Paul McNeil Jack P. Beasley

COMPANY "I"

Theodore John Stell

John Lester Scott Orville Cresap Shirey Joseph Alvin Sirkis

Daniel Leonard Gendason Joseph Lane Gude Charles Richard Jubb

413

SUMMARY OF THE STUDENT ENROLLMENT THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1940-1941 AS OF MARCH, 1941 Resident Collegiate Courses-Academic Year:

FOR

College Park

434 1,094

417

Baltimore

566

College of Agriculture

College of Arts and SciencesIZZ

College of Commerce

College of Dentistry. 1

College of Education I

College of Engineering.. " ^07

Graduate School " " f 4^^

College of Home Economics!.. S06

School of Law.....

School of Medicine ZZZ

School of Nursing. .3

School of Pharmacy. '.Z.Z

376 255

104

218 374 142 124

Total

434 1,094 417 376 821 597 574 306 218 374 142 124

Total.

Summer School, 1940 ^ 1 453

Grand Total

Duplications 49^^

3,884

5,337

94

76

1,593

1,687

1,547

678

Total Less Duplications 4 846

Vocational Teacher Training, Subcollegiate' Mmmg Courses, Western Maryland

Engmeering, Defense Extension Z~

Short Courses and Conferences:

Boys' and Girls' Club Week

Canning Crops Conference 1.

Cooperative Institute

Educational Advisers, C C C.

Greenkeepers' School „..

Highway Engineering Short Course

Milk Testing

Nurserymen's Short Course"

Parent-Teachers Association Conference -"

Poultry Products Marketing School "■

Rural Women

Sanitary Engineering Short Course

Volunteer Firemen .

1,611

5,477

7,024

6,346

134 236 637

630 201 246 108 51 188 12 99 128 134 759 45 162

Total Short Courses.

"™i.T*'-4Lr~!- """"'"• "" ««■'-

2,763

GENERAL INDEX

414

10,116

Page

Administration 8

board of regents 7

officers of administration 8

boards and committees ( College Park ) 21 officers of instruction (College Park) 9 officers of instruction (Baltimore) _ 31

faculty committees (Baltimore) 46

administrative organization 48

buildings, grounds and 49

libraries 5 1

Admission 5 1

methods of admission 52

undergraduate curricula 54

advanced standing 53

certificate, by 52

examination, by 52

physical examinations 56

transfer, by 53

unclassified students 55

Agents 27

assistant county 28

assistant home demonstration 29

county 2 7

county home demonstration 28

Agricultural Economics ...^ 242

Agricultural Engineering 82, 247

Agricultural Education 81, 246

Agriculture. College of 73

advisory councils 75

chemistry 80

curricula in 77

departments 75

farm practice 76

equipment 75

requirements for graduation 76

special students in agriculture 103

. regulatory activities 74, 105

State Board of 237

Agronomy 86, 243

Alumni 72

Animal Husbandry 89, 250

Applied Science, fellowship in 182

Aquiculture 389

Art 190, 253, 334

Arts and Sciences, College of 106

advisers 110

degrees 107

divisions 106

electives in other college and schools 109

normal load 109

requirements 107

Astronomy 254

Athletics 49, 206

Page

Bacteriology 90, 254

Biochemistry, plant physiology 93, 262

Biological Sciences, Division of 113

Board of Regents 7

Botany 93. 258

Buildings 49

Bureau of Mines 50

research fellowships in 182

lectures 184

Business Administration 263

Calendar 4

Certificates, Degrees and 59

Chemical engineering 122, 175

chemistry 122, 176

research fellowships in 182

Chemistry 121, 273

analytical „ 274

biological 279

general 121, 273

organic 275

physical 277

Chesapeake Biological Laboratory 390

Chorus 360

Civil Engineering 178,307

Classical Languages 281

Clubs, miscellaneous 70

College of Agriculture 73

College of Arts and Sciences 106

College of Commerce 13.5

College of Education 153, 292

College of Engineering 168, 305

College of Home Economics 185, 334

Commerce, College of 135

curriculum in General Business..l38, 141

curriculum in Accounting 142

curriculum in Finance 145

curriculum in ^larketing and Sales

Administration 142

curriculum in Agricultural Economics 146 cooperative Organization and Ad- ministration 150

combined program in Commerce and

Law 147

scholarslii]) requirements 136

electives from other colleges 136

Committees 2 1 . 46

Comparative Literature 283

County agents 27

demonstration agents 28

Courses of study, description of 241

Dairy Husbandry 93, 285

Dairy Manufacturing 95, 286

Degrees and Certificates 59

GENERAL INDEX (Continued)

Page

Delinquent students 58

Dentistry, School of 208

building 210

curriculum 213, 214

expenses 213, 216

Diamondback 77

Divisions, College of Arts and Sciences

lower division Ill

biological sciences 113

humanities 118

physical sciences 120

social sciences 127

Drawing 310

Economics 288

agricultural 242

Education 153, 292

methods in arts and science sub- jects (high school) 295

agricultural 81, 156, 246

arts and science 156

curricula ~ 156

degrees 156

commercial 160

home economics 161, 297

industrial 163, 298

physical 166, 206, 301

Educational psychology 295

Education, College of 153

Electrical Engineering 170, 179

Employment, student - 65

Engineering 168, 305

chemical 169, 175, 305

chemical engineering — chemistry 122, 176

civil 177, 307

drawing 310

electrical 170, 179, 310

general subjects 313

mechanics 313

mechanical 172, 180, 314

shop 317

surveying 173, 318

admission requirements 168

bachelor degrees 169

curricula ~ 174

equipment 169

library ^ _ 1 74

master of science in 169

professional degrees in 169

English Language and Literature 318

Entomology 96, 114, 326

Entrance 51

Examinations 57

Expense8..-59, 64, 198, 213, 216, 222, 227

230, 236

Extension Service 74, 104

staff _ _ 24

Page

Experiment Station, Agricultural 104

staff 2 3

Experiment Station, Engineering 173

Faculty 9, 3 1

Farm forestry 239, 329

Farm management '. 98

Feed, Fertilizer, Lime, etc., Service — 238

Fellowships 182, 199

Five Year Combined Arts and Nursing

Curriculum 130, 230

Floriculture 101, 341

Food Technology 92, 258

Foods and nutrition 187, 337

Footlight Club 71

Forestry, State Department of 239

course in 329

Fraternities and Sororities 70

French 353

Genetics 388

Geology 330

Geological Survey 240

German _ 356

Grading system 57

Graduate School, The 191

admission 192

council 191

courses 193

fees 198

fellowships and assistantships 199

registration _ 192

residence requirements 194

requirements for degrees 194, 196

summer graduate work.... 193, 199

Greek ^ 281

Health Service 56

High school teachers, certification of,

109, 155

History 330

Historical statement 47

Home Economics 185, 334

curricula 186

degree 185

departments 185

facilities 185

general 187

Home Economics Education 161, 297

Honors and awards 65, 403

Horticultural State Department 238

Horticulture 99, 339

Hospital 56, 223

Housing rules 63

Humanities, division of 118

Industrial Education ~ 163

Infirmary rules 56

Inspection and regulatory service 238

Italian 3 58

Landscax>e gardening 341

GENERAL INDEX (Continued)

Page

281

Latin -" 219

Law, The School of - 222

advanced standing " ^20

admission 1' J"Z" 221

combined program of stud> ^^^

fees and expenses — - ^o

Librarians (College Park) ——2 48

Libraries " 345

Library Science ---- ; 238

Livestock, Sanitary Service ——^ gg

Loans ; ;"' 49

Location of the University """"^^i

Lower division ^,j

Marks 345

Mathematics - '172 180. 314

Mechanical Engineering 1-?^ ^^^

Mechanics gg^ 493

Medals and prizes ' ^33

Medicine, School of --•-••■• ^24

admission " 223

clinical facilities --"—-■ ^

dispensaries and laboratories...^--^-- 22^

expenses --; 224

prizes and scholarships "r:"";:

Metallurgical division. Bureau of Mines. ^^^

fellowships m -"—--- _""' ^^ 352

Military Science and Tact.cs 55. 20-, 35^ Modern Languages, Courses '" •-— ^^^

Music 360

Musical Organizations ^^g

Nursing, School of *"..228. 229

admission ^^^ 23 1

combined program ' ^30

expenses 229

hours of duty 228

programs offered g

Officers, administrative •■"^ ^^

of instruction ' ,^2

Old Line ".....-.-- 100

Olericulture - 233

Pharmacy, School of •--•"• 234

admission 236

expenses - 233

location - ^^^ 403

• Phi Kappa Phi - •"" ' ^^^

Philosophy '"'"c c i aa "^06 301

Ph>-«ical Education..-.49, 55. 166. 206, .^u^

Physical examinations - ^20

Physical sciences, division ^^"■■■--- 3^3

Physics ' 260

Plant patfiology 262

Plant physiology ~ - 3^,^

Political Science ■" •"" ^qo

Pomology " .["q2, 371

Poultry husbandry 213

Predental curriculum ♦ ^^^

Premedical curriculum

Page 130

Prenursing curriculum -- 50

Princess Anne College ^^^

Psychology " "* 373

Psychological Testing Bureau - ^^^

Publications, student --" ^2

Refunds ; " 411

Regimental Organization ^ ^

Registration, date of -" ^^^

penalty for late ' ^^

Regulations, grades, degrees ^^

deerees and certificates ""7'" r;«

tuminltion of delinquent students.. 58

examinations and marks ^^

regulation of studies - ^^

reports - 53

junior standing ^^

Religious influences --

Reserve Officers' Tr^aining^ Corps ^^^ ^^^^

Residence and Non-Residence --- 55

Room reservation --- ""T'' 53

Rules and Regulations, dormitories.^, ^b^

Rural Life 54

Scholarships 230

Seed Inspection Service .- ^^^

Social Sciences, division of .-^--— ^^

Societies - - 70

honorary fraternities ..- ^^

fraternities and sororities....-----^--

n^iscellaneous clubs and societieB.... ^70

Sociology ..„-.88, 249

Soils "* 390

Solomons Island research -— ^^

Sororities 35g

Spanish - "'"' 3 g2

Speech - -; '* 237

State Board of Agriculture ---------- ^^^

Statistics

Student §5

employment gg

government ;— " gg

organization and activities -- ^^

SummTrroTtheSt^den^^ Enrollment-^ 414

Summer camps 201

Summer session ~ 201

credits and certificates -— ^^^

graduate work ' ^^^

terms of admission - " ^^^

Surveying 72

Terrapin - " gg 334

Textiles and clothing ^ ♦ ^^^

Uniforms, military 3^^

Veterinary Science 240

Weather Service, State -- -•■" ^^

Withdrawals .- "IZZZZlis. 386

Zoology ' ' ~~

Any further information desired concerning the University of Maryland will be furnished upon application to

THE DIRECTOR OF ADMISSIONS College Park, Maryland